Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Attribute control

Subclass of:

358 - Facsimile and static presentation processing

358100100 - STATIC PRESENTATION PROCESSING (E.G., PROCESSING DATA FOR PRINTER, ETC.)

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
358300010 Multi-level image reproduction (e.g., gray level reproduction) 403
358300280 Embedding a hidden or unobtrusive code or pattern in a reproduced image (e.g., a watermark) 205
358200100 Processing based on at least two different image attributes (e.g., character, graphic, photo, line, edge, gray-level, color) 76
358300260 Distortion control in image reproduction (e.g., removing, reducing or preventing image artifacts) 59
358300270 Enhancement control in image reproduction (e.g., smoothing or sharpening edges) 50
358300240 Adaptive image reproduction 44
358300290 Engraving or perforating material to form a printing surface (e.g., printing plate, cylinder, or stencil) 24
358200990 Bi-level image reproduction (e.g., character or line reproduction) 1
20100259792METHOD FOR ADJUSTING QUALITY OF A PANTOGRAPH BACKGROUND PATTERN - Pantograph background and foreground pairs that perform well in one printer may not perform as well in another. The main problem that occurs is the message is easily seen on the original print. By adjusting the background pattern quality, the pantograph is adjusted for optimal performance for a particular printer. The background pattern is adjusted by first adjusting the pixel density in the background pattern and second, by adding the adjusted cluster background pixel pattern.10-14-2010
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20130044337INFORMATION OUTPUT DEVICE, MEDIUM, AND INFORMATION INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICE - In the information output device, media are disposed on a stage surface on the basis of a predetermined rule, the dot patterns are read by imaging units disposed in a space below the stage and converted into code values or coordinate value indicating the dot patterns from photographed images obtained by the imaging units, and information corresponding to the code values or the coordinate values is outputted. Further, light transmitting reading holes are respectively provided at a plurality of medium disposing locations on the stage surface, and the imaging units are disposed in the space below the stage corresponding the respective reading holes such that the imaging units photograph the medium surfaces of the media disposed in the reading holes.02-21-2013
20130044336IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus including at least one processor that executes a program, includes an analysis unit configured to analyze a print job, an optimization unit configured to, based on a result of the analysis performed by the analysis unit, combine a plurality of objects included in the print job into one object according to an upper limit number, which is different according to a type of the objects to be combined, an intermediate data generation unit configured to generate intermediate data based on the objects combined by the optimization unit, and an image data generation unit configured to generate image data from the intermediate data generated by the intermediate data generation unit.02-21-2013
20080273213System and method for enhancing and printing images - A system and method are provided for integrating a workflow through an image enhancement process with a workflow through a printing process. Input files, which are preferably PDF files, arrive at the workflow, in which images are extracted from the input files to be sent through the image enhancement process, which may be performed within a separate computer system executing instructions of an image enhancement or management program, providing an output that is integrated back into the workflow, producing printable output files, which are preferably additionally PDF files.11-06-2008
20120200870IMAGE INPUT UNIT AND IMAGE INPUT METHOD - The invention is characterized by the fact that an area sensor for outputting an analog signal responsive to the light reception amount of light of CMYG is used and when CMYG image data is converted into RGB image data, RGB image data having a domain also in negative values is generated without performing processing of putting the RGB image data into values of 0 or more, without decreasing the information amount of the CMYG image data. Further, the invention is characterized by the fact that when the image data is recorded in a file section 08-09-2012
20090213399IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MISREGISTRATION CORRECTION CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM - A pattern image of either a registration correction pattern including a plurality of position detecting marks or a misregistration correction performing determination pattern having a plurality of position detecting marks, the number of which marks is smaller than that of the registration correction pattern image is formed. A misregistration amount is calculated based on an image formed position detected with the use of the pattern image. It is determined whether the registration correction is to be carried out, based on the misregistration amount with the use of an image formed position of the correction performing determination pattern. When it is determined to carry out the misregistration correction, the misregistration correction is carried out based on the misregistration amount with the use of image formed positions of the misregistration correction pattern.08-27-2009
20090002730Adaptor, Image Supply Device, Printing System, and Control Method Therefor - An adaptor which mediates between an image supply device and a printer causes the printer to print by selecting either of the first operation mode in which image data from the image supply device is received by wireless communication and before the completion of receiving the image data, a print job is issued to the printer by wired communication, and the second operation mode in which image data from the image supply device is received by wireless communication and after the completion of receiving the image data, a print job is issued to the printer by wired communication.01-01-2009
20120162675IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - An image correcting method for an image processing apparatus that reads a bound document and corrects a shadow in a bound portion in obtained document image data includes extracting shadow image data from the document image data, generating a grid with which a ratio of changes in luminance between the grid lines in directions perpendicular to each other is smaller than in a square grid and which has grid points within a capacity of a memory for correction values, calculating first correction values that corrects luminance of pixels in the shadow image data corresponding to grid points, storing the first correction values in the memory, calculating second correction values for luminance of the pixels in the shadow image data based on first correction values of grid points close to each pixel, and correcting luminance of the document image data using the first and second correction values.06-28-2012
20120162672Method And System For Assigning Color Values To Primary Colors And Secondary Colors For Color Rendering In An Inkjet Printer - A method enables primary color values for pixel to be processed before the pixel is rendered. The method includes allocating non-black primary colors as being under black, secondary colors, or tertiary colors.06-28-2012
20100060916Controller for Printing Device - A controller for a printing device including a print performing unit may be provided with a data file selecting unit, an index printing data generating unit, and a providing unit. The data file selecting unit may sequentially select a data file from a plurality of data files. The index printing data generating unit may generate index printing data including plural sets of printing data corresponding to plural data files, by sequentially processing the sequentially selected data file using a memory, and by sequentially storing a set of printing data in the memory, wherein the set of printing data defines an image described by the sequentially selected data file. The providing unit may provide the index printing data to the print performing unit each time when the index printing data is generated. In a case where the index printing data generating unit cannot process a particular data file due to a shortage of remaining capacity in the memory when first index printing data is generated, the index printing data generating unit may postpone processing of the particular data file. The data file selecting unit may select the particular data file when second index printing data is generated.03-11-2010
20090021756COLOR PRINTER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF WITH PULSE WIDTH MODULATION FOR TONE CONTROL BASED ON TYPE OF DOCUMENT AND NUMBER OF COLORS PRINTED - A color printing apparatus having pulse-width modulation means which performs pulse-width modulation for tone control, and a control method thereof are provided. Based on determination of a printing mode of printing data supplied and determination of whether or not the printing data is to be processed as single-color data, a pulse-width modulation pattern to be used by the pulse-width modulation means is decided.01-22-2009
20100149568METHOD FOR CREATING A COLOR TRANSFORM RELATING COLOR REFLECTANCES PRODUCED UNDER REFERENCE AND TARGET OPERATING CONDITIONS AND DATA STRUCTURE INCORPORATING THE SAME - A printer operates under a first set of conditions to create a first set of M of samples and under a target set of conditions to create a second set of K samples. Each sample is produced using the same colorant(s). The actual spectral reflectance for each sample is measured. The actual reflectances for corresponding samples in the first and second sets are used to create a cross-validated, partial-least-squares transform that maps a reflectance from a sample produced under the first set of conditions to a reflectance from a sample produced under the target set of conditions.06-17-2010
20100149560METHOD FOR ASSESSING SYNCHRONIZED PRINT DEFECTS - As set forth herein, a computer implemented method is used to detect synchronized defects in documents. Profiles of single separation test targets are characterized for one or more toner colors. A spatially varying toner reproduction curve (TRC) is constructed for each profile on terms of an area coverage in versus area coverage out. A profile is extrapolated for each color of interest and a CMYK profile is applied to obtain a correlating L*a*b* profile for each color of interest.06-17-2010
20100053653METHOD FOR GENERATING A COLOR CHART - A method is provided for generating a color chart for a printer, which color chart comprises a plurality of elements. The method comprises obtaining reference color data representing colors output by the printer, when the printer is in a reference state. Further, comparison color data representing colors output by the printer, when the printer is in another state is obtained. Differences in color between corresponding elements of the reference color data and the comparison color data are determined and at least one region of the output color space of the printer is classified as a linear region in which the differences vary substantially linearly. The method includes selecting colors of the elements of the color chart on the basis of the linear region.03-04-2010
20120170062Color Document Printing System - The different illustrative embodiments provide a computer program product, and apparatus for managing a set of colors in a document. A plurality of respective costs are identified. Each respective cost is associated with printing the document using a respective combination of a plurality of combinations of the set of colors. An amount of contrast for a first respective combination is identified using a contrast matrix. A determination is made as to whether the amount of contrast for the first respective combination and an associated respective cost meet a set of criteria. Responsive to a determination that the set of criteria is met, the document is printed using the first respective combination.07-05-2012
20090316173IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMATION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The image forming apparatus includes: an image forming unit forming an image on a medium by using an image forming portion; a mode setting unit setting an image forming mode of plural image forming modes, the plural image forming modes setting, at a time of forming the image, different image forming conditions for the image forming portion included in the image forming unit; an adjusting unit performing adjustment of an image forming condition in the image forming mode; and a measuring unit individually measuring, for each of the image forming modes, a progress state after the adjustment of the image forming condition is performed by the adjusting unit in the image forming mode. The adjusting unit performs the adjustment of the image forming condition when the progress state in the image forming mode exceeds a certain value in the image forming mode.12-24-2009
20090147279METHOD FOR COMPENSATING FOR COLOR VARIATIONS AMONG MULTIPLE PRINTERS - A method for compensating for color variations among multiple user printers by providing a target simulation process in each user printer that modifies its default color characteristics so that it has the same color characteristics as a designated target printer. In a WCS implementation, a target CDMP and a user CDMP representing color characteristics of the target printer and the user printer, respectively, are stored and used by the WCS workflow to perform color conversion when printing an image on the user printer. In an ICC implementation, a color simulation profile is generated that matches the color characteristics of the user printer to those of the target printer. The color simulation profile is combined with the default color profile of the printer to generate a combined color profile which is used to perform color conversion when printing an image on the user printer.06-11-2009
20100014107PRINTER DRIVER AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A printer driver causes a computer to perform a function of printing by attaching a color material to a recording medium. The printer driver causes a computer to perform: an image displaying function of displaying an image; a region designating function of accepting designation of a region to be a print object in the displayed image; a color material amount acquiring function of specifying a target representing a color equivalent to a color represented by the region among a plurality of targets, and acquiring an amount of the color material reproducing spectral reflectance characteristics equivalent to the target from a database; and a printing function of performing printing based on the amount of the acquired color material.01-21-2010
20080259372Printing Method, Printing Apparatus, and Storage Medium Storing a Program - A printing method includes obtaining scene information concerning image data from supplemental data that is appended to the image data; classifying a scene of an image represented by the image data, based on the image data; comparing the classified scene with a scene indicated by the scene information; and printing a printout that is used to urge a user to make a continuation when a mismatch between the classified scene and the scene indicated by the scene information exists.10-23-2008
20080259371IMAGE FILE CREATION DEVICE, METHOD AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, METHOD AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - There is provided an image file creation device including: an obtaining section that obtains image data forming a color image, conversion conditions for converting the image data into color data of a device-independent color space, and basic viewing conditions for viewing the color image; an input section that inputs target viewing conditions for viewing a formed image that is formed by using the image data; and a creation section that creates an image file containing a main data region for storing the image data, the conversion conditions and the basic viewing conditions, and a sub-data region for storing the target viewing conditions.10-23-2008
20080259369IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, COLOR CORRECTION TABLE GENERATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR CORRECTION TABLE GENERATION METHOD, COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - The present invention has an object of providing an image processing device, a color correction table generation device, a display device, an image processing method, a color correction table generation method, a color adjustment method of a display device, and an image processing program capable of color matching to preferable colors of which the excessive emphasis in chromaticness is suppressed.10-23-2008
20080259367IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD FOR REDUCING CONSUMPTION AMOUNT OF RECORDING MATERIAL - The present invention provides an image processor for outputting image data to an image forming device forming an image with use of a recording material having a plurality of color components. The processor comprises a component determining a region having higher brightness than predetermined brightness and a region having lower brightness than the predetermined brightness in the image data based on the image data and a component adjusting saturation so as to reduce density values of color components other than a color component having a maximum density value among the plurality of color components of the recording material to increase saturation in a region having brightness determined to be high and reduce density values of color components other than a color component having a minimum density value among the plurality of color components of the recording material to decrease saturation in a region having brightness determined to be low.10-23-2008
20080259366IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A reference area around a pixel of interest is set in an image to be processed. It is determined whether a pixel not to be referred exists in the reference area. If the pixel not to be referred exists, the shape of the reference area is transformed based on the pixel. A trapping color for the pixel of interest is decided based on, a first peripheral pixel having a color component that is not included in the pixel of interest among peripheral pixels around the pixel of interest included in the reference area with the transformed shape. The density of the trapping color is calculated based on the peripheral pixels. The pixel value of the pixel of interest is corrected using the pixel of the trapping color having the calculated density in the image to be processed. The image forming unit forms an image having pixels corrected by said correction unit.10-23-2008
20080259365Evaluation of calibration precision - A calibration precision evaluating apparatus includes a calibrator carrying out calibration to adjust an ink amount output characteristic so that a measured color value is approximated to a reference value, a confirmation patch maker printing plural confirmation patches including a background patch and having the known reference values corresponding to the confirmation patches, a color measurer color-measuring the confirmation patches, acquiring initial color measured values, a background color shift amount calculator calculating a first amount of background color shift between the reference values and the initial color measured values with respect to the background patches, a corrector correcting the initial color measured values based on the background color shift amounts, acquiring corrected color measured values, and a precision evaluator carrying out precision evaluation of the calibration based on a second amount of color shift between the corrected color measured values and the reference values with respect to the confirmation patches.10-23-2008
20080259364IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including a plurality of image forming sections arranged in tandem for forming an image having a plurality of colors, the image forming apparatus having: an image reading section for reading an image of a document; an exposure unit having each color exposure section for conducting each color exposure for writing the image, a process unit having a plurality of image forming sections for forming a toner image based on the image read by the image reading section; and a casing for accommodating the image reading section, the exposure unit and the process unit, wherein the exposure unit and the process unit are integrated as an image forming unit and the image forming unit is structured so that it can be drawn from the casing.10-23-2008
20080259363Selective extended gamut printing system and method - Various embodiments of a system and method for selectively printing with an extended color gamut are disclosed.10-23-2008
20100079778PRINT SETTING APPLICATION PROGRAM, PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM, PRINT SETTING APPLICATION APPARATUS, AND PRINT SETTING APPLICATION METHOD - A print setting application apparatus includes: a print job data storage processing section that causes a predetermined storage medium to store print job data that designates a print target; a print setting acquiring section that acquires information that indicates that at least one of a plurality of print settings that can be applied to the print target has been changed; and a display controlling section that causes a predetermined display unit to display print-setting-application-completed information, which shows a result of application of the changed print setting to the print target when the print setting has been changed.04-01-2010
20110194130IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing device comprises: a first output device having a first color gamut and outputting an image based on a given first color reproduction target value; a second output device having a second color gamut and outputting an image based on a second color reproduction target value; a color gamut information acquirer for acquiring a first color gamut information relating to the first color gamut of the first output device and a second color gamut information relating to the second color gamut of the second output device; and a target value generator for producing a second color reproduction target value for the second output device by correcting the given color reproduction target value for the first output device based on acquired first and second color gamut information by the color gamut information acquirer.08-11-2011
20110194129IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device of the present invention includes: a lightness/saturation calculating section that calculates saturation of each pixel on the basis of multicolor image data; an achromatic/chromatic color determining section that determines a pixel as a chromatic pixel if the saturation of the pixel is not less than a preset threshold value and determines a pixel as an achromatic pixel if the saturation of the pixel is less than the threshold value; an achromatic color data generating section that generates, for the achromatic pixel, pixel data for formation of an image using only a color material of black; and a specified color data generating section that generates, for the chromatic pixel, pixel data constituting a double color image and containing single color image data for formation of an image realized by a combination of color materials of colors corresponding to a single color other than black, and the specified color data generating section generates, for the chromatic pixel, single color image data such that the consumption of a color material of a chromatic color corresponding to the single color increases with increase in the saturation of the chromatic pixel. This makes it possible to generate double color image data by which high contrast and rich tone reproduction can be realized and the boundary between the achromatic region and the chromatic region can be expressed with natural gradation.08-11-2011
20110194128IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COUNTING METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus, including: an image forming unit to perform an image formation on paper; a storage unit to store a printing rate coefficient corresponding to one of printing rate levels, the printing rate levels being a plurality of levels into which a printing rate is divided, the printing rate coefficient being stored for each of the printing rate levels; a coefficient changing operation section for changing a printing rate coefficient for each of the printing rate levels; and a control unit to calculate a printing rate on each page of the paper on which the image formation is performed, to read a printing rate coefficient, corresponding to one of the printing rate levels to which the calculated printing rate belongs, from the storage unit, and to add up the read printing rate coefficient as a count coefficient.08-11-2011
20110194127IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a control unit and an output unit. The control unit includes an image output unit that arranges an image read by reading processing in an area shifted in a certain direction in a display area in which read image on which reading processing is performed by an image reading apparatus is displayed, and outputs the image to the output unit.08-11-2011
20110194126TRANSCODING RUN LENGTH LIMITED DATASTREAMS FOR OBJECT LEVEL HALFTONING - Methods and systems for transcoding continuous tone Run Length Limited (RLL) encoded datastreams for including information for identifying halftone screens within the datastream are disclosed. Sequential packets comprising headers and bitmap data are identified within the datastream. Halftone screens associated with bitmap data within the packets are identified and merged into the packets to generate a modified RLL output.08-11-2011
20110194125DISTRIBUTED DATA FLOW FOR PAGE PARALLEL IMAGE PROCESSING WITHIN PRINTING SYSTEMS - A system renders print jobs via a marking engine. A raster image processor receives the job from the input module and renders it to one or more raster images. One or more contone image processors receive the one or more raster images to perform cross-channel image processing to render the raster images into a form compatible with the marking engine, wherein the output is partially sub-partitioned by color separation. An image refactoring and distribution network completes the sub-partitioning by separation of the rendered contone raster images by color separation and distributes each color sub-partition to a marker channel module specific to each color sub-partition. A marking engine receives the color sub-partitioned image data, marks the image onto a substrate and outputs a hardcopy of the image.08-11-2011
20110310411Print Preview Apparatus and Recording Medium Recording a Program - Disclosed is a print preview apparatus including: an output control section which outputs an adjustment chart with a plurality of print color sample images formed based on a color data value of a color space depending on a print device adjusted to a color gamut reproducible by the print apparatus; a conversion section which converts each color data value of the color space depending on the print device to a color data value of a color space depending on a display device; a display section which displays a plurality of display color sample images corresponding to each of the plurality of print color sample images; and an adjustment section which presents the plurality of display color sample images displayed on the display section and which adjusts a color data value indicating a color of the presented display color sample image based on color adjustment information.12-22-2011
20130077108DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGING DEVICE, AND PRINTING DEVICE - A digital camera 03-28-2013
20130077107COLOR CONVERSION DEVICE, IMAGE-FORMING DEVICE, STORING MEDIUM STORING COLOR CONVERSION PROGRAM AND IMAGE-FORMING PROGRAM AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE - A color conversion program including a grid point arranging part which arranges, between an input device represented by three values of RGB and four values of CMYK, grid points as correspondence of the RGB value of the input device and the CMYK value of the output device in a radial direction from a prescribed achromatic color axis to generate a radial color conversion table; and a color conversion table restructuring processing part which stacks, in the order of hue, a hue layer consisting of a surface of a hue and a surface of its complementary hue of the radial color conversion table to generate an orthogonal grid color conversion table in which the grids form an orthogonal grid.03-28-2013
20130077104PRINT DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, PRINT DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A print data processing system includes a print data interpretation processing unit, a memory, and a raster image data generation unit. The print data interpretation processing unit interprets PDL print data, and generates first intermediate format data, second intermediate format data, and attribute information. The memory stores the first intermediate format data and first raster image data of each image object of a predetermined type. The first raster image is generated by performing a drawing process on the first intermediate format data. When an image object of the predetermined type and another image object overlap, the raster image data generation unit uses the first intermediate format data to generate second raster image data. When an image object of the predetermined type and another image object do not overlap, the raster image data generation unit uses the first raster image data to generate the second raster image data.03-28-2013
20130077105IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a forming unit configured to form an identical pattern on a plurality of pages of a recording material, a reading unit configured to read patterns on the plurality of pages formed by the pattern forming unit, a generation unit configured to generate a correction look-up table corresponding to each page by using the patterns on the plurality of pages, and a correction unit configured to correct output image data by using the correction look-up table corresponding to each page generated by the generation unit.03-28-2013
20130077106PRINT CONTROLLING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR FORMING IMAGE - An image forming apparatus, a print controlling apparatus, and an image forming method using the same are provided. The image forming method includes extracting at least one graphical primitive from print data, forming an image by arranging the graphical primitive according to whether the extracted graphical primitives are close to each other or not, converting the formed image into a sketch image, modifying the print data by replacing the sketch image and some of the graphical primitives constituting the sketch image, and draft-printing using the modified print data.03-28-2013
20090122329CUSTOMIZING PRINT CONTENT - Disclosed herein are methods and apparatus for creating an interactive interface allowing a user to create a virtual design on-screen. Specifications of the design created by the user may be subsequently transmitted to a server for high-resolution rendering and printing on an adhesive appliqué or other material adapted to receive print. In some embodiments, the created product is adapted to fit a particular device, such as a cell phone, laptop, personal digital assistant, snowboard, boat, or motor vehicle. Alternatively, the printed product can be adhesively applied to a portion of a wall, a window, or upon the side of a building. In one embodiment, the interactive interface allows the user to create their own personalized product by using a combination of images, colors, text, and shapes, specified for a particular CAD that will print onto an adhesive skin. In this manner, the adhesive skin can be made to look exactly like the finished product of a personally customized design presented on a computer screen.05-14-2009
20090122327IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including: 05-14-2009
20100118320IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING THEREOF - A method for controlling printing of an image forming apparatus includes receiving a printing command from a user, determining whether a condition for auto color registration is satisfied, asking the user whether to perform auto color registration if the condition for auto color registration is satisfied, and performing either printing or auto color registration according to a response to the asked question. Accordingly, even though a condition for auto color registration is satisfied after a printing command is input, the user can select either printing time or printing quality according to his or her priority. Therefore, user convenience can be enhanced.05-13-2010
20090168085IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - Image processing for creating bitmap data based on a plurality of drawing objects by sequentially rendering the plurality of drawing objects respectively having drawing attributes and drawing logic, and sequentially updating the bitmap data and attribute information for each pixel of the bitmap data, has the following characteristic feature. That is, a transparent object group, which expresses transparent processing and includes a plurality of drawing objects, is detected based on the drawing logic, and the drawing attribute of a predetermined drawing object in the detected transparent object group is updated to an attribute indicating that the attribute information is not updated. For example, for transparent processing including three continuous drawing objects having drawing logic “EXOR”, “overwrite”, and “EXOR”, the first and last drawing objects of the EXOR are controlled not to update attribute information for each pixel upon drawing, thus obtaining appropriate attribute information.07-02-2009
20100073699IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND PRINTING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus capable of reducing a stitch effect, an image forming system including the same, and a printing method thereof. The printing method of the image forming system includes inputting image data to be printed; and, if adjacent first and second objects included in the input image data have different LPIs (Lines Per Inch), emphasizing at least one of boundaries of the first and second objects and printing the image data with an emphasized boundary.03-25-2010
20100073698IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR IMAGE PROCESSING - An image processing apparatus includes an image information acquiring unit that acquires image information; a line region setting unit that sets a line region in an image indicated by the image information acquired by the image information acquiring unit; and a background correcting unit that corrects an image density of a background portion of the image in a region set to be the line region by the line region setting unit.03-25-2010
20100073697ELECTRIC CHARGING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - An electric charging apparatus and an image forming apparatus using the electric charging apparatus, capable of stably discharging electrons and reducing deterioration in an electron discharging member, which includes an electric field forming device including two electrodes facing each other to form electric field therebetween including an electron discharging member provided at a portion of one of the electrodes, where the portion faces the other electrode, to discharge electrons into the electric field, and a voltage applying controller to control voltage applied to the electrodes, wherein the voltage applying controller selects two or more intensities of the electric field.03-25-2010
20100033745IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image processing apparatus in which vector data from which noise has been removed and amount of data reduced can be generated in ideal fashion with regard to an illustration area selected from a document image. The document image is input to the apparatus and is segmented into a plurality of areas. A clip-art image is selected from these areas and a plurality of clusters are generated with regard to this image area. When a small area included in the plurality of clusters is determined as a noise, the noise is eliminated by combining the small area with a adjacent cluster. After noise is removed, the cluster group eventually obtained is converted to vector data.02-11-2010
20090097047INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - The graphics state of the second graphics data is determined when converting the first graphics data into the second graphics data and outputting the second graphics data to the second printer driver in accordance with a print instruction from the first application. Warning information is output in accordance with the determined graphics state of the second graphics data.04-16-2009
20130038884IN-PROCESS COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DIGITAL COLOR PRINTING - A system and method according to which the color performance of a digital color print job is monitored or otherwise managed during the production run of the digital color print job.02-14-2013
20130038886PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING METHOD, AND NON-TRASNITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH PRINTING PROGRAM - A printing system of the present invention includes: a generating unit which performs a rasterizing process to print data while performing a color conversion process by applying a multi-dimensional lookup table for calibration, which is for matching a color of the image to be printed by a printing unit by combining base colors to a target color and for keeping the color of the image consistent, to generate image data; a storage unit which stores the image data; a calibration unit which applies a first one-dimensional lookup table for calibration to calibrate the color information of the image data at a first round of printing the image, and applies a second one-dimensional lookup table for calibration newer than the first one-dimensional lookup table for calibration to calibrate the color information of the image data at a second round of newly printing the image.02-14-2013
20130038885IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a first light source that emits light when color print is specified; a first deflection unit that deflects the light emitted from the first light source; a first driving unit that drives the first deflection unit; a second light source that emits light when color print is specified and when monochrome print is specified; a second deflection unit that deflects the light emitted from the second light source; a second driving unit that drives the second deflection unit; a control unit that, when a image data receiving unit receives first image data and information specifying that the first image data is to be printed in monochrome and receives second image data and information specifying that the second image data is to be printed in color, causes the first driving unit to operate while a monochrome image corresponding to the first image data is being formed.02-14-2013
20090128835GAMUT MAPPING - A mapping technique is disclosed that maps color image data of an image displayed on a first image display device to output color image data for display on a second image display device. This mapping technique maps the color gamut of the first image display device to the color gamut of the second image display device while controlling one or more characteristics of the color image data, and generates one or more lookup tables that correspond to the gamut mapping, for example. The color image data is then mapped to the output color image data based on the lookup tables.05-21-2009
20130033713APPARATUS AND METHOD OF FORMING IMAGE, TERMINAL AND METHOD OF PRINT CONTROL, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus and an image forming method, a print controlling terminal and a print controlling method are provided. The image forming apparatus includes a storage unit which stores stereoscopic image patterns to be used for creation of a three dimensional (3D) image, a print unit which prints the stereoscopic image patterns, a user interface unit which receives at least one pattern selected from among the stereoscopic image patterns, and an image creating unit which creates the 3D image by reflecting information related to the at least one selected pattern.02-07-2013
20130033714PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - The printing control device of the present invention inquires whether or not an actual output printer driver supports the function of the items regarding drawing processing in step SC02-07-2013
20100046018IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing for printing a monochrome image, color deviation can be suppressed to print a favorable monochrome image. Specifically, the printing of a monochrome image is performed by using black ink in all of a color reproduction region (color gamut) including a gray axis and regions other than the gray axis. This avoids the use of C, M, and Y for the expression of the monochrome image to suppress the color deviation due to slight imbalance among amounts of three colors of inks.02-25-2010
20100046017Image processing apparatus, image processing method, image forming apparatus, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes an integer-part converting unit configured to convert multi-level image data into integer image data by referring to a first conversion table, a threshold setting unit configured to generate matrix data for performing area coverage modulation by referring to the multi-level image data, a decimal-part converting unit configured to convert the multi-level image data into decimal image data by referring to a second conversion table, a level reducing unit configured to reduce levels of the decimal image data by using a threshold generated in the threshold setting unit, an adding unit configured to add the integer image data to the level-reduced decimal image data and outputting a result of addition as gamma conversion image data, and an image processing unit configured to perform image processing on the gamma conversion image data.02-25-2010
20100046016METHOD OF CAPTURING IMAGE OF DOCUMENT BY USING IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE - A method of capturing an image of a document is provided. First, a notebook computer having a base is provided, wherein an image pickup device is disposed on the notebook computer, and a symbol mark is formed on the base of the notebook computer. Next, a document fixer having a fixer middle mark is provided. The document is fixed by the document fixer, wherein a centerline of a long edge of the document is aligned with the fixer middle mark. Next, the document fixer is moved according to a size of the document until the fixer middle mark is aligned with the symbol mark. After the image of the document is captured, an image processing procedure is performed. By aligning the fixer middle mark with the symbol mark of the notebook computer, the document is precisely positioned and thus a sharp image with no tilted distortion is acquired.02-25-2010
20100046015METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLED PRINTING OF DOCUMENTS INCLUDING SENSITIVE INFORMATION - Methods and systems for controllably printing documents including sensitive information. Features and aspects hereof provide a controller coupled to the marking engine. The controller applies rules to automatically detect the presence of sensitive information in a document to be printed and actions to securely print the document. Each rule includes a list of words and/or phrases deemed sensitive in the printing environment and actions to be taken when any of those words or phrases are detected. The actions may define, for example, that a user must enter authentication credentials at the marking engine to indicate that the user is physically present at the marking engine to receive the document printed. The rules may also specify, for example, that portions of the document detected as containing the sensitive information may be automatically modified/redacted by the controller prior printing the document.02-25-2010
20100046014METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTINUOUS FEED PRINTING SYSTEMS - A method of measuring and correcting the Young's Modulus inline to eliminate its impact on image length variation during print runtime. The method includes intentionally perturbing the nominal operating condition of the web printing system which is controlled by the double reflex printing controller. The perturbation creates misregistration in a control target printed image that is detectable by in-situ sensors, from which Young's Modulus is estimated. Specifically, the web tension before the print zone is set differently from the web tension in the print zone to create misregistration. The error is detected by the inline sensors, and it is used to calculate the actual Young's Modulus. The implementation of the method consists of measuring the Young's Modulus at various frequencies. The correct Young's Modulus in then incorporated into the double reflex printing algorithm.02-25-2010
20100046013APPLICATIONS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING AND MONITORING CRITICAL COLORS IN CUSTOMER PRINT JOBS - Applications, systems and methods for identifying and monitoring critical colors in a print job and using an embedded color sensing device to measure critical color printed actually printed. The application permits the user to interact with a print job and to select of one or more critical colors from within the print job. In one embodiment, an application is configured to provide a graphical user interface (GUI) to facilitate the user in selecting critical colors. A printing system and method are disclosed for automatically monitoring critical colors in a print job and using an embedded color sensing device to measure critical color printed.02-25-2010
20100103441IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM - A printer not optically correcting bends and inclinations of scanning lines needs to execute such control as to electrically correct them. However, a conventional correction method has a problem that this correction causes an image defect such as an image streak or an uneven density in a specific area. A correction method of the present invention, when an input image has only one color, executes only correction by a second correction component which corrects distortions in a main scanning direction without executing correction by a first correction component which corrects bends and inclinations in a sub-scanning direction, and when an input image has two or more colors, executes both of correction by the first correction component and correction by the second correction component. This control can reduce the frequency of occurrence of an image defect.04-29-2010
20100103440IMAGE PATH UTILIZING SUB-SAMPLED CROSS-CHANNEL IMAGE VALUES - A technique for cross-channel correction in real time for digital color printing in which the full resolution value of a selected colorant is combined with low resolution versions of the remaining colorants to provide a basis for correcting the selected colorant based upon the data for the other colorants employed. The pixel values of sub-samples of the remaining colorants are derived from the cell in which the full resolution selected colorant is taken; and, the desired output value is selected from a look-up table established for the known printing process.04-29-2010
20100103439SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VISUAL CONFIGUATION OF DYNAMIC DOCUMENT HOLE PLACEMENT - Document processing systems and methods are presented in which a hole select system is connected to a graphical user interface that visually renders a media image representative of a printed media, the interface includes at least one hole indicia on the media image, and allows the hole indicia to be manipulated by the user and the hole select system generates and provides hole location data to a hole creation system to produce holes on the printed media.04-29-2010
20100110458DEVICE FOR SETTING COLOR PRINT LIMIT MODE ACCORDING TO PREFERENCE SET ON PER-PAGE BASIS - An image processing system includes a preference designating unit and a printer. The preference designating unit is configured to designate one or more preferential print pages from pages included in a print job so as to be color printed preferentially to non-designated pages included in the print job. The printer performs color printing of the one or more preferential print pages.05-06-2010
20100110456Method of and apparatus for converting colors - A standard density print profile capable of producing a print of standard densities is generated by a printing press set to standard density conditions, and a designated density print profile capable of producing a print of designated densities is generated by the printing press when the printing press is set to designated density conditions. A color conversion table capable of producing the print of the designated densities with the printing press set to the standard density conditions is generated using the standard density print profile and the designated density print profile. The colors of the image data are converted using the color conversion table.05-06-2010
20100110455LANGUAGE BASED COLOR SELECTION METHOD - A method of color selection is described including a component to parse a natural language color specification into a set of colloquial color names and a set of flags to indicate whether a color name is to be included or excluded from the color selection. Components are also included to find the best matches of colloquial color names in a library of colloquial color names and map the best matches to one or more standard colors in a library of standard colors. A transform building component uses the standard colors names and the flags to create a mathematical selection transform, typically in the form of a multi-dimensional lookup table. If necessary, another component converts arbitrary sets of test color coordinates into color encoding identical to that used for the standard colors to produce a color selection.05-06-2010
20130135634Printing Apparatus to Control Images to be Laid Out Side by Side - A printing apparatus wherein first image data corresponding to a first document is generated, second partial data corresponding to a partial range of a second document is generated in a state in which the first image data is stored in a storage portion, joint data in which first partial data and the second partial data are joined is generated, the first partial data being included in the first image data and corresponding to a partial range of the first document which is laid out side by side with respect to the partial range of the second document based on the second partial data in a state in which a first image based on the first image data and a second image based on second image data are laid out side by side in a scanning direction of a head, and an image based on the joint data is printed.05-30-2013
20120262743WIDE-FORMAT COLOR PRINTER - A wide-format color printer includes a carriage, an ink carrier (10-18-2012
20100110462TEXTURE INFORMATION DATA ACQUIRING DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM HAVING THE TEXTURE INFORMATION DATA ACQUIRING DEVICE - There is provided a texture information data acquiring device that receives print data, which is used at the time of performing printing by using a printing apparatus and represents the amount of a print recording material used at the time of printing, as input, acquires texture information data that represents the texture of a printing surface of a printing material from the print data, and outputs the texture information data.05-06-2010
20100110457COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A profile for converting color data dependent on a source device into color data dependent on a destination device, and generation information used in generation of the profile are acquired. Adjustment conditions of the profile designated on a device independent color space are inputted. Color data stored in the profile and dependent on the destination device is converted into first color data on the device independent color space using the generation information. Adjustment is applied to the first color data in accordance with the adjustment conditions. The first color data, to which the adjustment is applied, is converted into second color data dependent on the destination device using the generation information. Color data stored in the profile and dependent on the destination device is modified based on the second color data.05-06-2010
20100027039IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image forming system capable of shortening the time required to process configuration information on an image forming system and shortening communication time. When any of sheet processing apparatuses is activated before activation of an image forming apparatus, a controller of a sheet processing apparatus acting as a sub-manager configures a sub-system consisting of sheet processing apparatuses connected to a communication network and creates configuration data on the sub-system. When recognizing that the image forming apparatus is newly connected to the network, the sub-manager apparatus notifies the image forming apparatus of the already created configuration data based on which a controller of the image forming apparatus creates configuration data on the system and stores it into a RAM.02-04-2010
20130027720COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A color measuring device include an illuminating unit configured to illuminate an image-capturing range; an image capturing unit configured to capture an image of the image-capturing range containing a patch and an object; an extracting unit configured to extract image data of a surrounding region in a predetermined color from the image data output by the image capturing unit; an interpolating unit configured to interpolate at least one target region that is at least one of regions of the patch and the object based on the image data of the surrounding region; a storage unit configured to store therein, as correction data, interporting data that is interporated; a correcting unit configured to correct the image data output by the image capturing unit by using the correction data; and a calculating unit configured to calculate a colorimetric value of the object based on the corrected image data.01-31-2013
20130027723Emissive Image Substrate Marking, Articles Marked With An Emissive Image, and Authentication Methods Involving The Same - A system for printing and emissive image on a substrate that includes red, green, and blue additive-color emissive inks configured to be printed to a substrate using an ink printer device intended for use with subtractive-color ink. An image to be printed can be converted to color negative form prior to printing using the subtractive-color ink printer. The system may include a subtractive-color ink printer intended for use with subtractive-color ink cartridges. The system may also include a computer device programmed to convert an image to a color negative form.01-31-2013
20130027719OPERATION APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND MEDIUM FOR RECORDING PROGRAM - The operation apparatus according to the present disclosure includes a touch panel, a determination unit, a shrinkage rate calculating unit, a window shrinking unit, and a multi window display unit. The shrinkage rate calculating unit that calculates, in a case in which the determination unit determines that an input operation on the plurality of setting item keys is detected within a predetermined time period, a shrinkage rate allowing equal allocation of space for a predetermined number of setting condition input windows in a display region based on the setting item number, and a size of the display region in a case of displaying only one setting condition input window on the touch panel. The multi window display unit that displays in the display region the predetermined number of setting condition input windows that are shrunk by the window shrinking unit.01-31-2013
20130027722IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a control unit configured to perform, if a suitable color measurement area suitable for color measurement of a combined color is found in an image, a color-reproduction-accuracy increasing process while, if not, to perform a deposition-amount stabilizing process. In the color-reproduction-accuracy increasing process, a control parameter is adjusted so as to reduce a difference between a result of the color measurement on the suitable color measurement area and a desired color. In the deposition-amount stabilizing process, a plurality of test primary-color toner images are formed by an image forming unit, and a control parameter for the image forming unit are adjusted so as to reduce a difference between each of results of toner deposition amount measurement on the test primary-color toner images and a corresponding target deposition amount.01-31-2013
20130027721COLOR MEASURING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A color measuring device includes: an image capturing unit; a reference chart; a light quantity control unit; a generating unit; a correction unit; and a calculating unit. The image capturing unit outputs image data of an image-capturing range. The reference chart has multiple patches of different densities. The light quantity control unit controls the illumination unit. The generating unit generates first correction data based on image data of the multiple patches illuminated by a first light quantity and generates second correction data based on image data of the multiple patches illuminated by a second light quantity. The correction unit corrects image data of the reference chart and a color measurement target, using the first correction data or the second correction data. The calculating unit calculates color measurement value of the color measurement target based on the corrected image data of the reference chart and the color measurement target.01-31-2013
20130027718CONTROL DEVICE, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - A control device includes a generating unit, a specifying unit, a calculating unit, a determining unit, and a controller. The generating unit generates, upon receiving a print instruction, which includes attribute information representing an attribute of a printed material to be created, processing information by using the attribute information and a preset rule. The specifying unit specifies activation periods of activation operations of activating the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information. The calculating unit calculates processing periods of processing operations executed to create the printed material by the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information. The determining unit determines starting times of the activation operations executed by the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information. The controller controls the respective processing devices indicated by the processing information so that the processing devices start the respective activation operations at the starting times determined by the determining unit.01-31-2013
20090284775IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, DOT PATTERN CALIBRATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A test pattern containing plurality of patches recorded using small dot patterns and large dot patterns is printed. The dot sizes arranged in the patches are different between patches. Then the test patterns are read. The detection rate and average density of additional information embedded in each large dot pattern are obtained. A large dot pattern whose detection rate and average density fall within a reference range and are closest to ideal values is determined. The average density of each small dot pattern is obtained. A small dot pattern whose average density falls within a reference range and is closest to the average density of the determined large dot pattern is determined. A copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image is generated using these dot patterns and combined with a print target image.11-19-2009
20100067029Colored investment data display system and method - A method and system that provides a unique data display tool for use in the investment area and utilizes color coated entries in various data displays to aid in the client's assimilation of investment data and information. More specifically, the method and system uses a plurality of colors that are superimposed over data contained in various data category displays. Any one category data may contain a number of different such colored overlays. It is between different data displays, the same color would be used for the same data category presented in each display.03-18-2010
20100328692INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - To shift an image in order to prevent the image from overlapping with a finishing position, the amount of shift for preventing the overlap may be increased and a desired result of layout may not be obtained. In addition, if the image is not shifted in order to obtain the desired result of layout, the image may overlap with the finishing position and toner or the like may come off. When it is determined that a position where the finishing process is to be executed overlaps with a content data placement area, an avoidance area where printing is not performed is placed at a position in which the position where the finishing process is to be executed overlaps with the content data placement area without changing the position and size of the content data placement area.12-30-2010
20100328690IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing device processes image data, which expresses an image and is edited to image data including, in correspondence with each pixel of the image, a pixel value field that holds a pixel value of the pixel and an attribute value field that holds an attribute value. The image processing device includes a first and a second image processing module, and a connection module that is connected to the first and second image processing modules, and moves the image data from one image processing module to the other image processing module. At least one of the image processing modules has a first function to output an image processing result for a pixel value of the input image data as an output pixel value, and a second function to output an image processing result for a pixel value of the input image data as an output attribute value.12-30-2010
20100328688IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The image processing apparatus includes: a color conversion unit color-converting an image signal of a first color space into that of a second color space with a color conversion characteristic defining a correspondence relationship between the image signals; an adjustment unit adjusting the image signal of the second color space with adjustment conversion factor groups that is for adjusting it in accordance with a change in the color conversion characteristic, and is set for respective types of sheets on which an image is to be printed according to the image signal of the second color space; a calculation unit calculating the adjustment conversion factor groups; a memory storing an associating factor group associating, with each other, the adjustment conversion factor groups; and an update unit updating the adjustment conversion factor groups according to the calculated adjustment conversion factor group of one sheet and the stored associating factor group.12-30-2010
20100157342METHOD FOR MEASURING DENSITY, PRINTING METHOD, METHOD OF CALCULATING CORRECTION VALUE, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING CORRECTION VALUE - A method for measuring density, includes: forming on a medium a pattern that consists of a plurality of dot rows formed respectively in a plurality of row regions lined up in a direction intersecting a movement direction in which a plurality of nozzles move, by forming each of the dot rows in the row region arranged in the movement direction by ejecting ink from the nozzles; reading the pattern by a scanner; measuring density of each of the row regions of the read pattern; calculating respective modification values corresponding to each of the row regions, based on at least a part of a measurement result of the density of the plurality of the row regions; and modifying respective measured values of the density of each of the row regions based on the respective modification values corresponding to each of the row regions.06-24-2010
20100157331Color Smoothing Mechanism for an Ink Minimizing Profile Making Tool - An International Color Consortium (ICC) profile making tool includes a regression module to establish a dependency between a profile connection space (PCS) and a device color space, an optimization module to generate a first output profile based on an ink minimization mode and a second output profile based on a high accuracy mode and a smoothing module to prevent fluctuating transitions between colors occurring in the first output profile.06-24-2010
20130083335IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Provided is an image forming apparatus including an image forming section for forming a test image including a plurality of patterns in which at least one pattern is more easily affected by a variation factor for density than another pattern, an accepting section for accepting an amount of adjustment for density, and an adjusting section for adjusting density of an image to be formed by the image forming section based on the amount of adjustment for density accepted by the accepting section.04-04-2013
20120182564PRINTING METHOD AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A method for printing information of items relating to a print setting on a sheet includes acquiring information relating to a width of the sheet to be used, setting a layout for printing the information of the items according to the acquired width, and printing the information of the items on the sheet according the set layout.07-19-2012
20130050724INFORMATION INPUT/OUTPUT METHOD USING DOT PATTERN - A dot pattern including a block defined as a rectangular area of a square or a rectangle of a medium face, such as printed matter. A straight line in a vertical direction and a horizontal direction configuring a frame of the block each are defined as a standard grid line. Virtual reference grid points are provided at predetermined intervals on the reference grid line. Reference grid point dots are placed on respective virtual reference grid points. Straight lines that connect the virtual reference grid points to each other and are parallel to the reference grid lines are defined as grid lines. A point of intersection of grid lines is defined as a virtual grid point. A dot pattern is generated by arranging one or a plurality of information dots, each of which has a distance and a direction around the virtual grid point.02-28-2013
20130070266IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING USE OF MEDIUM - A system includes a receiving unit and a controller. The receiving unit receives data about the number of processes performed in an image forming unit to form an image with a decolorable color material and data about the number of processes performed in a decolorizing unit to decolorize an image formed with the decolorable color material. Based on the data received by the receiving unit the controller calculates the number of media in user's use in a condition after they are subjected to image formation by the image forming unit and before they are decolorized by the decolorizing unit. The controller deters image formation by the image forming unit if the number of the media in user's use exceeds a first threshold, and allows the image forming unit to form an image if the number of the media in user's use does not exceed the first threshold.03-21-2013
20130070265MARK FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND MARK FORMING METHOD - A mark forming apparatus according to the present embodiment includes an image acquisition portion, a calculation portion, a detection portion, and a formation portion. The image acquisition portion scans and acquires an image formed on a sheet. The calculation portion calculates a color material attachment amount of the image from the image acquired by the image acquisition portion. The detection portion detects a predetermined mark which is already formed on the sheet. The formation portion forms a predetermined mark with a shape according to the color material attachment amount calculated by the calculation portion on the sheet in addition to the existing predetermined mark detected by the detection portion.03-21-2013
20130070268CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND PROGRAM - A control device according to the present invention is a control device that controls a print device that forms an image on a recording medium based on image data in which density values of multiple colors are defined every pixel, including: a stored color setting unit that sets a stored color indicating a color of which a toner amount is not restricted in each object indicating an area in which a predetermined type of image in the image data is drawn, in response to designation from a user; and a determination unit that determines density values of each of colors, in the each object, other than the stored color, such that a total sum of the density values of the colors is within a value subtracting a density value of the stored color from a reference value.03-21-2013
20130070269IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Image processing in which image data is input. The input image data is converted into first image data defined by a color space depending on a characteristic of a first environment light and into second image data defined by a color space depending on a characteristic of a second environment light. A color is specified which has a color difference between the first image data and the second image data, the color difference of the specified color being larger than a predetermined value. Information is output indicating the specified color.03-21-2013
20130070267SURFACE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM - A surface processing apparatus includes a heater and a controller for controlling a heating of a sheet. The controller determines a difference between a position, on the sheet, of an image indicated by original image information and a position, on the sheet, of the actually formed image on the sheet indicated by outer configuration information of the sheet and the actual image information. The controller corrects inputted heating position information, for the heater, on the basis of information of the difference, and controls the heating of the heating means in accordance with the corrected heating position information.03-21-2013
20130070264IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming section that forms an image on a recording medium, plural recording medium supply sections that supply a recording medium to the image forming section, a recording medium setting section that sets attributes of the recording medium supplied by the recording medium supply section, a function program registration section that makes function programs for executing processes that use processing functions relating to image formation correspond to recording medium attribute information relating to the recording medium usable for the function program and performs registration for each of the function programs, and a control section that controls whether or not the registered function program is executable based on the attributes of the recording medium set by the recording medium setting section and the recording medium attribute information registered by the function program registration section.03-21-2013
20130070263RED-EYE REMOVAL SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR VARIABLE DATA PRINTING (VDP) WORKFLOWS - A VDP workflow system and method are disclosed. The system includes an image memory to store a photograph image. The system also includes a VDP document tool to access the photograph image from the image memory and to generate a VDP document comprising the photograph image. The system further includes a red-eye removal tool to process the VDP document to discover red-eye artifacts and to remove the red-eye artifacts from the photograph image on the VDP document based on a programmable red-eye sensitivity value.03-21-2013
20130088731PROCESSING IMAGE DATA STRIPS - An apparatus and methods for processing image data in multi-row strips to generate print data for colorizers of a printer.04-11-2013
20130050720IMAGE QUALITY STATUS WORKFLOW - Methods and systems for maintaining image quality are disclosed. A printing system and method is provided for maintaining image quality, comprising: initially establishing a plurality of image quality threshold standards; assigning an image quality threshold standard from the plurality of image quality threshold standards to an associated image job; comparing the assigned image quality threshold standard of each associated image job to a system check value; and, marking any image jobs having an assigned image quality threshold standard greater than the quality system check value.02-28-2013
20130050722IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The image forming apparatus includes: a log obtaining unit configured to obtain a print log which is an execution history of a print job; a color utilization ratio obtaining unit configured to obtain a color utilization ratio which is a ratio of chromatic color material utilization when past print jobs were executed from the print log obtained by the log obtaining unit; a determination unit configured to determine to perform mixed color correction and single color correction when the color utilization ratio obtained by the color utilization ratio obtaining unit is equal to or larger than a threshold value and to perform the single color correction without performing the mixed color correction when the color utilization ratio is smaller than the threshold value; and a correction unit configured to perform the correction determined by the determination unit.02-28-2013
20130050721IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - Read data indicative of first and second surfaces of manuscript is divided into a plurality of first and second blocks, respectively. A judging unit judges, based on a first condition, whether each second block is a specified second block and whether each first block is a specified first block. A second condition is set for each first block corresponding to the specified second block. Each second block is more difficult to be judged as the specified second block based on respective second condition than based on the first condition. The judging unit judges whether each first block corresponding to the specified second block is the specified first block based on the respective second condition. The first surface is a specified color first surface when a ratio of a number of the specified first blocks to a total number of first blocks is greater than or equal to a prescribed value.02-28-2013
20130050723IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and a control method thereof which execute auto color registration in consideration of mechanical change factors of both photoconductors and drive rollers. The control method of an image forming apparatus includes photoconductors, an intermediate transfer belt to which developers attached to the photoconductors are transferred, and drive rollers to drive the intermediate transfer belt, test patterns are printed on the intermediate transfer belt by adjusting a printing time interval of the test patterns according to a spatial period of the photoconductors and a spatial period of the drive rollers, if conditions to execute auto color registration (ACR) are satisfied, and ACR is executed according to a signal reflected by the test patterns.02-28-2013
20130088732IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes first and second interpreters configured to interpret page description language data and generate intermediate data. The apparatus further includes a setting unit configured to set an image quality priority mode for one of the first and second interpreters and a color/monochrome determination priority mode for the other of the first and second interpreters. Either the first interpreter or the second interpreter, for which the color/monochrome determination priority mode is set, skips the generation of the intermediate data for a processing target page in a case where it is determined that the processing target page is a color page.04-11-2013
20130088728SPOT COLOR EDITING ASSISTANT TOOL FOR SPOT COLOR REPRODUCTION - A computer-implemented method for imaging of spot colors within a document using a spot color editor is provided. The method includes determining a spot color formula, using a spot color editor, for providing a colorimetric match to a desired spot color in a print job, wherein the spot color is within a color space and the spot color formula includes colorant values for each color in the color space; printing a test image of the spot color with the determined spot color formula for analysis, wherein the color composition of the spot color test image is analyzed by a user to determine whether desired image quality is achieved; and determining an updated spot color formula for providing a colorimetric match to the desired spot color in the print job based on a received input, if the desired image quality is not achieved.04-11-2013
20130088730IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a memory, a read image receiver, a color converter, and a display. The memory stores, regarding a multicolor color sample including sample images for plural predetermined colors, the colors of the sample images included in the multicolor color sample and information about sample images included in a single-color color sample in association with each other, the single-color color sample being generated by a specific image forming apparatus. The read image receiver receives a read image, the read image being an image obtained by reading a printed image generated by printing, using a single color, an image of plural colors by the specific image forming apparatus. The color converter converts the single color of the read image into plural colors on the basis of an association stored in the memory. The display displays an image of the plural colors generated through conversion.04-11-2013
20100134813IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a carrier; a forming unit that forms a pattern on the carrier; a correcting unit that executes a plurality of correction processes for image formation by measuring the pattern formed on the carrier by the forming unit; and an issuing unit that has issuing conditions corresponding to the correction processes and issues execution requests indicating execution timings of the correction processes satisfying the issuing conditions, wherein the correcting unit executes only one correction process, of which the execution request is issued, when another correction process is not issued at the execution timing of the one correction process, and wherein the correcting unit executes the one correction process and the another correction process in a prescribed order regardless of the execution timings indicated by the execution requests when the another correction process is issued at the execution timing of the one correction process.06-03-2010
20090051947PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - An information processing apparatus analyzes a print job made up of multiple records, detects record segments using the analysis results, correlates each record and the printing page corresponding to each record, and displays a list of records based thereupon. Further, upon operation instructions of printing control input as to a record in the displayed list, the information processing apparatus executes processing based on operating instructions as to an instructed record according to operation instructions.02-26-2009
20090303511DATABASE SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING IMAGE DATA FOR CONSISTENT COLOR PRINTING - Present systems and methods enable digital color printers to consistently print color output from computer generated image data that includes spot color definitions. Colors that are defined as spot colors can be separated from colors that are defined as combinations of process colors. Accordingly, color corrections can be separately applied to objects that are defined by spot color definitions to provide customized image processing that provides printed color images with improved quality.12-10-2009
20090303510INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING INFORMATION FOR DENSITY CORRECTION - The invention enables people to easily identify a printout image even in the case where the printout image is printed with a tint block image added thereon. More specifically, a physical page that is a printable area of printing paper is divided into areas, an intended document/image is printed in each of these divided areas (logical pages), and a tint block image is printed only in an area that is in this physical page but does not belong to any of the logical pages. Using a fact that a margin is produced in the so-called N-up printing, the tint block image is printed in this margin. Thereby, the tint block image can be printed in a location that will not interfere with whatever printout image to be printed.12-10-2009
20090303509PRINT CONTROL DEVICE, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A print control method allowing a printing apparatus to perform printing based on a plurality of contents used for outputting a plurality of components to be finally integrated is provided. The CPU determines whether component basis post-processing is set in each of the plurality of contents. The printing sequence is determined such that a first content determined as a content in which the component basis post-processing is set is printed in advance of a second content determined as a content in which the component basis post-processing is not set.12-10-2009
20090303508IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus includes: an image reading unit for reading an original image at a first resolution and converting the read original image into first image data; a data analysis unit for analyzing the first image data; a resolution determination unit for determining an appropriate second resolution on the basis of an analysis result of the data analysis unit; and a resolution conversion unit for converting the first image data into second image data relating to the second resolution and outputting the second image data.12-10-2009
20090303507METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PRINTING THREE DIMENSIONAL IMAGES - Systems and methods for printing a 3D object on a three-dimensional (3D) printer are described. The methods semi-automatically or automatically delineate an item in an image, receive a 3D model of the item, matches said item to said 3D model, and send the matched 3D model to a 3D printer.12-10-2009
20090303506IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A method for controlling an image processing apparatus includes obtaining image data from a detachable memory unit, estimating whether the obtained image data is image data read by a scanner, and in a case where it is estimated that the obtained image data is image data read by the scanner, performing control not to execute predetermined screen processing on the image data.12-10-2009
20090303504IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM THEREFOR - The objective of the preset invention is to easily determine an optimal method for the use of transparent toner. In order to resolve this problem, an image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes an addition unit for adding, to each of objects that constitute an original document, information indicating either that transparent toner is to be printed for the entire surface of the original document or that transparent toner is to be printed for only part of the original document, a storage unit for storing the object and a generating unit for generating image data by employing the object stored in the storage unit, wherein, based on the information added to the object that is stored in the storage unit, the generating unit controls a number of pixels used for printing the transparent toner.12-10-2009
20090303503IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS PERFORMING IMAGE FORMATION SUITABLE FOR ADDING INFORMATION IN HANDWRITING OR THE LIKE - When a printing mode is designated by user operation, an MFP embeds information specifying a storage location in designated stored image data and prints the resultant image data. When a user adds information in handwriting or the like to the above-described printing material, and the printing material after the information is added is scanned, the MFP specifies the storage location from the image data, which is scanned data, and replaces the image data in the above-described storage location by the scanned image data and registers the resultant image data. At the time of the above-described printing, even if the printing condition is set for the image data, the designation of the above-described printing mode allows the printing condition suitable for scanning the printing material to be set.12-10-2009
20090303502PRINT DEVICE SELECTION IN A NETWORKED PRINT JOB ENVIRONMENT - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for selecting a printer in a document reproduction environment comprising a plurality of networked printing devices. In one embodiment, a document is received which is to be printed and a set of image quality requirements specific for the document are determined based on the document's image content. A threshold quality expectation level is set for the document based on the set of image quality requirements. Device specific image quality metrics are obtained for each of the networked printing devices and then compared with the threshold quality expectation level. A printing device which best exceeds the threshold quality expectation level is selected as a result of the comparison. The document is sent to the selected networked printing device. If none of the networked printing devices is found to meet the threshold then an operator is signaled that the document cannot be printed.12-10-2009
20090303501Print Management System, and Method and Program for the Same - Colors of printed materials are easily matched. Provided is a print management system used in a printing system including a plurality of printing presses and performing printing using plates respectively created for each printing press. The print management system includes a tone-curve storage unit for linking and storing identifying information of the printing presses and tone curves for the printing presses; a communication device for obtaining binary image data from a host system; a binary-image-data correction unit for creating binary image data for each of the printing presses by correcting the binary image data using the tone curves stored in the tone-curve storage unit; and CTPs for creating respective plates for each of the printing presses on the basis of the corrected binary image data.12-10-2009
20120218570CONVERTING BETWEEN COLOR AND MONOCHROME - Apparatuses, systems and methods are provided for converting a color portion of an image to monochrome, and/or for converting a monochrome portion of an image to color.08-30-2012
20120218575Handprint Recognition Test Deck - A system and method for creating one of a plurality of test decks to qualify and test forms processing systems, including preparing a handprint snippet data base containing labeled handprint image snippets representing a unique hand, preparing a form description file and a data content file, selecting handprint snippets from the handprint snippet data base to formulate a form using the data content file, creating a form image using the selected snippets according to the form description file and printing the form image.08-30-2012
20120218574PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE AND PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM - Provided is a printing control device capable of: a reception process of receiving designation of a printing medium; an adjustment process of adjusting a printing apparatus in accordance with a printing result of a first test pattern; a color conversion table generation process of generating a color conversion table for the designated printing medium; and a profile generation process of generating a device profile of the printing apparatus on the basis of a colorimetric value of a second test pattern by performing color conversion on data, which represents the second test pattern, through the color conversion table, and by causing the printing apparatus to print the second test pattern.08-30-2012
20120218573IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a plurality of cores that carry out binarization processes while shifting a target pixel from the first pixel in a processing line in order toward the last pixel in the processing line in accordance with a diffusion of error that takes unprocessed pixels surrounding the target pixel including the pixels of the following line of the processing line as a diffusion range; of the plurality of cores, the core that processes the following line carries out the binarization process in order while delaying the target pixel at least by an amount equivalent to the diffusion range relative to the target pixel of the core that processes the previous line. Accordingly, the lines can be processed in parallel while reflecting the error appropriately on the unprocessed pixels, and thus the binarization process using error diffusion can be carried out more quickly.08-30-2012
20120218572PROFILE CREATION METHOD, PROFILE CREATION APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COLOR CONVERSION USING A PROFILE - With an apparatus according to the present invention, when an input color gamut is compressed to an output color gamut, based on the difference value between the lightness of paper white and the lightness at the maximum chroma in the output color gamut of a predetermined hue, if the lightness difference is below a predetermined threshold value, a compression convergence point is set at a position at which lightness is lower than or equal to the lightness at the maximum chroma in the output color gamut. This suppresses reduction of the gradation in the direction of input chroma, and makes it possible to compress the input color gamut to the output color gamut such that excellent color reproduction is achieved while the gradations of lightness and chroma in the input color space are maintained.08-30-2012
20120218571IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus extracts a line segment included in an image, and includes a density gradient direction determining section that determines a direction, in which density changes, of each processing unit composed of a predetermined number of pixels of an image, and an line segment extracting section that regards a couple of processing units whose density gradient direction are opposite each other as a processing unit pair and extracts a processing unit group including a plurality of processing unit pairs allocated in a row in a direction perpendicular to the density gradient directions as a line segment.08-30-2012
20090040541IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus receives a printing job from an information processing apparatus and prints the printing job, wherein confirmation printing to confirm the printed material of the printing job is instructed. If the sheet used with the confirmation print is a specialized sheet, printing is performed using the same type of sheet for the confirmation printing and the main printing.02-12-2009
20090040540IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - The image processing apparatus includes a halftoning unit which performs halftoning with respect to a boundary pixel of an image data, and a setting unit which sets a window range and performs a resetting operation such that a print density of a portion of the boundary pixels in a window is transferred to another boundary pixel by using position information and density information of the boundary pixel.02-12-2009
20090091772PRINT SYSTEM, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARTUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM - A print system for printing one printing image data in a plurality of printing sizes, includes an image display apparatus for displaying the printing image data, and a printer apparatus for printing the one printing image data which is displayed and selected with the image display apparatus in a plurality of printing sizes. The image display apparatus includes record means in which the printing image data is stored, display means for displaying the printing image data stored in the record means, and control means for causing the display means to simultaneously display frame data in the plurality of printing sizes on the selected printing image data.04-09-2009
20110058191IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a technique for reducing image quality deterioration and suppressing print performance reduction. A raster image processor (RIP) generates intermediate data by interpreting PDL data, and stores it in a memory. In a case where the memory area overflows in the middle of intermediate data generation and storage processing on the print data for one page, rendering is executed based on the intermediate data. In accordance with JPEG XR, tile division is performed. An encoding parameter indicative of lossless-encoding or lossy-encoding is determined in accordance with each tile, and encoding is executed. The encoded image data is stored in a background image memory area as a background image of intermediate data that will subsequently be generated. When subsequent intermediate data generation is completed, rendering is executed, the rendered image is synthesized with the image saved as a background image, then the data is outputted.03-10-2011
20110058190PROFILE CORRECTING METHOD - A profile correcting method includes: acquiring a device profile indicating correspondence relationships between a plurality of input values and a plurality of sets of first output values, each first output value set corresponding to one of the plurality of input values, each input value representing an achromatic color having a density level, each first output value set including a plurality of chromatic values each representing a chromatic color, the achromatic color being reproduced by mixing the chromatic color; and, performing a process for each input value. The process includes: forming a test patch based on one first output value set corresponding to the each input value; measuring color of the test patch, the color being represented by a set of a*b* values, the a*b* value set including a first a* value and a first b* value which are defined in a CIEL*a*b* color space; determining whether or not the one first output value set is a to-be-corrected first output value set, the to-be-corrected first output value set corresponding to a test patch whose color is represented by an a* b* value set including at least one of the first a* value greater than an a* prescribed value and the first b* value greater than a b* prescribed value, the a* prescribed value and the b* prescribed value being smaller than zero; and correcting, if the one first output value set is the to-be-corrected first output value set, the one first output value set to a second output value set which is to form color that is represented by an a* b* value set including a second a* value and a second b* value, the second a* value being smaller than or equal to the a* prescribed value, the second b* value being smaller than or equal to the b* prescribed value.03-10-2011
20130057882DEVICE COOPERATION SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND FUNCTION PROVIDING METHOD - In a device cooperation system, devices connected via a network take partial charge of providing a function. A first device acquires image data to be output; receives a condition used when the first device and a second device output the image data; stores a possible output amount that can be output by the first device; determines whether a total page number, which is obtained from the condition and a number of pages of the acquired image data, is less than or equal to the possible output amount; determines first and second output numbers to be respectively allocated to the first and second devices; sends the image data and the second output number to the second device; and updates the possible output amount according to a number output by the first and second devices.03-07-2013
20130057884INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND CONTROL METHOD - An information processing apparatus includes: a retaining unit that retains condition information to control an output setting of first output data based on a predetermined condition; a receiving unit that receives second output data obtained by dividing the first output data into pieces each having a predetermined amount of data; and a first determining unit that determines whether to control the output setting of the first output data based on the second output data, having the predetermined amount of data, and the condition information.03-07-2013
20130057880INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A array including array elements in a number smaller than the minimum number of pixels, having values larger than Th_c, and a plurality of array elements having values smaller than Th_c is generated. A formation array having the same size as that of a latent image is generated from the generated array. An image obtained by replacing the pixel value at a pixel position within the first region in the latent image with the value at the pixel position in the formation array is generated as a configuration image. The pixel value at each pixel position in the configuration image, that corresponds to each pixel position in the input image, is output as the amount of a highly infrared absorbent color material used to print a pixel at this pixel position in the input image.03-07-2013
20130057881IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes a rewriting unit that extracts attribute information of each image object from first page description language data and adds a special color space designating command including at least one color name parameter that represents the attribute information of each of the extracted image objects to rewrite the first page description language data into second page description language data; an RIP unit that interprets the second page description language data rewritten by the rewriting unit to obtain each pixel value of printing image data for a printing device; and a color converting unit that performs a color conversion process during the processing of the RIP unit, wherein the rewriting unit and the color converting unit share information on the correspondence between a color space and a combination of color name parameters for expressing the color space.03-07-2013
20120307272PRINTING SYSTEM, PARTNER SELECTING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing system includes a first storage part storing printing partners correlated with respective predetermined printing fields and respective printing quality evaluation degrees; a second storage part storing distribution partners correlated with respective delivery quality evaluation degrees; a printing partner selecting part configured to select a single printing partner whose predetermined printing field matches a printing field to which a print ordered by a user corresponds and whose printing evaluation degree is the highest among the printing partners; a distribution partner selecting part configured to select a single distribution partner whose delivery quality evaluation degree is the highest among the distribution partners; and an order placing part configured to place, via an electrical network, an order for a printing service for printing the print to the single printing partner and an order for a delivery service for delivering the print to the single distribution partner.12-06-2012
20120307271PRINTING METHOD AND PRINTING PROCESSOR FOR COLOR IMAGES - A specific gamut of colors extending a reproduction range of colors in a color space is set to make for any ink color belonging to the specific gamut a conversion from CMYK dot pattern data into numbers of ink drops to be discharged from an inkjet head, using as a lookup table an extended pattern table having a maximal drop number ‘7’. For ink colors belonging to a gamut of colors outside the specific gamut, a default pattern table having a maximal drop number ‘5’ is used as a lookup table for the conversion from CMYK dot pattern data into ink drop numbers.12-06-2012
20130057885Printing System, POS System, Connection Device, Control Method of Printing System, and Program Therefor - A printing system has an interface unit (03-07-2013
20130057883APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEACTIVATING POWER-SAVING MODE, RELAY DEVICE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - A power-saving mode deactivation apparatus for performing communication via a communication network with specific processing apparatuses for particular processing is provided. The power-saving mode deactivation apparatus includes a storage portion for storing therein a deactivation method for deactivating a power-saving mode of each of the specific processing apparatuses; a detection portion for detecting that particular processing data for the particular processing is not delivered to, among the specific processing apparatuses, a destination specific processing apparatus of the particular processing data, and a deactivation portion for performing, when the detection portion detects that the particular processing data is not delivered to the destination specific processing apparatus, deactivation processing for deactivating a power-saving mode of the destination specific processing apparatus based on the deactivation method, stored in the storage portion, for the destination specific processing apparatus.03-07-2013
20090303505SUBTRACTIVE COLOR METHOD, SUBTRACTIVE COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - A most used color that is a most popularly used color is obtained in an image. Pixel groups formed of continued pixels having an identical color other than the most used color in the image is extracted as first pixel groups. Pixel groups having a color of which a color difference with respect to the most used color is smaller than a predetermined threshold and having a size thereof that is smaller than a predetermined size is extracted as third pixel groups among the first pixel groups thus extracted. The first pixel groups other than the third pixel groups are taken as second pixel groups. An image is generated by replacing colors of portions, which correspond to the second pixel groups in an image having an area identical with that of an image to be processed and filled with the most used color, with the corresponding second pixel groups, respectively.12-10-2009
20120188570USER DEFINED ASSOCIATIONS OF COLORS TO CARTRIDGES FOR COLOR PRINTERS - A printer status interface controller displays an interface at a client system with a first color from among a plurality of colors associated with a first print cartridge position associated, from among a plurality of print cartridge positions of a printer. The printer status interface controller receives a user selection within the interface to specify an association of a second color from among the plurality of colors with the first print cartridge position. Responsive to the user selection to associate the second color with the first print cartridge position, a printer color association controller adjusts a reference to the first color in a print document to print in the second color through a second print cartridge in a second print cartridge position from among the plurality of print cartridge positions.07-26-2012
20090279112Ink minimizing profile making tool - An International Color Consortium (ICC) profile making tool includes a regression module to establish a dependency between a profile connection space (PCS) and a device color space and an optimization module to generate a first output profile based on an ink minimization mode and a second output profile based on a high accuracy mode.11-12-2009
20090290173IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A method and apparatus of adjusting color conversion parameters to be used by a color printer for printing documents or images, includes receiving a user input designating a color conversion parameter to be adjusted. It also includes obtaining information as to at least one other color conversion parameter that is related to the user designated color conversion parameter. It further includes adjusting the user designated color conversion parameter based on a user selection of source color-to-destination color change, and adjusting the at least one other color conversion parameter related to the user designated color conversion parameter based on the same user selection of source color-to-destination color change11-26-2009
20090033969IMAGE CONTROL APPARATUS AND IMAGE CONTROL METHOD - An image display system in which an image output equipment and an image control apparatus are connected by a moving image digital interface such as HDMI, executes a battery saving in the image output equipment in case of a still image display. The image display system discriminates whether an image, input by an externally-connected digital image output apparatus is a still image, and stores the input image in a frame memory. In case of a discrimination as a still image, the discrimination as a still image is informed to the digital image output apparatus, and the image read out from the frame memory is used for display on a connected display apparatus.02-05-2009
20110013212METADATA PRODUCING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METADATA PRODUCING METHOD AND PROGRAM - There is provided technology which, when producing metadata for correlation with image data to which predetermined processing is to be administered and for characterizing that image data, can produce metadata that is more appropriate to the predetermined processing and can contribute to alleviating the work burden.01-20-2011
20110013211Application of Dimensional Printing Effects to Items Created in a Collage-Based Editor - In a photo collage editor implemented in software residing on and executable from a digital medium, a method for configuring a project for three dimensional printing includes the steps (a) displaying in the editor, a page canvas for editing, (b) selecting or highlighting an image or item on the page canvas, (c) invoking a dimensional print effect configuration interface by selecting an interactive button on a toolbar displayed automatically as a result of step (b) or by implementing keyboard shortcut to execute the interface, and (d) selecting an option for applying one or more three dimensional effects from the interface.01-20-2011
20110013210INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - Disclosed is an information processing apparatus including: a control section to obtain output condition information to show an output condition when a color chart is output, to obtain colorimetric data obtained by measuring the color chart, to create a color conversion profile based on the obtained colorimetric data, and to embed the output condition information in the created color conversion profile according to an order determined in advance.01-20-2011
20110013209Variable Printing System - Disclosed is a variable printing system, which makes it possible to efficiently implement a variable printing, based on streamed variable print data. The variable printing system includes: the variable print data generating apparatus that creates variable print data in which an identifier, indicating an instruction for deleting a specific reusable object that will not be used in following pages, is embedded into a potion for describing page information including information in regard to the specific reusable object, and streams the above-created variable print data; and the variable printing control apparatus that receives the streamed variable print data to rasterized the concerned object, and synthesizes the rasterized data with each other so as to create image data for every page, and at the same time, conducts such the controlling operation to delete specific rasterized data of the specific reusable object, designated by the identifier, from the cache memory.01-20-2011
20110013208SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR GAMUT BOUNDED SATURATION ADAPTIVE COLOR ENHANCEMENT - System and methods for gamut bounded saturation adaptive color enhancement are provided. Color enhancement incorporating gamut bounded saturation enhances colors of an pixel from a source color gamut such that the resulting color is within a target color gamut. This resulting color may, for example, take advantage of an expanded target color gamut of a display. Gamut bounded saturation may be implemented independently or in combination with RGB bounded saturation.01-20-2011
20110013207COLOR MANAGEMENT WORKFLOW FOR TRANSITIONING OFFSET PRINTING USING CUSTOM INKS TO DIGITAL PRINTING - A color management workflow for offset printing using custom inks is disclosed. In one embodiment, an apparatus for color management workflow for transitioning offset printing using custom inks to digital printing includes a color image recording device to measure one or more spot color ramps that correspond to custom ink colors, the color image device operable to determine a matching L*a*b value for the spot color ramps. The apparatus further includes a color characterization module to determine device CMYK matches for each of the L*a*b values for the one or more spot color ramps and create a custom input characterization file based on the device CMYK matches and an International Color Consortium (ICC) profile module to create a new input ICC file and a new output ICC file from the custom input characterization file.01-20-2011
20110013206ADAPTIVE ILLUMINATION INDEPENDENT MATCHING OF SPOT COLORS - A methodology is disclosed to achieve adaptive illumination independent matching of spot colors. In one embodiment, the methodology includes an iterative process to determine a variety device specific recipes for spot colors across different illumination spectra, and then automatically choosing and/or recommending the optimal recipe that provides the lowest color dispersion across a variety of illuminants under consideration. This approach may be used with a variety of gamut mapping techniques. According to a further embodiment, the methodology may be used with a ray-based gamut mapping method.01-20-2011
20090268221PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - A printing control apparatus includes a verification unit configured to verify a charging destination of a job generated at a client terminal apparatus. The printing control apparatus includes a control unit configured to suspend execution of the job if no value is set to the charging destination of the job or that an invalid value is set to the charging destination of the job. The printing control apparatus also includes a generation unit configured to generate an input screen for entering a value of the charging destination of the job if no value is set to the charging destination of the job or that an invalid value is set to the charging destination of the job. The printing control apparatus also includes a notification unit configured to notify information about the input screen generated by the generation unit to the client terminal apparatus.10-29-2009
20090268220IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - In an image forming apparatus, a discrimination unit discriminates the type of printing medium conveyed to an image forming unit. A comparator compares the type of a printing medium that has been designated and the type of a printing medium that has been discriminated. A setting unit sets a second image forming condition in the image forming unit if it has been determined not to add identification information to image information in accordance with the type of printing medium designated and, moreover, the type of printing medium designated and the type of printing medium discriminated by the discrimination unit do not match. The second image forming condition is different from a first image forming condition that conforms to the type of printing medium discriminated by the discrimination unit.10-29-2009
20090268218HYPOCHROMATIC IMAGING - Color management constraints on the use of selected hypocolorant(s) and a black colorant in the rendering of a given pixel reduce ink or toner usage and/or reduce pressure on an ink limit. Additionally, the enforcement of this mutual exclusivity between the black and the selected hypocolorant(s) allows screen frequencies and angles to be shared between halftone screens used for the black colorant and a selected hypocolorant. This reduces the likelihood of objectionable moiré associated with the use of hypocolorant colorants in addition to the conventional CMY(K) colorants. In some embodiments, color management constraints prevent the use of black colorant for pixels beyond a threshold lightness or luminance. This constraint allows the use of the selected hypocolorants in the region of color space beyond the threshold. The threshold can be a function of hue and/or chroma. In some embodiments the threshold is a constant.10-29-2009
20090059257IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE CAPABLE OF PREVENTING NEEDLESS PRINTING - An image processing device includes a first image inputting unit, a second image inputting unit, an image processing unit, and a restriction control unit. The first image inputting that inputs a first image. The second image inputting unit inputs a second image. The image processing unit performs a prescribed process on the second image based on the first image. The restriction control unit is configured to restrict the prescribed process based on information of the first image.03-05-2009
20120224193WEB SUBSTRATES HAVING WIDE COLOR GAMUT INDICIA PRINTED THEREON - A web substrate having indicia comprising X colors disposed thereon is disclosed. The indicia are disposed upon the web substrate by a contact printing system adapted to print the X colors upon the web substrate utilizing X−Y printing components. X and Y are whole numbers, 01. Each of the X colors are defined by L*a*b* color values defined by CIELab coordinate values disposed inside the boundary described by the MacAdam 3-D gamut.09-06-2012
20130063739IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an obtaining unit and a combining unit. The obtaining unit obtains, from attribute information, data format information indicating data formats of first image data representing a first image and second image data representing a second image. The attribute information is included in the first image data and the second image data. The first image is printed at predetermined positions in all units of printing. The second image is changed in accordance with the individual units of printing and is printed at predetermined positions in the individual units of printing. The combining unit divides the first image data and the second image data in accordance with the data formats, and combines compressed data generated by compressing raster data of the first image data with compressed data generated by compressing raster data of the second image data, depending on amounts of image represented by divided portions.03-14-2013
20130063738Preprinted Form Overlay - A method is disclosed. The method includes simulating a preprinted form using a presentation overlay. The presentation device is directed to present the overlay as if it had been preprinted on the paper. Document data is then mixed with the simulated preprinted form such that the result accurately simulates a real preprinted form.03-14-2013
20130063740DISPLAY PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A display processing apparatus includes a gloss-control plane generating unit configured to generate gloss-control plane data for specifying a type of a surface effect applied to a recording medium and an area in a recording medium to which the surface effect is applied; an obtaining unit configured to obtain replacement information that is used to replace a type of the surface effect that is not available in a device configuration with a type of the surface effect that is available in the device configuration; a replacing unit configured to replace the type of the surface effect designated by the designation information with the type of the available surface effect using the replacement information obtained by the obtaining unit; and a preview image generating unit configured to generate a preview image based on the gloss-control plane data having an area to which the available surface effect is to be applied.03-14-2013
20130063741DISPLAY PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A display processing apparatus includes a first correcting unit that, based on original data containing first-type color image data that indicates a color image in each drawing area and containing first-type gloss control image data that indicates a type of gloss effect to be given to a recording medium and indicates a gloss area to which the gloss effect is to be given in each drawing area, corrects color saturation of an area in the first-type color image data that corresponds to the gloss area specified by the first-type gloss control image data depending on the type of gloss effect, to thereby generate first-type corrected image data; and a display control unit that, on a display unit, displays the first-type corrected image data as a print preview of a projected printing result of the original data.03-14-2013
20100265522SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FORMING A TINT OF A SPOT COLOR - Systems and methods are provided for rendering tints of spot color objects or target colors between a spot color and a second color in image forming devices. In particular the systems and method provided allow for a sweep of a spot color to be rendered accurately, without discontinuities when transitioning from the tint to the solid spot color. The systems and method will prevent discontinuities even if the solid spot color has been modified by a user.10-21-2010
20100123916IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that can transmit an image outputted after the execution of a workflow as well as an attribute information file including attribute information suitable for an external system as a transmission destination to the external system. An attribute information management unit manages attributes required by the external system when the image data is transmitted to the external system. A workflow execution unit executes a workflow as a sequential processing in which a plurality of functions of the image processing apparatus are combined. An attribute value setting unit sets attribute values for the attributes required by the external system when the communication unit transmits the image data to the external system. An external system interconnection unit causes the communication unit to transmit the image data output from the workflow execution unit to the external system with reference to the attribute values set by the attribute value setting unit.05-20-2010
20100123917PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus allocates a value of page attribute to each page included in a job according to a job attribute set to the job in an intermediate code format that corresponds to data to be printed generated by an application. If a combining instruction is issued to combine a plurality of jobs whose specific job attributes in which only one attribute value can be allocated to one job are allocated different attribute values, the apparatus processes the intermediate code format data so that printing is performed according to the allocated page attribute values. The apparatus then generates a combined job and transmits the generated combined job as print data to the printing apparatus.05-20-2010
20090244578IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND METHOD - The image recording apparatus records an image on a recording medium. The image recording apparatus includes: a recording head which has a plurality of recording elements; a conveyance device which conveys at least one of the recording head and the recording medium so that the recording head and the recording medium move relatively to each other; a characteristics information acquisition device which acquires characteristics information that indicates recording characteristics of the respective recording elements, the characteristics information including recording point positional information and recording-incapable element information; an information selection device which selects the recording point positional information to be used in calculation of correction values for use in generating image data that suppresses density non-uniformity caused by the recording characteristics in accordance with the recording-incapable element information; a correction value calculation device which calculates the correction values from the recording point positional information selected by the information selection device; a correction processing device which corrects the image data by using the correction values obtained by the correction value calculation device; and a drive control device which controls driving of the recording head in accordance with the image data corrected by the correction processing device.10-01-2009
20090244576IMAGE GENERATING DEVICE, IMAGE GENERATING METHOD AND PRINTING DEVICE - An image generating device comprises an acquisition unit which acquires an image drawing instruction for drawing an elliptical radial gradation from accepted target data, an extraction unit which extracts elliptical shape parameters and gradation pattern parameters from the acquired image drawing instruction, a transformation matrix generating unit which generates a transformation matrix for transforming an elliptical shape specified by the elliptical shape parameters into a perfect circular shape based on the elliptical shape parameters, an inverse matrix calculating unit which calculates an inverse matrix of the transformation matrix, a transformation unit which transforms the gradation pattern parameters using the transformation matrix, a drawing unit which draws a gradation for the perfect circular shape based on the transformed gradation pattern parameters, and a gradation generating unit which generates the elliptical radial gradation by inversely transforming the perfect circular shape (including the gradation drawn by the drawing unit) using the inverse matrix.10-01-2009
20090244570Face image-output control device, method of controlling output of face image, program for controlling output of face image, and printing device - A face image-output control device includes a face image detecting unit that detects a face image positioned in an approximately front direction from a target image and an output control unit that outputs the target image and a predetermined mark indicating that a face image of the target image can be printed as an identification photograph to a predetermined output target for a case where the face image positioned in an approximately front direction is detected by the face image detecting unit.10-01-2009
20090244568PRINT DATA GENERATING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, METHOD TO GENERATE PRINT DATA, AND COMPUTER USABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - A print data generating apparatus to generate print data is provided. The print data generating apparatus includes a maximum density setting unit, through which a maximum allowable density of a white colorant is designated, an image storing unit to store originally inputted image data, a data convertor unit to convert the inputted image data into a colorant-enabled data, which is information concerning pixels composing the image in scale values of the plurality of colors, and a density-adjusted data generating unit to generate white density-adjusted data, in which the scale values of the pixels in the colorant-enabled data are adjusted according to the maximum allowable density of the white colorant. The density-adjusted data generating unit adjusts the scale values of white in the pixels in the colorant-enabled data to be lower than or equal to scale values corresponding to the maximum allowable density.10-01-2009
20130163011COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING DEVICE, COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Disclosed are a device, a method, and a storage medium to create a color conversion table. According to one implementation, a color conversion table creating device includes, a color material amount limiting processing section; a first color conversion processing section; a second color conversion processing section; a combining section; a color material amount limiting inverse conversion processing section; and an output value determining section. The color material amount limiting processing section performs color material amount limiting of an input value in the color conversion table. The color material limiting inverse conversion processing section performs inverse conversion of the color material amount limiting after color conversion and combining the CMYK components. The output value determining section sets the inverted CMYK color components as an output value in the color conversion table.06-27-2013
20130163013USER DEFINED ASSOCIATIONS OF COLORS TO CARTRIDGES FOR COLOR PRINTERS - Inputs of scaled percentages of a single color of ink are received, each of the scaled percentages being associated with a color of multiple colors in a file, the color being different than the single color of ink and being associated with a separate cartridge position from among multiple cartridge positions of a printer. An input of the single color of ink is received, the single color of ink being one of the file colors. The file colors other than the single color of ink for the printer to print in the single color of ink scaled according to each of the scaled percentages.06-27-2013
20090237682PRINTER CHARACTERIZATION FOR UV ENCRYPTION APPLICATIONS - The appearance of a color print viewed under UV illumination is predicted using a target comprising color patches each printed using a known coverage of printer colorant(s). In one case, the target is illuminated using a UV light source and an electronic image of the target is captured using a digital camera or the like. In another case, a spectrophotometer is used both with and without a UV cutoff filter to measure the target. The captured image data or the spectrophotometric measurements are used to derive a UV printer characterization model that relates any arbitrary combination of printer colorants to a predicted UV color appearance value. Metameric colorant mixture pairs for visible light and UV light viewing can be determined using the UV model together with a conventional visible light printer characterization model. A visual matching task is used to determine a correction factor for the UV printer characterization model.09-24-2009
20090237694Automatic image quality adjustment according to size of subject - A method of processing an image includes processing the image, if a shooting mode is portrait and a face size in the image is larger than a prescribed size. In one instance, the processing includes performing flesh color adjustment processing of the image. In another instance, the processing includes performing tone value adjustment processing of the image. An image processing device includes an image processor that processes an image, if a shooting mode is portrait and a face size in the image is larger than a prescribed size. A printer includes an image processor that processes an image, if a shooting mode is portrait and a face size in the image is larger than a prescribed size, and a print unit that prints the processed image.09-24-2009
20090237693IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - An image processing device includes an acquiring unit, a calculating unit, a color data determining unit, an appending unit, and a converting unit. The acquiring unit acquires print data. The print data includes a plurality of sets of text data. Each set of text data has character data and color data. The calculating unit calculates, for each set of color data, an appearance ratio at which a subject set of color data appears in the print data. The color data determining unit determines the color data having a highest appearance ratio among a plurality of appearance ratios of a plurality of sets of color data as first color data, and determines the color data except for the first color data as second color data. The appending unit appends first attribute data to the character data included in the text data having the first color data, and appends second attribute data to the character data included in the text data having the second color data. The converting unit converts a plurality of sets of character data into binary data, based on one of the first attribute data and the second attribute data which is appended to the subject set of character data.09-24-2009
20090237692IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD USED IN THE IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a processor and a storage device to store instructions which cause the processor to operate as a specially programmed processor. The processor executes a multi-application in which a plurality of applications is combined, each of the applications configured to input, process, and output image data; displays a screen including display areas to enter input- and output-setting items; displays a multi-application screen including a feedback display area; identifies, when a content of the input- and output-setting items is changed for one application of the applications, another application for which a content of the input- and output-setting items is changed by the setting change for the one application; identifies a difference before and after the change in the content of the input- and output-setting items of the another application; and switches a display of the feedback display area in accordance with the difference to setting-change-influence information.09-24-2009
20090237691IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes an adjustment data setting unit which sets base adjustment data used to readjust a density of a part having a lower density than a predetermined density of image data to a lower value with respect to a printer driver which generates print data, a data input unit which receives the image data and the base adjustment data from the print driver, and a base adjustment unit which executes base adjustment in a predetermined part of the image data in accordance with the base adjustment data. The base adjustment data includes information designating a data attribute of the predetermined part where base adjustment is carried out, and information designating a level of the base adjustment.09-24-2009
20090237689Concentration correcting method - A concentration correcting method includes: forming N test patterns at different positions in a moving direction by repeatedly performing a dot line forming process of forming a dot line in a line region on a test medium in which a plurality of unit areas is arranged in the moving direction by ejecting liquid from nozzles direction and a transport process of transporting the test medium in a transport direction; performing on the N test patterns a process of calculating a concentration correction value, which is used to correct concentrations of the unit areas in a print image; and correcting the concentrations of the unit areas in the print image by the use of interpolated correction values obtained using a linear interpolation method, two concentration correcting values acquired from the two test patterns, and positions of the unit areas in the moving direction.09-24-2009
20090237688Control circuit of image reader, image reader, control method of image reader, and program - A control circuit of an image reader having at least one light source includes: a light source control portion that controls ON and OFF of the light source by performing current switching for adjusting a value of a current supplied to the light source; a black reference data creating portion that creates black reference data used for shading correction under control of the light source control portion; an image reading portion that reads image data under control of the light source control portion; and a shading correction portion that performs shading correction of the image data using the black reference data. The black reference data creating portion adds a noise, which is equivalent to a noise added to the image data by the current switching, to the black reference data, and the shading correction portion removes the noise added to the image data by performing the shading correction.09-24-2009
20090237687Printing apparatus capable of double-side printing - A printing apparatus is provided with a circulating transportation route and capable of performing a double-side print process by printing the main side of a print sheet, reversing the print sheet with the printed main side, and printing the back side of the print sheet. Particularly, the image data blocks for printing the main side and back side of each print sheet are stored in separate areas of a page memory unit such that the image data blocks for printing the main sides of a plurality of print sheets are successively and continuously stored in the page memory unit one after another without an interval therebetween, and the image data blocks for printing the back sides of the plurality of print sheets are stored in the same manner as for the main sides. It is therefore possible to prevent fragmentation from occurring during the double-side printing process.09-24-2009
20090237686Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing unit includes a first image processing unit that processes image data from a reading unit and a second image processing unit that processes image data from either one of the first image processing unit and a storing unit. A control unit determines a processing to be performed on the image data by the second image processing unit depending on a result of a processing performed on the image data by the first image processing unit, and selects an image processing route depending on a processing to be performed on the image data by the second image processing unit.09-24-2009
20090237684Print data generating apparatus, printing apparatus, method to generate print data, and computer usable medium therefor - A print data generating apparatus to generate print data, which is to be used in a printing apparatus to form an image in a plurality of colorants, based on originally inputted image data representing the image, is provided. The print data generating apparatus includes a black enabled image data converter unit to convert the inputted image data into black enabled image data, which indicates scale values of a plurality of colors including a black color to be used in the image, a white scale value calculator unit to obtain scale values of a white color to be used in the image to be formed. The white scale value calculator unit calculates the scale values of the white color by inverting the scale values of the black color obtained in the conversion by the black enabled image data converter unit.09-24-2009
20090237681METHOD FOR ENCODING RENDERING HINTS INTO A BITMAP IMAGE - Methods, systems and software are disclosed for embedding and using rendering hints in a bitmap image. Print objects (09-24-2009
20090033967IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - In the case of providing a variable data print, it is an object to provide an image processing apparatus in which the user can take a countermeasure against an error more rapidly. When a variable data printing process is started, whether or not image data is inaccessible is discriminated to all image data used in the printing process. If there is the inaccessible image data at this point of time, the user is notified of it and the printing process is cancelled. At this time, a path name of the image data and a name of a record to which the path name belongs are simultaneously displayed and such a record is directly previewed.02-05-2009
20090231606METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMAGE FORMING AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image forming apparatus capable of minimizing degradation in density correction as a part of skew correction includes a noise-occurrence determining unit, a correction-target-pixel selecting unit, a density correcting unit, and a phase correcting unit. When the noise-occurrence determining unit determines that noise would appear, the density correcting unit performs density correction on a correction target pixel that is determined by the correction-target-pixel selecting unit. The phase correcting unit corrects an output point in time of image data of the density-corrected correction target pixel in a pixel period during which the image data can be output so as to output the image data at a position displaced away from a shift position or toward a shift position.09-17-2009
20090231605ELECTRONIC DEVICE SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE SYSTEM - A system comprising a first printer driver and a second printer driver and a printer; 09-17-2009
20090231604IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus having an image forming unit forming a gradation image includes density detection, gradation correction, and mechanism control units. The density detection unit detects gradation image density. The gradation correction control unit controls a change of gradation characteristic. The mechanism control unit controls the image forming unit and a change of image density, and includes density difference calculation and comparison judging units. The density difference calculation unit calculates density difference between target image density and the image density. The comparison judging unit compares the density difference with reference value and judges the image density to change and the gradation correction unit to operate where the density difference exceeds the reference value, or judges the gradation correction unit to operate where the density difference is below the reference value. The mechanism control unit controls the change of image density and the gradation correction unit according to judgment result.09-17-2009
20090231603Apparatus, system, and method of communication - An apparatus, method, and system of determining which one of monochrome image data and color image data is desired according to a user instruction, and sending the image data in the desired format.09-17-2009
20090046307RGB TO RGBW COLOR DECOMPOSITION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A Red Green Blue-to-Red Green Blue White (RGB-to-RGBW) color decomposition method and system. The RGB-to-RGBW color decomposition method includes: determining an output value of white based on inputted RGB values and a saturation; and outputting the output value when an input color is a pure color.02-19-2009
20090046305Controlling dfe color management behavior in a distributed system - A document specification is examined to determine if it matches the device color characterization of a rendering device such as a printer. If it matches, then the document can be faithfully rendered by the device. Otherwise, the document specification must be transformed before rendering. A match can be detected by discovering a appropriate metadata within the document specification or within the document color characterization. Alternatively, a device signature can be used instead of a metadata.02-19-2009
20090009787MULTICOLORANT SEPARATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method separates a color vector into a colorant vector for a printing system that uses more than four colorants, for example cyan, magenta, yellow, black, orange and green colorants. According to the method, the separation process is split up into partial four colorant processes that contain opponent colors. For example, a first partial process is a cyan, magenta, yellow and black process; a second one is an orange, magenta, yellow and black process; and a third one is a cyan, green, yellow and black process. Continuity of magnitudes of the colorants is achieved across the boundaries of the color gamuts of the partial processes by imposing specific constraints on the combinations of colorants to render a given color. A computer implemented system and a print system are based on the method.01-08-2009
20090009786PRINTER CONTROLLER FOR A PAGEWIDTH PRINTER CONFIGURED TO PERFORM INK COUNTS - Provided is a printer controller for a pagewidth printer having a printhead configured to print ink supplied from an ink cartridge with print quality information. The controller includes a processor having an address, data and control bus, an expander unit and a decoder unit each coupled to the bus and configured to receive a page having a bi-level black layer and a continuous tone (“contone”) layer, to decompress the respective layers in parallel, to halftone the contone layer data to bi-level data, and to composite the bi-level black layer over the bi-level data to form an image. The controller also includes a replaceable ink cartridge comprising a first integrated circuit (IC) containing the print quality information and which is configured to be interfaced with the processor. Also included is a second IC interfaced to the processor which is configured to count a number of drops of ink printed by the printhead, to update a remaining drop count of the ink cartridge using the counted drops printed and then write an updated remaining drop count to the second IC each time a page has been printed.01-08-2009
20090009785IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, APPARATUS AND MEMORY MEDIUM THEREFOR - Correction for color fog is securely achieved with limited load of processing. The RGB image data are converted into the luminance Y and the chromaticity values C01-08-2009
20090009784METHOD FOR PRINTING ONTO COLOURED SUBSTRATES - A method for printing an electronic image comprising a plurality of pixels onto a substrate using a computer-assisted image processing system, said method comprising the step of using alpha channel information in combination with substrate color information to calculate the transparency level that needs to be applied to each pixel.01-08-2009
20090009783PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF PRINTING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A user can easily tell whether image position adjustment is being appropriately performed for accommodating units in which printing media is accommodated. A printing method for controlling a printing apparatus so as to cause a printing unit to print on a sheet fed from a sheet accommodation unit, includes: accepting input of an adjustment value for image adjustment for a sheet accommodated in the sheet accommodation unit; causing the printing unit to print an image adjusted according to the accepted adjustment value; and in a case where adjustment is necessary for a sheet accommodated in the sheet accommodation unit, prompting input of the adjustment value.01-08-2009
20090009782IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREOF - In prior art, there are some occasions where functions of a copy-forgery-inhibited pattern are impaired when printed on a sheet after rotation because of the level difference appearing between the density level of a latent image portion and the density level of a background portion of a copy-forgery-inhibited pattern. To cope with the problem, the image processing apparatus which has a generating unit for generating copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data and a rotation unit for rotating the generated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data, wherein the generating unit generates the copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data to be rotated by the rotation unit in accordance with a rotation angle in the rotation unit.01-08-2009
20090009781COLOR PRINTING SYSTEM - In a color printing system the printer driver automatically obtains local characteristic information, such as countries, cities, languages, etc., stored in the OS of the host computer. The printer driver or the image forming apparatus color-converts the input data into output data, which reflects the color preference of the specific region where the image forming apparatus is installed, by using the look-up table corresponding to the local characteristic information obtained by the printer driver. Accordingly, the color preference of the specific region, in which the image forming apparatus is installed, is set more quickly and easily without requiring a complicated structure. The system includes a host computer to store local characteristic information of a region where an apparatus is installed, a printer driver to store look-up tables according to the local characteristic information, to select a look-up table corresponding to the local characteristic information obtained from the host computer, and to convert input data into output data representing a color corresponding to a color preference of a specific region by using the selected look-up table, and an image forming apparatus which is connected to the host computer so as to receive and print the output data, which is color-converted by the printer driver.01-08-2009
20090009780IMAGE OUTPUTTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image outputting apparatus obtains attribute information about image data prior to acquisition of the image data stored in an external apparatus. The image outputting apparatus accepts an output request of the image data by using the attribute information while obtaining the image data. The image outputting apparatus holds the output request in accordance with the acceptance of the output request before completion of acquisition of the image data and allows the outputting the image data in response to the output request after acquisition of the image data has been completed.01-08-2009
20090009779IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND A CONTROL METHOD TO IMPROVE IMAGE QUALITY - An image forming apparatus and a control method to improve image quality. In the image forming apparatus, an edge detecting unit detects an edge pixel from scanned image data, an edge processing unit determines whether the edge pixel is a color edge pixel or a black edge pixel and applies independent edge processing methods to the color edge pixel and the black edge pixel, and a print unit prints the scanned image data using the processed edge pixel.01-08-2009
20120069363PRINTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING DEVICE - A printing device includes at least one station and a transmission control unit. The station includes a printing unit that prints image data of a plurality of colors generated by an upper level device on a printing medium, and a plurality of holding units that receive and hold the image data of the plurality of colors transmitted from the upper level device through a plurality of first transmission paths respectively corresponding to the image data of the plurality of colors. The transmission control unit controls the plurality of holding units to receive printing information from the upper level device through a second transmission path, and controls, on the basis of the printing information, the plurality of holding units to respectively receive and hold the image data of the plurality of colors transmitted from the upper level device.03-22-2012
20100085586Target for color characterization of color printer - With respect to color characterization of color printers, the present disclosure relates to the identification of colorant combinations for color patches in a color characterization target, which contains different color patches, and which is measured calorimetrically or spectrally to color-characterize the printer. A black ramp is printed and measured. Substantially uniform steps on the ramp are selected by applying principal component analysis to the measured values or color values derived from the measured values, and by using a first principal component thereof to select the substantially uniform steps. For each of the substantially uniform steps identified, the above procedure is repeated on all chromatic ramps with black ink at a corresponding black level. Color values of the color patches are populated by using multiple combinations of the substantially uniform steps of the black channel and of the chromatic channels at the corresponding black levels that meet an ink limit.04-08-2010
20100085587Method and system for identifying spot colors - Methods and systems of selecting a color for a print operation are disclosed. A color including a color formula with multiple color components may be selected based on a reference color. A print sample may be printed on a printing device based on the selected color. The print sample may include the selected color and one or more rings of color variants. Each ring may include a plurality of color variants differing from a color component of the selected color by a corresponding amount. Each color variant may be aligned axially based on the color component that differs from the selected color and a magnitude of a difference between the color component of the color variant and the selected color. The print sample may be compared to the reference color. A document may be printed on the printing device using at least the color formula for the selected color.04-08-2010
20120113443IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a scanning unit configured to scan at least one of two surfaces of a printed material on both of which information is printed and to obtain a density image representing intensity distribution of diffuse reflection light from the scanned surface and a gloss image representing intensity distribution of specular reflection light from the scanned surface, a mask image generating unit configured to generate a mask image for the scanned surface based on the obtained gloss image, and a show-through removing unit configured to perform mask processing on the density image using the generated mask image to generate a show-through-removed image that does not include show-through information for the scanned surface.05-10-2012
20120113448IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus and an image forming method for forming an image by using a plurality of color materials including pigment as a color material, by causing a plurality recording heads to perform a recording scan in a direction perpendicular to a conveyance direction of a recording medium to scan same image areas on the recording medium more than once. The recording heads are fitted with recording-element columns as many as kinds of color materials. Each recording-element column includes a plurality of recording elements arranged in a direction parallel with the conveyance direction of the recording medium. The image forming apparatus includes an input unit configured to input image data to display an image, a conversion unit configured to convert image data into dot data representing an image by a plurality of dots, and an allocation unit configured to allocate the recording elements to the dot data in each of recording scans. The allocation unit performs the allocation in such a manner that dots are concentrated in clusters of a predetermined size in the same image areas and at least one dot is superposed on top of another.05-10-2012
20120113447OUTPUT DEVICE, IMAGE DATA CONVERSION DEVICE, AND METHOD - An output device which outputs pixel data corresponding to a color material used by a printing unit to the printing unit includes an image buffer which stores image data, a generation unit which generates density data corresponding to the color material based on image data read out from the image buffer, a print buffer which stores density data generated by the generation unit, and a conversion unit which converts density data read out from the print buffer into pixel data corresponding to the resolution of the printing unit synchronously with the printing unit.05-10-2012
20120113446COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The number of color patches is reduced to attain high-precision color estimation. Hence, the colorimetric values of a plurality of color patches of at least one primary color output by an output device are input. Based on the colorimetric value of first color patches corresponding to a part of the plurality of color patches, colorimetric values corresponding to second color patches other than the first color patches of the plurality of color patches are estimated. Errors between the input colorimetric values of the second color patches and the estimated colorimetric values corresponding to the second color patches are calculated. A plurality of color patches corresponding to the output device is determined based on the calculated errors.05-10-2012
20120113445METHOD OF PRINTING GRAPHIC CONTENT WITH POSITION TAGS - A method of printing graphic content with position tags. The method includes the steps of: obtaining a first representation of the graphic content in a CMYK color space; translating a K color plane of the CMYK color space into CMY color planes, thereby generating a second representation of the graphic content in a CMY color space; obtaining a representation of the position tags; generating output content by compositing the representation of the position tags over the second representation of the graphic content; and printing the output content using a printer.05-10-2012
20120113442Image forming apparatus and image forming method thereof - An image forming apparatus and method are provided. The image forming apparatus includes a communication interface unit that receives printing data, an image forming unit that performs an ordinary printing to form an image on printing paper based on the printing data, a paper supplying unit that provides the printing paper to the image forming unit along with a paper supplying route, a determination unit that determines whether a functional printing may be performed on the paper supplying route in an interval section between sheets of the printing paper, and a controller that controls the image forming unit to perform a functional printing, wherein the ordinary printing is a printing performed on one or more sheets of printing paper, and the functional printing is a printing performed in an interval section between the sheets of printing paper.05-10-2012
20120113444PRINTING APPARATUS, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The printing apparatus is a printing apparatus which prints an image by forming a layer containing a colorant on a recording medium having luster, and is provided with a color conversion unit which converts a color of an image into a printed color expressed by the colorant such that a degree of change in brightness with respect to a gradation change for pixels belonging to a highlighted part in which index values relating to the brightness are equal to or greater than a predetermined value is greater than that for pixels with index values which do not belong to the highlighted part, among the pixels constituting the image.05-10-2012
20120113441COLOR ADJUSTMENT DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color adjustment device includes: a conversion unit that converts color values of a second color space stored in a color conversion table, which defines a correspondence relation between color values of a first color space and color values of the second color space, into color values of a third color space independent from a device outputting an image; a storage unit that stores tables that define different input-output characteristics depending on color values of the third color space; and a change unit that selects at least one table from the tables according to a specified adjustment method, and executes a change process that changes color values of the second color space stored in the color conversion table by using the at least one table.05-10-2012
20120113440ATTRIBUTE DRIVEN GAMUT MAPPING VIA A MINIMIZED MULTI-OBJECTIVE CUMULATIVE COST FUNCTION - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for mapping out-of-gamut colors to a device's gamut to improve image quality in a color document reproduction device involves performing the following. First, an out-of-gamut color x05-10-2012
20120113439METHOD FOR PRODUCING THREE-DIMENSIONAL COMPONENTS - The present invention relates to a method for producing three-dimensional components, using a three-dimensional printing method, an auxiliary structure being additionally formed beyond an extension of the one or more components during the construction of components. The invention also relates to an auxiliary structure for components produced by means of three-dimensional printing methods, the auxiliary structure being constructed along with the component and extending beyond a dimension of the one or more components.05-10-2012
20080304088SECURE PRINT PROCESSING SYSTEM - A print processing system is provided that determines whether or not to execute processing for reducing reusability of a document image, such as image degradation processing and security image processing, based on information on a printer user. An information processing device sets a user-specified region to at least a portion of a region in a document image based on instructions from a user and sends a location of the user-specified region and the document image to a printer. The printer determines whether or not to execute image processing for deteriorating the document image for the user-specified region in the document image based on the information on the printer user. For example, the printer executes security image processing only when authority level of the printer user is low. Namely, a PC user can change executing the security image processing or not based on the authority level of the printer user.12-11-2008
20120236337IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus which converts first image data having grayscale value of a predetermined color space for each pixel into second image data having grayscale values of recording material colors of a printing section and having pixels of which the number is reduced to 1/n, includes grayscale value difference determination section that determines whether or not grayscale value difference between a predetermined target pixel and each of other pixels in a pixel block exceeds a threshold value for each of the pixel blocks for the first image data, and color conversion section that performs color conversion process by referring to color conversion table, and color conversion section performs a second process such that grayscale value of the recording material color obtained through color conversion process for an average value of grayscale values of the predetermined color space of the respective pixels is used as the second image data.09-20-2012
20120236336INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR THE SAME - An information apparatus determines whether a number of color pages in a document data has increased, and when it is determined that the number of the color pages has not increased, page reduction processing is executed on specified pages in the document data, and when it is determined that the number of the color pages has increased, page reduction processing is not executed on the specified pages in the document data.09-20-2012
20120236335IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM FOR EXECUTING CONTROL METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a determination unit configured to determine whether printing is designated to be performed using a transparent recording agent with respect to an area to be printed with a color recording agent having a density lower than a threshold among areas included in input image data, and a printing unit configured to perform printing by transferring the color recording agent and the transparent recording agent to a sheet and fixing the color recording agent and the transparent recording agent to the sheet by a single fixing process to form an image of the area if the determination unit determines that the printing is designated to be performed using the transparent recording agent with respect to the area to be printed with the color recording agent having the density lower than the threshold.09-20-2012
20120236334IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image processing apparatus that generates a pattern of a colorless recording material to form an image using the colorless recording material includes: a region dividing unit that divides an input image into a plurality of regions as divided regions using a designated algorithm and pixel values of pixels that form the image; a spatial-frequency calculating unit that calculates spatial frequencies in each of the divided regions into which the image has been divided using pixel values in the divided region; and a pattern generating unit that generates a pattern of the colorless recording material, which is set to each of the divided regions, using the calculated spatial frequencies and a line pattern having a preset line width.09-20-2012
20120236333IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD IN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - Attribute information representing the attributes of a printing medium is stored for each printing medium. Upon receiving a print job which designates the attributes of a printing medium, it is determined whether attribute information representing the attributes designated by the print job is stored. When it is determined that the attribute information is not stored, the attribute information representing the attributes designated by the print job is newly registered.09-20-2012
20120236332INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR STORING PROGRAMS - A predetermined quantity of parameter values, that are varied in stages, are generated on the basis of the value of a reference parameter input by a user. A print job is generated that includes a drawing command for printing a reduced image of image data, and this drawing command is converted into raster data and stored. A predetermined quantity of the stored raster data is copied, and the stored raster data is subjected to image adjustment processing on the basis of the reference parameter. The copied raster data is also subjected to image adjustment processing on the basis of the generated parameter values.09-20-2012
20120236331SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC COLOR PLAN MISREGISTRATION CALIBRATION - A system and a method for implementing an automatic color plan misregistration (CPR) calibration procedure on a printing device are provided. The system includes a printing device. The printing device includes a user interface configured to receive a set of user inputs corresponding to parameters of a desired print project. The printing device also includes an automatic CPR calibration component configured to automatically implement a CPR calibration procedure in response to a user-defined trigger condition being met. The user-defined trigger condition can be programmable and stored in a memory.09-20-2012
20110043836PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, PRINTER DRIVER, CONVERSION DEVICE, PRINTER, PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR A PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR A PRINTER - Printout that enables the user to easily know printed information is produced. A print data acquisition unit 02-24-2011
20110032552DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A data processing apparatus which compresses image data determines whether each of a plurality of regions obtained by segmenting the image data is a first region in which all the pixels are represented by a specific color. Upon determining that the region is not the first region, the apparatus determines whether the region is a second region adjacent to the first region or a third region which is not adjacent to the first region. The apparatus sets the compression rate of the image data of the second region to a rate lower than that of the image data of the third region, and compresses the image data of the second and third regions.02-10-2011
20100123914IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a determination unit determining, based on a pixel value of a prescribed background color area in image data obtained by inputting a printed image, and based on information regarding a color of a toner used in printing the image, whether or not the background color of the image corresponds to the color of the toner.05-20-2010
20110149319IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - It is difficult to appropriate estimate the colorimetric values of an arbitrary patch at a desired temperature with respect to an arbitrary medium in consideration of the influence of a fluorescent whitening agent contained in the medium. Target patch colorimetric values obtained when patches of a plurality of colors formed on a medium using color samples are measured at a target temperature designated in step S06-23-2011
20100103438ADAPTIVE COLOR TRANSFORM TO CONTROL COLOR INCONSTANCY - A method for selecting the level of color inconstancy of an output image produced on a digital color printer having a neutral ink and a plurality of color inks is disclosed. The method includes analyzing the distribution of input colors present in the input digital image to determine a color distribution metric related to the importance of producing output images having a reduced color inconstancy when the output image is viewed under a variety of image illumination spectra; selecting a color transform from a set of available color transforms designed to produce output images having different color inconstancy characteristics in response to the color distribution metric; processing the input digital image using the selected color transform to produce a transformed image having a selected level of color inconstancy; and printing the transformed image on the digital color printer to produce an output image having the selected level of color inconstancy.04-29-2010
20100033744PRINTING SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A printing system for controlling to allow various settings by one job and reducing output of unnecessary printed materials is provided. To accomplish this, the present invention sets a post-process to be executed for a plurality of sheets that are printed by execution of a job as a first setting, sets a post-process to be executed for part of the sheets included in the plurality of sheets as a second setting, and causes a post-processing unit to execute post-processes according to the setting of the post-processes set as the first setting and the second setting.02-11-2010
20100033742IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image processing apparatus includes a printing unit to print an image on a sheet, a reading unit to read the sheet, a conversion unit to convert a background image stored in a storage medium into a reference image that represents the background image and has a luminance value higher than that of the background image, a print control unit to cause the printing unit to print the reference image obtained by the conversion unit, as an entry area for a user, on the sheet, an extraction unit to extract an image of an area that has a luminance value lower than a first threshold and a color-difference value greater than a second threshold from an image corresponding to the entry area included in the image read by the reading unit after an entry by the user in the entry area, and a combining unit to combine the image extracted by the extraction unit with the background image.02-11-2010
20100033739CUSTOMIZED CREDENTIAL AND METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PRODUCTION - A batch of individualized credentials, e.g., ID tags, event tickets, etc., taken from a credential medium that includes respective polyoptic regions each carrying an encoded image set associated with respective individualized credentials, as well as a system and a method or producing the same. The production process uses credential data retrieved from a data store to create a plurality of individualized credentials on a single sheet medium. The dynamic production process enables inclusion of variable customer or patronage data, or individual object data (e.g., a serial number or object characteristic) on individual credentials using a template file that identifies a type of data to be retrieved from the data store and/or a specified image generated according to the value, nature, or type of the individualized data. Encoding of images may take the form of positioning, sizing, intensity, color, masking, interlacing, interleaving, scrambling, mixing, transformation, alteration, translation of pixels of images of multiple images.02-11-2010
20100171971PRINTING APPARATUS, COLOR CORRECTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A printing apparatus which executes a calibration operation of matching a measured value of a color reproduced on a print medium with a target value of the color. The printing apparatus includes a unit which executes the calibration operation only on restricted patches satisfying a predetermined condition without executing the calibration operation on all of the patches, when the print medium is exchanged or a print color material is exchanged.07-08-2010
20100171972IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Multi-valued image data stored in an input image buffer are read out for each time of scans, and the color space conversion and image distribution are performed to read multi-valued image data. The binarized result is sent to the print buffer and at the same time, is accumulated as the print information to execute processing of reflecting it to the image distribution processing of the next pass. It is possible to appropriately restrict the density fluctuation due to the print position shift between planes without providing pixels where dots are overlapped and printed more than necessary. With this, by accumulating the multi-valued image data at the stage of RGB in the input image buffer to read out data stored in input image buffer for executing processing, a capacity required for input image buffer does not change even if the number of the ink colors provided on the printing apparatus increases.07-08-2010
20100171970IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus is provided with a resolution conversion unit 07-08-2010
20100171969PREVENTING ARTIFACTS THAT MAY BE PRODUCED WHEN BOTTLING PDL FILES CONVERTED FROM RASTER IMAGES - The present invention eliminates undesirable image defects caused during the preparation of pages for printing and folding, known as the bottling process. This is achieved by analyzing image characteristics, sorting out the image according to its characteristics, where necessary vectoring and editing the vectored characteristics, and finally completing the file conversion from a raster image to a Page Description Language (PDL) image. A first embodiment of the invention divides an image into small segments. A second embodiment of the invention enlarges existing image segments. A third embodiment of the invention enlarges existing image segments and sorts image segments according to their color attribute of transparency. A fourth embodiment of the invention divides a part of an image segment to small segments.07-08-2010
20100171968COLOR REPRODUCTION METHOD - A units of red {u07-08-2010
20090195801ESTIMATING AN AMOUNT OF COLOR CONTENT IN A DOCUMENT - What is provided herein is a novel system and method for estimating the amount of color in a document. In one embodiment, a binary CMYK input image is received. Each of the CMYK plane is received at an offset from the previous plane, i.e., the 4 planes are not received simultaneously. Each plane is divided into M×N tiles. Pixel values of all four planes are examined separately and the number of on-pixels is counted for each plane. The number of on-pixel counts for each tile are aggregated for each plane. Total on-pixel counts are used to estimate the total number of white, black, color, and gray pixel counts. The total counts for all planes are used to estimate the amount of color. A document is determined to be color if the amount of color exceeds a predetermined threshold. A color billing strategy is determined based on the estimated color amount.08-06-2009
20090195800ESTIMATING AN AMOUNT OF COLOR CONTENT IN A DOCUMENT - What is provided herein is a novel system and method for estimating the amount of color in a document to be printed, with the capability to handle composite black, in those environments without access to all the original four color planes simultaneously. In one embodiment, input CMYK values are pre-adjusted via a look-up table to take into account the neutral balance characteristics. The planes are then scaled and quantized so that all four planes become available simultaneously. The difference among the quantized CMYK color values is compared against a threshold that is input level dependent. A pixel is classified into one of several color categories such as, for example, true neutral, fuzzy neutral, true color or fuzzy color. A color billing strategy can then be automatically determined based on the amount of color content. The method advantageously provides flexibility to support multi-tier billing in systems with various marking technologies.08-06-2009
20090195794Multilevel Halftoning for Tint Graphic, Line Art and Text Rendering - Method and apparatus for font/line art rending via multi-level halftoning including the selecting or generating of halftone cell patterns related to the minimal stable pixel of a rendering electrophotography (EP) engine and image processors including EP engines.08-06-2009
20090015855Method for Correcting the Gray Balance of a Printing Process - A method for correcting gray balance of a printing process includes imaging printing forms assigned to color separations with a test form, printing a printing material using the printing forms in a printing press and calorimetrically measuring the test form printed onto the printing material. It is undesirably possible to produce a new color error in other tonal value ranges due to changing the layer thickness of a process ink to correct the gray balance. In order to perform a gray balance correction without disruptive secondary effects, a test form is imaged with colored gray areas, after their colorimetric measurement, at least two of the colored gray areas are selected and, based on their color values, a corrected tonal value of a non-black chromatic process ink is determined, and this corrected tonal value is recorded as a corrected set point of the process ink for imaging following printing forms. 01-15-2009
20110279833PRINTER AND PRINTING METHOD - A printer performs calibration in which a reference primary color ink is mixed with at least one additional primary color ink to approximate a predetermined target primary color. The printer includes an acquisition section, a predicting section, an optimizing section and a printing unit. The acquisition section acquires spectral reflectances of the reference primary color ink printed on a base, the additional primary color ink printed on the base, and the base. The predicting section calculates predicted spectral reflectance of a mixture of the primary color inks by dividing a product of the spectral reflectances of the primary color inks by the spectral reflectance of the base raised to the power obtained by subtracting 1 from a total number of the inks. The optimizing section optimizes an ink-amount set of the mixture so that the predicted spectral reflectance is approximated to spectral reflectance of the target primary color.11-17-2011
20110279831REDUCING THE VISIBILITY OF COLOR CHANGES CAUSED BY COLOR PLANE REGISTRATION VARIATIONS IN HALFTONE COLOR PRINTING - A set of screens is provided for use in printing respective color separations in a halftone color printing process. This set of screens comprises at least two clustered-dot screens and the frequency and angle parameter values of the screens is such that the lowest frequency moiré produced by any combination of at least two frequency components, taken from the group comprising the first and second screen harmonics, for which the sum of the harmonic orders of the frequency components in the combination is less than a predetermined value, is of a sufficiently high frequency as to be substantially unperceivable to the human visual system; other moirés are also substantially unperceivable to the human visual system. The lowest frequency moiré serves to reduce the visibility of color changes caused by color plane registration variations. A printing system and method employing the screen set are also provided.11-17-2011
20110279836IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire a lightness distribution of an image which input image data represents, a generation unit configured to generate a gloss control signal for controlling a glossiness of the image, depending on the lightness distribution, and a conversion unit configured to convert the input image data into output image data, based on the gloss control signal.11-17-2011
20110279834Apparatus and method of controlling an image forming apparatus - A control apparatus for controlling an image forming apparatus specifies a color measurement area in image data, obtains a measured color of the color measurement area of a multi-color toner image of the image data, constructs an algorithm for control parameter correction, and determines a correction value of a control parameter of the image forming apparatus so as to make the difference between the measured color and an expected color to be smaller.11-17-2011
20110279832INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND CALIBRATION METHOD - A waiting time Ts is decided on the basis of ink type information and ink feed amount information, referring to waiting time table A (Step 11-17-2011
20110279837IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - In printing the same image data as image data printed by a printing unit of an image forming apparatus from another image forming apparatus, an image information processing system and an information processing system are capable of executing arbitrary high-quality printing, which can be implemented by acquiring image data received from an image processing server stored on the image forming apparatus, based on a reference location of a shortcut transmitted from the image processing server. The image information processing system and the information processing system can be controlled by a control method, which can be implemented by a program.11-17-2011
20110279838PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - A printing control apparatus is provided which can produce an appropriate copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image by adding a monochrome copy-forgery-inhibited pattern even if monochrome mode printing is performed in the condition in which a color copy-forgery-inhibited pattern is set. When the monochrome mode printing is performed in the condition in which the color copy-forgery-inhibited pattern is set, and if the copy-forgery-inhibited pattern color is output with its color unchanged, the color is not converted into 100% black. Considering this, when a forced monochrome mode is selected, even if the user's setting for the copy-forgery-inhibited pattern is color, the color is changed to monochrome (black) before output. If the designated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting is for color, the designated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting is changed to the monochrome copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting so that the printing processing is performed in the monochrome mode using the designated copy-forgery-inhibited pattern setting.11-17-2011
20110279835IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - This invention provides an image forming apparatus which reduces degradation of the line quality in an output image by a simple method while maintaining the stability of the density characteristics of the output image, and a control method therefor. To accomplish this, in accordance with the amount of change, from a reference density value, of a density value measured from a test pattern image formed on a photosensitive drum, the image forming apparatus according to the invention creates LUT11-17-2011
20090237685Color image printer and gradation correcting method therefor - A method of gradation correction for laser scanning exposure is effected, based on measured density values of a test print (TP) including a horizontal stripe test pattern comprised of a plurality of horizontal lines extending in the main scanning direction and a vertical stripe pattern comprised of a plurality of vertical lines extending in the sub scanning direction. The includes the steps of calculating, based on the measured density values, a rising correction amount for main scanning rising correction of adding a rising correction component to one dot after rising of a modulated laser in order to reduce density difference between the horizontal line and the vertical line and calculating, based on the measured density values, a falling correction amount for main scanning falling correction of adding a falling correction component to one dot after rising of the modulated laser in order to reduce the density difference between the horizontal line and the vertical line.09-24-2009
20080239345Systems and methods for efficient print job compression - Systems and methods described herein provide for an efficient method for print job compression. In some embodiments, threshold halftone lookup tables directed to specific object types are used to compare pixel data for specific detected objects. Pixel data for such specified objects may be encoded using the appropriate object-specific threshold halftone lookup table into one of two multi-bit values, which serve to increase the frequency of repetitive or redundant encoded data and permit efficient compression by algorithms that exploit data repetition and/or redundancy. The methods described herein are applicable to a variety of printers, including raster and PDL printers.10-02-2008
20090103121DENSITY CALCULATING APPARATUS, DENSITY SETTING APPARATUS, DENSITY CALCULATING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND DENSITY SETTING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - A density calculating apparatus includes: an image data acquisition section that acquires print image data representing a print image; a place designating section that designates a place on the print image; and a target color acquisition section that acquires a target color of a color of the place. The apparatus further includes: a color guess section that guesses a print color of the place to be printed by a printing system, by using a patch image produced based on a predetermined criterion; and a density calculation section that calculates the print densities of the ink materials having the plurality of colors by using the color guess section so that the target color is achieved at the place by the printing system based on the print image data.04-23-2009
20110116117System and method for depositing solidifiable translucent fluid with a determined thickness - The present invention relates to an Inkjet printing system for obtaining a finished product comprising: 05-19-2011
20090147284IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus having: a plurality of image forming sections each of which forms images of respective colors; an intermediate transfer belt; and a control section which executes a color registration correction process and a deviation correction process, wherein the color correction process includes: forming test images on the intermediate transfer belt by the plurality of image forming sections; measuring the test images thereafter; and correcting image forming positions of the image forming sections in response to the measurement results; and wherein the deviation correction process includes: detecting a deviation of the intermediate transfer belt; and correcting the detected deviation, and wherein, when an amount of correction in the deviation correction process exceeds a predetermined level during the execution of the color registration correction process, the control section executes the color registration correction process again.06-11-2009
20080259368Printer, Printing program, and printing method - A printer includes a print head in which nozzles that form an image by discharging ink are arranged in a plurality of lines. The printer prints out an image on the basis of print form data in which information of layout contents of printing elements that form the content of print is set according to the attribute of each printing element. The printer includes a print form data storage unit, a printing element data storage unit, a print form data selection unit, a printing element data selection unit, and a printing element data insertion unit. The print form data selection unit selects a piece of print form data, which is used for printing, from multiple pieces of print form data stored in the print form data storage unit in a specific sequence that is set so that, when the printing is continuously performed, the frequencies of use of the nozzles of the print head are uniform and are equal to or higher than a predetermined frequency.10-23-2008
20090009778Converting black to composite black in digital printing - A method of converting black to composite/process black in a digital color print engine. A lightness adjustment is employed for converting input image (O, O, O, K01-08-2009
20130088729USING A PARETO FRONTIER TO FIND AN OPTIMAL COLOR SOLUTION FOR SPOT CALIBRATION - What is disclosed is a method for determining a color solution which achieves color objectives for a color marking device involves performing the following. In one embodiment, N objectives of interest are identified for a color marking device and a N-dimensional Pareto Front is constructed which comprises a collection of color solutions which accommodates those objectives. The Pareto Front is constructed using an optimization process based upon printer models of the objectives. Color solutions can be at least one color recipe, or a combination of color recipes and process actuators. A target point is selected in an N-dimensional objective space based upon at least one user-selected preference. The target point is then mapped to a point on the Pareto Front. The mapping identifies one of the color solutions which, in turn, is used to generate a spot color for the device. The generated spot color achieves the user-selected preference.04-11-2013
20090310158Image Forming Apparatus and Image Forming System - An image forming apparatus, comprises an input section to input identification information of a user; a memory section to memorize an event, time and date of the event, participants of the event and print data of information materials used in the event; a printing section; and a control section to obtain a schedule of a user corresponding to the identification information inputted by the input section during a predetermined period and print data of information materials used in an event included in the schedule from the memory section, and to control the printing section to print the obtained schedule and the information materials based on the obtained print data.12-17-2009
20090310157Color Conversion Method, Color Conversion Table Created by the Color Conversion Method, Image Processing Apparatus, and Color Conversion Program - There is provided a color conversion method. The method includes: a black correction step of converting the first black corresponding to the first color data having a tone value of 0 to the second black corresponding to the second color data having a tone value of 0 so that when the first black corresponding to the first color data having a tone value other than 0 is converted to a value smaller than a quantization threshold of tone values 0 and 1 of the second color data, a conversion destination becomes greater than or equal to the quantization threshold; a recording agent limit quantity calculating step of setting an upper limit of the sum of tone values for each pixel of the second color data with respect to a predetermined print medium; and a chromatic color correcting step of converting the second chromatic color so that the second color data after conversion in the black correction step does not exceed the upper limit.12-17-2009
20090310160PRINTED MATTER MANAGING SYSTEM - A printed matter managing system for printing a file to which a label in accordance with file identifying information is applied to manage the printed matter includes a detection unit for detecting the label applied to the printed matter in one of reading the printed matter by a computer and physical carrying out of the printed matter from a predetermined region, and a limit unit for limiting one of using the read result by the computer and physically carrying out the printed matter in accordance with information contained in the detected label.12-17-2009
20090310159IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - Disclosed an image forming system including: an image forming section to perform an image forming processing to form an image on a sheet to eject the image-formed sheet to an sheet ejection section; a control section to control the image forming processing by the image forming section; a specify section to specify the number of units for stop in a temporary stop mode in which the image forming processing by the image forming section is temporarily stopped, wherein the control section allows the image forming section to stop the image forming processing when the image forming processing by the image forming section reaches the number of units for stop specified with the specify section.12-17-2009
20090310155Processing image data - A method of obtaining image data for printing a circular pad having a radius R by forming ink blots having a radius r in an overlapping manner. The method can include: setting a base pitch as the base distance between adjacent ink blots, arranging the vector data of the pad in an x-y coordinate system, setting a first base point in the coordinate system, selecting a first determination point that is separated from the first base point by a unit distance along each of the x-axis and y-axis in any one direction of 45 degrees and 135 degrees, comparing the distance from the first base point to the first determination point with the base pitch, and storing the coordinates of the first determination point as print data if the distance from the first base point to the first determination point is greater than or equal to the base pitch.12-17-2009
20090310153COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS, COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A color signal processing apparatus includes a total amount calculating unit, a limit value calculating unit and a correcting unit. The total amount calculating unit calculates a total amount value of an input color signal in an output device color space which has, as color components, colors of coloring materials used in an output device. The limit value calculating unit calculates a limit value for limiting a total amount of a color signal, in accordance with the calculated total amount value. The correcting unit corrects the input color signal in the output device color space so that the total amount value of the input color signal becomes the calculated limit value or less.12-17-2009
20090310152PRINT MEDIATOR - A print mediator includes an interface module which serves as an interface for a document to be submitted for printing. The interface module communicates with an associated printing infrastructure for acquiring color rendering information for a print queue of the printing infrastructure. A reviewing application receives the acquired color rendering information and generates a visual representation of a document to be submitted for printing based thereon. Problems relating to color rendering by the printing infrastructure are detected and proposals for correction are presented to the submitter by the reviewing application. The user can review the proposals and accept or reject them as well as making annotations on the document. An analogous reviewing application is accessed by the print shop operator to review the document and submitter's annotations.12-17-2009
20090310151Systems and Methods for Multi-Mode Color Blending - Systems and methods are provided for performing blending operations on color documents described in a PDL in one of at least two modes. In a first mode, a specified colorspace associated with one PDL group is replaced with a second colorspace, wherein the second colorspace is native to a target device. Blending operations can then be performed on the PDL group using the second colorspace. In the second mode, blending operations are performed using the colorspace specified for the PDL group.12-17-2009
20100231942METHODS AND SYSTEMS ACHIEVING PRINT UNIFORMITY USING REDUCED MEMORY OR COMPUTATIONAL REQUIREMENTS - Engine response curves (RCs) can be used for streak compensation for printed documents. A feedback control paradigm can be included to effect RC compensation. Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) can be used to represent each RC in the collection of spatial RC data as a linear combination of basis vectors. RCs are approximated by selecting the first few basis vectors, the approximation aiding in noise rejection and reducing computation in the controller by reducing dimensionality of the RC data from gray levels to the number of SVD bases selected. An optimal subset of RCs is selectable from the set of approximated RCs by clustering the SVD weights, the clustered SVD weights producing TRCs that span all engine response RCs generated by a printer. Compensation RCs are constructible using reduced number of bases and clustered SVD weights.09-16-2010
20080297816Method and system for black-level correction on digital image data - The black level in raw image data captured from an image sensor does not always stay fixed at a constant level, but may change as a function of the analog gain and exposure time and may vary from one spatial location of the pixels to another. To carry out black-level correction on the raw image data, the black level of each of the color components is measured at one or more sampling locations. A look-up table is generated based on the measured black levels and a computation module is used to carry out black-level correction based on the information stored in the look-up table. The look up table may have information indicative of the analog gain level and the exposure time and the variations of black-levels in different spatial locations.12-04-2008
20100202005PITCH TO PITCH ONLINE GRAY BALANCE CALIBRATION WITH DYNAMIC HIGHLIGHT AND SHADOW CONTROLS - An automatic gray balance control system to produce TRCs for all primary colors in a reproduction device and for each pitch of a photoreceptor system by printing target patches for each pitch, measuring the output colors, and automatically readjusting the tone reproduction curves until a satisfactory level of accuracy is obtained as compared to the theoretical desired output. The system produces pitch-based gray balanced TRCs that are updated frequently for each pitch, with different TRCs for different pitches, to ensure consistency in output from pitch to pitch as well as from page to page on a given pitch.08-12-2010
20100202004IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When a monochromatic copy mode is to be executed, a control section sets a read mode in a scanner section so as to enable the scanner section to read an image at high speed by means of only a line sensor K, sets in an image processing section an image process that can print monochromatic image information, which is sent from the scanner section, with a single black color in the printer section, and sets in the printer section a monochromatic print mode that can print a black image at high speed, thereby controlling a monochromatic copy operation.08-12-2010
20100202003PROCESS, A COMPUTER AND A COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR PROCESSING DOCUMENT DATA HAVING COLOR DATA - In a preflight process for digital print systems, color data from print data are analyzed and the results presented in a report. The color data are individually altered in regard to not only a color profile, in which they are encoded, but also in regard to their color values, using a graphic user interface. Results of the alterations are displayed using corresponding screened document pages.08-12-2010
20100202002Method and Printing Technology Machine for Conversion of Color Measured Values Measured Without a Filter Into Color Measured Values Measured With a Filter and Vice Versa - A method for controlling color in printing technology machines, includes measuring color measured values without/with a UV filter and converting them with a computer to color measured values measured with/without a UV filter. The color measured values measured without/with a UV filter are recorded by a color measurement instrument on a substrate. The spectral remission values of the substrate measured with and without a UV filter are supplied to the computer and the computer converts color measured values measured without/with a UV filter to color measured values measured with/without a UV filter taking into account these supplied spectral remission values of the substrate, and uses them to control the color in the printing technology machine. A printing technology machine having a computer for carrying out the method, is also provided.08-12-2010
20120287449IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLOR REGISTRATION ADJUSTMENT - A method for color registration includes determining if color registration is necessary, and if color registration is necessary, rotating an image forming medium and setting an optimum luminance of a registration sensor with respect to a rotating surface of the image forming medium, confirming an area with an undesirable surface condition on the image forming medium using luminance detected with respect to the rotating surface of the image forming medium during the setting of the optimum luminance, forming a preset mark for color registration adjustment excluding the area confirmed to have an undesirable surface condition, and carrying out color registration adjustment using the optimum luminance set with respect to the formed mark.11-15-2012
20100202001ANATOMICALLY REALISTIC THREE DIMENSIONAL PHANTOMS FOR MEDICAL IMAGING - This application generally relates to the field of medical imaging. According to certain embodiments, anatomically accurate phantoms with tunable activity concentrations and x-ray attenuation coefficients for use in positron emission tomography and positron emission tomography/x-ray computed tomography are created by utilizing a three dimensional printer. According to certain embodiments, radiolabeled or x-ray contrast material is added to a binder used in a three dimensional printer, and the resultant radiolabeled or x-ray contrast binder is selectively used to bind a prototype powder into an accurate scanning rendition of a selected portion of anatomy. By utilizing one or more radiolabeled or x-ray contrast binders, multiple tissue densities can be present in a single phantom, with complex geometries rendered therein.08-12-2010
20080239349TONE EVALUATION APPARATUS AND TONE EVALUATION METHOD - A tone evaluation method acquires color information on the second color space of a patch image corresponding to a grid point in the first color space, and calculates as the feature amount of a color conversion table the variation of the color information between two grid points in the first color space. Then, on the basis of the feature amount, a tone evaluation value for the color conversion table is calculated. In addition, on the basis of the variation of the feature amount, a tone jump position in the color conversion table is extracted and displayed.10-02-2008
20090207432Method For Creating A Garment - A method of creating a garment. The method comprises the steps of: (a) capturing an image of a person using a camera; (b) selecting a card having a depiction of a garment and encoded information relating to the garment depicted; (c) optically reading the encoded information on the card; (d) manipulating the captured image in accordance with the encoded information; (e) generating print data for garment pieces using the encoded information and the manipulated image; (f) communicating the print data to a garment fabric printer; and (g) printing outlines of garment pieces and a decorative finish on to a surface of a bolt of fabric.08-20-2009
20090207428Printing System - An object is to provide a printing system that is capable of reducing the time loss while keeping the function to instantly adjust the operation status of a printing press, through the structure in which even if one display part fails to operate, another display part can instantly display the information which has been displayed by the one display part. There is provided a printing system for a printing press, which includes two control devices, each including a display part for displaying plural kinds of the operation status of the printing press and an input part for setting or changing operation conditions relating to the operation status that is being displayed in the display part, the two control devices being installed with the same computer program relating to the operation conditions, and one of the two control devices being connected to the printing press, and being connected to the residual control device by wire or wireless, in which the two control devices each are provided with a mirroring function, allowing the operation condition inputted from the one control device to be rewritten into the residual control device and stored therein.08-20-2009
20100202000Image processing apparatus, image reading processing apparatus, image forming apparatus, image processing method, image processing program, and storage medium - In an image processing apparatus, a color/monochrome determination section determines whether color image data is image data indicative of a color document or image data indicative of a monochrome document, regardless of which color setting is selected to output image data, and a control section stores a determination result and the color image data in a storage device so that they are correlated with each other. Upon receiving a change instruction to change the color setting, the control section generates output image data, following a color setting that is changed according to the change instruction, on the basis of the determination result and the color image data each stored in the storage device. As a result, even if the color setting is desired to be changed, it is possible to carry out output processing without reading the document from an image reading apparatus again.08-12-2010
20100201999COLOR GAMUT SURFACE GENERATING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A color gamut surface generating apparatus includes a vertex generating unit and a gamut surface generating unit. A device-dependent color space has axes of (i) four basic colors including black and (ii) at least one extra color which are used in color output by an output device. The vertex generating unit generates, in the device-dependent color space, vertices of each of sub-surfaces constituting a surface of a color gamut by selecting (a) at least one color gamut each of which is output by the output device using a combination of three of the basic colors and one, corresponding to each color gamut, of the at least one extra color, and (b) a color gamut which is output by the output device using the four basic colors. The gamut surface generating unit generates surface points existing on the surface of the color gamut constituted by the vertices08-12-2010
20100201998System and method for display matched color printer calibration - The subject application is directed to a system and method for display matched color printer calibration. Color input data is received corresponding to a color printout from an associated color management device, the color input data including M×N discrete color areas corresponding to M rows and N columns on an associated printout, wherein M and N are integers greater than 2. A display is then generated on an associated display device, the display including a color image comprised of each of the color areas arranged in M rows and N columns. Calibration data is received corresponding to a comparison of the color printout to the display and an associated color printer is calibrated in accordance with received calibration data.08-12-2010
20100201997METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE AUTOMATIC PROCESSING OF PRINTING DATA FOR A PRINTING OPERATION - In a method or system for automatic preparation of print data for a printing process, the print data is imported and subdivided into segments. The segments are analyzed with an image analysis method for automatically determining presentation parameters for the respective segments such that an image content of the respective segments is analyzed for at least one of color depth, contrast, sharpness, brightness, color space, detail richness, or resolution. The print data together with the automatically determined presentation parameters are provided to control the printing process.08-12-2010
20100214576Color Separation into Neugebauer Primary Area Coverage Vectors - The disclosure describes methods for color printing, performing a color separation process and performing a halftoning process. Furthermore, the disclosure describes the color separation process determining one or more Neugebauer Primaries, tessellating the Neugebauer Primaries, and generating one or more Neugebauer Primary area coverage vectors, whose area coverages are linear with respect to a device-independent color space. The disclosure further describes that the color separation process communicates with the halftoning process using one or more Neugebauer Primary area coverage vectors.08-26-2010
20120287450IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a first image forming section to form a first image onto an image carrier and transfer the first image onto the paper, a paper humidifying section to humidify at least the first image transferred paper, a humidity switching section to switch to be humidified or not by the paper humidifying section, a second image forming section to form a second image onto the image carrier and transfer the second image onto the paper, a paper transport section to transport the paper from the first image forming section to the second image forming section, and a control section to control the first and second image forming sections, wherein the control section is operated to switch the image formation control at the second image forming section, depending on whether the paper is to be humidified or not.11-15-2012
20110317187CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A problem of the present invention is to provide a control apparatus, a controlling method, a program, and a recording medium which can print by using at least one or more special colors in addition to four colors of Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black. To solve the above problem, the control apparatus according to the present invention includes analyzing unit that provides command analysis for a CMYK plate and a clear toner plate, generating unit that generates image data of the CMYK plate based on a result of the command analysis by the analyzing unit, and embedding unit that embeds a clear toner attribute obtained by analyzing the clear toner plate in an attribute flag accompanying each of pixels of the image data of the CMYK plate, which is generated by the generating unit.12-29-2011
20120002222CONTROL DEVICE - A content of the common setting is applied to the plurality of devices and a content of the special setting is applied to a specific device among the plurality of devices. When the item of the special setting for the specific device is selected on the common setting screen, the acquiring unit is configured to acquire special setting screen data corresponding to the selected item of the special setting from an external device. A second setting screen supplying unit is configured to supply the special setting screen data to the display unit such that the display unit displays a special setting screen on which the content of the special setting for the selected item is settable.01-05-2012
20120099125IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR PERFORMING DIRECT PRINTING WHICH CONSIDERS COLOR MATCHING PROCESSING BASED ON A PROFILE DESCRIBING THE INPUT COLOR CHARACTERISTICS OF AN IMAGE INPUT DEVICE AND THE OUTPUT COLOR CHARACTERISTICS OF AN IMAGE OUTPUT DEVICE - An image processing method is provided for an image processing device which processes images of printing data input from a computer device and an image input device via a predetermined communication line or a network. Printing instruction information of the printing data is analyzed, and determination is made as to whether a request for color matching processing based on a profile describing input color characteristics of an image input device and output color characteristics of an image output device is included in the printing instruction information. In the case that a request for the color matching processing is included in the printing instruction information, color matching processing is requested to be performed by the computer device on the network.04-26-2012
20110286019PRINT IMAGING SYSTEM - A printing machine includes a high-speed print device configured to receive a print media and discharge a printed product that includes a printed image. An image capturing device is positioned adjacent the print device and is configured to capture an image of the printed image on the printed product. A computer includes a monitor, a processor, an input device, and a communication device configured to communicate with the print device. The monitor is configured to display the captured image, the input device is configured to allow a user to vary the displayed image, and the processor is configured to calculate an adjustment to the print device in response to the varied image.11-24-2011
20120105882PRINT COLOR PREDICTING APPARATUS, PRINT COLOR PREDICTING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A print color predicting apparatus, a print color predicting method, and a recording medium having a program recorded therein acquire a spectral reflectance of a print, estimate a plurality of sets of optical property values of a protective film that covers the print, depending on the spectral reflectance of the print, and predict a spectral reflectance of a protective-film-covered print, using the spectral reflectance of the print and the sets of optical property values of the protective film.05-03-2012
20110286017IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing apparatus, fast error diffusion processing is performed without increasing the size of an error diffusion processing circuit, even in cases where the print data to be generated is 12 colors data or similarly large data. More specifically, with quantization by error diffusion, binarized image data for 12 colors is obtained by causing an image processing circuit that executes 6 colors quantization processing to operate twice. At this point, RAM realized by DRAM with comparatively slow operating speeds, for example, is accessed for error data diffused to a first raster and error data diffused from a last raster. In contrast, an error buffer realized by SRAM inside the image processing circuit with fast operating speeds is accessed for all other error data. Thus, as a result, memory access speeds for reading out and writing error data can be improved overall.11-24-2011
20110286021PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - When a plurality of test copies of an identical image are required, print data of the first page is created from the same image that is used in regular printing and is test-printed; the second and following pages are test-printed using a simplified image that is created by extracting only contour portions of the image.11-24-2011
20110286020IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The present invention is intended to provide an image processor that can reduce color unevenness occurring in a composite color image formed by overlapping different types of inks due to a variation in printing characteristic among a plurality of nozzles while suppressing a reduction in processing speed in generation of printing data. The image processor converts a color signal indicating the image represented by a plurality of elements to a color signal corresponding to the plurality of inks with use of a conversion table determined on the basis of ejection characteristics of nozzle groups corresponding to the plurality of inks so as to suppress color unevenness occurring in a composite color image due to a variation in ejection characteristic among the plurality of nozzles.11-24-2011
20110286018IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus capable of outputting an image using a plurality of coloring agents includes a printing unit configured to print patch data to be used for correction of image data to be output by the image forming apparatus using the plurality of coloring agents, a selection unit configured to select a color corresponding to a coloring agent to be used in printing by the printing unit from the plurality of coloring agents, and a change unit configured to change an arrangement of a pattern of patch data which is printed using the coloring agent of the color selected by the selection unit to an arrangement different from an arrangement of a pattern of patch data to be formed using the selected coloring agent in patch data to be printed using the plurality of coloring agents when the patch data is printed by the printing unit.11-24-2011
20110286014UPDATING AN IMAGE QUALITY METRIC DATABASE TO ACCOUNT FOR PRINTER DRIFT - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining a printer metric in terms of image quality (IQ) over a large complex set of conditions based upon measurements taken over a small simple set of conditions while compensating for printer drift. The present system and method effectively utilizes a predictive model that predicts noise measurements of multi-separations from those of single-separation colors and/or a subset of the multi-separations. Because a model is used to comprehend the metric over the entire gamut, the number of patches is reduced. This reduction enables the method to be used within a machine to dynamically characterize the device's image quality metric. Various embodiments have been disclosed.11-24-2011
20110299099IDENTIFYING A COLOR SEPARATION WHEREIN A BANDING DEFECT ORIGINATES - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for banding defect detection in user document images to improve image quality trend analysis in multifunction digital imaging system architectures. The present banding detection process uses region-based, time sequence analysis, and graylevels of image regions in a collection of a sequence of regions, to improve banding detection. The present method independently analyzes the colorant separations to detect banding due to sources that are colorant-dependent, e.g., due to a single developer housing. This identification can be performed in the presence of multiple banding defects.12-08-2011
20110299106PRINTING SYSTEM AND PRINT SETTING PROPOSAL METHOD - A recommendation set content in a print setting item is proposed based on a print setting history of a print job in which a print instruction is given from an information processing apparatus and printing is performed in an image forming apparatus at time of print setting in the information processing apparatus. A printing system accumulates set contents of print setting items at time of print instruction in the information processing apparatus as a print setting history, for example, in a server, and at start of print setting or at time of print setting change in the information processing apparatus, searches recommendation setting candidates based on a predetermined recommendation basis from the set contents of print setting items at the start of the print setting or at the time of the print setting change, and displays the searched recommendation setting candidates on the information processing apparatus.12-08-2011
20110299105RASTERING DISJOINT REGIONS OF THE PAGE IN PARALLEL - Disclosed is a method of rasterizing a page comprising a plurality of graphic objects. The method obtains a plurality of pixel-aligned object edges (12-08-2011
20110299104SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTIC OBTAINING APPARATUS, IMAGE EVALUATION APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A spectral characteristic obtaining apparatus including a light irradiation unit configured to emit light onto a reading object; a spectroscopic unit configured to separate at least a part of diffused reflected light from the light emitted onto the reading object by the light irradiation unit into a spectrum; and a light receiving unit configured to receive the diffused reflected light separated into the spectrum by the spectroscopic unit and to obtain a spectral characteristic. In at least one example embodiment, the light receiving unit is configured to be a spectroscopic sensor array including plural spectroscopic sensors arranged in a direction, and the spectroscopic sensors include a predetermined number of pixels arranged in the direction to receive lights with different spectral characteristics from each other.12-08-2011
20110299103IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus includes an image input unit, a tint block reading unit, a display unit, and a transmission unit. The image input unit scans a sheet on which information of a destination is formed in the form of a tint block. The tint block reading unit reads the information of the destination from the tint block image in the scanned image. The display unit displays the information of the destination that is read. The transmission unit transmits the image formed on the sheet to the destination when a transmission instruction is given from an operator who checks the information of the destination.12-08-2011
20110299101PROFILE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROFILE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In profile adjustment processing, if colorimetric conditions are different from those of when the profile is created, notification is performed to enable the profile adjustment with a high accuracy. According to the present invention, there is provided a method for processing a profile including acquiring a colorimetric value by measuring a color of a patch printed by an image forming apparatus based on patch data, performing a calculation for creating a profile based on the colorimetric value, storing the profile created by the calculation in association with information about a condition of the colorimetric measurement, comparing, when the profile is adjusted, the colorimetric condition corresponding to the stored profile with a colorimetric condition used when the color of the patch is measured to adjust the profile, and notifying a user if the comparison determines that the colorimetric conditions do not coincide with each other.12-08-2011
20110299100PRINT CONTROLLING TERMINAL AND COLOR CORRECTION METHOD - A color correction method includes displaying an expected print image of a test image of the image forming apparatus on a monitor, outputting the test image to the image forming apparatus, performing color matching between the output test image and an expected print image on the monitor, changing an ICC profile of the monitor according to the performed color matching, and generating a print data using the changed ICC profile. Also a print controlling terminal which performs the color correction method.12-08-2011
20090201523Printing apparatus - A printing apparatus includes: an image data acquiring unit which acquires image data representing an image of a print target; a print data generating unit which on the basis of the image data generates print data for forming the image by allowing an ink head to perform scanning and record ink in a specific edge of a print medium more times than in a portion other than the specific edge; and a print control unit which performs printing on the image on the basis of the print data by controlling the ink head.08-13-2009
20120154837DEFECTIVE RECORDING ELEMENT DETECTING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A defective recording element detecting apparatus includes: a read image data acquiring device which acquires read image data of a test pattern recorded on a recording medium by a recording head having recording elements; a reference area setting device which sets a reference area including a part of the test pattern on a read image representing image contents of the read image data; a comparison area setting device which sets a comparison area on the read image; a correlation operation device which performs a correlation operation between the comparison area and the reference area; a distortion correction value determining device which determines a distortion correction value, from a result of the correlation operation; an image distortion correcting device which corrects image distortion of the read image using the distortion correction value; and a defective recording element determining device which identifies a defective recording element according to the corrected read image.06-21-2012
20110019214IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A plurality of color data respectively undergo quantization processing, and a logical multiplication of the plurality of quantized color data is calculated. A product of the plurality of color data is calculated. A first low frequency component is extracted from the logical multiplication, and a second low frequency component is extracted from the product. The first low frequency component is subtracted from each of the plurality of color data, and the second low frequency component is added to the subtraction results to generate a plurality of corrected color data. The plurality of corrected color data respectively undergo the quantization processing.01-27-2011
20090284765Print control apparatus, printing apparatus, print control method, and program thereof - Provided is a print control apparatus including a display image processing unit and a printing process unit so as to execute a printing process, wherein the display processing unit includes a unit arranging a plurality of images in a predetermined layout and acquiring an arrangement printing instruction for executing printing; a unit outputting the arrangement printing instruction, which is a printing output instruction, to the printing process unit using at least one specified image and layout information of the image; a unit outputting an arrangement image generation instruction for generating the arrangement image data to the printing process unit using at least one specified image and layout information which is information about the arrangement of the image; a unit which, when arrangement image data of a predetermined format is acquired from the printing process unit as a response of the arrangement image generation instruction, generates display image data from the acquired arrangement image data and outputs the generated display image data to a display unit; and a display image processing unit.11-19-2009
20110292414TWO-SIDED DOCUMENT COPYING - Methods and apparatus pertaining to copying two-sided documents are provided. An all-in-one, multi-function device provides an identification card copy selection to a user by way of a user interface. The device prompts the user during scanning of the front and back sides of the ID card. The device prints images of both the front and back sides of the ID card on the same side of a sheet of media. Identification card scanning and printing are performed as a walk-up procedure without need for user computer or network entity intervention.12-01-2011
20110141502IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processor and an image processing method are provided which can suppress both a bronzing phenomenon and a color rolling in an inkjet printing apparatus and produce high-quality monochrome pictures. To that end, a monochrome image is processed by generating the multivalued density data for a chromatic ink having a hue component opposite that of the achromatic ink in a low to medium density region and, in a high density region, generating the multivalued density data for a chromatic ink having a reflection light with a hue component opposite that of a reflection light of the achromatic ink. With this arrangement, a high-quality monochrome image can be produced which has hardly noticeable hue deviations and bronzing phenomenon in the entire density grayscale or density range.06-16-2011
20110141503MULTILEVEL PRINTING PROCESS AND DEVICE USING A RASTER BITMAP AND ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR MULTILEVEL SCREENS - A process for printing substrates includes assigning image dots of printer-ready copy to pixels of a multilevel map and assigning values to the pixels depending on the tonal value of the image dot for assigning n+1 different values, where n>1. Artifacts are prevented in multilevel printing processes by assigning threshold values of any threshold value matrix to the pixels of the multilevel map on which the printing is based with respect to their positions relative to the printing substrate, calculating tonal values of the image dot, fixing the values of the pixels depending on the threshold value and the tonal value of the assigned image dot, and printing the multilevel map on a printing substrate in a multilevel printing process, with different values representing different amounts of ink of a printed pixel. A screen assignment device assigns a value to a pixel of a multilevel map generated by an RIP.06-16-2011
20110141500Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes: a setting unit that sets a color index representing a category to which an achromatic color and at least one chromatic color that are included in image data belong; an adjustment unit that adjusts a color tone of the achromatic color belonging to the category that is indicated by the set color index in accordance with a hue of the chromatic color belonging to the category; and a generation unit that generates image data including the chromatic color belonging to the category and the achromatic color of which the color tone is adjusted by the adjustment unit.06-16-2011
20110141499IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing device processes image data, which is edited to image data including, in correspondence with each pixel of an object included in the image, a pixel value field that holds a pixel value of the pixel and an attribute value field that holds an attribute value. The image processing device includes a generation unit which includes a table that holds characteristic data and an address of the characteristics data, generates an attribute value based on information of a position of a pixel in the image and the table, sets the attribute value in the attribute value field, an image processing unit which applies an image process to a pixel value set in the pixel value field based on the set attribute value, and a connection module moves the image data from the generation unit to the image processing unit.06-16-2011
20110141498CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image formation control device is provided with a control unit. The control unit controls generation of information for forming a transparent image on the basis of settings that include at least a superimposition region and a superimposition sequence, when plurality of images which include the transparent image and a colored image are superimposed and synthesized.06-16-2011
20110141497SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRINT PROFILE SELECTION - A computer-based method and system for optimal print profile selection are provided. The method includes receiving a color document and print profiles into memory, identifying out-of-gamut regions within the color document, presenting the identified out-of-gamut regions to a user, receiving color accuracy requirements from the user for at least one out-of-gamut region, computing a color quality value for each of the at least one print profile based at least partially on the received color accuracy requirements, creating a ranked list comprising the at least one print profiles ranked at least partially according to the computed color quality value, and outputting the ranked list to a user terminal, a computer monitor, or computer memory.06-16-2011
20110141496CONTROLLING ERROR DIFFUSION DOT DENSITY - A method for improving printing quality of a digital image using error diffusion screening including the steps for each pixel in a digital image: a) initialize weighted error diffusion value; b) translate first value (06-16-2011
20110292422APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA - A data processing apparatus includes a plurality of processing units each performing a respective one of process parts into which a predetermined process to be performed on data is divided, and a changing unit that changes a connection between the plurality of processing units on the basis of setting parameters that are set to enable a plurality of types of processing procedures.12-01-2011
20110292423PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND PRINTER - A print control apparatus comprising: a first receiving unit that receives, from a printer, support language information indicating whether a particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a judging unit that judges, by referring to the support language information received by the first receiving unit, whether the particular kind of language which is supported by the print control apparatus is supported by the printer; a transmitting unit that transmits, to the printer, a specification information acquisition command for acquiring specification information relating to a specification supported by the printer if the judging unit judges that the particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a second receiving unit that receives the specification information which is transmitted from the printer in response to the specification information acquisition command; and a controller that performs processing according to the specification information received by the second receiving unit.12-01-2011
20110292421IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM ON WHICH PROGRAM IS RECORDED - The embodiment described herein can prompt setting of processing conditions to be set by using a display of a weight value used in a quota function. There is provided an image forming apparatus, including: a residual amount detection unit that detects a residual amount of each disposable product; a residual amount information acquisition unit that acquires residual amount information; a determination unit that determines whether there are the disposable products in which a residual amount is disproportionately small; a weight value setting unit that sets the weight value used for weighting so that the weighting for calculating the processing amount of the image forming processing corresponding to setting conditions not using the disposable products having a disproportionately small residual amount is relatively smaller than the weighting corresponding to other setting conditions; and a display control unit that displays the set weight value on a screen.12-01-2011
20110292420SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING ART PIECE - A multi-step, computer-based process for creating a stylized art piece using collage and layering techniques. The process comprises acquiring and arranging high resolution digital images or photographs to form a gestalt or single cohesive piece using a computer. These images or photographs may involve sporting events, players, participants, areas of play, and related subjects. When arranged, the images or photographs may be overlapped, blended or merged in whole or in part. Digital processing techniques are used to make some or all of the images and photographs look older or aged. Several layers of diagrams or text are added. The piece is then printed on canvas, paper or other suitable material using the Giclee' printing process. The print is mounted on a frame, and then covered with one or more layers of a clear or translucent coating or over-laminate.12-01-2011
20110292419IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image forming apparatus includes a printer section and a control section which controls the printer section. The control section controls a developing roller driving section to stop the rotation of a developing roller when an image on a recording medium is erased when the printer section operates in an image erasing mode, alternatively, the control section includes an image formation fee counter and an erasure fee counter provided separately from the image formation fee counter.12-01-2011
20110292418COLOR PRINTER WITH POWER SAVING RECORDING HEAD - The present invention relates to a color printer and particularly to a color printer reducing power consumption and complying with international criteria ensuring sustained earth environment. In a color printer having multiple optical writing heads for individual recording colors, the activated periods of individual color recording heads are set to different periods and one writing period of individual recording heads is divided into multiple periods, video data for recording one dot line are divided into multiple blocks in the main scan direction, and the divided video data are used for emission at different times in the sub-scan direction, whereby a smaller number of optical writing elements are simultaneously driven for emission and the peak power consumption of the entire apparatus is reduced.12-01-2011
20110292417Imaging processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes a patch forming unit that forms a plurality of mixed-color patches by superposing single color patches of a plurality of colors with different gradation ratios according to gradation values; a color measuring unit that performs color measurement of the mixed-color patches; an estimating unit that estimates color values of single colors present in the mixed-color patches based on color measurement values obtained by performing color measurement; and a correction table setting unit that sets a correction table in order to correct the estimated color values of the single colors to target color values.12-01-2011
20110292415METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC PRINTER PERFORMANCE TUNING USING BAYESIAN ANALYSIS - A method and a printing implementing the method for dynamic printer performance tuning. The method includes the steps of processing a page to be printed by a printer description language interpreter to generate a Display List, selecting tuning parameters from the Display List data, analyzing the tuning parameters by a Bayesian analyzer to obtain a score for each tuning parameter, and based on the score of each tuning parameter, adjusting rendering settings of the tuning parameters for printing the page. The steps of training the Bayesian analyzer includes creating a set of training pages, rendering each page to determine best performance settings for each tuning parameter, grouping the pages based on tuning parameter settings, generating Display List data of each page, rendering the training pages in each group to compile training data that are saved for future printing jobs.12-01-2011
20110292413SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A BILLING STRUCTURE FOR DOCUMENTS BASED ON MARKING MEDIUM PREDICTIONS - Disclosed is a method for processing raster image data and determining via a reference device (e.g., LUT), an amount of marking medium (toner, ink) to be used for printing a document. Then billing costs based on the amount of medium is determined. In particular, a calibration method may be performed on an apparatus to determine the amounts of medium used for that particular apparatus. The calibration method includes printing pages with test patches for a plurality of colors at a particular dot value (or density), and weighing similar printed test pages so that the amount of medium used to print colors at particular dot values is determined by subtracting a weight of the pages before printing from the weight of the printed test pages. The change in weight (or mass) of the medium is used to populate the reference device for that apparatus.12-01-2011
20110292411MARGIN ADJUSTMENT - In one embodiment, a width of a print media is measured. A margin adjustment decision is made utilizing a margin instruction if the measured width is within an acceptable variance from a standard width of the media. The margin adjustment decision is applied to a plot of an image to be printed on the media.12-01-2011
20090296106METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TONER REPRODUCTION CURVE LINEARIZATION USING LEAST SQUARES SOLUTION OF MONOTONE SPLINE FUNCTIONS - Methods are presented for calibrating or characterizing a printing system with respect to at least one color, in which a toner reproduction curve (TRC) is measured and curve-fitted according to a least squares solution using a set of spline basis functions having high spline density in regions of high TRC curvature and/or high measurement noise, with the weights of the spline functions being restricted to positive values to maintain monotonicity of the TRC.12-03-2009
20090296107METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS TO RETRIEVE GCRS FROM HISTORICAL DATABASE - This disclosure provides methods, apparatus and systems for generating a profile for a printing device. Specifically, the profile is generated by selecting a GCR profile from a plurality of GCR profiles and mapping a plurality of nodes to a device dependent color space as a function of the selected GCR profiles.12-03-2009
20090103120Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method, and Computer Readable Medium Recording a Printing Data Generation Program - An image forming apparatus using a plurality of colorants for image formation, includes a generation unit which generates bitmap data, in which each pixel has a gradation value of each color of the colorants, with respect to an object of the image formation; a classification unit which classifies the pixels into a plurality of predetermined groups based on the bitmap data and generates classification data corresponding to the classified groups for each pixel; a detection unit which detects, based on the classification data, a range, in which a correction processing of modifying the gradation values has to be executed, on the bitmap data; and a correction unit which executes the correction processing to the detected range, wherein the image formation is executed based on bitmap data after the correction processing.04-23-2009
20090103119IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, OUTPUT METHOD OF COLOR IMAGE AND CONTROL PROGRAM THEREOF - An image forming apparatus including an image acquisition section which acquires a color image; a memory section which stores a first table correlating a specific color with a symbol indicating the specific color; a color discrimination section which discriminates a color on the basis of color information of each portion in the color image, and extracts an area having the specific color; a symbol composition section which specifies the symbol corresponding to the specific color by reference to the first table, and composes the specified symbol into the area having the specific color in the color image to generate a composite color image; and an image output section which outputs the composite color image.04-23-2009
20090168083METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A LOOKUP TABLE SIZE FOR AN AFP LINK CMR - Methods and apparatus for determining a preferred size for a Link LUT as used in conversion from an input color space defined by an input ICC profile into an output color space defined by an output ICC profile. The Link LUT may be incorporated within a device link structure as generally defined in the ICC specification or within a Link Color Conversion CMR in an AFP architecture system. The preferred size is determined from the size of an input LUT associated with the input ICC profile and the size of an output LUT associated with the output ICC profile. In AFP architecture systems, the input and output LUTs and profiles may each be incorporated in appropriate Color Conversion CMRs. The preferred size is determined as a reduced size that requires less computation to generate but does not cause loss of accuracy in conversion between the input and output color spaces.07-02-2009
20110141505PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTER DRIVER AND COPIER - Disclosed is a printing system including a printing device having one or more feeders, and a computer. The computer includes a setting reception unit that stores beforehand a setting of ON or OFF of a colorant save mode in which a process of saving a colorant is performed for every one of the feeders, and receives a print instruction including selection of a feeder, and a command sending unit that, on the basis of the feeder selected in the print instruction and a setting of ON or OFF of the colorant save mode of the feeder, generates a print command and sends the print command to the printing device. The printing device includes a print control unit that, on the basis of the print command sent from the computer, performs a predetermined process of saving a colorant when the colorant save mode is ON, generates print data, and carries out printing using the feeder selected in the print command.06-16-2011
20090002739METHOD OF PRINTING WITH A PERSONAL COMPUTER AND CONNECTED PRINTER - A method of printing includes the steps of rendering continuous tone (“contone”) data to a pixel level and subsequently compressing the contone data in a personal computer. The bi-level data is rendered to a dot level and subsequently compressed in said personal computer. The method also includes the steps of transmitting the contone and bi-level data and decompressing the contone data and foreground bi-level data in parallel in a printer controller. The contone data is halftoned to bi-level color data. The foreground bi-level data is composited over the bi-level color data to create composited bi-level color image data. The steps of halftoning and compositing are performed in parallel. The method further includes the step of printing the composited bi-level color image data.01-01-2009
20090002738IMAGE-PRINTING DEVICE - An image-printing device includes a reading unit, a sample characteristic amount extracting unit, an original characteristic amount extracting unit, an image converting unit, and a printing unit. The reading unit reads a sample image and an original image. The sample image has a sample characteristic amount indicating a characteristic of the sample image. The original image has an original characteristic amount indicating a characteristic of the original image. The sample characteristic amount extracting unit extracts the sample characteristic amount from the sample image. The original characteristic amount extracting unit extracts the original characteristic amount from the original image. The image converting unit converts the original image based on both the sample characteristic amount and the original characteristic amount. The printing unit prints the converted original image.01-01-2009
20090168084COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The number of color patches is reduced to attain high-precision color estimation. Hence, the colorimetric values of a plurality of color patches of at least one primary color output by an output device are input. Based on the colorimetric value of first color patches corresponding to a part of the plurality of color patches, colorimetric values corresponding to second color patches other than the first color patches of the plurality of color patches are estimated. Errors between the input colorimetric values of the second color patches and the estimated colorimetric values corresponding to the second color patches are calculated. A plurality of color patches corresponding to the output device is determined based on the calculated errors.07-02-2009
20100265525IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes: a color-data acquiring unit configured to acquire, for each of plural kinds of color components for defining colors of respective plural pixels that form image data, color data of the respective plural kinds of color components; plural compression processing units separately provided in association with the respective plural kinds of color components and configured to compress in order, for each of the color components, the color data of the color components acquired by the color-data acquiring unit according to arraying order of the color data in the image data; a packed-data generating unit configured to generate, for each of the color components, packed data as data packaged in the order of the compression by the compression processing unit while associating a predetermined volume of compressed data in which the data is arrayed in the order of the compression by the respective plural compression processing units and identification information indicating the color components corresponding to the compressed data; and a combined-compressed-data output unit configured to output combined compressed data obtained by combining a plurality of the packed data of the color components generated by the packed-data generating unit such that the packed data is arrayed in the order of the generation.10-21-2010
20100033737IMAGE REVISING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REVISING IMAGE SPREADING - An image revising method, an image forming apparatus, and a method for revising image spreading are provided. The image revising method includes regulating a black color level in a black area of an input image; adjusting a color level of at least one other color excluding the black color in the black area; and revising the image by applying the regulated black color level and the adjusted color level of the at least one other color. Thus, in copying a document, the black color with the enhanced legibility can be serviced.02-11-2010
20100033741IMAGE COMBINING APPARATUS AND IMAGE COMBINING METHOD - An image processing apparatus combines a background image, handwritten image, and a standard image. A reference image acquired by increasing the luminance value of the background image and the standard image is printed on a recording sheet. A recording sheet is read after being filled in, and a region whose luminance value is lower than a predetermined threshold value and a region indicated by standard image mask data are extracted. The extracted regions are combined with the background image and printed. In particular, the standard image mask data indicates a region in the standard image which is easily affected by a background color of a paper, so that color adjustment is performed on the region in the extracted image which is indicated by the mask data. As a result, the region in the standard image is prevented from being affected by the background color of the recording sheet in the combined result, and the images can be combined and printed according to the original color of the standard image.02-11-2010
20100033740IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus allows a print unit to print a sheet on which a user handwrites, and combines a handwritten image included in an image obtained by reading out a handwritten sheet with a background image, and prints the combined image. Further, a decor to determine decoration contents for the handwriting image and a painting pattern of a decorated area can be designated by the user, and the handwriting image is decorated according to the determined decoration contents and the painting pattern. Further, the decoration contents are determined according to the designated painting pattern as well as the designated decor. That is, the decor that the user desires may be adjusted to be suitable for the designated painting pattern and the decoration contents may be determined.02-11-2010
20100033738PRINT PROCESSING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A print processing device including a printing unit to print an image on a sheet, a reading unit to read a sheet, an operation unit including keys to be operated by a user, a print control unit to cause the printing unit to print either a first sheet for selecting an image from a plurality of images stored in a storage medium or a second sheet for selecting a language to be used in the first sheet, and an analyzing unit configured to analyze an image read by the reading unit. If a language is not registered, when the image corresponding to the second sheet is detected as an analysis result by the analyzing unit, the first sheet is printed using a language associated with the detected image and when the image corresponding to the second sheet is not detected, the second sheet is printed.02-11-2010
20100033736METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PRINTING - Aspects of the disclosure provide a printing method that can determine a configuration of a printing system based on contents of a printing job to achieve an optimum image quality for the printing job. Further, the configuration can be provided to a configuration update mechanism via a communication method. The printing method can include storing a plurality of printing configurations for at least one printer, analyzing a printing job to determine printing characteristics, rating the plurality of printing configurations based on printing abilities of the plurality of printing configurations corresponding to the printing characteristics, and selecting a printing configuration based on the rating.02-11-2010
20100091306COLOR TO BLACK ONLY PERCENT THRESHOLD OPTION FOR CUSTOMERS - A system prints documents according to non-color content. The system includes a processing component that receives a print job that includes at least one of color and non-color content. A threshold selection component allows a user to select a minimum value of non-color content within the received print job. An analysis component evaluates the non-color content within each print job, compares the non-color content with the value selected via the threshold selection component, and modifies the color parameters of the print job to appear as non-color, if the threshold is met or exceeded. A print devices receives the print job information from the evaluation component and outputs the print job as a non-color print job if the non-color content threshold is met or exceeded, and outputs the print job as a color job if the non-color content threshold is not met.04-15-2010
20100091308Image Processing Apparatus and Recording Medium - An image processing apparatus for performing a color converting process in which image data of an original document is converted into image data expressed in a color space corresponding to a coloring material used in an output apparatus, the image processing apparatus includes: a conversion information generating unit which generates data for the color converting process when the color converting process is performed, the data corresponding to one or more images included in the image data of the original document; and a color converting unit which performs the color converting process using the data for the generated color converting process, the data corresponding to the image data of each image. The data for the color converting process includes information which is used to convert the image data of the image before conversion such that the image data is expressed in one color of the coloring material.04-15-2010
20100091309MULTI-ARRANGE ABLE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to an embodiment of the present invention, an image forming apparatus includes an image forming section to fix a developer image to a sheet material and to output it, a control unit that is provided independently of the image forming section and supplies image data and an image output condition to the image forming section, and an operation section that is provided independently of the image forming section and the control unit, and outputs a control signal for supplying the image data and the image output condition to the image forming section.04-15-2010
20100091310EFFICIENT BANDED HYBRID RENDERING - Disclosed is a method of band rendering an image. The method comprises receiving (04-15-2010
20090310161IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - First data, which is calculated from quantization errors of adjacent pixels of a pixel of interest in accordance with an error diffusion matrix, and second data, which is calculated from quantization results of the adjacent pixels in accordance with a reference pixel matrix and a gain coefficient, are added to color data of the pixel of interest. The color data of the pixel of interest, to which the first and second data are added, is quantized, and a quantization error of the pixel of interest is calculated from the quantization result. Different combinations of reference pixel matrices and gain coefficients are respectively used for a plurality of color component data.12-17-2009
20090244565PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A print control apparatus includes: plural drawing processing units capable of drawing processing on print information having plural print basic colors; an analysis unit that analyzes information contents of the print information; and a selection unit that selects whether the drawing processing on the print information is performed by the drawing processing units in parallel by a predetermined unit of information amount or in parallel by each of the plural print basic colors, based on a result of analysis by the analysis unit.10-01-2009
20090195805Digital Photograph Duplication Apparatus - An apparatus for reproducing a visible image depicted in a photograph carrying digitally encoded data printed in invisible ink. The digitally encoded data having pixel values for all pixels in the visible image. The apparatus comprises an illuminating means for illuminating the photograph with invisible radiation; a sensing means for receiving the invisible radiation illuminated on and reflected from the photograph by the illuminating means, the sensing means adapted to detect an interaction of the invisible radiation with the digitally encoded data carried on the photograph; a top substrate in which the illuminating means and the sensing means are encased, the top substrate being transparent to the invisible radiation and having a semi circular cross section in the vicinity of the illuminating means, the top substrate further having a elongated recess for receiving therein the sensing means; means for processing the invisible radiation received by the sensing means, the means for processing operable to decode the digitally encoded data; and an inkjet printer for receiving data from the means for processing data to print a copy of the visible image depicted in the photograph, the data used to print the visible image being generated from the digitally encoded data. The top substrate, in the vicinity of the sensing means, is shaped to define an array of microlenses for focusing the invisible radiation reflected from the photograph onto the sensing means.08-06-2009
20090195804Printing system, printing system controlling method, printing system controlling program, and printing apparatus - A printing system includes a circular record medium and a printing apparatus. The circular record medium includes: a data record surface on which electronic data are recorded; a label surface which is a rear surface of the data record surface and on which the printing apparatus prints an image; and a wireless IC tag which is attached to or embedded in the label surface. The printing apparatus includes: a wireless IC reader/writer which reads and writes electronic data from and to the wireless IC tag; a data record unit which writes electronic data on the data record surface; a data input unit which inputs electronic data from the outside; a specific image record unit which writes specific image data associated with the electronic data input from the data input unit to the wireless IC tag by use of the wireless IC reader/writer, upon writing the electronic data input from the data input unit on the data record surface by use of the data record unit; and a label print unit which reads the specific image data from the wireless IC tag by use of the wireless IC reader/writer and prints an image which is based on the read specific image data on the label surface.08-06-2009
20090195803Image processing method, program thereof, and image processing apparatus - There is provided an image processing method for generating a bit map image of an object from a vector image by superimposing a plurality of parts by using a computer software program. The image processing method includes assigning unique identification information to a drawing command in a case where designation for transmission is included in the drawing command that is a command for drawing the object by using the plurality of parts, determining whether identification information that is assigned to a drawing position in which a drawing process is performed and the identification information that is assigned to the drawing command coincide with each other in a case where the drawing process is performed based on the drawing command to which the unique identification information is assigned, and assigning the identification information that is assigned to the drawing command to the drawing position and performing a drawing process for the drawing position on the basis of the drawing command, for a case where the identification information does not coincide with each other and not performing the drawing process for the drawing position on the basis of the drawing command for a case where the identification information coincide with each other.08-06-2009
20090195802IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processor comprising a control unit, wherein the control unit includes a determining unit that determines a reading mode suitable for a document based on image data corresponding to the document read by an reader; and a converting unit that converts the image data according to the reading mode. The determining unit includes a color detecting unit that detects color information based on the image data; a color determining unit that determines whether the reading mode is a color mode based on the color information; a background detecting unit that detects a background of the document; a background removing unit that removes the background; a gray detecting unit that detects a size of an area of a portion which is not removed in the image data as gray information; and a gray determining unit that determines whether the reading mode is a gray mode based on the gray information.08-06-2009
20090195799ESTIMATING AN AMOUNT OF COLOR IN A DOCUMENT - What is provided are a novel system, method, and computer program product for estimating the amount of color in a document to be printed, with the capability to handle composite black. A color billing strategy can be dynamically determined based on the amount of color in the document. In one embodiment, a contone CMYK image is examined and the level of color is estimated based on information extracted from the four planes simultaneously. More specifically, it examines the pixel values from all the four planes to calculate the number of white, black, color, and gray or neutral pixel counts. Input CMYK values can be pre-adjusted via a look-up table to take into account neutral balance characteristics. The difference among the adjusted color values is compared against a threshold that is input level dependent. Color is further subdivided into fuzzy colors to handle highlights and neutral areas.08-06-2009
20090195798VECTOR HALF-TONING WITH MINIMUM LUMINANCE VARIATION DOT FORMATION - What is disclosed is a system and method for improving vector half-toning in dot-on-dot printing devices. The method utilizes minimum spatial luminance variation to achieve a smooth color half-toning pattern transition. Red (M+Y), blue (C+M), and green (C+Y) dots in addition to CMY dots are utilized to achieve darker colors without black ink. As gray values to be printed get darker, green, red and blue pixels get introduced. Black is not introduced until the gray values are darker by approximately 08-06-2009
20090195797SENSITIVITY MATRIX DETERMINATION FOR ADAPTIVE COLOR CONTROL - What is provided are a novel system and method for determining a sensitivity matrix for adaptive color control in a color marking device capable of performing device independent color correction. In one embodiment, a determination is made as to what control operation the color marking device is being characterized for. Nominal CMYK values are then selected based on the determined control operation. If the control operation is a gray balancing operation, the nominal CMYK values are selected using C=M=Y=L* and K*=0 values. Otherwise, the nominal CMYK values are selected using a CMYK to L*a*b* printer map. Color parameters are determined for the CMYK values based on the selected nominal CMYK values. A sensitivity matrix is then generated from the color parameters and CMYK values. The method facilitates calibration of dynamically varying color reproduction devices.08-06-2009
20090195795Font and Line Art Rendering for Multi-Bit Output Devices - Multilevel color page image rendering via multi-bit output devices including the rounding of tone levels, dual tone scan patterns and the selecting or generating of halftone cells and electrophotography engines and image processors for rendering multilevel tone density objects such as font and line art.08-06-2009
20090195796AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF A SUBSET OF REPRESENTATIVE PAGES FROM A MULTI-PAGE DOCUMENT - What is provided herein is a method for automatically selecting a subset of pages from a multi-page document for image processing wherein each selected page is substantially different from all other pages according to certain features of interest and wherein the combined content of the selected pages approximately represents the content in the entire document. Selected pages are clustered wherein each page is represented by a feature vector meaningfully related to the task to be performed. A matrix of feature vectors is analyzed. Basis vectors are extracted from the matrix using rank-reduction techniques. Clustering is performed by subspace projection of page features onto the basis vectors with each page being assigned to a cluster to which that page maximally projects. Representative pages are selected from each cluster. The representative pages can then be used as input to a secondary process.08-06-2009
20110216336IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR DEVIATION ADJUSTMENT CONTROL METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an image forming unit, an adjustment unit, an image control unit, a sensor, a deviation amount calculating unit, and a determination unit. The image forming unit forms an image. The adjustment unit forms one set of a plurality of predetermined images in color, and adjusts color deviation. The image control unit controls the image forming unit to form a lesser number of predetermined images than the number of predetermined images formed by the adjustment unit. The sensor detects the predetermined images formed on the basis of control of the image control unit by the image forming unit. The deviation amount calculating unit calculates a deviation amount on the basis of the predetermined images. The determination unit determines whether or not color deviation occurs on the basis of the deviation amount, and controls performance of the adjustment unit on the basis of the determination result.09-08-2011
20110216335COLOR CONVERTING METHOD, COLOR CONVERTING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A first profile corresponding to a first print is generated based on first spectral data of a first print and third spectral data of a light source, which serves as an observational light source for the first print. A second profile corresponding to a second protective-film-covered print is generated based on spectral data of a second print, second spectral data of a second laminating film, and third spectral data of a light source, which serves as an observational light source for the second protective-film-covered print. Using the first profile as an input profile and the second profile as an output profile, colors of image data representing an image of the first print are converted into colors of image data representing an image of the second print.09-08-2011
20110216334IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes a memory and a controller. The memory stores a first profile and a second profile. The first profile represents a correspondence relationship between RGB value of image data and color space data of an image printed on a sheet in correspondence with the image data. The second profile represents a correspondence relationship between the RGB value of the image data that is input to a display unit, and the color space data of the image displayed on the display unit. The controller specifies the color space data corresponding to the RGB value of the image data to be printed with the aid of the first profile, specifies the RGB value corresponding to the color space data specified by the first profile with the aid of the second profile, and uses the RGB value specified by the second profile as display data of the display unit.09-08-2011
20090122325AUTOMATED METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ASSESSING AND SUMMARIZING GAMUT REQUIREMENTS - Methods and systems of assessing color gamut requirements for a print job and a printing device are disclosed. A print job including one or more input color spaces may be received. A computing device may produce a color transformation for each input color space using at least a color gamut error profile. The computing device may further produce result information based on the one or more color transformations. Result information may be provided to a user.05-14-2009
20090168082METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AN OUTPUT LOOKUP TABLE DESIGN AND DATA ACCESS LAYER IN COLOR MANAGEMENT RESOURCE ENGINES - Methods and apparatus for saving and re-using lookup tables (LUTs) used in generating color data objects in a presentation/printing system. A data object is generated by a device or application having an associated input ICC profile and is transferred to a presentation device having one or more associated output ICC profiles. The data object is converted from its input color space to a color space of the presentation device based on calculated LUTs. Once calculated, the LUTs are saved in a memory of the presentation device to be re-used for processing of a subsequent data object. The saved LUTs are indexed using the object ID (OID) of the ICC output profile used to calculate the LUT. A subsequent data object may specify use of the same ICC output profile such that the previously calculated LUT may be retrieve and re-used to obviate the calculation burden to recalculate the LUT.07-02-2009
20100188675IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE READER - An image forming apparatus has R, G and B dot pattern detection units that detect the presence/absence of image data of operation restricting dot patterns of R, G and B color components respectively in document image data. A dot pattern color determination unit determines the presence/absence of the operation restricting dot pattern and the color of the operation restricting dot pattern on a document from the detection results from the detection units. A restriction detail table storage unit stores, beforehand, a table showing the correspondence relationship between the color of the operation restricting dot pattern and a restriction detail concerning a copy operation. An image formation control unit determines, based on a determination of the dot pattern color determination unit and the table, whether a current setting of a multi-functional peripheral is relevant to the restriction detail corresponding to the color, and, when relevant, prohibits the copy operation.07-29-2010
20110267631RETURN LABEL GENERATION - A method and apparatus sense the replacement of a used component with a new component within the apparatus using sensors within the apparatus. The method/apparatus can then automatically display a message on a graphic user interface of the apparatus in response to the sensing of the replacement. This message provides information for recycling the used component, and the message provides a shipping option for shipping the used component to an appropriate recycling location. If the shipping option is selected, the method/apparatus retrieves a shipping address from memory within the apparatus and prints a shipping label for shipping the used component to the recycling location using a printing engine operatively connected to the apparatus.11-03-2011
20090153887APPARATUS FOR PRINTING CONSISTENT SPOT COLORS - RE A color imaging system is provided with a tagging system that tags spot color pixels in a page description language differently from non-spot color pixels. These tags are generated in a digital front end and stored along with contone values in a data structure. In addition to the tags, a rendering hint remap table and a user TRC remap table are used to bypass applying TRCs to spot colors.06-18-2009
20090153886PRINTER AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTER - The present invention is employed for self-service printing vending machines installed in various stores, for example. The present invention is provided for detecting an abnormality of an image and for displaying the abnormality with the corresponding image to be printed. The abnormality is corrected in accordance with an instruction by a user.06-18-2009
20090153888METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHROMATIC ADAPTATION - A method for performing chromatic adaptation includes performing chromatic adaptation wherein corrections to tristimulous values XYZ are maximized in the regions of white and neutral and are minimized in the vicinity of non-neutral regions of colors space via piecewise linear corrections in XYZ. In one embodiment, a selective linear correction is performed using three matrices one for each sector in an RGB color space. In an alternative embodiment, selective color adjustments are made and the adjustments are partitioned for each primary and secondary color.06-18-2009
20090147288RENDERING APPARATUS, RENDERING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - It is determined whether the rasterization result of a rendering object is cashed. If it is determined that the rasterization result of the rendering object is not cashed, an image and a mask for the image are generated from the rendering object. The generated image and the generated mask are stored in a cache. If it is determined that the rasterization result of the rendering object is cached, an image and a mask are extracted from the cache. The extracted image is rendered on a portion of the extracted mask so that a background image remains on a portion other than the portion of the extracted mask.06-11-2009
20090147282Method and system for scanning papers and documents presenting printed information in black & white and in colored formats - The present invention is a scanning method and system in which the colored information as well as the black & white information appearing on the individual page or upon multiple pages of a document are initially scanned in a full color, 24-bit per pixel, mode; after which, the black & white wording and/or Images are then selectively identified and electronically downsized to a single bit per pixel value. This sequence of selective identification and electronic downsizing of the black & white scanned contents effectively preserves the original printed Information, while retaining the accuracy and integrity of the characters forming the colored written text and illustration portion's of the scanned page or document in their original 24-bit per pixel format. Via this method and system, the entirety of the scanned image is maintained as a single electronic file of markedly reduced size.06-11-2009
20100245859Imaging Apparatus with Sheet Size Measuring Device - An imaging apparatus for forming the image on a sheet, wherein the imaging apparatus includes a sheet-feeding path for conveying the sheet, a detecting section positioned along the sheet-feeding path, which detects a leading edge, a trailing edge and a side edge of the sheet while the sheet is being conveyed along the sheet-feeding path, a controller for registering dimensions, a memory for storing data of dimensions wherein when a auto-measurement mode is set in the controller, the controller controls the detecting section so as to detect the leading edge, the trailing edge and the side edge of the sheet while the sheet is being conveyed along the sheet-feeding path and obtains a length and a width of the sheet, and then the controller registers the length and the width of the sheet to be stored in the memory.09-30-2010
20100245856Apparatus, System, and Method for Color Data Printing - An apparatus associated with a printing device having a plurality of print engines comprising a first print engine and at least one second print engine is provided. The apparatus comprises a pixel clock generating module which generates a reference signal operating at a single video frequency derived from a first clock and the at least one first print engine. The apparatus further comprises a color data modification module which modifies the color data for the at least one second print engine based on an accumulated phase error for at least one second print engine, wherein the accumulated error is calculated based on calibration information for the at least one second print engine relative to the at least one first print engine.09-30-2010
20100245857Systems and Methods for Processing Color Data - Systems and methods are provided for processing at least one document comprising color data. Color data in the document in a first color space is inspected to determine if a color space conversion operation for a portion of the color data is specified using a color space dictionary or a transformation matrix, wherein the color space conversion operation converts the color data from the first color space to an intermediate standard color space. An input profile corresponding to the color conversion operation is generated, wherein the input profile comprises information to convert color data from the first color space to the intermediate standard color space; and color space conversion operations are performed on the color data using the generated input profile to convert the color data from the first color space to the intermediate standard color space.09-30-2010
20100225939METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR USING BLACK-ONLY ON THE NEUTRAL AXIS IN COLOR MANAGEMENT PROFILES - This disclosure provides methods, apparatus and systems for generating and using color management profiles. Specifically, the color management profiles generated include K-only colorant recipes for image colors associated with a neutral axis.09-09-2010
20090147290PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A print control apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store print attributes and print settings corresponding to the print attributes in association with each other, a search unit configured to search the storage unit for a print attribute corresponding to a print attribute of document data in accordance with an instruction to print the document data, and a generation unit configured to, when the corresponding print attribute is detected, set a print setting corresponding to the print attribute as a print setting of the document data and generate print data to be output to the print apparatus, and when no corresponding print attribute can be detected, accept input of a print setting of the document data and generate print data using the accepted print setting.06-11-2009
20090147287IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a decision unit which decides a color selection threshold based on received compressed data from external apparatus, and a determination unit which determines according to the color selection threshold if a pixel included in the compressed data is a chromatic color pixel or an achromatic color pixel.06-11-2009
20090147283Ejecion control of quality-enhancing ink - A printing control method of generating print data to be supplied to a print unit capable of forming dots on a print medium by ejecting ink droplets of at least one type of colored ink containing a color material and a quality-enhancing ink for enhancing quality of a printed material. The printing control method comprises a tone-decreasing step which includes the step of generating transparent dot data by a process configured such that size of first processing-targeted pixels is larger than size of second processing-targeted pixels, the first processing-targeted pixels being targeted for processing in the transparent dot data generating process, the second processing-targeted pixels being targeted for processing in the colored dot data generating process.06-11-2009
20090147286IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR DEVIATION CORRECTING METHOD AND PROGRAM - The invention has an image forming apparatus with a deviation amount calculator for obtaining, by an arithmetic operation, by an arithmetic operation, the deviation amount between the laser beam irradiating positions for each color, under the condition that the deviation amount increases gradually according to a time lapse in at least one of the plurality of operating modes, according with a further time lapse, the deviation amount between the laser beam irradiating positions for each color decreases gradually, and according with a further time lapse, the deviation amount between the laser beam irradiating positions for each color is converged.06-11-2009
20090147281IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING OPTION SETTING METHOD THEREOF - An image forming option setting method of an image forming apparatus which has a display unit, the method includes selecting an administrator setting, and displaying an administrator setting image forming option on the display unit related to a display image forming option displayed on the display unit when the administrator setting is selected.06-11-2009
20080316510IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus, an image processing method, computer-program, and storage medium capable of acquiring a paper fingerprint efficiently and improving convenience for users. An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes an image sensor acquiring RGB signals. The G signal is separated from the acquired RGB signals, and the RGB signals are input into a gain adjustment 12-25-2008
20110063634METHOD FOR CALIBRATING A MULTI-COLOR PRINTING MACHINE - Described is a method for calibrating a position of a first register line in a register mark for a multi-color printing machine, said first register line consisting of a first color that does not offer sufficient contrast with respect to a printing material in order to allow a detection above a determined threshold value on a register sensor. In this method, first a plurality of register marks, each consisting of at least one starting line, a background line and a first register line, is printed, said background line consisting of a second color which offers sufficient contrast with respect to the first color for a detection above the specified threshold value on the register sensor if the first register line is printed on the background line, and said background line having a width that is by X mm greater than the first register line, and said starting line, said background line and said first register line being printed with the use of the pre-determined control parameters, which, in the normal case, cause the first register line to be printed on the background line. Subsequently, it is detected whether the first register line has been recognized by the register sensor above the pre-determined threshold value as being completely positioned on the background line. If this is not the case, then, in accordance with the method, at least one pre-determined control parameter for printing the first register line is changed and printing of the register marks and the detection are repeated. Changing of the at least one control parameter may be repeated one or more times, with the first register line being shifted each time with respect to its width with different algebraic signs. The above method is also particularly suitable as a pre-calibration of the first register line for a calibration pass for all colors of the multi-color printing machine.03-17-2011
20080291476COLOR SIGNAL CONVERSION METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING MAPPING PARAMETERS - A color signal conversion apparatus for converting a color signal of an input gamut to a color signal of an output gamut is provided. First, a target gamut for gamut mapping carried out on the input gamut is set, after which an evaluation function is determined for evaluating the difference between the target gamut and the results of gamut mapping performed on the input gamut using initialized mapping parameters. Then, the mapping parameters are determined based on the evaluation function so that the difference is minimum. The color signal of the input gamut is then mapped to the output gamut based on the determined mapping parameters and constraining conditions. This makes it possible to achieve favorable gamut mapping based on optimal mapping parameters that have been determined automatically.11-27-2008
20080266586Method and System for Producing Printing Forms for Anilox Printing Presses - A method and a system for producing a printing form for a printing process on a printing press, produces a first printing form based on first image data and prints a printing image on a printing substrate with the printing form. Printing presses without inking zones do not permit regulation of quantitative ink supply with inking zones screws. To permit a printer to manipulate ink density on a printing substrate even after exposure of a first printing plate within a printing press without inking zones, correction values are generated in the vicinity of the printing press in regions on the basis of at least a printing image printed on the printing substrate. The correction values are then used for correcting printing originals on which printing is based and/or screened image data and at least one second printing form is produced on the basis of at least the correction values.10-30-2008
20080266587IMAGING FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - To provide an image forming apparatus and a control method for the same, with which an adjustment for satisfying an image quality is performed without fail while an execution frequency of the adjustment can be changed, for example, an unnecessary adjustment can be skipped. The image forming apparatus includes: a controller for issuing a plurality of commands; an engine for executing image formation according to the command; a control portion for holding a condition status indicating an internal condition of the engine and a factor status indicating a factor of the condition status, or the factor status and notifying, in response to the command, the condition status and the factor status, or the factor status; and a judgement unit for judging whether to adjust an image formation condition of the engine or not according to the condition status and the factor status, or the factor status.10-30-2008
20080266585PRINTING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A printing apparatus includes: a printing unit that allows a print head to print on a recording medium in a forward path and a return path by reciprocating the print head with respect to the recording medium; a correcting unit that performs correction for a misalignment between printing in the forward path and printing in the return path based on a correction value; an acquisition unit that acquires a temperature inside the printing apparatus or an ambient temperature thereof and/or a counter value which increases or decreases each time a predetermined operation is performed by the printing apparatus; a correction value candidate acquisition unit that acquires correction value candidates based on the temperature and/or the counter value; and a printing example output unit that outputs printing examples of which position discrepancies are corrected in accordance with correction value candidates for each correction value candidate.10-30-2008
20080266584CONFIGURABLE SINGLE SUBMISSION EVENT PRINTER - A method for configuring a printer to automatically print multiple proof prints includes configuring a printer with an adjustable process parameter to a first value, configuring the adjustable process parameter to a second value; generating a single submission event that expresses the first value and the second value of the adjustable process parameter, and configuring the printer with the single submission event such that the printer automatically prints a first proof print with the first value and a second proof print with the second value.10-30-2008
20090161134IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In an apparatus connected to a plurality of input devices, in the case of a browsing mode of images stored in a device from which images are input, a user is allowed to select, in parallel, from the images stored in the input device and images showing interfaces capable of connecting to the other devices. Further, if an image indicating an interface is selected, the interface changes to an input mode of image data. Thus, the user is allowed to input image data from the other input devices without returning to the setting screen of an input device in such a mode.06-25-2009
20100302565INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus which can be connected to a printing apparatus and a post-processing apparatus configured to perform post-processing on a sheet output from the printing apparatus includes an identification unit configured to identify a size of the sheet to be changed by executing first post-processing to the sheet output from the printing apparatus, a designation unit configured to designate a position on which second post-processing is executed to the sheet to which the first post-processing has been executed, and a display control unit configured to display a preview image for identifying a position on which the second post-processing is executed with respect to the size of the sheet identified by the identification unit based on the size of the sheet identified by the identification unit and the position on which the second post-processing is executed.12-02-2010
20100123912PANTOGRAPH METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS BASED ON UCR/GCR - The disclosure provides pantograph methods, apparatus and systems. Specifically disclosed is a method of rendering a pantograph including defining a foreground region associated with a pantograph, defining a background region associated with the pantograph, and applying a first UCR/GCR strategy to the background region and a second UCR/GCR strategy to the foreground region, whereby the foreground region is less discernable after the pantograph is rendered with a printing device relative to a reproduction of the rendered pantograph.05-20-2010
20100123913IMAGE PRINT SYSTEM AND IMAGE PRINT DEVICE - When a recording medium (05-20-2010
20100014104METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING FONTS - A printing system is described in which a font manger monitors print jobs for execution by a printer having a memory operable to store font data. The font manger is arranged to identify fonts in a print job to be executed by the printer for which font data is not already stored in the memory of the printer; and cause font data corresponding to the identified fonts to be downloaded and stored in the printer memory for use in executing subsequent print jobs. In this way by having a computer generate print jobs which only include font data which is not already present in the memory of a printer the size of print jobs can be reduced thereby increasing the speed with which such print jobs can be generated and transmitted to a printer. The font manger may be provided either on the printer or within the computer or as part of a printer server connected to the printer and the computer via a communications network.01-21-2010
20100128290EMBEDDING INFORMATION IN DOCUMENT BLANK BORDER SPACE - A method for embedding coded information in a document border includes encoding information as a plurality of data carrying dot pair patterns where each dot is too small to be visually noticeable. For each page of a document to be rendered, the method includes determining whether the border area is blank. If found not blank the border area is cleared. Each of the plurality of data carrying dot patterns is embedded in the blank border area of the document page. The document page with the embedded data carrying dot patterns is then rendered, where each data carrying dot is too small to be visually noticeable.05-27-2010
20100128289Method, Device and Computer Readable Medium for Consumable Reduction - Consumable reduction is achieved for a printing device by utilizing a processor (05-27-2010
20110134450IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS THAT DISPLAYS INFORMATION ACCORDING TO SIZE OF PREVIEW IMAGE, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image display apparatus that can appropriately display supplementary information according to a display magnification for a preview image. A size of a preview image indicative of a printing result of an image to be printed is determined according to an instruction from a user. A type of information on printing of the image, which is to be displayed on a display unit, is determined according to the determined size. Information of the determined type is displayed in a state in which the preview image is displayed on the display unit according to the determined size.06-09-2011
20100118322IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - When a recording agent amount limiting process is carried out, a color reproduction range is narrowed, and therefore gradation properties of dark areas are deteriorated and information originally held by an image is sometimes undesirably lost. By obtaining (05-13-2010
20100118321INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - An information processing apparatus for setting a setting value for print data to be transmitted to a printer, includes a selection unit configured to select a purpose from a plurality of printing purposes, and a display unit configured to display a screen for setting the setting value for the print data including a variable setting item for setting a setting value from a plurality of setting values associated with the printing purpose selected by the selection unit, and a fixed wherein setting values for the variable setting item and the fixed setting item are set by using different setting ways on the displayed screen.05-13-2010
20090213392Printing control device, printing system and printing control program - There are provided a spectral reflectivity estimating unit which estimates spectral reflectivity of a mixed color created by use of a second color material group different from a first color material group on the basis of spectral reflectivity of each of color materials of the second color material group as a mixed-color source and a use ratio of the color materials of the second color material group in the mixed color; a color material set estimating unit which estimates the color material amount set for reproducing spectral reflectivity approximate to the spectral reflectivity of the mixed color on a print medium; and a printing control unit which permits a printing apparatus to perform printing on the basis of the estimated color material amount set.08-27-2009
20090080005COLOR SIGNAL CONVERTING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COLOR SIGNAL CONVERSION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The color signal converting apparatus is provided with: a color signal receiving unit that receives input of first color signals; and a converting unit that performs a conversion of the first color signals received by the color signal receiving unit, into second color signals. The converting unit performs the conversion to make a total sum of color component values of each of the second color signals equal to or smaller than an upper limit value set for each of the second color signals.03-26-2009
20110228296IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus for performing filling processing for input image data, comprises: a holding unit which holds, for a block formed from a predetermined number of pixels included in the image data, a representative color of the block generated by compression, a color layout of pixels included in the block, and an interpolation color which is a color other than the representative color included in the block; and a fill unit which performs filling processing of the compressed image data using the representative color, the color layout, and the interpolation color, when filling the block of the compressed image data with a specific color, the fill unit replacing the representative color corresponding to a position based on a type of the filling processing with the specific color and replacing the interpolation color with the same specific color as that of the representative color.09-22-2011
20110228295IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a selecting unit selecting a reference image from input images, a calculating unit calculating brightness ratios of the remaining input images as gains, a calculating unit calculating first weights for the remaining input images and calculating a second weight based on a brightness of image data as a synthesized image of the input image with the first weights, a generating unit generating a high-contrast image by performing weighting synthesis on the input images using the first weights and the second weight, a preparing unit preparing a tone conversion curve based on a brightness distribution of the high-contrast image and a brightness distribution as conversion target, and a generating unit performing the tone conversion on the high-contrast image based on the tone conversion curve, and generating the output image having the narrow tonal range.09-22-2011
20100091305SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRINTING TARGET COLORS WITH PROCESS COLORS UTILIZING PARALLEL FEEDFORWARD NEURAL NETWORKS - A system and method for printing target colors includes a print-engine interface and a neural network component. The print-engine interface is in operative communication with a print engine of a printing system. The neural network component is calibrated to the print engine for printing a target color on a substrate. The neural network is in operative communication with the print-engine interface and communicates a parameter associated with printing the target color on the substrate utilizing the print engine.04-15-2010
20100091307MARKING METHOD BY MASKING COLOR, MARKING METHOD BY REMOVING COLOR AND MARKING METHOD BY CHANGING COLOR - A method for more easily marking an optical recognition code is accomplished.04-15-2010
20110149308RED-GREEN-BLUE TO MONOCHROME COLOR CONVERSION - Systems and associated methods provide for converting an RGB color image to a grayscale image via a lookup table of correction values. The lookup table is generated and used to compensate for errors in converting the color image to the grayscale image. The lookup table is generated by generating a reference image having pixels with color values in the RGB color space, converting a first copy of the reference image to a grayscale reference image via interpolation, and converting a second copy of the reference image to an intermediate image. The intermediate image comprises chrominance and luminance values (e.g., YCbCR or YCgCo). The chrominance values are removed from the intermediate image. The intermediate image is then compared to the grayscale reference image to generate the correction values. The lookup table may then be applied to a grayscale image that has been converted from the RGB color image.06-23-2011
20100085589IMAGE SCANNER PRINTER - An image scanner printer that reads an original image and that prints out the original image includes a red-eye detection unit, a YCC image storage processing unit, a YCC/RGB conversion unit, a red-eye correction unit, and a print data creating unit. The red-eye detection unit detects red-eye that is included in an image corresponding to a predetermined number of lines of RGB image data when the original image is read. The YCC image storage processing unit converts the predetermined number of lines of the RGB image data into YCC image data and stores all the data as one unit JPEG image. The YCC/RGB conversion unit converts the YCC image data into RGB image data in units of a line or in units of a predetermined number of lines. The red-eye correction unit executes red-eye correction on the RGB image data when an image corresponding to the converted RGB image data includes a red-eye area that is stored in a red-eye table. When print data are created from the RGB image data, the print data creating unit, for RGB image data, among the RGB image data, on which the red-eye correction has been performed, creates print data from the RGB image data on which the red-eye correction has been performed.04-08-2010
20090207431Backlight adjustment processing of image using image generation record information - A decision as to whether to perform backlight adjustment processing is executed using both image data and image generation record information, and when it is decided to execute the same, backlight adjustment processing to increase brightness value of at least some pixels in the image data is executed.08-20-2009
20090207429IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire image data, a generation unit configured to generate a histogram based on a signal value of each pixel in the image data acquired by the acquisition unit, a derivation unit configured to derive the number of pixels matching a first condition in the histogram generated by the generation unit, and a selection unit configured to select, according to the number of pixels derived by the derivation unit, one of a fixing processing adjustment mode for increasing a degree of gloss of a print product by adjusting fixing processing and a transparent toner mode for increasing a degree of gloss of a print product by using a transparent toner.08-20-2009
20120033237GREEN PRINTING: RE-PURPOSING A DOCUMENT TO SAVE INK AND PAPER - Green printing is utilized to repurpose a document. An indication is received that a printout of a document from a printer has been requested. The document has content with a format that would result in a first quantity of pages being printed. The content is grouped into one or more regions. Further, one or more transformations are applied to the content for each region such that the printer prints the document with the content in a transformed format that results in a second quantity of pages being printed without falling below a predetermined readability threshold. The second quantity of pages is less than the first quantity of pages. Further, the one or more transformations being applied to the document may result in a second quantity of ink being utilized to print the document such that the second quantity of ink being less than the first quantity of ink.02-09-2012
20100079775IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming portion which includes a nozzle surface having at least one nozzle and which is configured to form an image on a recording medium by ejecting ink toward the recording medium through the at least one nozzle, a feeding portion which includes a feeding surface on which the recording medium is placed and which is configured to feed the recording medium toward the image forming portion in a feeding direction, and a detecting portion which is configured to detect a state of lift of the recording medium relative to the feeding surface. The detecting portion includes a contact portion which is contactable with at least a part of a portion of the recording medium that is in the state of lift and a sensing portion which senses that the recording medium and the contact portion contact with each other.04-01-2010
20100079779PROFILE CORRECTING DEVICE - A profile correcting device includes a first profile acquiring unit, a second profile acquiring unit, a first correcting unit, and a second correcting unit. The first profile acquiring unit acquires a first profile representing correspondence relationship between input color values and first colorimetric values. Each first colorimetric value corresponds to one input color value and represents a color that is reproduced by a first image forming device based on the one input color value. The input color values includes a white value indicative of white, a black value indicative of black, a near-white color value indicative of a color near to white, and a near-black color value indicative of a color near to black. The second profile acquiring unit acquires a second profile representing correspondence relationship between the input color values and second colorimetric values. Each second colorimetric value corresponds to one input color value and represents a color that is reproduced by a second image forming device based on the one input color value. The second image forming device is different from the first image forming device. The first correcting unit corrects the second colorimetric value for the white value to a value equal to the first colorimetric value for the white value, and corrects the second colorimetric value for the black value to a value equal to the first colorimetric value for the black value. The second correcting unit corrects the second colorimetric value for the near-white color value to a weighted average of the first and second colorimetric values for the near-white color value, and corrects the second colorimetric value for the near-black color value to a weighted average of the first and second colorimetric values for the near-black color value.04-01-2010
20100079776PRINTING APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND PRINTER DRIVER - A printing apparatus capable of executing color printing and monochrome printing includes: a mode controller which controls a monochrome printing mode where the monochrome printing is executed, a first mode where reception of a printing job stops when a color image forming medium has run out, and a second mode where procession to the monochrome printing mode is possible; an exclusive controller which receives only one printing job in a first time period; and a print executing unit which execute printing on the basis of the printing job received by the exclusive controller.04-01-2010
20090185208Color separation into a plurality of ink components including primary color ink and spot color ink - Utilizing an ink set that includes a plurality of chromatic primary color inks that, when used in combination, can reproduce achromatic color, and at least one spot color ink of hue different from any of the plurality of chromatic primary color inks. Color to be reproduced on a print medium according to any one input color is termed “reproduction color”, and the combination of ink quantities in the ink set for reproducing the reproduction color on the print medium is termed the “color separation ink quantity set.” The ink quantity of the spot color ink included in the color separation ink quantity set is adjusted in accordance with a lightness parameter value which is correlated to lightness of reproduction color, so as to reduce ink quantity at a rate of change greater than the rate of change of the lightness parameter in the direction of increasing brightness.07-23-2009
20090161126METHOD FOR UPSAMPLING COLOR CORRECTION TABLES, AN APPARATUS FOR CREATING AN UPSAMPLED COLOR CORRETION TABLE, AND A PROGRAM FOR UPSAMPLING COLOR CORRECTION TABLES - A method of forming a multidimensional upsampled table, which includes a plurality of upsampled contents and a plurality of upsampled columns and a plurality of upsampled rows, includes reading a multidimensional unsampled table having a plurality of unsampled content values. The multidimensional unsampled table has a plurality of unsampled columns and a plurality of unsampled rows. The multidimensional unsampled table is monotonic in the plurality of unsampled columns and is monotonic in the plurality of unsampled rows. The method further includes performing a Piecewise Cubic Hermite Interpolating Polynomial (PCHIP) interpolation to upsample the multidimensional unsampled table and to create the multidimensional upsampled table, and storing the multidimensional upsampled table. The PCHIP interpolation is independent of an order of interpolation direction.06-25-2009
20090251713MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - If different settings are performed for a user to control usage of functions provided by an image forming apparatus, a management apparatus detects whether resources relating to these settings accord with each other to confirm any conflict between these settings. A plugin management unit detects whether a resource relating to a setting by a plugin B, which is to be installed from a plugin management table, accords with a resource relating to a setting by a plugin A.10-08-2009
20110267630METHOD FOR MAPPING AN OUT-OF-GAMUT COLOR USING A REFERENCE GAMUT MAPPING - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for retrieving a gamut mapping strategy from a seed profile of a seed device. In a manner more fully described herein, the present method provides an embodiment which accounts for the pathological case of a false gamut mapping ray being produced in those instances where the shapes of the gamuts of the host and seed devices are substantially different. In these instances, the rays miss the boundary surface of the host gamut and intersect the boundary of the L*a*b* cube. Another embodiment is provided which accounts for those cases wherein the ray intersects the host gamut at a substantially oblique angle such that mapped color is sufficiently different to generate contours in the output print.11-03-2011
20100123915Color Adjustment Apparatus, Image Forming Apparatus, And Computer-Readable Recording Medium - A color adjustment apparatus comprises an input unit for receiving an input operation, a color adjustment display segment for displaying orthogonal coordinate systems between a pre color adjustment hue axis and an adjustment target axis indicative of a degree of adjustment of a hue, saturation, or lightness and an adjustment line indicative of a relationship between before color adjustment and after color adjustment on the orthogonal coordinate systems, an adjustment line changing unit for changing the adjustment line in response to an operation by the input unit, and a color adjustment unit for adjusting a hue, saturation, and lightness of a target image in correspondence with the adjustment line changed by the adjustment line changing unit.05-20-2010
20090086227DEVICE FOR CHANGING SCREEN RULING FOR IMAGE FORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LUMINANCE AND SATURATION - The present invention relates to a device that, in printing of controlling the amount of color materials applied, changes a screen ruling for image formation according to the relationship between luminance and saturation. A first component obtains color component data of a plurality of colors so that the total amount of controlled variable in each pixel does not exceed a first limit amount. A second component obtains color component data of a plurality of colors so that the total amount of controlled variable in each pixel does not exceed a second limit amount by performing color conversion processing different from the color conversion processing with the first component. A third component performs pseudo halftone processing by changing a screen ruling to be applied to the color component data of a plurality of colors obtained by the color conversion processing with the second component from chromaticity of color image data.04-02-2009
20110199626METHOD AND TEST ELEMENT FOR DETERMINING CHARACTERIZATION DATA OF A PRINTING PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR CARRYING OUT THE METHOD - A method for calculating characterization data of a printing process, is more manageable and less complicated than previously-known methods, in which determining printing tables for CMYK printing systems with special colors or for multicolor systems easily becomes unwieldy and complicated because of necessary colored areas in test elements. A test element supplies actual spectral data. By using subsets of this actual data, tonal value curves or tonal value gain curves, parameters of a model of the printing process for determining spectra of overprinted printing inks and adapted input variables, are determined in a calculating device in accordance with the model, taking into account the tonal value gain, to determine corrected tonal values or their spectra. Then only a few colored areas are needed to calculate characterization data. A test element for determining characterization data of a printing process and an apparatus for carrying out the method are also provided.08-18-2011
20110199623IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND SETTING METHOD USED IN IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus has a storage unit, a display unit, a display control unit, a setting log saving unit, a determination unit, and an updating unit. The storage unit stores default settings. The display unit displays setting contents reflecting the default settings. The display control unit causes the setting contents which are changed in response to an instruction from a user to be displayed on the display unit. The setting log saving unit saves the setting contents of the executed process as setting log information. The determination unit determines whether or not the default settings are to be changed using a plurality of the setting log information. The updating unit, if it is determined that the default settings are to be changed, updates the default settings to default settings determined from the plurality of the setting log information.08-18-2011
20090103117IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - Color conversion data used in converting an image signal into color information represented by color materials is saved in a color-conversion-data saving unit and, when the color conversion data is rewritten, before rewriting of the color conversion data, the color conversion data is copied to an area different from an area in which the color conversion data is rewritten in the color-conversion-data saving unit.04-23-2009
20110170122IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing system includes an information processing apparatus and an image forming apparatus that are connected via a network. The information processing apparatus receives inputs designating scan setting and a layout method, and transmits the scan setting and the layout method to the image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus reads an original document according to the scan setting, outputs image data, extracts a content from the image data according to the layout method, and transmits the content to the information processing apparatus. The information processing apparatus determines, according to the layout method, a layout of the content on a page, arranges the content on the page according to the layout, and generates the drawing data. The image forming apparatus forms an image on a sheet of paper corresponding to the page according to drawing data.07-14-2011
20090201524Printer Printing Composited Print Image Planes - A printer is provided having a receiver for receiving compressed print data, a first decoder for decoding continuous tone image planes in the received compressed print data to produce first decoded data, a second decoder for decoding bi-level image planes in the received compressed print data to produce second decoded data, a ditherer for dithering separate image color planes of the first decoded data to produce dithered data, a compositor for compositing the second decoded data with the dithered data to produce composited data, and a printhead for printing the composited data.08-13-2009
20090201522IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM INCLUDING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus that forms a color image using a transparent toner and color toners based on received printing information includes a determination unit configured to determine whether a transparency attribute is set for an object included in the printing information, and a generation unit configured to generate a transparent object using the transparent toner on the object when the determination unit determines that the transparency attribute is set for the object.08-13-2009
20090201521IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a data recording unit to store a misregistration amount of a scanning line from an ideal scanning line when a plurality of laser beams is scanned in a main scanning direction, a calculation unit to calculate a shape of the scanning line based on the misregistration amount stored, and to determine a scanning line curvature cancellation curve which cancels misregistration of the calculated shape of the scanning line, and an image forming unit to form an image that reflects the scanning line curvature cancellation curve by shifting image data which is read out from a memory unit in a sub scanning direction according to the scanning line curvature cancellation curve. The image forming unit corrects the amount of misregistration which is smaller than a main scanning line interval by adjusting a transfer point at which the image data is shifted in the sub scanning direction.08-13-2009
20090201520Image Processing for Determining Dot Formation States in Printing an Image - An image processing apparatus for determining formation states of dots in printing an image based on an image data using dots of a plurality of sizes includes a storage and a dot formation state determination unit. The storage stores a width correspondence table that indicates correspondence relationships between a plurality of dot sequences representing combinations of dots of specific color along a prescribed direction, and width along the prescribed direction of dot areas composed of dots that are formed on a printing medium in accordance with the dot sequences. The dot formation state determination unit determines formation states of the dots based on the correspondence relationships indicated in the width correspondence table.08-13-2009
20090201519IMAGE READING DEVICE, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE READING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image reading device which reads an image in accordance with a sheet-through method. The image reading device includes a reading device and a control device. The reading device is configured to include a carriage including an optical device for optically reading an image. The control device is configured to control shading correction of images on successively fed sheets by first performing the setting of the timing of starting a shading correction and the setting of the operation of the carriage, and then performing the setting of shading correction before shading correction starts during the operation of the carriage.08-13-2009
20090201517DOCUMENT READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A document reading apparatus includes an integral display portion integrally provided with the area sensor portion and a main CPU for controlling screen display of the integral display portion, in which reflection light from an object placed on a screen of the integral display portion is detected by the area sensor portion. Based on an area of reflection light from the object detected by the area sensor portion, the main CPU determines whether or not the object is a document, and when determined that it is a document, it sets a document reading mode for reading the document placed on the screen by the area sensor portion.08-13-2009
20110170124Image processing system and image processing apparatus - An image processing system is disclosed that is configured to input color image data, generate color image data identification information identifying the color image data, store the color image data identification information in association with the color image data, generate monochrome image data based on the color image data, combine the color image data identification information with the monochrome image data according to a predetermined format and print the combined monochrome image data on a first recording medium. Also, the image processing system is configured to read the combined monochrome image data from the first recording medium, extract the color image data identification information from the combined monochrome image data, read the color image data stored in association with the extracted color image data identification information, and output the read color image data in a predetermined visible format.07-14-2011
20090284774COLOR MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COLOR MANAGEMENT METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM RECORDING COLOR MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - In color management apparatus, the generation unit uses the color prediction model, the data of an input color expressed by the device dependent color and data of an output color expressed by the device independent color to generate color profile between the input color and the output color. The obtaining unit obtains a target lightness of the white point which is less than the standardized maximum lightness in the device independent color space. The change unit changes the output color into the device independent color of which the target lightness of the white point is a maximum lightness.11-19-2009
20090284762REDUCING PRINTHEAD PROCESS COLOR NON-UNIFORMITIES IN A DIRECT MARKING DEVICE - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for reducing process color banding due to printhead non-uniformities in a direct marking device. In one example, a first measurement of a printhead spatial non-uniformity is obtained along a first line in a color space which produces a spatial uniformity when a target primary color is printed alone. A first spatial tone reproduction curve is generated. A second measurement of the printhead spatial non-uniformity is obtained along a second line in color space in a coverage area of a process color which maximally changes a halftone structure of the target primary color. A second spatial TRC is generated. The first and second spatial TRCs are combined using a weighted average which balances the primary and process colors. A modified spatial TRC is generated. The printhead is adjusted at a location of the target primary color according to the modified spatial TRC.11-19-2009
20090284776PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR DOUBLE-FACE INK-PRINTING CANVASES FOR ADVERTISING LIGHT BOXES - The present invention provides a process and apparatus for double-face ink-printing canvases for advertising light boxes. The process includes: disposing a print head at a side of an ink print workbench, an unprinted face of a reverse side of the canvas facing to the print head; disposing an inductor at the other side of the ink print workbench, a printed face of an obverse side of the canvas facing to the inductor; collecting image data of the printed face by the inductor during conveying the canvas and transmitting the image data to a signal processing device to process, and after time sequence processing, determining print positions on the unprinted face depending on results of the processing; and driving the print head to print on the determined print positions on the unprinted face by a print driving device, for achieving the double-faced ink print on the canvas for the advertising light boxes.11-19-2009
20090284771IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A raster image processor (RIP) can process data for one page for each of a plurality of small areas, and handles each individual small area as a display list. Each individual display list holds information required to determine a rendering resolution. The RIP renders a small area including a text object with a high resolution, and a small area which does not include any text object with a low resolution. The RIP renders the respective small areas with the designated resolutions, and temporarily holds the rendering results in a memory for respective small areas. Upon generating a page image, the RIP directly transfers the high-resolution rendering result to a page memory. The RIP transfers the low-resolution rendering result to the page memory with applying an enlarging pixel process to the rendering result.11-19-2009
20090284772TEXTURE MAP OF PAINT COLORS, AND ITS PRODUCTION METHOD, PRODUCTION PROGRAM, PRODUCTION SYSTEM AND DATA STRUCTURE - The present invention relates to a texture map of paint colors in which a plurality of paint colors are arranged to be able to identify their textures; and its production method, production program, production system and data structure. The texture map of paint color production method of the present invention is a method of producing a paint color texture map in which a plurality of paint colors are arranged on a two-dimensional plane using coordinate axes of two parameters that represent the color and texture of the paint colors, the method comprising: determining at least three characteristic quantities, using a plurality of spectral reflectances measured at a plurality of light-receiving angles, for each of the plurality of paint colors (S11-19-2009
20090284773IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus for sharing image processing for an image area by a plurality of processors, analyzes a tendency of compositing input pixel information in the image area, determines a share of tasks to be executed by each of the plurality of processors based on the analysis result, and controls the share of tasks by each of the plurality of processors in accordance with the determined share of tasks. For example, when the plurality of processors include a first processor which executes a generation process of pieces of pixel information for respective layers to be composited, and a second processor which composites the pieces of generated pixel information, the requirement or complexity of a compositing processing, or the size of area in which the compositing processing is performed is analyzed, so as to control the share of tasks or a communication method of the first and second processors.11-19-2009
20090284763INTENT PRESERVATION WHEN CONSTRUCTING MEASUREMENT-BASED COLOR TRANSFORMS FROM TRANSFORM-BASED PROFILES - Preservation of rendering intent when a rendering model encapsulated in a transform-based profile is used in a measurement-based CMS. Source device color values are converted to generate perceptually rendered values using a perceptual transform of the transform-based color profile. Perceptually rendered appearance values of a color appearance space are generated by converting the perceptually rendered values using predefined ICC viewing conditions. Using a gamut mapping model (GMM), the generated appearance values are converted to generate destination device color values within a color gamut of a destination device. The GMM uses a PRMG boundary description and a gamut boundary description of the destination device to perform the mapping. A transform is constructed from the source device color values and the corresponding destination device color values. Color values of an image generated by the source device are converted to color values of a destination device using the constructed transform.11-19-2009
20090284769IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM TO EXECUTE IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An instruction of image processing for an image and an object included in the image is received from a client. The operation environment of the client is stored as the metadata of the object included in the image. When an instruction is input to re-evaluate the attribute of the object included in the image, a record is made as metadata indicating that the attribute has been re-evaluated. Upon receiving another image different from the image, when the operation environment of a client which has given an instruction to perform image processing of the other image is identical to the operation environment of the client which is stored by the storage unit, and the record is in the recording unit indicating that the attribute has been re-evaluated, the attribute of the received other image is re-evaluated.11-19-2009
20090284764PLUG-IN FOR CUSTOMIZED DEVICE MODEL WITH INTERFACE FOR DEVICE PROFILER AND FOR COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A measurement-based color management system (MBCMS) plugin device model, methods, and a color profiler program that use the plugin device model. The plugin device model provides both an interface used to convert between device dependent and device independent color values, and an interface used to create a color device profile for use with the plugin device model. The color profiler receives color sample information from the plugin device model, using the color profiler interface provided by the plugin device model. The color profiler generates a color target having color samples as specified by the received color sample information. The color values of the color target's color samples are measured. The color device profile is generated, based on the measured color values.11-19-2009
20090046306Method and apparatus for ordering and printing annotated photographs - A method and apparatus are disclosed for printing annotated digital photographs via a computer. Photographic data and annotation data are entered into the computer and associated with each other. The data are then transmitted to an image printing system, either across a network or via a direct connection, and the image printing system prints a double-sided print, with the photographic data on the front, and the annotation data on the rear. In preferred embodiments, metadata is associated with the image and annotation data, and the image and/or annotation data is stored on the computer. In another aspect of the invention, the annotation data is displayed on the computer together with the image, in lieu of producing a double-sided print. The annotation data can be prepared using the full range of editing and formating features of the graphical and text software available for the computer.02-19-2009
20090290182IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS WITH PREVIEW DISPLAY FUNCTION, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - On an operation panel, a preview image based on first preview image data generated by a first preview image generator is displayed (first stage), and then, a preview image based on second preview image data generated by a second preview image generator is displayed (second stage). An image reducing unit reduces input image data into an image size appropriate for the preview image to generate third preview image data. When image synthesis processing is set as user setting, an image processing unit changes, in accordance with the user setting, a display aspect of at least a portion of an area on the third preview image data corresponding to an area on the input image data in which another image data (a fixed pattern or the like) is to be synthesized.11-26-2009
20090290180PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND CALIBRATION METHOD - A printing system controls a printing unit to print one or a plurality of patches on a printing medium, and measures the colors of the patches. The printing system controls the printing unit to print information based on the colorimetry results of the patches in correspondence with the patches, thereby forming the first chart.11-26-2009
20090290175METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING DOCUMENT INCLUDING OBJECT TO WHICH PREDETERMINED EFFECT IS APPLIED - Provided are a printing method and apparatus. The printing method includes receiving data regarding a document to be printed from a host, applying a predetermined effect to an object included in the document to be printed, and printing the document including the object to which the predetermined effect is applied. Thus, when a document created by a host and transmitted to a printing apparatus to be printed, cannot be corrected by the host, an effect can be applied to the document by the printing apparatus.11-26-2009
20090290174METHOD FOR PRODUCING PRINTED PATCHES FOR OPTICAL AND HIGH-CONTRAST GUIDANCE - A method is described for producing printed patches to provide a plurality of color markings and high-contrast markings as aligned arrangements of fiducial points. The printed color markings facilitate optical image processing and the printed high-contrast markings facilitate high-contrast image processing. These fiducial points enable a visible area of interest to be located by a person and associated with relevant high-contrast imaging data. This method includes providing a patch; printing at least one arrangement of color markings on the patch; and printing at least one arrangement of high-contrast markings on the patch. According to further features of certain embodiments the markings are aligned, can designate the same point, or can be disjointed.11-26-2009
20090273798PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A PDL controller divides a print job of providing instructions to perform printing using color toners and a clear toner into a print job using the color toners and a print job using the clear toner in accordance with a ratio in an entire image formed on the basis of the print job of an image area when a sum of a total amount of the color toners used and a predetermined amount of the special toner used exceeds an upper limit of an amount of toner used in printing, and transmits the print jobs to a printing apparatus. Also, when printing based on the print job using the clear toner is to be performed, the PDL controller allows a display unit to display a guide to set a printout generated on the basis of the print job using the color toners to a paper feeder.11-05-2009
20090273797SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VISUALIZATION OF BLACK-COMPONENT GAMUT SCULPTING - The subject application is directed to a system and method for visualization of black-component gamut sculpting. Parameter data is first received corresponding to parameters associated with the black replacement for a primary color system. Alternative color profiles are then generated according to the parameter data and characteristics of the primary color system. Image data is then received of an image defined in the primary color system. Renderings are then generated corresponding to the received image data, with each rendering uniquely corresponding to one of the alternative color profiles. Selection data is then received corresponding to a selected black replacement parameter selected in accordance with the generation of the renderings.11-05-2009
20090279113INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A PC is provided with a display control portion for displaying, in a setting dialogue box in which setting items corresponding to each function are provided in order to perform an operation setting for each function of a plurality of connected devices, illustrations of the plurality of devices, a device information storage portion for storing a mounted function for each of the devices, a detecting portion for detecting that a pointer indicates the setting item, and a device determination portion for determining the device mounted with a function corresponding to the detected setting item. The display control portion performs a display of an illustration of a function mounted device specified by the device determination portion of the plurality of devices in a different form from illustrations of other devices.11-12-2009
20090296124INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF PROCESSING INFORMATION, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus for processing image data including character information, the processing of image data including a process of inserting interpretation information corresponding to the character information. The information processing apparatus includes an image data acquisition unit, an interpretation information retrieval unit, an area information definition unit, and an insertion style determination unit. The image data acquisition unit acquires the image data including the character information composed of a plurality of characters having a first string of characters. The interpretation information retrieval unit retrieves first interpretation information to be attached to the first string of characters. The area information definition unit computes insertable area information on a first insertable area, usable for inserting the first interpretation information, based on coordinate data of characters in the acquired image data. The insertion style determination unit determines an insertion style of the first interpretation information based on the insertable area information.12-03-2009
20090296120IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an acquiring unit configured to acquire a first amount of a transparent toner for use in 2-pass printing in which a color toner is fixed on a recording medium and then the transparent toner is fixed, a change-amount acquiring unit configured to acquire a first amount of change in lightness between an image after the color toner is fixed to the recording medium and an image after the 2-pass printing is performed on the recording medium using the first amount of the transparent toner, and a setting unit configured to set a second amount of the transparent toner for use in 1-pass printing such that a difference between the first amount of change in lightness and a second amount of change in lightness is equal to or smaller than a threshold, the second amount of change in lightness being an amount of change in lightness between the image after the color toner is fixed to the recording medium and a 1-pass printing image after the color toner and the second amount of the transparent toner are fixed to the recording medium.12-03-2009
20090296119DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM, DOCUMENT PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A document processing system includes a printing apparatus configured to perform printing and a post-processing apparatus configured to execute post-processing on a print product. The document processing system includes a setting unit configured to set a sheet-feeding direction of the print product to be fed to the post-processing apparatus, and a print control unit configured to control the printing apparatus to print on the print product a mark indicating the sheet-feeding direction set by the setting unit.12-03-2009
20090296115METHOD, APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM TO PROCESS ADDITIONAL DATA OF PRINTING JOB - A method, apparatus, and image forming system to process additional information in a printing task. The method includes receiving a printing task which includes data to be printed, determining whether the received printing task includes additional information, and, if the printing task includes additional information, printing out the data to be printed and the additional information after changing color of the data to be printed or the additional information according to a printing mode. Thus, unnecessary driving of a driving unit of a color image forming device due to additional information added to a printing task can be prevented.12-03-2009
20090296109PRINTER PROFILING METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING DEVICE AND GAIN MATRIX VALUES - This disclosure provides printer profiling methods, apparatus and systems for determining device and gain matrix values. Specifically, a method is disclosed for generating a multidimensional printer profile look-up table (LUT) for color correction. The method includes generating an initial LUT associating a plurality of colorimetric nodes with respective initial estimates of their respective device dependent color space representations and their respective gain matrix.12-03-2009
20090296114COLOR MANAGEMENT METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO ADAPTIVELY TUNE COLORS FOR IMAGE MARKING DEVICES - Disclosed are color management methods and systems to adaptively tune colors for one or more image marking devices. Specifically, exemplary embodiments include methods and systems to create profiles for preference color matching. For example, Lab values associated with target node colors can be warped using a predefined function for special regions of interest.12-03-2009
20090296111METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL HUE VARIATION FOR MULTIPLE MARKING ENGINE PRINTING SYSTEMS - Disclosed are methods, systems and apparatus to control hue variation for multiple marking engine printing systems. According to one exemplary method, hue variations associated with two or more color marking engines is controlled by adjusting a color separation error envelope which quantifies color separation error differences between the two or more color marking engines.12-03-2009
20090262377System And Method For Calibrating A Document Processing Device From A Composite Document - A system and computer-implemented method for calibrating a document processing device from a composite document is disclosed. A composite document including human-readable content and machine-readable code marks is input into a document processing device. The machine-readable code marks are decoded to identify at least one spatial pointer including at least one nominal property of at least a portion of the human-readable content. The at least one nominal property is compared to an input property of the human-readable content. One or more distortions in the input property compared to the at least one nominal property are identified. The document processing device is calibrated based on the identified distortions.10-22-2009
20090262375LIQUID EJECTING APPARATUS AND LIQUID EJECTING METHOD - [Task] To improve the quality of an image formed by a liquid ejecting apparatus capable of performing a bi-direction printing process.10-22-2009
20090262374Image Forming Apparatus - An image forming apparatus is provided. A first cleaning unit is configured to collect a particle deposited on an object. An applying unit is configured to apply a voltage to the first cleaning unit. A first detector is configured to detect a first current flowing between the first cleaning unit and the object A controller is configured to control the applying unit. When the detected first current becomes equal to or greater than a first predetermined value, the controller controls the applying unit to reduce the voltage applied to the first cleaning unit so as to make the first current smaller than the first predetermined value.10-22-2009
20090262372IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - Image data of a pixel of interest is inputted, diffusion data diffused from errors occurred by decrease of a tonal number of image data is added to the image data of the pixel of interest, the tonal number of the image data of the pixel of interest, to which the diffusion data has been added, is decreased using an error diffusion method or minimized average error method, and an error occurred in the decrease of the tonal number for the pixel of interest is diffused to pixels close to the pixel of interest. Further, the errors occurred by the decrease of the tonal number of the image data in a predetermined image region are integrated as an integrated error, and a threshold value used in the error diffusion method or minimized average error method is set based on the image data of the pixel of interest and the integrated error.10-22-2009
20090262371IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - When executing super-resolution processing, both reduction in necessary memory capacity and generation of high-resolution image data having a desired image quality are achieved. This invention provides an image forming method in an image forming apparatus capable of executing super-resolution processing using a plurality of low-resolution image data to generate high-resolution image data. The method includes steps of acquiring a plurality of low-resolution image data, selecting image data to be deleted from the plurality of acquired image data on the basis of spatial frequency information or color information of each image data, deleting the selected image data, and storing, as image data used in the super-resolution processing, remaining image data which are not deleted among the plurality of image data.10-22-2009
20090262370System And Method For Distributing Image Values Of A Color Separation - A method processes image data in a color separation to attenuate printing defects arising from misalignment of serially arranged printheads that eject ink for the color separation. The method includes processing image values of the color separation with a first rendering process that corresponds to one printhead in a plurality of serially arranged printheads for printing the color separation, processing the image values of the color separation with a second rendering process that differs from the first rendering process for at least one other printhead in the plurality of serially arranged printheads for printing the color separation, generating firing signals for the one printhead from the rendered image values generated by the first rendering process, and generating firing signals for the at least one other printhead from the rendered image values generated by the second rendering process.10-22-2009
20090296117IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An image-processing apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes a determining unit determining a type of image data; a holding unit holding color value for the still images, and holding a ratio for the moving image for each moving image, an updating unit updating the color value and the ratio, and a display unit displaying composite image data. For each piece of image data to be drawn, the updating unit updates each ratio based on a transmittance of the image data, updates the color value and a transmittance of a still image when it is a still image, and updates the color value data based on a transmittance of a moving image, and causes the transmittance to be further held as a ratio of the moving image when it is a moving image. The display unit displays the composite image data using the color value and the ratio.12-03-2009
20090279111COLOR SEPARATION MULTIPLEXING FOR REAL-TIME DIMENSIONAL DEVICE CALIBRATION - In accordance with the disclosure, a method is provided for processing color images for rendering on a color image. The method comprises receiving a plurality of device color separations for an image intended for rendering on a color image device; forming at least one intermediate image by interleaving pixels from at least two of the device color separations, compressing the at least one intermediate image in a compression module; decompressing the at least one intermediate image in a decompression module; processing the at least one decompressed intermediate image through a multidimensional calibration transform to output a calibrated device color separation; and, the device color separations include at least three colors.11-12-2009
20090284766Image Synthesis Method, Print System and Image Synthesis Program - An image synthesis method including the steps of: executing a lossless compression of first image data of a first image in a pixel unit by utilizing a table which correlates coordinate values expressed in m bits in a color space to index values expressed in n bits that is smaller than the m bits; executing a lossless compression of second image data of a second image in a pixel unit by utilizing the table used to execute the lossless compression of the first image data; generating compressed synthetic image data by synthesizing the compressed first image data and the compressed second image data in a pixel unit; and decompressing the compressed synthetic image data in a pixel unit by utilizing the table to generate synthetic image data in which each pixel of the synthetic image data is expressed as a coordinate value in the color space.11-19-2009
20090284767PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING PRINTING PROGRAM - A printing apparatus analyzes whether or not each page in form data has been given a designation of blank page printing, carries out a process based on a result of analysis, of invalidating the designation of blank page printing of a page that has been given the designation of blank page printing in the form data, merges form data and print data, and performs printing of merged data that has been obtained by merging.11-19-2009
20090284770IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus including: a black image forming section for forming a black image and a first black pattern for a coarse correction of black and optionally a second black pattern for a precise correction of black; a color image forming section for forming a color image optionally a third pattern for a coarse correction of color and optionally a fourth pattern for a precise correction of color; and a control section for allowing at least the first black pattern to be formed and optionally a second black pattern and third and fourth color patterns, and controlling to perform the coarse correction of black for correcting a forming condition of a black image to be formed and to perform optionally a precise correction of black, the coarse and precise correction of color based on the measurement of the formed pattern(s), wherein the control section controls to perform the coarse correction of black but not to perform the precise correction of black and the coarse and precise corrections of color in case a print job is acquired after a predetermined period elapses since the black image forming section has formed the first black pattern previously and the acquired print job includes a black-and-white page only.11-19-2009
20090284768IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus able to shorten the processing time for automatic tone correction. The image processing apparatus includes: printing unit for conducting tone correction for bitmapping a print job, and then printing the tone-corrected bitmap data; automatic tone correcting unit for conducting automatic tone correction while the printing unit is processing the print job; and configuring unit for configuring an image quality mode for printing by the printing unit. Depending on the image quality mode configured by the configuring unit, the automatic tone correction conducted by the automatic tone correcting unit while the print job is being processed may not be conducted.11-19-2009
20100277751System and method for color printer calibration employing measurement success feedback - The subject application is directed to a system and method for color printer calibration employing measurement success feedback. Color input data is received corresponding to a color printout from an associated color measurement device, the color input data including M×N discrete color areas corresponding to M rows and N columns on the printout, with M and N representing integers greater than 2. A display including a color image comprised of each of the areas arranged in M rows and N columns is then generated on a display device. Color input data is tested to determine successful measurement of colors corresponding to the color areas and a row-based indicator is generated for a successful measurement of color areas within a row. Calibration data is received of a comparison of the color printout to the display and an associated color printer is calibrated based upon the calibration data.11-04-2010
20090290177Image forming apparatus - An image forming apparatus, that is controlled to perform image output based on electrophotography, includes: an image processor for outputting input image information in the form of image data for forming images; and, an image forming portion for forming images on a sheet of paper based on the image data output from the image processor. The image processor has a function which, in accordance with folding information for folding the paper with images formed thereon, sets the images to be formed on the page of the folded paper whose folded sections oppose each other when the paper has been folded.11-26-2009
20090290171AUTOMATED COLOR ADJUSTMENT - A method for determining (11-26-2009
20090290181IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR SAME - An image recording apparatus having a plurality of stack units used for stacking recording media, comprising: a transport path changeover unit which transports the recording media to the plurality of stack units; an inversion unit which transports the recording medium by inverting it; and a recording face uniformity control unit which changes over the order between the front face and back face of a printed face on the basis of print job information from a host apparatus, wherein the recording face uniformity control unit changes over the order of the printed faces and also gives the inversion unit and transport path changeover unit respective instructions to invert the recording medium and to change over the transport path for the recording medium, thereby stacking the recording media in the plurality of stack units with the orientation of the recorded face of the recording media uniform in each respective stack unit.11-26-2009
20090290179IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes an image forming instructing section that notifies an image forming section, whether to perform a first printing processing with a plurality of colors including at least one chromatic color or a second printing processing with only black. A data obtaining section obtains pixel data from a plurality of pixels constituting an image; and an operating section inputs designated color data. A pixel data extracting section extracts pixel data of colors, except for a designated color indicated by the designated color data inputted through the operating section, from pixel data obtained by the data obtaining section. A printing type selecting section selects the first or second printing processing based on each pixel data extracted by the pixel data extracting section. The image forming instructing section notifies the printing type selected by the printing type selecting section as the type of printing processing to be performed.11-26-2009
20090290176IMAGE GENERATING DEVICE, IMAGE GENERATING METHOD AND PRINTING DEVICE - An image generating device for generating a gradation in which the color value changes from a center of the gradation through multiple areas includes an acquisition unit that acquires parameters representing a gradation pattern including the center and shape of the gradation, a symmetry judgment unit that judges whether the gradation symmetry is satisfied (condition that the shape has line symmetry or point symmetry and the gradation center is on a line symmetry axis or at the center of point symmetry), an area determination unit that determines a partial area usable for generating a whole gradation using the gradation symmetry if the gradation symmetry is judged to be satisfied, a drawing unit that draws the gradation in the partial area based on the parameters, and a gradation development unit that develops the drawn gradation into the whole gradation using the gradation symmetry.11-26-2009
20090290172SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCULPTED GAMUT COLOR CONVERSION - The subject application is directed to a system and method for sculpted gamut color conversion. First gamut data is received related to a first color gamut defined by a primary color space having no black component. Second gamut data is then received related to a second color gamut defined by a primary color space inclusive of a black component. At least one first color value of the first color gamut is then mapped to a second color value of a portion of the second color gamut disposed outside of the first gamut. At least one fractional black component value is then selected for each mapped color value. Non-black color data associated with each selected fractional black component is then identified. A sculpted gamut is then generated in accordance with each selected fractional black component and associated non-black color data. A color image is thereafter generated corresponding to received image data in accordance with the generated sculpted gamut.11-26-2009
20090290178IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The transfer of a duplicate electronic document between image forming devices is done with an electronic document that is formed of only resolution-independent vector data and the like, and a normal printing of the duplicate electronic document or printing of different resolution is performed by developing the vector data. In high-quality printing of the duplicate electronic document, a Fill Map included in the original document the information indicating the location of an electronic document of copy source that is embedded in a metadata specifies is obtained, and this printing is made using the Fill Map.11-26-2009
20110170123PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD FOR FORMING IMAGE USING A FIRST PRINT MATERIAL AND A SECOND PRINT MATERIAL - A printing apparatus comprising a first engine for performing a print using a first print material connectable to a feed unit of a second engine for performing a print using a second print material is provided. The printing apparatus comprise a first controller configured to control the first engine and a second controller configured to control the second engine. Power control unit of the second controller configured to restrict consumption power of the image processing unit of the second controller in a case that transmitted information for the second engine from the first controller does not include the data to be processed by the second engine.07-14-2011
20090296125PRINTER CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - The invention seeks to improve the accuracy of management of remaining amount of ink in a printer in which remaining amount of ink is managed based upon amount of ink consumed. If a print job is sent to a printer, first the printer is requested for status information that includes a warning concerning remaining amount of ink. When the status information is received from the printer, it is determined whether the status information indicates the possibility that ink has been replaced. If the information indicates such possibility, then the user is prompted to enter the nature of the ink replacement. If the user makes an entry to the effect that the ink replacement was performed, then the current status information of the printer is acquired again and discriminated. If possibility that ink has been replaced is indicated in this status information as well, then the printer is sent a command for initializing the information relating to remaining amount of ink.12-03-2009
20090296123PRINTING DEVICE, PRINTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A printing device includes a controlling section that converts visible information, expressed using biaxial orthogonal coordinate data, into polar coordinate data, and binarizes the polar coordinate data to generate binarized polar coordinate data. Next, the controlling section performs landing position correction on the binarized polar coordinate data, and generates ink discharge data in which displacements of landing positions of ink drops, caused by the order in which the ink drops are discharged from discharge nozzles, are corrected.12-03-2009
20090296121IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND DENSITY CORRECTING METHOD - An image forming apparatus, comprises: a control unit for causing an image for correction to be generated, the image including (i) a beltlike image having a predetermined density and extending in a main scanning direction and (ii) auxiliary lines arranged in different correction reference positions on the beltlike image in the main scanning direction, and each auxiliary line extending in a sub-scanning direction; an image forming unit for forming the image for correction on a paper to output a correction chart; an operation unit for accepting an input for a correction value of a pixel density in the correction reference position based on the correction chart; and a correction unit for correcting each pixel density of an image to be formed based on a result obtained by executing a linear interpolation process for pixel densities between the correction reference positions based on the correction value.12-03-2009
20090296118INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus for determining presence/absence of a measurement error when measuring color characteristics of a plurality of patches laid out on a chart, acquires measurement values of the plurality of patches, acquires color differences by comparing each of the measurement values of the plurality of patches and each of predetermined reference values of the plurality of patches, and determines the presence/absence of the measurement error using the acquired color differences.12-03-2009
20090296112SPOT COLOR CONTROL METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - This disclosure provides spot color control methods, apparatus and systems. According to one exemplary embodiment, disclosed is a method of generating device dependent color recipes for a plurality of printing devices. The method includes generating a first device dependent recipe for a target color for rendering on a first printing device, and generating a second device dependent recipe for the target color for rendering on a second printing device, whereby the second device dependent recipe is a function of the first device dependent color recipe.12-03-2009
20100284031IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing method is applied for recording an image on a recording medium using a plurality of color materials including a chromatic material and an achromatic material. A total amount of recording of the chromatic material is smaller than a total amount of recording of the achromatic material, and a plurality of monochrome modes including a first monochrome mode and a second monochrome mode are provided, the total amount of recording of the chromatic material being different for each of the monochrome modes. The image processing method includes adjusting the amount of recording of the achromatic material so that a recording density of an image recorded in the first monochrome mode and a recording density of an image recorded in the second monochrome mode become equivalent to each other with respect to the same luminance signal.11-11-2010
20100284030Color conversion apparatus, color conversion method, color change program and recording medium - There is provided a color conversion table having a plurality of pieces of reference color image data making correspondence between color data for a first image device and color data for a second image device and including a specified total information amount. The color conversion table is used to distribute the reference color image data over a prescribed area in a specified color space. Color data information for each reference color image data is increased more than a specified amount within a limit of the specified total information amount. Further, a color conversion table is created using an original table which highly accurately defines colors in part of the table. If such color conversion tables are referenced for color conversion, it is possible to suppress the storage capacity, provide color matching, and perform high accuracy color conversion.11-11-2010
20090168086Line Head Control Method, Image Forming Method, and Image Forming Apparatus - A control method of a line head including a first image forming system; a first light emission element which emits light for forming an image by an image forming lens of the first image forming system; a second image forming system disposed in a first direction of the first image forming system; and a second light emission element which emits light for forming an image by an image forming lens of the second image forming system is disclosed. The method includes, when the first light emission element emits light at a time t07-02-2009
20110205567IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING UNDESIRABLE TONER PLACEMENT - A method and apparatus for printing data on a print medium is disclosed. The apparatus is configured to format print data to pixel data, the pixel data including pixel values; identify a grid of pixels having a predetermined pattern of pixel values; obtain predetermined pcode grid from memory for the identified grid of pixels; and send the predetermined pcode grid to controller circuit for printing.08-25-2011
20080212116IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes plural output processing units one for each of different image output units and an input processing unit that processes image data input from an image input unit to output an image in an image format compatible with one of the image output units.09-04-2008
20080212119Printer unit with print engine that expands compressed image data - A printer unit is arranged to print documents received from a computer system. The printer unit has a print engine having control electronics. The control electronics are configured to receive document image data from the computer system in the form of a compressed, multi-layer page image. They buffer the image and expand the image to generate an expanded contone layer, a black layer and a layer for infrared printing.09-04-2008
20080212117METHOD OF CONTROLLING COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A method of controlling a color image forming apparatus capable of preventing an image from being distorted at a boundary of a color image region due to mis-registration to improve printing quality. The method includes determining whether original image data is in a color image region, detecting boundary region information on a plurality of color channels when the original image data is in the color image region, selecting a channel to be extended using the detected boundary region information, and extending the selected channel.09-04-2008
20080212115IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE READING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When a reference image to which a document image is judged as being similar for the first time is not the first document sheet of the document type which contains this reference image, error occurrence is concluded so that the page number indicated by a counter is set to be an error occurrence position. In case that the reference image to which the document image is similar is the last document sheet of the document type, when the number of document images having been counted up by the time when this document image is judged as being similar to the reference image does not correspond with the number of reference images contained in the document type, error occurrence is concluded so that the page number indicated by a counter is set to be an error occurrence position.09-04-2008
20080212112Print control device, computer readable medium, printing system, and recording medium - A print control device includes: a drawing control unit that allows a plurality of print elements arrayed in a print head to draw a test image used for checking operation statuses of the print elements on a recording medium, classifies at least a part of the plurality of print elements into a plurality of partial arrays in each of which a constant number of print elements are successively arrayed, classifies the plurality of partial arrays into a plurality of patterns so that the numbers of print elements belonging to the partial arrays are combinations of numbers not having a common divisor other than 1, and allows the print elements disposed at corresponding positions in each of the plurality of patterns of partial arrays to sequentially draw lines on the recording medium in a predetermined direction of the recording medium so as to draw the test image.09-04-2008
20080212113HOST DEVICE HAVING A PRINTER DRIVER AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE PRINTER DRIVER - A printer driver and a method of controlling the same are disclosed. If the printer driver ICC profile does not correspond to the printer ICC profile, the printer driver converts color information of an image into predetermined information using the printer ICC profile instead of the printer driver ICC profile, such that the image forming apparatus can reproduce an optimum color as close to the original color of the image. The control method for the printer driver contained in a computer connected to an image forming apparatus includes determining whether an ICC profile of the image forming apparatus corresponds to an ICC profile established in the printer driver, and if the ICC profile of the image forming apparatus does not correspond to the ICC profile established in the printer driver, converting color information of the image into predetermined information using the ICC profile of the image forming apparatus.09-04-2008
20110199625PRINT DATA GENERATION APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - A print data generation apparatus for generating a print data which causes an image indicated to be printed and a first mark, being printed by using a color erasable print material whose color is erasable by exposing to specific wavelength light, to be printed on a same recording sheet.08-18-2011
20100277752CONSTRUCTING SPECTRAL GAMUT BOUNDARY DESCRIPTORS - Color management in which a spectrally-based ICS color value is spectrally gamut mapped onto a spectral gamut of a destination device using a simplified Gamut Boundary Descriptor (GBD) that represents the spectral gamut of the destination device, and the gamut-mapped ICS value is converted into a destination-side color. The simplified GBD is constructed by generating sample points that span the spectral gamut of the destination device, forming a full spectral GBD by applying a hulling algorithm to the sample points, identifying sample points that are vertices of the full GBD of the spectral gamut, partitioning the vertices of the full GBD into clusters, such that the clusters are at least at a certain threshold distance apart, choosing a representative sample point from each cluster, and forming the simplified GBD by applying the hulling algorithm to the representative sample points from each cluster.11-04-2010
20100277754MOSAIC IMAGE GENERATING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A mosaic image generating apparatus comprises: a segmenting unit which segments a target image into a plurality of blocks; a target image processing unit which calculates, as a target density value, an average density value of each basic color in each of the blocks; a determining unit which determines from the plurality of blocks a placement block on which the material image is to be placed, without being restricted by the image of the placement block; a calculating unit which calculates an average density value of each basic color in the material image; and a color correcting unit which performs a color correction on the material image such that the average density value of each basic color in the material image becomes the target density value of each basic color in the placement block while maintaining the density value distribution ratio of each basic color in the material image.11-04-2010
20110199624METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING IMAGE - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus including a preview image creating section configured to create a preview image corresponding to image data, a display section configured to display the preview image, an additional image input section configured to acquire and store image data to be added to the preview image displayed by the display section, and an image synthesizing section configured to superimpose the image data to be added to the preview image by the additional image input section on the image data used in forming the preview image.08-18-2011
20110199622PRINTING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR PRINTING DEVICE - A printer device has a two-sided printing function and a circulatory transporting path for transporting a printing medium. The printer device is configured such that after creating a set of print data for a first recording surface to be printed with two-sided printing, the printer device adds a set of dummy print data for a second recording surface corresponding to a back side of the first recording surface to the set of print data for the first recording surface.08-18-2011
20120268755PRINTING SYSTEM COLOR VALIDATION SWATCH METHODS AND SYSTEMS - Disclosed are methods, apparatus and systems of characterizing a color rendering performance of a printing system. According to one exemplary method, a user operated UI provides instructions to a printing system to automatically execute a color validation swatch process during the execution of a print job. The user provided instructions provide the parameters necessary to configure the execution of the color validation process.10-25-2012
20110205565IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THAT PERFORM MULTIPLE IMAGE PROCESSES, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that can decompress image data in appropriate manners suitable for a plurality of processes, and simplify and speed up the processes. Blocks of image data are compressed, and information indicative of procedures of the processes to be performed on the blocks of image data by a plurality of image processing units is added to the compressed blocks of image data. Decompression methods for the compressed blocks of image data are determined according to the procedures in the information added to the compressed blocks of image data. The compressed blocks of image data are decompressed using the determined decompression methods.08-25-2011
20110205564Apparatus, method, and computer program product for forming images - A disclosed image forming apparatus for color printing includes a generator unit configured to generate dot sequential data as printing data based on received PDL color data, an image adjustment-conversion unit configured to carry out image adjustment processing and/or image conversion processing on the printing data generated by the generator unit based on a set printing condition, a rendering unit configured to render the printing data held in a page memory on which the image adjustment processing and/or the image conversion processing has been carried out by the image adjustment-conversion unit, and a printing unit configured to print the printing data rendered by the rendering unit.08-25-2011
20090073467COLOR PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, COLOR PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH COLOR PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM - The color printing control device outputs color material reduction processed data generated by applying a color material reduction process to each pixel of bitmaps converted to color material colors to be used in printing, when it is judged that the color material reduction printing mode is specified. The color material reduction process includes chroma conversion that reduces chroma and under-color removal/black generation that replaces at least a portion of achromatic components generated by overlaying of a plurality of color materials.03-19-2009
20110205566PRINTING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - When a color selected for use in printing an additional image is not included in colors selected for normal printing, the color for the additional image is changed to an appropriate color, and an increase in cost is avoided. In the color deciding process, a controller examines a color mode at step (S08-25-2011
20100060920IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - In an image processing apparatus that is capable of setting desired image processing conditions for each of images that have been shot, an image of interest for which number of prints is to be set is specified and it is determined whether image processing conditions have been set for the specified image of interest. If image processing conditions have not been set for the specified image of interest, a number of prints for the image of interest is allowed to be set. If setting of number of prints has been allowed, then the setting of number of prints is accepted and the set number of prints is stored in correlation with the image of interest.03-11-2010
20100060919Print label editing apparatus - This disclosure discloses a print label editing apparatus comprising: an operation device that enables an operator to edit print contents to be printed on a print-receiving tape; a display device that displays a print image to be printed; a reference position determining portion that determines whether or not a first reference position in a printable area for an object area exists, based on a preset position of said object area, said object area including a print object within said printable area of a printing device for said print-receiving tape; and an object resetting portion that scales and resets said object area by using said first reference position as a standard in a case where it has been determined that said first reference position exists by said reference position determining portion and a scaling operation that enlarges or reduces said print object has been performed by said operation device.03-11-2010
20100060918IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CAPABLE OF ENHANCING RESOLUTION OF IMAGE DATA IN HIGH QUALITY - MFP matches low-resolution binary image data received by facsimile with a dot pattern showing a jaggy. If there is any matching region, the image data is converted into multivalued image data by performing jaggy correction in which the tone of a target dot in the region is substituted with a grayscale. MFP also generates a region identification attribute code based on the result of matching and the tone of the input image data. MFP enhances the respective resolutions of the image data after jaggy correction and the region identification attribute code. MFP then binarizes the image data having the enhanced resolution once again by a binarization method according to the region identification attribute code having the enhanced resolution.03-11-2010
20100060917IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A mask processing unit masks a peripheral image of a page image in every page of an input original document, and generates an area image which is obtained by masking the peripheral image from the page image. A determining unit determines a color of the area image. When the determining unit determines that the area image is color, a printing control unit prompts a color printing processing unit to operate, and when the determining unit determines that the area image is monochrome, the printing control unit prompts a monochrome printing processing unit to operate.03-11-2010
20100060915APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMAGE PROCESSING, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a frequency information extracting unit configured to extract frequency information of an input image, a color information extracting unit configured to extract color information of the input image, a feature amount calculating unit configured to calculate a feature amount of the input image on the basis of the frequency information extracted by the frequency information extracting unit and the color information extracted by the color information extracting unit, and a scene determining unit configured to determine a scene of the input image on the basis of the feature amount calculated by the feature amount calculating unit.03-11-2010
20100060913IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM, AND DATA SIGNAL - An image processing device, which includes: an original reception unit that receives an original image; a dot image generation unit that generates, on the basis of additive information to be added to the original image, a dot image in which a plurality of dots each formed by one or more pixels are arranged; a state alteration unit that, when any of the dots in the dot image is determined to be not extractable, alters a state of the non-extractable dot on the basis of a relationship between a position on the dot image generated by the dot image generation unit and a corresponding position on the original image; and a composite image generation unit that generates a composite image by superimposing, on the original image, the dot image having the state of the non-extractable dot altered by the state alteration unit.03-11-2010
20100060910SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETECTING AN EDGE IN SCAN DATA - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for detecting an edge in scan data. In use, RGB scan data is analyzed for determining an approximate location of a background in the scan data representing a background adjacent a document having a similar color as the background. Additionally, a threshold is set for at least one of R, G and B, where the threshold is based in part on RGB values of the background and a predefined color threshold. Further, an intensity threshold is set. Further still, the scan data is analyzed using the thresholds for generating distribution points. Also, a first edge of the document is detected based on a location of a contour in the distribution points. In addition, the scan data and information about the detected edge are output.03-11-2010
20100060909EXTENSIBLE CONTROL OF DOCUMENT PROCESSING - In an embodiment, a method comprises, in a print application management computer program that enables a user to generate a printed application using one or more document processing devices: identifying a plug-in that extends one or more capabilities of the print application management computer program; extending the print application management computer program to include the identified plug-in, including reconfiguring a graphical user interface of the print application management computer program to include one or more GUI widgets associated with the identified plug-in.03-11-2010
20090296113METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO PRODUCE CONSISTENT SPOT COLORS FOR MULTI-COLOR PRINT ENGINES - This disclosure provides methods, systems and apparatus to manage spot colors for an image marking device. Specifically, disclosed is a spot color control method including selecting a gain matrix K from a plurality of gain matrices, the gain matrix K being selected to satisfy performance criteria associated with the rendering of the target spot color, the performance criteria including an acceptable spot color error associated with the rendered spot color relative to the target color, an acceptable actuator energy utilized to achieve the acceptable spot color error and a total toner/ink usage acceptable to render the spot color.12-03-2009
20110205563METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A SIZE AND SHAPE OF MEDIA ON WHICH IMAGE DATA IS TO BE PRINTED IN AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for detecting a size and shape of media on which image data is to be printed in an image production device is disclosed. The method may include receiving a request to print a print job, scanning image data for the print job, feeding media on which the image data is to be printed, scanning the fed media to determine the size and shape of the fed media, generating a mask based on the determined size and shape of the fed media, applying the mask to the image data, the mask permitting marking material to be applied to an intermediate member based on the determined size and shape of the fed media, applying the image data to the fed media; and outputting the fed media containing the image data.08-25-2011
20110267632COLOR REGISTRATION STRATEGY FOR PREPRINTED FORM - A method for performing color registration on template media having template markings thereon comprises sensing the template media using a sensor to obtain first image data; printing a test pattern on the template media; sensing the template media along with the test pattern printed thereon using the sensor to obtain second image data; determining an output image data of the test pattern from the first image data, the second image data, and an estimated image data of the template media with the test pattern printed thereon; determining process direction and cross-process direction misregistrations from the output image data; and adjusting printheads based on the process direction and the cross-process direction misregistrations to provide adjusted color registration on subsequent template media. The estimated image data is representative of light scatter from the test pattern and light absorption by the test pattern11-03-2011
20080239346COPY MACHINE CONTROL APPARATUS AND COPY MACHINE CONTROL METHOD - A copy machine control apparatus that can realize copy management of a print, editing a duplicate, management of distribution destinations of a duplicate, and control of outward transmission of a duplicate, by the use of a conventional digital copy machine. The copy machine control apparatus acquires a scan image of a print from a digital copy machine, processes the acquired scan image, and thereafter returns the processed scan image to the digital copy machine to print the processed scan image on a substrate.10-02-2008
20080239343AUTOMATIC CONVERSION OF FULL COLOR IMAGES TO HIGHLIGHT COLOR IMAGES - A device and method for converting a multi-bit full color input image into a highlight color format for output on a highlight color image output terminal. The method and device analyze each pixel block on a block-by-block basis and assign each block to one of highlight color and non-highlight color. Each color is processed as a separate image file and can be combined after processing into a mixed raster file for output. At least the highlight color image portion can be converted to a single-bit file to reduce processing constraints.10-02-2008
20080239341SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONSISTENT COLOR QUALITY - A system and method control a consistent color quality of overlay colors and single separations of color. The method determines a first error for a first separation of a first color, wherein the first error has a first sign. The method identifies a second error for a second separation of a second color, wherein the second color is a different color than the first color, wherein the second error is based on an actual density value for toner particles printed transferred from the second separation, wherein the second error has a second sign. The method compares the first sign of the first error and the second sign of the second error. The method converges the actual density value of the second separation to a target position when the first sign is a different sign than the second sign.10-02-2008
20080239338Method For Performing Error Diffusion Halftoning of an Image - A method for performing error diffusion halftoning of an image includes subdividing the image into a plurality of tiles, the plurality of tiles including a first tile and a second tile adjacent to the first tile; performing error diffusion processing of the first tile; and performing the error diffusion processing of the second tile based on an output phase of the first tile.10-02-2008
20080239352IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and a control method thereof expresses a color difference of a printed document when a color document is printed through the monochrome printing even if the printed document has the same brightness value. The image forming apparatus includes a brightness and chromatic value calculation unit to calculate a brightness value and first and second chromatic values of a pixel, an edge determination unit to determine whether the calculated brightness value and first and second chromatic values represent edgeness of the pixel, a degeneracy determination unit to determine degeneracy of the pixel, a halftone screen pattern unit to store first and second halftone screen patterns having first and second threshold values, and a binarization processing unit to perform binarization processing by comparing the first and second threshold values with the brightness value according to the degeneracy of the pixel.10-02-2008
20080239351IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINTING DEVICE, SEARCH DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A circuit structure has multiple comparator circuits connected in series. Each comparator circuit compares an input tone value with a medium value of table data input from a preceding comparator circuit. When the tone value is greater than the medium value, the comparator circuit selects table data of greater than the medium value and outputs the selected table data to a subsequent comparator circuit. In this state, the comparator circuit outputs a value ‘1’ as a resulting bit representing a result of the comparison. When the tone value is not greater than the medium value, on the other hand, the comparator circuit selects table data of not greater than the medium value and outputs the selected table data to the subsequent comparator circuit. In this state, the comparator circuit outputs a value ‘0’ as the resulting bit. The circuit structure arrays the resulting bits output from the respective comparator circuits in an output order from its upper bit position and outputs the array of the resulting bits.10-02-2008
20080239355IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Image data can be subjected to a smoothing processing to improve a color reproduction characteristic and an image free from a deteriorated gradation characteristic can be printed. Specifically, the smoothing processing improves the color reproduction characteristic. This smoothing processing may cause a color originally not having the lightness equal to or lower than blacking lightness to be converted to a color having lightness equal to or lower than the blacking lightness. To solve this, such a color is subjected to a gradation adjustment processing to convert the color to the color having the lightness higher than blacking lightness. A gamut mapping does not map such a color on a black point, thus preventing such a color from being broken by the blacking.10-02-2008
20080239354IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An available image area is recognized from information, including a read start position and a read end position of a document, a scaling for performing image processing, a processing object position, or the like. Subsequently, the number of chromatic pixels of one line is counted to output it to a memory, and when it is summed up to an end line of the available image area, a difference between a count number N10-02-2008
20080239353IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A color gamut of image data is appropriately subjected to a smoothing processing to print an image of favorable color reproduction and gradation reproduction. Specifically, when an average lightness is equal to or lower than a blacking lightness, the object pixel is not subjected to the smoothing processing. This can conserve the signal value of the object pixel to prevent a pixel originally having a signal value higher than the blacking lightness from being converted by the gamut compression to a black point. In this manner, a pixel for which the object pixel has the average lightness equal to or lower than the blacking lightness is blacked and a pixel having a signal value higher than the blacking lightness is not compressed to the black point. The resultant image has no deteriorated gradation characteristic when being macroscopically observed.10-02-2008
20080239350IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing apparatus for determining whether input image data is identical with image data of a reference image or not and performing a process according to the result of the determination, input image data whose similarity to a reference image is not less than a predetermined first threshold value or encoded image data obtained by encoding the input image data is stored in an access limitation storage section to which only a specific user is accessible. This allows an administrator to easily check whether the result of the determination is appropriate or not, without requiring a larger and more complex structure.10-02-2008
20090002736IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND RECORDED MATERIAL - An image processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the invention, includes an image input unit which inputs main image information defined by first, second and third color component information corresponding to at least three colors, a modulation unit which modulates a color difference grid pattern by sub information, a superposing unit which superposes the modulated color difference grid pattern on each of the first, second and third color component information after the modulated color difference grid pattern and each of the first, second and third color component information are rotated relative to each other through a predetermined angle, and a composition unit which composites the first, second and third color component information to generate color image information.01-01-2009
20090002733PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus which is capable of carrying out proxy printing by a simple operation of attaching a removable storage medium, while preventing an erroneous operation without complicating an operation for selecting a function from various functions for use with the removable storage medium. The printing apparatus prints out print data stored in a storage device. When the printing apparatus cannot print out the print data stored in the storage device, print data stored in the storage unit and yet to be subjected to print processing is transferred into the external memory in response to attachment of the external memory to the printing apparatus. When the printing apparatus can print out the print data stored in the storage device, a job is executed using the external memory in response to attachment of the external memory to the printing apparatus.01-01-2009
20090002731Image processing method and program therefor - Information indicating an area of an image and information indicating attributes of the image have been stored in an IC chip attached to an original paper. When a copying apparatus performs a character recognition process operation with respect to an image displayed on the original paper, the copying apparatus reads the information related to the area of the image and the information related to the attribute of this area from the IC chip attached to this original paper. Then the copying apparatus separates an area where a character is displayed therefrom. The copying apparatus executes the character recognition process operation with respect to the image of the separated area.01-01-2009
20090002732IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image forming apparatus includes an attribute determining unit that determines an attribute concerning a hue of an original; a multi-page layout unit configured to arrange image data of a plurality of originals on a single sheet thereby obtaining a multi-page layout; and a cost calculating unit that calculates a printing cost of the originals. The cost calculating unit calculates the printing cost for the multi-page layouts of different combinations of the image data of the originals arranged by the multi-page layout unit based on an outcome of determination by the attribute determining unit.01-01-2009
20080291478COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion method including the steps of a) generating output values corresponding to a body-center of each cubic lattice block included in a three-dimensional input space, and interpolating between the output values generated in step a) and the LUT values. The cubic lattice block is divided into six quadrangular pyramids. Each of the quadrangular pyramids is divided into two tetrahedron blocks by a side parallel to a predetermined straight line and by a plane including a diagonal line of a bottom plane that intersects the side parallel to the predetermined axis. Corrected output values are determined by performing linear interpolation on output values corresponding to body-center points of each of the tetrahedron blocks and using LUT values corresponding to three lattice points of each of the tetrahedron blocks and three correction coefficients based on a positional relationship of input color signals inside each of the tetrahedron blocks.11-27-2008
20090033962COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In the present invention, an image determination processing unit detects an image characteristic for each pixel in cyan image data of image data subjected to a registration shift correction by one pixel by use of a profile characteristic. Each set of characteristic determination result information A to C is stored in a determination result storing unit, and a decoder determines whether or not to perform a registration shift correction less than one pixel according to the information A to C. For magenta, yellow, or black, an image edge simple determination processing unit and a screen image simple determination processing unit for each color detect the image characteristic for each pixel in a simplified manner. According to this detected characteristic determination result information, it is determined whether or not to perform the registration shift correction less than one pixel for magenta, yellow, or black.02-05-2009
20090033963CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A problem of the present invention is to provide a control apparatus, a controlling method, a program, and a recording medium which can print by using at least one or more special colors in addition to four colors of Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black. To solve the above problem, the control apparatus according to the present invention includes analyzing unit that provides command analysis for a CMYK plate and a clear toner plate, generating unit that generates image data of the CMYK plate based on a result of the command analysis by the analyzing unit, and embedding unit that embeds a clear toner attribute obtained by analyzing the clear toner plate in an attribute flag accompanying each of pixels of the image data of the CMYK plate, which is generated by the generating unit.02-05-2009
20090033959IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes an interface which is connected with a storage medium to store printing data therein, an image forming unit to perform an image forming operation with respect to the printing data, a display unit, and a controller to control displaying whether to remove the storage medium depending on the image forming operation with respect to the printing data stored in the storage medium.02-05-2009
20090033958Image Processing Apparatus for Displaying a Control Method Corresponding to a Control Code Provided in a Document - An image processing apparatus detects a control code provided to a document in order to prevent image data, which is created by reading the document, from being leaked in accordance with the detected control code. A control table storage part stores the control code by relating to a control method to prevent leaking. A control method display section displays the control method, which is retrieved from the control table storage part, on a display part based on the control code.02-05-2009
20090033954Color job output matching for a printing system - A printing system is provided for color job matching of the output from a plurality of image marking engines. The system includes a first test image printed by a first image marking engine on a media document. The first test image having a data glyph and a plurality of reference patches. The system further includes a second test image printed by a second image marking engine on the media document. The second test image having a data glyph and a plurality of reference patches. The first and second test images are printed on the same side of the media document. A scanner is provided for scanning the media document. The scanned first and second test images provide calibration data for matching color correction tables of the first image marking engine and the second image marking engine, wherein the data glyph and the reference patches of the scanned image data are compared with retrieved color correction tables for generating compensation values based on a difference between the scanned image set-up data and the color correction tables for at least a first subsequent image document on the first image marking engine or the second image marking engine.02-05-2009
20090097046IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD CONTROLLING THE AMOUNT OF TRANSPARENT INK FOR RECORDING - An image processing apparatus includes a calculation unit configured to calculate an amount of a first coloring material (at least one of cyan, magenta, yellow and black) in an area including a plurality of pixels; a determination unit configured to determine an allowable amount of a second coloring material, being substantially colorless and transparent, in the area on the basis of the amount of the first coloring material, calculated by the calculation unit, and a limit of the amount of the coloring material; and a control unit configured to control an amount of the second coloring material in the area so as not to exceed the allowable amount of the second coloring material.04-16-2009
20080231875Image Forming Device, and Calibration Method and Computer Readable Medium Therefor - An image forming device, which is capable of double-side printing to form an image on each of first and second sides of a recording medium, includes a calibration unit configured to perform calibration for modifying quality of the image to be formed, a first judging unit configured to judge, for each page to be printed, whether the calibration is to be performed, a second judging unit configured to judge whether a page to be printed is one of a first side in one-side printing and a first side in the double-side printing, and a control unit configured to control the calibration unit to perform the calibration when the first judging unit judges that the calibration is to be performed, and the second judging unit judges that the page to be printed is one of the first side in the one-side printing and the first side in the double-side printing.09-25-2008
20080273217PRINT ENGINE CONTROLLER FOR A PRINTHEAD ASSEMBLY - Provided is print engine controller of a printhead assembly having a plurality of printhead modules. The controller includes a memory buffer to receive rasterized page data from a computer system, a page image expander for expanding the page data to retrieve page images, and dithering means for dithering a continuous tone (“contone”) layer over the page data. The controller also includes a compositor for compositing a black bi-level layer of the contone layer, rendering means for rendering infra-red tags over the contone layer, and an output driving the printhead modules to print the composited page data.11-06-2008
20080273215PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing system is arranged so that each time a storage button disposed on an operation panel of a printer is operated, an interrupt event transferred from the printer to the computer is detected at the computer, and in accordance with the detected interrupt event, image data in a memory card mounted on a card slot of the printer is stored on a hard disk of the computer, and that each time a print start button disposed on the operation panel of the printer is operated, an interrupt event transferred from the printer to the computer is detected, and in accordance with the detected interrupt event, image data read from the memory card and image data stored on the hard disk of the computer is both printed.11-06-2008
20080273214SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EFFICIENTLY HANDLING IMAGE DATA - A method for efficiently handling image data may involve creating an imaging job that includes image data corresponding to an outputting operation that is to be performed by an imaging device. The method may also involve determining whether the image data includes one or more reduced size images in addition to one or more full size images. The method may also involve determining whether the one or more reduced size images are satisfactory for the outputting operation. If the image data includes the one or more reduced size images in addition to the one or more full size images, and if the one or more reduced size images are satisfactory for the outputting operation, the method may involve despooling the one or more reduced size images to the imaging device without despooling the one or more full size images to the imaging device.11-06-2008
20080273212Image Processing Apparatus and Its Method - In forming an image including a spot color, when an image for which a trapping process is performed does not include information of a spot color, the trapping process sometimes functions ineffectively. To solve this problem, image data having information of colors less in number than the colors included in the image is input and two adjacent regions are detected from the input image data. When the color information is color-separated into the colors, it is determined if the two regions share the color, and trapping for an adjacent portion of the two regions is controlled.11-06-2008
20080278738IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD - A large-capacity multiplexing system assuring image quality and robustness is provided. An image-processing apparatus multiplexing additional information on image information includes a first multiplexing unit that is configured to perform pseudo-halftone processing so that the image information is changed into a first quantization level of multi-level gradation and that is configured to multiplex first information of the additional information at the pseudo-halftone-processing time, and a second multiplexing unit that is configured to perform the pseudo-halftone processing so that the first quantization level subjected to the pseudo-halftone processing by the first multiplexing unit is changed into a second quantization level of gradation lower than the multi-level gradation and that is configured to multiplex second information of the additional information at the pseudo-halftone-processing time.11-13-2008
20080278737DEVICE FOR SEARCHING PRINT TARGET IMAGE ADAPTED FOR PRINTABLE AREA - The present invention provides an image searching device that searches a print target image adapted for a printable area only by setting a template for the printable area and a search condition necessary to search the print target image. The image searching device inputs shape information on the printable area. Then, the image searching device sets the image search condition. Then, the image searching device searches the print target image from a plurality of images on the basis of the shape information on the printable area, and the image search condition. According to the image searching device, upon printing of an image in a specially-shaped printable area, a print target image adapted for the printable area can be automatically searched only by setting a shape of the printable area, and an image search condition, resulting in improvement of searching efficiency.11-13-2008
20080291479Spot color printing with non-standard gamuts achieved with process set point adjustment - A color management system is provided for enabling imaging of selected colors called spot colors that document dynamically adjusting the normal printer gamut to achieve extended colors. Developed mass may be increased or decreased by changing set points such as a photoreceptor roll charge, development bias or raster output scanner laser power.11-27-2008
20080291474PRINT SETTING APPARATUS, PRINT SETTING PROGRAM, PRINT SETTING METHOD - A print setting apparatus that carries out print setting for an image processing apparatus, includes: a paper display unit configured to display predetermined paper information related to a paper that can be used, as a list; a printed matter display unit configured to display a printed matter, as a page list; a selected paper information acquiring unit configured to acquire selected paper information showing which paper information is selected, of the paper information displayed as a list; an insertion position information acquiring unit configured to acquire insertion position information showing which page position a paper should be inserted to, of the pages displayed as a list; and an insertion state reflecting unit configured to reflect the selected paper information in the page list displayed by the printed matter display unit, in a form that the selected paper information is inserted in the insertion position information.11-27-2008
20100128292DYNAMIC EARLY PREPARATION OF PRESENTATION OBJECTS FOR EFFICIENT PRINTING - A command is provided as a means to instruct a printer to pre-rasterize and store presentation objects according to specified presentation parameters. The stored rasterized objects are available to the printer for use during printing when a print job is submitted to the printer which includes a presentation object already rasterized, saving significant processing at print time. The rasterized objects are stored with information identifying the object and the parameters used in the rasterization process and the printer is enabled to identify the appropriate rasterized object for inclusion in the print job. Objects may also be selected by a printer at print time as most closely matching the required parameters and then adjusted as needed at print time to completely conform with the requirements of inclusion in the job. This capability allows the printer to perform trimming-on-the-fly or other real-time operations while enjoying the time-saving benefits of a pre-rasterized object.05-27-2010
20080309953METHOD FOR REDUCING IMAGE ARTIFACTS ON ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAYS - A method and apparatus for reducing image artifacts on displays (e.g., electronic paper, etc.) are described. In one embodiment, the method comprises generating pixels of an image for a bistable display using halftoning based on data of one or more previously displayed images.12-18-2008
20080309956Image processing apparatus, image forming apparatus, and output-format setting method - An image-information obtaining unit obtains image information. A form determining unit determines form information indicating a characteristic of limiting a position of a viewing axis that is an axis for turning over a page a print on which the image information is printed, based on the image information. A viewing-axis determining unit determines the position of the viewing axis based on the form information. A format limiting unit limits format information that can be set according to the position of the viewing axis. A format receiving unit receives an input of the format information limited by the format limiting unit.12-18-2008
20080309955IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD TO IMPROVE IMAGE QUALITY THEREOF - An image forming apparatus to improve image quality. The image forming apparatus includes a window control unit to generate a window of a predetermined size using a lines per inch (LPI) value of a dithering mask and an angle, and to detect locations of a center reference pixel and neighboring reference pixels in the window, a weighting set unit to apply weighted values to the reference pixels based on locations of the detected center reference pixel and the neighboring reference pixels, and a control unit to determine a dot size of the center reference pixel corresponding to weighted values corresponding to locations of black pixels of the center reference pixel and neighboring reference pixels. Accordingly, image quality is improved by generating dots corresponding to a plurality of gray levels based on weighted values.12-18-2008
20080212114Image processing apparatus - An image processing apparatus for preventing unauthorized uses of image data by allowing the addition of a specific image in a black-and-white mode even when it is set that a specific image is added in a color mode. When a document is copied, a control section determines whether the apparatus is in a color mode or a black-and-white mode. When in a black-and-white mode, an adding condition determining section reads a set security level and a differential value and determines a security level lower than the one in a color mode. Based on the security level in a black-and-white mode, an adding condition of a specific image is determined. The specific image adding section adds a specific image different from the one in a color mode based on the adding condition. A black-and-white image added with the specific image is printed.09-04-2008
20080309954IMAGE RENDERING METHOD - An image rendering method includes the following steps. Firstly, a source image is provided. Then, raster operations (ROPs) are performed on the source image by a first bit operating engine to obtain ROP values, and the source image are divided into at least one first region and at least one second region. Then, a first operation is performed on the first region by the first bit operating engine and a render process is executed, thereby generating first bit image data. Then, a second operation is performed on the second region by a second bit operating engine and a render process is executed, thereby generating second bit image data. Afterwards, the second bit image data of the second region are converted into first bit image data of the second region according to a screening table between the first bit operating engine and the second bit operating engine.12-18-2008
20080239339VARIABLE-DOT HALFTONING - A method for enabling a program that communicates a document description from a composition system to a printing system to manage variable-dot halftones for use with variable-dot printing devices, comprising the steps of creating a set of strings, each string defining a halftone cell intensity value and comprising at least one pixel imbution value, wherein said pixel imbution value is in the range of 0 to P, wherein P is the number of physical appearances that a painted pixel can have; using a selected halftone cell intensity value to directly choose a string from said set of strings; and painting at least one pixel within a halftone cell according to a pixel imbution value within the chosen string.10-02-2008
20080291477Image Forming Apparatus - A matched ideal waveform is extracted from a plurality of ideal waveforms based on degree of coincidence with a light sensitive waveform obtained by a light receiving portion. The plurality of ideal waveforms differ from one another in phase. The displacement amount of an image to be formed of an adjustive color from an image to be formed of a reference color is determined based on the extracted matched ideal waveform.11-27-2008
20080225310Data processing using print driver - The present invention provides for transforming a document containing data using a filter pipeline. The document is received, and at least one parameter for transforming the data within the document is obtained by a print driver interface. The data within the document is transformed based on the obtained at least one parameter, using the filter pipeline. The transformed document is output. As such, an enhancement/transformation feature can be applied to data within a document from virtually any editing software application, even if that application does not incorporate the feature into its software.09-18-2008
20080218784SPECTRALLY MATCHED PRINT PROOFER - A device, system and a method for soft proofing of an image before it is printed onto printed material, such that the colors of the image substantially reproduce, to the human eye, the colors as they should appear on the printed material.09-11-2008
20100265526Electronic album image forming apparatus - Provided is an electronic album image forming apparatus having a scanner function, which includes an electronic album unit for displaying, selecting and editing a digital image; a print unit for printing a digital image selected in the electronic album unit; and a scan unit for scanning an original document and converting it into a digital image.10-21-2010
20100265523IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes: a determination unit that determines whether or not color materials for image data, more than a predetermined number of color materials, are used for a rim portion of a recording medium to which an image is to be outputted; and a controller that, in correspondence with a result of determination by the determination unit, performs control so as to change the number of color materials used for at least the rim portion of the recording medium to which the image is outputted, to a predetermined or smaller number of color materials, and form the image on the recording medium.10-21-2010
20100265521Multipass colour printing - Disclosed is a system for printing an image comprising a plurality of pixels, the system comprising: a carriage arranged to make a plurality of passes along a scanning axis with respect to a print medium; a plurality of printheads mounted on the carriage, each printhead corresponding to a different ink colour and comprising at least one ejection nozzle; and, a print controller configured to receive data defining for each pass zero or more locations at which to deposit each of the ink colours to produce each pixel; wherein the data is such that for at least one pixel, at least one of the ink colours is deposited at substantially more locations on one pass relative to the other passes.10-21-2010
20080304089METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS CONNECTED TO PRINTING APPARATUS - A method for controlling an information processing apparatus connected to a printing apparatus including a storage device includes acquiring a status of the printing apparatus; generating a first print file from image data in accordance with the status of the printing apparatus; transmitting the first print file to the printing apparatus; generating and transmitting an instruction to the printing apparatus to perform printing using the first print file; generating a second print file from the image data in accordance with a status that is different from the status of the printing apparatus; transmitting the second print file to the printing apparatus; and generating and transmitting an instruction to the printing apparatus to store the first and second print files in the storage device thereof.12-11-2008
20120293815METHOD OF PROCESSING NEUTRAL GRAY COLOR PRINT JOBS AS MONOCHROME BLACK DURING BILLING DETECTION AND PRINTING AS A NEUTRAL GRAY COMPOSITE BLACK - A method of converting a RIPped K-only page or pixels to composite black in a digital print engine is included which executes the conversion process during current job workflow, while detecting the K-only page or pixels for billing purposes as K-only, and printed out as composite black.11-22-2012
20120293814METHOD OF COMPRESSING COLOR REPRODUCTION RANGE AND PROFILE CREATION DEVICE USING SAME - To provide a gamut mapping method, the description of a correspondence relationship of which is more directly than that of a conventional method, the gamut mapping method being capable of performing fine control. A method of compressing a color reproduction range includes a step of allocating a vector representing a direction in which a color value on a grid point should shift in a uniform color space, to each grid point on the uniform color space and a step of finding a direction of shift for an input color value on the uniform color space based on the vector and mapping the input color value to a color reproduction range of an output device.11-22-2012
20080204781System for imaging printing forms - A system for imaging printing forms includes a raster image processor breaking down a printing image data set into color separation data sets, a data storage medium for storing the color separation data sets generated by the raster image processor, the color separation data sets being printing location-nonspecific color separation data sets, and control devices and imaging devices. For the imaging of a printing form on the basis of one of the color separation data sets, each of the control devices drives one of the imaging devices to image the printing form in question. The system also includes a correction device integrated into each of the control devices to convert the printing location-nonspecific color separation data sets stored in the data storage medium into printing location-specific color separation data sets, which can be used to drive the imaging devices.08-28-2008
20080273216PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - When a user enters control information for controlling a printing device, the information is stored in a user information storage unit. All combinations of items of the control information capable of being set by the user and values of items incapable of being set by the user, these having been selected so as to be the optimum values for the combinations, are stored as preset values in a combined information storage unit. An information storage unit compares a value in the user information storage unit with a value in the combined information storage unit. If a combination for which agreement is achieved is found in the combined information storage unit, this value is stored in a printing information storage unit and transmitted to the printing device. Thus, an optimum value can be selected and sent to the printing device even with regard to an item incapable of being selected by the user.11-06-2008
20080204773Patch codes wtih improved robustness - A method for encoding information on a printed page includes generating a set of color patches, each having a unique color. The set of color patches is printed. The printed color patches are scanned to identify color values for each patch in the set of patches. For each patch, the identified color values are associated with a datum value in a data structure. A page which includes a patch code is printed. The patch code includes selected ones of the set of color patches for conveying information about the printed page. The printed page is scanned to identify the color values for the color patches in the patch code. The data structure is accessed to identify the data values for the identified color values of the patches in the patch code. Information about the printed page is determined from the identified data values.08-28-2008
20090207426Simulation of a Printed Dot-Pattern Bitmap - Embodiments of the present invention enable generation of a simulated reference bitmap image that corresponds to a dot-pattern image. Certain applications of the present invention are its use in various embodiments of a system for inspection of a printed circuit board (“PCB”) substrate. In embodiments, a dot-pattern image and user-input configuration parameters are used to create an initialized simulated reference bitmap, and the dot pattern is mapped onto the reference bitmap using a scaling factor. In embodiments, reference bitmaps of individual sections of a dot-pattern image may be generated separately.08-20-2009
20110007333COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND METHOD THEREFOR - A color processing apparatus configured to simulate a print product output by a printer on a monitor. The apparatus includes a first conversion unit configured to convert color data representing an image of the simulation object into color data in a printer color space, a first calculation unit configured to calculate color data of diffuse reflection in a line-of-sight direction from color data in the printer color space, a second calculation unit configured to calculate color data in the printer color space and specular reflection color data, a third calculation unit configured to calculate color data of specular reflection in a line-of-sight direction from color data of specular reflection calculated using a parameter representing an exitance of the glossiness and colorless light-source color data, a combination unit configured to combine the color data of diffuse reflection and color data of specular reflection, and a second conversion unit configured to convert the combined color data to color data in the monitor color space.01-13-2011
20110007332SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODELING HIGHER DIMENSION COLOR RESPONSE - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for implementing a color model function for a printer that uses a relatively large number of colorants. The model is based upon several four color printer color models that contain more complete color models by storing output data for a higher number of input color value combinations and a small number of additional measurements that characterize the response of the printer to outputs using more than four colorants. Results from more complete printer models are determined and combined with a CMYKOV printer model that stores output values for only a coarse resolution of inputs. Transitions between various regions of color space defined by the colorant model definitions are then smoothed. A higher dimension printer color model output is produced. The present method effectively determines a higher dimension color printer model output corresponding to values of an N+2 dimension color model input.01-13-2011
20080285062Method Of Printing A Compressed Image Having A Bi-Level Black Layer And A Contone Layer - Provided is a method of printing a compressed image. The method includes the steps of receiving, with a printer controller, the image, having a bi-level black data layer compressed in an Edge Delta and Runlength (EDRL) compression format and a continuous tone (contone) CMYK data layer, from a computer. The method includes the steps of expanding the image by simultaneously decompressing the two data layers in parallel, and halftoning the contone CMYK data layer into bi-level CMYK data layer. Also included are the steps of compositing the bi-level black data layer over the bi-level CMYK data layer to form a composited bi-level CMYK image, transmitting the composited bi-level CMYK image to a memory buffer of pagewidth printer for printing.11-20-2008
20090086224IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMATION PROGRAM RECORDING MEDIUM, AND IMAGE FORMATION METHOD - An image formation system includes I storage units, an assignment unit that assigns to the storage units storage destinations of color component data forming a part of image data, J color component image formation units that form color component images of corresponding colors based on color component data stored in the storage units, and an image formation unit that forms an image of the image data based on the formed color component image, wherein the assignment unit includes a J-color assignment unit that assigns to the I storage units storage destinations of J sets of color component data forming a part of J-color image data, and an L-color assignment unit that assigns a storage destination of L sets of color component data forming a part of L-color image data to N storage units among the I storage units, and each of I, J, and N is a natural number greater than or equal to 2, L is a natural number greater than or equal to 1, L04-02-2009
20100141973HIGH DENSITY, HIGH INTENSITY INK FORMULATION AND METHOD FOR PRINTING HIGH INTENSITY COLORS - A high intensity ink solution includes a letdown varnish of about 50% to 58% by weight, a dispersion oil of about 8% to 15% by weight, a pigment about 18% to 25% by weight, a wax compound of about 4% to 10% by weight, and a drier compound of about 1%-3% by weight. A method of producing high intensity color prints includes generating a color space and placing the color space in a CMYK file, generating a color proof, then generating at least four printing plates, and configuring a printer to print specific color densities to accurately match the color proof. Densities of pigments, such as yellow, magenta, cyan, and black are included in the inks, creating color which is perceived more strongly with less dots per area than currently available inks.06-10-2010
20100141971INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PRINT APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - In the case that a plurality of users execute output reservations while looking at targets to be output together, the necessity for an operation to sort the output materials by user after output is eliminated. The plurality of users are classified, the plurality of targets to be output selected in a scattered manner by the plurality of classified users are bulked together as selected targets to be output for each user, and those bulked targets to be output are output for each user.06-10-2010
20100271642METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PRINTING USING COLOR TABLES - A method and system are disclosed for creating and using space-efficient color tables in an imaging system having an imaging object. The imaging object has processing conditions associated therewith, and a full size color conversion data lookup table. The color linearity of the imaging object is determined. The processing conditions of the imaging object are classified into data groups based on color linearity. A full size shared color conversion data lookup table common to the processing conditions for each of the data groups is calculated, and a small size delta color conversion data lookup table for each of the processing conditions is calculated from the differences between the full size color conversion data lookup table and the shared color conversion data lookup table. In use, the shared standard color conversion data lookup table and lo the delta color conversion data lookup table, which are stored in memory, are retrieved and used to calculate the full size standard color conversion data lookup table,10-28-2010
20090190149Image Forming System - An image forming system, according to the present invention can include a forming device for forming an image based on printing data, an obtaining device for obtaining an image-formable range specific to the forming device, a determination circuit for determinating if the image based on printing data fits within the image-formable range, and an adjusting circuit for adjusting at least one of a position and a size of the image in accordance with the image-formable range, when the determination circuit determines that the image does not fit within the image-formable range.07-30-2009
20090190148PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - The objective of the present invention is to provide a printing apparatus that can avoid difficulty in the folding of a print sheet that has been printed using clear toner. In order to achieve this objective of the present invention, a printing apparatus includes a storage unit for storing data which indicates positions to be printed by using a transparent color material on a print sheet according to a registration instruction and a synthesizing unit for synthesizing image which is printed by using non-transparent color material based on contents data and image which is printed by using transparent color material based on form data stored in the storage unit on a print sheet according to a synthesis instruction.07-30-2009
20090190144GAMUT BOUNDARY SEPARATED PRINT SYSTEM PROFILING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - This disclosure provides a method and system to generate device dependent color space representations for an image output device. The method and system are particularly applicable to a printing device, where gamut boundary separated profile methods are executed to map device in-gamut and device out-of-gamut colors.07-30-2009
20090128839IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PRINTING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes an input unit which inputs a plurality of image object data, an acquisition unit which acquires resolution information and area information, a generation unit which generates image data based on the resolution information and stores the image data in a memory unit, an extraction unit which extracts overlap area information and resolution information of each of the image objects, and a composition unit which reads out, from the memory unit, pixel data corresponding to a pixel position of interest in accordance with the area information, if a plurality of pixel data existing at the pixel position of interest are located in the overlap area, converts one of the plurality of pixel data in accordance with higher resolution information extracted by the extraction unit, composites the converted pixel data with the other pixel data, and outputs the pixel data.05-21-2009
20090161125Method for classifying a printer gamut into subgamuts for improved spot color accuracy - A method is provided for classifying a color printer gamut into a plurality of gamut subclasses including representing the color printer gamut as a composite of gamut classes wherein each gamut class is comprised of a subset of printer color separations; and, assigning selected spot color targets to determined ones of the gamut classes. The method further includes determining if the selected spot color target is located inside, or on-boundary, or outside of the gamut classes.06-25-2009
20100141972IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus having a recording head with a plurality of printing elements comprising: a first quantization unit that performs a first quantization process on input image data to calculate N-level data by using a screen parameter corresponding to a screen condition of a target device; a conversion unit that converts the N-level data to M-level data (M>N); a configuring unit that configures printing density for each of the printing elements for each scan, using the M-level data; a second quantization unit that performs a second quantization process on the printing density for the scan of interest, using constraining information for the scan of interest; and a generating unit that generates the constraining information for the scan of interest, from the printing density configured for the preceding scan and the result of the second quantization process for the preceding scan.06-10-2010
20100141974Printing system configurable using a document key - A method of configuring a printing system includes providing a document key having an initial image and providing a printing system that includes a memory storing a first system setting. The method also includes scanning the document key and validating the initial image. The method can optionally include marking a first overlay image over at least a portion of the initial image, scanning the document key, and verifying the marking of the first overlay image thereon. The method also includes configuring or permitting the configuration of the printing system after the initial image has been validated or the marking of the first overlay image on the initial image has been verified. A printing system that is capable of being configured using the document key is also included.06-10-2010
20100141970DIGITAL PRINTING USING SIMILAR COLORANTS - A method for printing an input digital image using a digital printer having a set of colorants with substantially the same color but different densities, including a sequence of node points where each of the two or more colorants are either at their maximum or minimum values, setting colorant concentrations such that the color channel output responses corresponding to the sequence of node points are substantially equally spaced in a visually uniform color space; forming colorant control look-up tables to provide smooth transitions in the color channel output response between the sequence of node points; addressing the colorant control look-up tables with the printer code value for each pixel of the input digital image to determine the colorant control signals for each of the two or more colorants; and controlling the digital printer using the colorant control signals to produce a print of the input digital image.06-10-2010
20090128836IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND MULTI-CROPPED IMAGE FORMING METHOD THEREOF - A multi-cropped image forming method of an image forming apparatus includes displaying at least one image, setting a plurality of print regions with regard to the at least one image, and performing printing with respect to the plurality of print regions.05-21-2009
20090128837IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND PRINT DATA PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A print data processing method of an image forming apparatus that has a storage unit includes: setting at least one print speed enhancing mode; performing a pre-processing corresponding to the set print speed enhancing mode; and processing the print data by using a result of the pre-processing.05-21-2009
20110205568Imaging Device Calibration System And Method - One or more imaging device calibration methods and systems are disclosed. According to one embodiment, a calibration system and method includes the application of one or more white colorants on a high optical density media prior to application of calibration targets. The system and method allow for calibration of the imaging device without the necessity for changing the substrate or stopping printing.08-25-2011
20110205562Method of reducing the amount of black in an image - A method of reducing the amount of black in an image is disclosed. The method is using a computer to reduce the amount of or eliminate the black in an original digital image. The major procedure is to increase the pixels of the original digital image (by four or nine times) and then change the color information of the pixels.08-25-2011
20090161129Used Media Printing - A printing device includes a used media holder. A scan module is operable to receive a piece of used media from the used media holder and determine whether the piece of used media includes a printable side. A print module is operable to receive the piece of used media from the scan module and, in response to the scan module determining that the piece of used media comprises a printable side, the print module is operable to print on the printable side.06-25-2009
20090161127 IMAGE OUTPUT COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Disclosed is an image output device color management system. The color management system includes a 2 dimensional principle component analysis (PCA) compensation method for reducing the number of measurement required for re-profiling a device, such as a printer.06-25-2009
20090161130INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS AND INK JET PRINTING METHOD - There is provided an ink jet printing apparatus in which unevenness that may occur at the edges of printing areas can be reduced also for various printing media including unspecified printing media. In the ink jet printing apparatus which uses a print head for ejecting ink and performs printing by scanning a predetermined area on a printing medium with the print head multiple times, the multiple times of scan including a forward scan and a backward scan, the apparatus comprising: a control unit that cases the print head to print patterns each of which is printed through multiple times of scan of the print head and has different portions in a time interval between the multiple times of scan, with different printing ratios for the multiple times of scan; and a setting unit that sets the printing ratios based on the test patterns.06-25-2009
20090161128COLOR IMAGE PROCESS CONTROLS METHODS AND SYSTEMS - This disclosure provides color image process methods and systems to control hue variation associated with a color printing system. In particular, it provides a method and system to adjust a control patch associated with a color separation to force a chromatic difference and control perceived color accuracy.06-25-2009
20090185205Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus that prints a first color in an image in a second color in a printout includes a first-color setting unit that specifies the first color in an RGB colorimetric system; a second-color setting unit that sets the second color; a color determining unit that determines whether the first color is a chromatic color or an achromatic color; and a color converting unit that, when the color determining unit determines that the first color is a chromatic color, performs color conversion processing of converting the first color into a color that is reproduced with a gradation level having a hue same as the second color and a color saturation lower than the second color.07-23-2009
20100271644COLOR CONVERSION DEVICE, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A color conversion device include a limit value setting unit that sets, in accordance with a color gamut, a limit value of a color material total amount that is used in an output device that uses color materials of M colors including black, where M is an integer equal to or larger than 4, and outputs an image; and a black amount determining unit that calculates a total amount limit value corresponding to the color gamut for each black amount on the basis of the limit value that has been set in accordance with the color gamut by the limit value setting unit and determines a black amount from a conversion target-independent color signal of a device-independent color space.10-28-2010
20130120770METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CREATING STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS HAVING BACKGROUND CONTENT - A method of generating a structural document may include causing, by a cloud system, a graphical representation of a structural document associated with a structural document kit to be displayed on a user computing device. The cloud system may be located remotely from the user computing device. The graphical representation may include a background content item and a customizable area. The method may include receiving a selection of a content item, determining a position of the selected content item within the customizable area, and transmitting the selected content item to the user computing device. The user computing device may be configured to transmit the selected content item to a print device. The print device may be configured to print the selected content item on a label of the structural document kit. The label may be configured to be affixed to the structural document.05-16-2013
20130120772DETECTION APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A detection apparatus includes the following elements. A first measuring unit measures, from a binary image, density levels of first and second regions which are alternately arranged in a first direction in the binary image, the binary image being disposed on a second surface of a holding member which includes a first surface and the second surface. A storage unit stores therein information indicating an association between a distance from the first measuring unit to the second surface and a contrast between the adjacent first and second regions. A calculator calculates a contrast between the adjacent first and second regions. A detector specifies a distance corresponding to the calculated contrast by using the stored information, and detects a deflection of the holding member in the first direction by using the specified distance as the distance from the second surface to the adjacent first and second regions.05-16-2013
20130120773Terminal Device Having Correction Function For Natural Color And Method Thereof - A terminal device having a correction function for natural color and a method thereof are provided for creating an image closest in color to the natural color. A priority storing unit stores at a reference color data area a range of natural colors which are colors of objects existing in the natural world. A color editing unit corrects natural color image data corresponding to the natural color area, based on a command for correcting the natural area existing in a predetermined image from the user. A controlling unit decides whether the natural color image data corrected by the color editing unit is included in the reference color data area.05-16-2013
20130120776PRINT ENGINE FOR PRINTING A PRINT JOB USING APPROPRIATE CALIBRATION DATA - A print engine for producing printed output according to image data in a print job includes in its user interface an activation element for printing a part of the image data in a selected print job using currently applicable calibration data. After inspection of the printed output the selected print job may be finished without further calibration or it may be finished after a calibration is performed. This calibration of the intensity of the process colours is performed for a job control value that occurs within the selected print job. Therefore the effect of the calibration is directly visible to the user of the print engine.05-16-2013
20130120777METHOD AND APPARATUS TO GENERATE A PREVIEW IMAGE - A method and apparatus to generate a preview image. The method of generating the preview image includes classifying data input from an application program by data types, performing a color matching operation that converts a first color signal of the input data into a second color signal used in a printing device according to one or more rendering intents set for the classified data types, and generating the preview image of the input data for which the color matching operation is completed. The preview image is generated based on the color-matched data for the different classified data types. Thus, the preview image appears to be substantially the same image as a document that is printed by an image forming device.05-16-2013
20120069364IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING PLURALITY OF SCREENS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a display unit and a control unit. The control unit displays, on the display unit, a first window for inputting a setting concerned with a plurality of functions. Further, the control unit stepwisely displays at least a portion of a second window over the first window in a manner corresponding to a type of the second window when the first window is displayed, the second window being for inputting a setting concerned with the plurality of functions.03-22-2012
20120069362PRINTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING DEVICE - A printing device includes a printing unit that prints printing image data of a plurality of colors on a printing medium, a plurality of data storage units that receive and store the image data. The image data is transferred from the upper level device through a plurality of first transfer paths corresponding to the image data of the plurality of colors. The printing device further includes a control unit that controls the plurality of data storage units to receive control information for controlling a printing of the image data from the upper level device through a second transfer path, and send a request of transferring the image data to the upper level device on the basis of the control information, and to receive and store the image data transferred from the upper level device, and a conveyance control unit that controls a conveyance unit conveying the printing medium.03-22-2012
20120069360IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, A CONTROL METHOD AND A RECORDING MEDIUM - The image forming apparatus includes an image forming part configured to form an image on a sheet; a post-processing part configured to process a sheet bundle, the sheet bundle including sheets on which images are formed by the image forming part; an image quality maintaining/adjusting part configured to maintain quality of the image formed by the image forming part; a sheet spacing changing part configured to increase a spacing between a final sheet of the sheet bundle and a next sheet; and an operation controlling part configured to activate the operation of the image quality maintaining/adjusting part such that an operation of the image quality maintaining/adjusting part is completed within the spacing increased by the sheet spacing changing part.03-22-2012
20120069358Image forming apparatus, imgae forming method, and program - An image forming apparatus including an attribute-value-information holding unit that holds an attribute-value table showing correspondence between a type of gradation processing and a fixing-temperature control attribute value; an image-formation-attribute processing unit that determines a type of gradation processing and a corresponding fixing-temperature control attribute value on the basis of contents of a print instruction and the attribute-value table; a gradation processing unit that performs gradation processing in accordance with the type of gradation processing determined by the image-formation-attribute processing unit; and a fixing-temperature control unit that controls fixing temperature in formation of a print image according to the fixing-temperature control attribute value determined by the image-formation-attribute processing unit.03-22-2012
20120069357SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENHANCING THE DENSITY OF BLACK - A computer-implemented method and system for enhancing black density of a halftoned bitmap are provided. The method includes receiving a halftoned bitmap into computer memory, and, using a computer, identifying at least one black-only pixel in the halftoned bitmap. The method further includes for each of the identified black-only pixels, identifying at least one black-only pixel as a candidate for adding color based at least in part on the location of the black-only pixel with respect to an edge in the halftoned bitmap, modifying the halftoned bitmap by adding color to at least one of the candidate black-only pixels, and outputting the modified halftoned bitmap.03-22-2012
20090141297PRINTING SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND PROGRAM - A printing system and control method thereof which insert partitions between printed materials printed by a printing apparatus execute substitution operation in a case that there is no partition. The substitution operation includes executing shift discharge sheet operation which loads printed materials onto a stacker with a shift by units of printed materials to be partitioned, or supplying an partition for substitution from another sheet feed cassette in which partitions for substitution operation are stored, or supplying a sheet from another sheet feed cassette in which other sheets being different from the printed material used to printing of printed materials in at least one of size, type and color as an partition.06-04-2009
20090141296COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A color image forming apparatus in which a positional displacement detection image and a light quantity adjustment image are formed within a one-rotation length of an image bearing member (intermediate transfer belt). A light-emission quantity when detecting density is determined on the basis of a detection result of a light quantity adjustment image formed within the one-rotation length using light-emission quantity that is provided when light is emitted to the positional displacement detection image. This allows, for example, image density control to be performed quickly while precision of the image density control is maintained.06-04-2009
20090185204Systems and Methods for Detecting Image Quality Defects - An approach for detecting and correcting printing system print quality defects is disclosed that allows defects to be corrected based on an analysis of image data collected over time, across many separate images, under a wide variety of system status and environmental conditions to allow detection of print quality defects that would otherwise be undetectable. The approach supports the detection and correction of defects related to colorant appearance effects that are correlated to colorant interactions. Techniques are described by which allow image data to be efficiently collected and stored to support a wide range of defect processing techniques. Defect processing may be performed in parallel with print job operations using spare processor CPU cycles and/or may be performed off-line by either the printing system processor or a separate defect processing system. Detected print quality defects may be corrected for using one or more interpolation techniques.07-23-2009
20090185203METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR AUTOMATED LOAD BALANCING OF COLOR PRINT JOBS - Methods and systems for selecting a printing device are disclosed. A print job may be received. A computing device may produce a first color transformation for the print job using at least a color gamut error profile for a first printing device to determine a first value and a second color transformation for the print job using at least a color gamut error profile for a second printing device to determine a second value. One of the printing devices may be selected for the print job based on at least the first value and the second value. The print job may be transmitted to the selected printing device and printed using the selected printing device.07-23-2009
20090185201SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PARAMETERIZED SPOT COLOR RENDERING - Systems and methods are provided to provide image quality particularly with regard to rendering spot color objects in image forming devices. Input spot color objects are assessed based on an object type and one more parameters associated with the object, to include, but not be limited to, a desired tint value. A plurality of spot color rendering mechanisms are available within the individual system and/or method. A determination is made automatically regarding which of the plurality of color rendering mechanism to be employed to enhance specific image quality based on sensed and/or obtained parameters regarding the object, to include, but not be limited to, type and/or desired tint values.07-23-2009
20090185209Divisional print control - The technique of the present invention enhances the workability of bonding and improves the finish in poster printing. The procedure first sets multiple areas adjacent to one another in an image expressed by master image data, where each of the multiple areas corresponds to each unit page to be printed. The procedure then enlarges each of the adjacent areas by preset dimensions (corresponding to an enlarged area in marginless printing) and sequentially extracts image data included in each enlarged area. The procedure subsequently magnifies the extracted image data by a predetermined magnification to generate each piece of page image data. The area actually printed is a little greater than the size of each sheet of printing paper. This arrangement thus enables an image part, for example, each part of a letter ‘A’, to be printed to the top, bottom, left, and right sides of each sheet of printing paper. The image part printed in each sheet of printing paper is continuous with the image part printed in an adjoining sheet of printing paper.07-23-2009
20090185206IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image formation portion forming an image onto a recording medium in an electro-photographic process. An acquisition portion acquires image data and a storage portion stores in advance first and second image formation conditions for the electro-photographic process. A condition setting portion sets the first image-formation condition for an image formation operation, if data indicating a bar code is not included in image data acquired by the acquisition portion, and sets the second image formation condition for an image formation operation if image data indicating a bar code is included in image data acquired by the acquisition portion. A control portion allows the image formation portion to execute an image formation operation based on image data acquired by the acquisition portion according to the image formation condition set by the condition setting portion.07-23-2009
20090141295IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - A color correction unit corrects a color of an image signal. A reference data storing unit stores reference data corresponding to patches in a reference chart. A correction parameter generating unit generates image processing parameters based on the reference data and values of the reference chart. An intermediate result storing unit stores intermediate calculation results calculated in a stepwise manner to obtain the image processing parameters. A determination information storing unit stores recalculation determination information for determining whether to recalculate the intermediate calculation results.06-04-2009
20080316511Printing Apparatus - A printing apparatus, comprising: a printing unit that prints an image on a recording medium in a color mode or a monochrome mode based on a first job; a switching unit that performs a switching operation to switch between the color mode upon printing a color page and the monochrome mode upon printing a monochrome page; a first computing unit that computes, based on a switching time required for the switching operation, the maximum number of switching actions at which a printing turnaround time from a printing start time to a printing stop time is not more than a first time limit from the printing start time to a predetermined time limit; and a first limiting unit that restricts the switching operation based on a number of switching actions determined by the first computing unit.12-25-2008
20080316513COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The present invention provides a color conversion device that can be applied to a color management system. The color conversion device provides a color conversion device capable of generating a color conversion table used for color reproduction with high precision. The color conversion device generates a color conversion table that describes a correspondence relationship between color data in a first color space and color data in a second color space and corrects the correspondence relationship described in the color conversion table based on calorimetric values of color sample charts obtained by the reading of a plurality of the color sample charts. The color conversion device according to the present invention can correct the output values based on the calorimetric values of the color sample charts.12-25-2008
20090059250IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image processing system having a document reading unit, a printing unit, and a generating unit configured to generate print data used to print by the printing unit, the system comprising: a grouping designation unit configured to group the print data; a storage unit configured to store a plurality of print data grouped by the grouping designation unit; and a specifying unit configured to specify target print data in the storage unit on the basis of a result of reading, by the document reading unit, a printing medium printed by the printing unit on the basis of at least one of the print data.03-05-2009
20080316515PRINT ENGINE PIPELINE SUBSYSTEM OF A PRINTER CONTROLLER - Provided is a print engine pipeline subsystem of a printer controller. The subsystem includes a print engine pipeline controller for reading and writing print engine pipeline registers, and a contone decoder unit for expanding JPEG compressed continuous tone (“contone”) layers. Also included are a lossless bi-level decoder for expanding compressed bi-level layers, a line loader unit for expanding page images for a printhead, and a printhead interface for sending dot data to the printhead and for providing line synchronization between multiple printer controllers.12-25-2008
20080316514Image Forming Device, and Method and Computer Readable Medium Therefor - A print control device includes a first data processing unit configured to process first print job data based on a first file format, a second data processing unit configured to process second print job data based on a second file format, the second data processing unit including a data converter configured to convert first print job data into second print job data, a display control unit configured to display an image that may be printed based on the second print job data processed by the second data processing unit, an input unit configured to select therethrough one of the first print job data processed by the first data processing unit and the second print job data processed by the second data processing unit, and an output unit configured to output the print job data selected through the input unit so as to be printed.12-25-2008
20090251712Methodology for developing color models and printer sensitivity functions for spot colors and profiles - A method and system is disclosed for developing a printer model from a reduced set of selected test patches. The model corresponds to a spot color editor controller having a sensitivity matrix model developed from a plurality of the patches to define printer operation. The sensitivity matrix is comprised of coefficients computed from an orthogonal disposition of the experimental patches within a selected sub gamut of the color printer gamut. A plurality of replicas of the experimental patches are run for achieving statistical significance.10-08-2009
20090046308IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - There is provided an image processing apparatus that includes a conversion unit that performs color conversion of an input image by employing correlation information denoting color coordinates of grid points in an input color space and color coordinates corresponding to those grid points in an output color space; a first adjustment processing unit that performs first adjustment processing with respect to an image output from the conversion unit; a calculation unit that calculates a total color material amount corresponding to each of the grid points based on the color coordinates of the grid points in the output color space denoted by the correlation information; and a judgment unit that judges whether or not the first adjustment processing is to be applied to an image output from the conversion unit based on a comparison between the total color material amount corresponding to each grid point and the limit value.02-19-2009
20090080009IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD, AND COLOR REPRODUCTION METHOD - In a system for converting an input image signal input from an image input device into an output image signal to be output by an image output device, an image compression unit converts a spectral image input via an image input unit into R, G, and B data, obtains principal component data by making principal component analysis of the spectral image, and stores these data in an input image storage unit. When the principal component data and R, G, and B data are loaded and stored in an output image storage unit, a spectral reflectance reconstruction unit reconstructs the spectral reflectance of each pixel using these data. A printer model determines the dot quantities of inks used to record each pixel in an image output device on the basis of the calculated spectral reflectance, and generates an output image signal for the image output device. In this way, image data which allows to estimate the spectral reflectance characteristics of an input image is provided, and faithful color reproduction can be realized.03-26-2009
20080239347Image Processing Apparatus and Method for Detecting a Background Color - A background color of a document is detected based on image data of a colormetric system in which brightness and color components are separated. A color plane is divided into a plurality of color areas, and the number of elements of image data belonging to each color area is counted. The number of elements of image data belonging to each area of a multiple area constituted of mutually adjacent color areas is then counted. A color area in which the number of elements of image data exceeds a first threshold is extracted and given a positive evaluation. A multiple area in which the number of elements of image data exceeds a second threshold is extracted and a positive evaluation is given to each color area in the multiple area. A color area receiving a positive evaluation both individually and as part of a multiple area is specified as a color area of background color.10-02-2008
20090244580IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Graininess is suppressed while at the same time minimizing grayscale variations caused by inter-plane deviations. For this purpose, when a pixel is printed by M relative scans of a print head over a print medium or by a relative scans of M print heads over the print medium, M pieces of multivalued image data is created according to a division number or distribution ratio determined by a grayscale value of that pixel. The M pieces of multivalued image data are individually quantized and then the printing is performed according to the quantized pixel data. This process prevents dot generation delays and graininess from deteriorating in highlighted areas, thus realizing printed images highly robust against density variations.10-01-2009
20090244571IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image output unit that outputs an image; and an image processing unit that converts an input image signal to an output image signal and outputs the image signal to the image output unit, the image output unit having: an image carrier that carries at least a latent image; plural developer containers containing mutually different color developers used for developing the latent image carried on the image carrier; and a transport member for repeated operations of attachment of the developer contained in one of the plural developer containers, transport of the attached developer to the image carrier, and removal of remaining developer, and the image processing unit having a change unit that changes a color conversion characteristic of an image signal in correspondence with color mixture of the mutually different color developers.10-01-2009
20090244577IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes n line buffer circuits and a delay adjustment section. In a case of a filter process, (i) image data corresponding to n lines stored in the n line buffer circuits and (ii) image data corresponding to one line supplied to the delay adjustment section are outputted to a spatial filter process section in synchronization with each other. In a case of a dilation process, (i) image data corresponding to m lines stored in m line buffer circuits of the n line buffer circuits and (ii) image data corresponding to one line supplied to the delay adjustment section are outputted to a dilation process section in synchronization with each other. This reduces the size of a circuit of an image processing device including a plurality of types of image process sections for carrying out image processes by using image data with different numbers of lines.10-01-2009
20090244575IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND METHOD - The image recording apparatus records an image on a recording medium. The image recording apparatus includes: a recording head which has a plurality of recording elements; a conveyance device which conveys at least one of the recording head and the recording medium so that the recording head and the recording medium move relatively to each other; a characteristics information acquisition device which acquires characteristics information that indicates recording characteristics of the respective recording elements; a correction calculation device which corrects image data corresponding to the respective recording elements by using at least recording point positional deviation information within the acquired characteristics information, and generates image data that suppresses a non-uniformity streak occurring in an output image due to the recording characteristics; a nearest recording point specifying device which specifies, in a case where an image density value indicated by the image data corrected by the correction calculation device is out of an output image density range of the recording head, a second recording element concerning a recording position nearest to a recording position of a first recording element corresponding to first image data that is out of the output image density range; a sum density calculation device which calculates a sum density of the first image data and second image data, the first image data corresponding to the first recording element, the second image data corresponding to the specified second recording element and having been corrected by the correction calculation device for the image data corresponding to the specified second recording element; an image data modification device which preserves the sum density calculated by the sum density calculation device, while distributing the sum density to respective image data corresponding to the first recording element and the second recording element, at values within the output density range; and a drive control device which controls driving of the recording head in accordance with the image data corrected by the correction calculation device and the image data modified by the image data modification device.10-01-2009
20090244574IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming apparatus body, and an external controller connected to the image forming apparatus body. The image forming apparatus body includes an image processing unit which generates reference density pattern data for detecting image density and an image forming unit which transfers the reference density pattern data generated in the image processing to an intermediate transfer belt as a toner image and detects density on a surface of the intermediate transfer belt, thus acquiring the density data for image correction. The external controller includes an image processing unit 10-01-2009
20090244572IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a dividing unit configured to divide image data into pieces of print scan image data for the plurality of print scans, a quantization unit configured to quantize the pieces of print scan image data, and a generation unit configured to generate pieces of print data for the plurality of print scans on the basis of the quantized pieces of print scan image data. In a case where a density represented by the pieces of print scan image data is a low density, the quantization unit quantizes the pieces of print scan image data so that they are mutually exclusive in the plurality of print scans.10-01-2009
20090244566APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR AUTOMATIC PRINTING PRESS OPTIMIZATION - A method of automatically optimizing a printing apparatus based on media type of a substrate, comprising: (A) inputting a substrate into the printing apparatus; (B) determining the media type of the substrate; (C) automatically adjusting calibration settings according to at least one calibration setting preset, responsive to the determining; and, (D) performing image transfer.10-01-2009
20090244567Image Forming Apparatus - An image forming apparatus includes an exposing unit and a first processing component. The first processing component is configured to generate a first data and a second data. The first data causes the exposing unit to blink in accordance with image data. The second data sets a blink mode of the exposing unit. The image forming apparatus also includes a second processing component connected to the first processing component through a first signal line. The second processing component is configured to receive the first data and the second data from the first processing component and perform blink control of the exposing unit based on the first data and the second data. The exposing unit is connected to the second processing component through a second signal line. The image forming apparatus thus can remedy a defect in data communication to the exposing units.10-01-2009
20090310162IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - There is provided an image forming apparatus and a control method for the same in which the reading size for an original is controlled according to various executing conditions while troublesome operations for a user are reduced. To accomplish this, at the time of reading an original, the image forming apparatus confirms a pre-registered executing condition and sets the reading size for the original according to the executing condition. Specifically, if an appropriate original size is pre-registered, that original size is set as the reading size for the original. Even if the original size is not pre-registered by the user, an original size entered with minimum user operations required of the user is set as the reading size.12-17-2009
20090051945IMAGE FORMING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming method which examines validity of an output object using an ROP, for example, and determines whether the output object is printed in a color mode or in a mono mode, is provided. The method includes detecting an output object having a color value from among output objects constituting a mono page, examining the validity of the detected output object, and outputting the detected output object as a mono object if the output object is determined not to be valid. Accordingly, if a mono image having an RGB value is recognized as a color object but is data not to be output on paper or media, the image is recognized as data which are not necessary to be output using color toner, so that only black toner is used. Accordingly, the printing rate increases, and efficiency of processing a printing is enhanced.02-26-2009
20130215439Systems and Methods for Facilitating Reproduction of Arbitrary Colors - Systems and methods are provided for facilitating reproduction of arbitrary colors in a workflow by identifying color reproduction processes in the workflow and characterizing the color reproduction processes by determining a statistical variance (e.g., as characterized by a probability density function). Systems and methods are provided for simulating possible output colors for a color reproduction process that involve identifying a desired color for reproduction and determining possible output colors for the color reproduction process based on a predetermined statistical variance. Systems and methods are provided for mapping out-of-gamut-colors for a color reproduction process are provided that involve providing an out-of-gamut color, consulting a database of characterized artistic adjustments, selecting a first adjusted color by applying an artistic adjustment from the database to the out-of gamut color, determining if the first adjusted color is out-of-gamut, and, if out-of-gamut, selecting a second adjusted color by adjusting a magnitude of the vector.08-22-2013
20090086234System and method for multiple printer calibration using embedded image calibration data - Disclosed is a system and method for calibrating multiple printers, and particularly color printers, in a networked environment using data embedded in select color patches in target sheets generated by each printer, which embedded data allows automated processing of the target sheets and association of appropriate target sheet data with the correct printer. The embedded data preferably includes an identification of which of multiple printers a particular target sheet corresponds to, along with data about the target sheet itself.04-02-2009
20090086232Image processing apparatus, image forming apparatus, image processing system, and image processing method - In a server, there are stored (i) identification information of a reference image and (ii) a common process rule applied to input image data determined as being similar to the reference image which common process rule is set regardless of users. In a card, there is stored a merged process rule obtained by merging the common process rule with an individual process rule which is indicative of a process applied to the input image data determined as being similar to the reference image and which is set for each user or to attribute of the user. Further, in case where a version of the merged process information is identical to a version of the common process information, a process based on the merged process information corresponding to the reference image determined as being similar to the input image data is carried out, and in case where these versions are not identical to each other, the process based on the merged process information is not carried out for the input image data. As a result, in the image processing apparatus for determining similarity between input image data and a reference image, it is possible to reduce the load of the user concerning operation for setting the content of the process for the input image data.04-02-2009
20090086226IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image forming system supplied capable of keeping a high thruput when performing a background pattern data print (e.g. Anoto print). The image forming system comprises a color image processing apparatus and a color image forming apparatus that is connected with the color image processing apparatus, wherein the color image processing apparatus has a color changing section that uses one of CMYK values to designate background pattern data when performing a CMYK change with respect to color image data generated in the color image processing apparatus; wherein the color image forming apparatus has an image forming section that receives the color image data that has been performed by the CMYK change and the background pattern data that has been designated by one of CMYK values from the color image processing apparatus, and compounds the both data to form an color image.04-02-2009
20090051946IMAGE AREA SELECTING METHOD - A method for controlling a printing apparatus includes displaying a display image on a display unit based on image data, detecting a plurality of positions touched on a touch panel, for each of the positions detected on the touch panel, designating a position on the display image displayed on the display unit according to the position detected on the touch panel, obtaining an aspect ratio of a printing area, determining a crop area of the display image having the aspect ratio of the printing area and including all of the designated positions on the display image, and printing an image on a recording sheet based on the determined crop area.02-26-2009
20090051944Image processing method for reducing imaging artifacts - An image processing method includes a step of converting halftoned pixels of an image to be printed represented at a first lower tonal resolution into pixels represented at a second higher tonal resolution. Image processing is used on the pixels having a higher tonal resolution to reduce image quality artifacts when the pixels are printed at the first lower tonal resolution. In a preferred embodiment, the image processing includes error diffusion of a sigma delta modulation.02-26-2009
20090237690IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus reconfigured image fragments received from a host, by using an image block selector 09-24-2009
20090051949PRINT MEDIA AND FLUID CARTRIDGE OF PHOTOFINISHING SYSTEM - A print media and printing fluid cartridge is provided removably mounted to a support structure of a digital photofinishing system in juxtaposition with a printer mounted to the support structure together with a digital processor and print media drive mechanism. The cartridge has a roll of print media, a print media delivery arrangement arranged to couple with the drive mechanism so as to feed the print media from the roll to the printer, and at least one removable printing fluid first cartridge for feeding printing fluid to the printer. The digital processor is arranged to receive digitised data that is representative of a photographic image and to process the data in a manner to generate a drive signal that is representative of the photographic image for the printer. The printer processes the drive signal and page-width prints the photographic image on the fed print media using the fed printing fluid.02-26-2009
20090051948IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image-forming apparatus includes a first monitor which detects whether a non-paper-medium supplier is attached to the main body of the image-forming apparatus. When a normal copying process is selected, the copying process is stopped immediately if the first monitor determines that the non-paper-medium supplier is attached and an error message indicating that a printing process cannot be performed since the non-paper-medium supplier is attached is shown on the main body. In addition, if a facsimile is received while the non-paper-medium supplier is attached to the main body, the user is informed that the facsimile call is received. Accordingly, the user can change the setting of the image-forming apparatus so that the facsimile can be received. Thus, the facsimile is received manually if the non-paper-medium supplier is attached to the main body and is received by operation after the line is acquired by a handset telephone.02-26-2009
20090237683SYSTEM, COLOR IMAGE PRODUCING DEVICE, COLOR MEASUREMENT DEVICE AND COLOR MEASUREMENT METHOD - A system is disclosed comprising a color image producing device for providing a test pattern on a medium, said test pattern comprising a plurality of color patches, said test pattern having a principal orientation axis under a non-perpendicular angle α with the propagation direction of the medium through said color image producing device; and a color measurement device coupled to receive the medium from the color image producing device and arranged to propagate the medium in said propagation direction, the color measurement device being further arranged to measure the colors of the respective patches of the medium during said propagation, the color measurement device comprising a color sensor mounted on the carriage oriented substantially perpendicularly to the propagation direction. The present application further discloses a color image producing device and a color measurement device that can be used in such a system, and a method for measuring colors with such a system.09-24-2009
20090080007PRINTING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREFOR - A printing device includes a receiving unit receiving image data, a printing unit transferring printing agent onto a sheet so as to form an image according to the image data received, a printing ratio determining unit determining, based upon the image data, a printing ratio that is a ratio of an area to be filled with the printing agent on the sheet to a whole area of the sheet, a first determining unit determining whether the printing ratio determined is equal to or more than a first predetermined value that is a printing ratio at less than which the sheet is classified into a recyclable sheet when the printing agent is transferred onto the sheet, and a control unit controlling the printing unit to transfer the printing agent onto the sheet depending on the determination by the first determining unit.03-26-2009
20090080006Image Forming Apparatus - In an image forming apparatus, an image forming portion forms an image on a rotator. A first designating portion determines a first estimated phase point based on a base time point, and designate, as a designated parameter, a correction parameter corresponding to said first estimated phase point based on change characteristics information stored in a storage portion. A correcting portion corrects an image forming position on the rotator based on the designated parameter. A changing portion changes a value of the designated parameter into an adjusted value intermediate between the designated parameter and a reference parameter that is a correction parameter designated based on the time when the detecting portion detects the detecting phase point.03-26-2009
20090080003IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING THINNING FUNCTION AND THE THINNING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image area identification unit to discriminate a character area and a line drawing area from an image area with respect to an image formed based on inputted color image data, an edge detection unit to detect an edge of a character and a line drawing, which is identified, and an edge γ correction unit to perform, only in a case where the edge exists on a white ground area in the image, thinning to lower an image density of a pixel on an outer border corresponding to the edge on the white ground area.03-26-2009
20090080004SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING AN OPTIMAL REFERENCE COLOR CHART - A color chart for color calibration of imaging devices that has nearly identical calibration performance as the Macbeth ColorChecker or another set of reference colors, but with substantially fewer color patches. For example, the color chart has similar 2nd order statistical characteristics, auto-correlation matrix and major principal components as the Macbeth ColorChecker. The color chart is developed by applying Orthogonal Non-negative Matrix Factorization (ONMF) to the set of reference colors, using non-negativity and smoothness constraints to achieve physically realizable colors and using orthogonality constraints to obtain similar statistical properties to that of any input set of reflectances including, but not limited to, the Macbeth ColorChecker. Seven colors provide nearly identical calibration performance to that of twenty-four colors in the Macbeth ColorChecker.03-26-2009
20090080008IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus reads an original by R, G and B sensors and a monochromatic sensor, and includes Log conversion means for subjecting signals produced by the reading to Log conversion. When two-color printing is performed, Log conversion parameters are individually set for one of signals produced by the reading of the R, G and B sensors and for a signal produced by the reading of the monochromatic sensor.03-26-2009
20090086231IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - 17-valued data of a pixel in a multi-valued image is divided into two divisions for a two-pass printing, obtaining the division data. Next, by using an index pattern where arrangements of the numerals of 1 to 16 are dispersed, each dot data of C, M and Y in the division data is arranged. First, six dot data of C are assigned to the respective minor pixels of the numerals of 1 to 6 in accordance with a value of C04-02-2009
20090086233Printing device, printing method, and print program - There is provided a printing device that generates print data used for a printing process based on a print source. The printing device includes a duplication unit that duplicates a spool file that is generated from a single print source in a case where a direction for coloring a margin area in a predetermined color is received, a rendering unit that generates a print image by drawing one of the spool files, a halftone unit that generates first position data indicating a white area of an object included in the print image to be also an area in which the object exists by drawing the spool file by using a technique different from that used by the rendering unit and performs a halftone process for the area, in which the object is determined to exist based on the first position data, of the entire area of the print image, and a print data generating unit that generates the print data based on halftone data generated by the halftone unit.04-02-2009
20090086228COLOR CONVERSION DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND METHOD - A color conversion device converts an input value to an output value in order to form an image on a recording medium using an achromatic ink and a chromatic ink. The color conversion device include a first color converting unit, a second color converting unit, an adjustment value setting unit, and an output value acquiring unit. The first color converting unit converts the input value to first color data including a first chromatic component value. The second color converting unit converts the input value to second color data including a second chromatic component value and a first achromatic component value. The adjustment value setting unit sets an adjustment value based on a type of the recording medium. The output value acquiring unit acquires the output value by weighting the first color data and the second color data according to the adjustment value.04-02-2009
20090086230Methods and Apparatuses for Printer Calibration - A test pattern printed by a printer is assessed—without colorimetric equipment—to provide data used in recalibrating the printer. The assessment may be made by an unskilled operator, and can include discerning whether a particular pattern is visible in the printed test pattern, or whether a feature in the test pattern is relatively wider or narrower. From such assessment, needed changes to the printer's calibration data are inferred and implemented. A variety of other printer calibration techniques are disclosed. The technology is illustrated in the context of dye sublimation printers, and is particularly useful in optimizing printing of digitally-watermarked graphics.04-02-2009
20090086225COLOR PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Restriction information on a total colorant amount for a medium is obtained. Patches at grid points in a color space corresponding to a plurality of colorants at which the total colorant amount falls within a restriction represented by the restriction information, and a patch at a point surrounded by the patches are generated. Color values are obtained by measuring the colors of the patches printed on the medium. It is determined based on a color prediction value between the grid points whether the measured color values are appropriate, and if so, a color value at a grid point at which the total colorant amount exceeds the restriction is estimated based on the measured color values. A color separation table is created based on the measured color values and the estimated value.04-02-2009
20090161133IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A method that prints image data including multiple pages one copy at a time, and prints multiple copies, includes generating a patch image having multiple densities, forming the patch image on a photosensitive drum, and reading the density of the patch image, wherein generating the patch image, forming the patch image, and reading the density of the patch image are performed at a time of ending printing for certain copies.06-25-2009
20090097048IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A first acquiring unit acquires a print target image. A storage unit has stored thereon a combination image to be combined with the print target image in association with a judgment condition for determining whether the combination image is combined with the print target image. A second acquiring unit acquires attribute values related to the print target image or a print environment when starting execution of printing of the print target image. A judging unit makes a judgment based on the attribute values acquired by the second acquiring unit and the judgment condition stored in the storage unit about whether the attribute values satisfy the judgment condition. A combination controller performs control to combine the combination image with the print target image when the judging unit judges that the attribute values satisfy the judgment condition.04-16-2009
20090097045Image processing apparatus and image processing program - An image processing apparatus comprises: a N-valued conversion unit that converts color component values of plural colors comprised in pixels constituting input image data into N-valued values in a unit of color based on threshold values of the plural colors; a dither matrix storage unit that stores dither matrixes in which one dither pattern or one kind of dither pattern is repeated in a unit of dither pattern; a counter that holds a value specifying a readout position of a row of each dither matrix; and a readout unit that reads out the threshold value of each color used from plural kinds of dither matrixes based on the values from the counter, wherein the number of threshold values constituting a row of the plural kinds of dither matrixes is a common multiple of the number of threshold values constituting a row of the plural kinds of dither patterns.04-16-2009
20090185200Gamut mapping in spectral space based on an objective function - Mapping spectral colors in an Interim Connection Space (ICS) of a full spectral space based on an objective function is provided. A spectral color value in the ICS is accessed, and a spectral gamut boundary of the destination gamut is accessed. The spectral color value is mapped into mapped spectral color value based on minimization of an objective function of coordinates of a first subspace of the ICS, by fixing coordinates of a second subspace of the ICS, subject to a constraint that a result is within the spectral gamut boundary. The first subspace is a null space of a transformation from the ICS to a color space, while the second subspace is an orthogonal complement of the first subspace in the ICS. The constraint is determined by a gamut section that is an intersection of the spectral gamut in the ICS and an affine subspace characterized by the fixed coordinates of the second subspace.07-23-2009
20090103116IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - When one or both of color conversion data for chromatic colors and color conversion data for achromatic colors are rewritten, attribute information of the color conversion data for chromatic colors or the color conversion data for achromatic colors is updated and this attribute information is displayed on a display.04-23-2009
20110228299IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THAT READ COLOR IMAGE DATA FROM A DOCUMENT - An image processing apparatus includes an image reading unit that reads an image of a document as color image data including pieces of color component data; a dot-component removing unit that removes dot components by smoothing each color component data; a high-frequency-color identifying unit that identifies, of colors represented by dot-removed color component data obtained by the smoothing, a high-frequency color satisfying a predetermined high-frequency condition; an individual-density-conversion-information generating unit that generates, for each high-frequency color, individual-density conversion information for converting each color component data such that a color near the high-frequency color becomes substantially the same as the high-frequency color; and a color-component-data converting unit that converts, based on the individual-density conversion information, each color component data in a part of the color image data, the part being data in which a color represented by the dot-removed color component data is a color near the high-frequency color.09-22-2011
20110228294IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image formation apparatus includes an image formation processing managing unit and a control unit. The image formation processing managing unit manages first image formation processing to form an image on a face of plane-shaped recording medium based on received information. The control unit controls conveyance of the plane-shaped recording medium between the image formation apparatus and the other image formation apparatus which performs second image formation processing to form an image on the other face of the plane-shaped recording medium, a second term needed to stop the second image formation processing since receiving an instruction to stop the second image formation processing on an image forming operation being longer than a first term needed to stop the first image formation processing since receiving an instruction to stop the first image formation processing on the image forming operation.09-22-2011
20110228293IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus including: a calculation portion that calculates a first process time period required for a case where image processes are executed by a reconfiguration process mode, and a second process time period required for a case where the image processes are executed by a pipeline process mode, based on the number of pixels of image information of an input print job and contents of processes of the input print job; and an activation portion that activates a plurality of dynamic reconfigurable processors (DRPs) according to a process mode having a shorter time period in the first process time period and the second process time period.09-22-2011
20110228291COLOR MAPPING DETERMINATION FOR AN N-COLOR MARKING DEVICE BASED UPON IMAGE SPATIAL NOISE DEFECTS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining color profiles based upon optimizing output image spatial noise. For each of a number of selected output colors, spatial noise values for a set of device-dependent color specifications that produce the selected output color are iteratively determined. The set of device-dependent color specifications is generated by varying a subset of colorants in the device-dependent color specifications while changing the remaining colorants to maintain the selected output color. The iterative process improves the spatial noise value, as determined by a spatial noise model, of the device-dependent color specifications that correspond to the selected output color. When an optimum spatial noise value is found, the device-dependent color specification having that spatial noise value is selected as the mapping for the selected device-independent color specification. Various embodiments are disclosed.09-22-2011
20090161131IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus is configured to process multivalued image data corresponding to a unit area of a recording medium so as to form an image on the unit area with a plurality of relative movements between a recording head and the recording medium. The apparatus has a selecting unit for selecting either a first processing mode to segment the multivalued image data into a plurality of multivalued image data corresponding to the plurality of relative movements, and then quantize each of the plurality of multivalued image data, or a second processing mode to quantize the multivalued image data into quantized image data, and then segment the quantized image data into a plurality of quantized image data corresponding to the plurality of relative movements. The selecting unit may select either the first processing mode or the second processing mode based on the number of relative movements to the unit area.06-25-2009
20090213396Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image determining unit determines a type of each of a plurality of images to be combined. A character identifying unit identifies a black character area in each of the images. A color-conversion processing unit performs a color conversion or a monochrome conversion on the images and a monochrome conversion on the black character area. When the images include a color image, a control unit controls the color-conversion processing unit to perform the color conversion on the images based on the type of the image and a current image processing mode. An image output unit combines color-conversion processed images on a single page and outputs combined images.08-27-2009
20080316512IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus sets a print parameter with which stability of colors can be achieved in continuous printing. The number of prints is obtained. The print parameter is adjusted, and stability of colors in the case where the number of prints are printed in a continuous manner is evaluated. Based on the evaluation result, the print parameter is set.12-25-2008
20090141294Register Regulation in a Printing Press - There is described a regulating system for register adjustment in a printing press which has at least one printing unit, wherein the regulating system has at least one register regulator. In the regulating system, a pilot control variable and/or a register error estimated variable are/is provided for influencing the register adjustment. A drive bus is advantageously used for transferring these variables between different printing units, wherein the register regulation is advantageously distributed in a decentralized manner among different regulating devices for carrying out the drive regulation.06-04-2009
20090201518IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus is provided for realizing a higher speed print-out of a scan image. It is determined whether an input data type stored in metadata of document data is PDL or not (S08-13-2009
20090002737COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a locating unit, and an extracting unit. The locating unit locates characteristic points based on the measurement points on a target plane. The extracting unit extracts at least three vertices of a color gamut from among the characteristic points. Thee at least three vertices satisfy the conditions that a first point, which is any one of the at least three vertices, is located within a reference distance from a second point adjacent to the first point from among the at least three vertices, and that all cross products that are calculated by a vector from the first point to the second point and vectors from the first point to any characteristic points that are located within the reference distance from the first point have the same sign.01-01-2009
20090109455Method and apparatus for improving data entry for a form - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system that improves data entry for a form with one or more fields. During operation, the system displays both a printed representation of the form as well as an enhanced representation of the form that displays an enhanced view of the form's fields. When the system detects a user action related to a field displayed in one of the representations, the system adjusts the display of the field in the other representation (or in both representations) to indicate that the two fields are related. By indicating this relationship, the system facilitates entering and/or updating data for the form.04-30-2009
20090109453IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an electrophotographic printer including a printer controller that performs an image processing on image data into which a page description language is developed and outputs the data to a printer engine, and the printer engine to perform printing of an image based on the image data transmitted from the printer controller, and an image quality maintaining control device to maintain image quality of the printer, and the image quality maintaining control device includes a halftone parameter control unit to change a halftone parameter when an image quality maintaining control processing of the printer is executed. According to the image forming apparatus, an image more stable than the related art can be maintained against an image quality variation caused by a mechanism or a process influenced by aging or environmental variation.04-30-2009
20090109451COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion apparatus includes: an original data analyzing unit configured to extract background color information of an original and color information of a character and line drawing object on the background; a background color changing unit configured to change the background color of the original when necessary, on the basis of the result of comparing the background color information acquired from the original data analyzing unit with a preset threshold value; and a character and line drawing color correcting unit configured to change lightness of the character and line drawing color in a way that increases a lightness difference between the background color for printing and the character and line drawing color on the background when necessary, on the basis of the background color information of the original acquired from the original data analyzing unit, the background color information for printing acquired from the background color changing unit, and the character and line drawing color information on the background acquired from the original data analyzing unit. The color conversion apparatus contributes to saving of color material, reduction in load on a printer engine, prevention of stripping of color material, and prevention of deformation of paper.04-30-2009
20090207430COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A color image forming apparatus is provided that forms an image by correcting registration shifts during an image forming process by using image data and which prevents toner from being blown away and scattered during a fixing process by thinning pixels without making an erroneous decision. When multivalued color image is binarized, the threshold is corrected by using information on grayscale level correction. Further, when trailing phenomenon prevention operation is performed on the binarized image data, the patterns to be used for pattern matching are changed and selected according to whether the subscan direction line shifting point lies within the reference window.08-20-2009
20090207427Printing Control Method for a Printer and a Printer - A printer prints all print data when an inverted print mode is selected for printing even if an insufficient memory state occurs in the image conversion buffer. If the roll paper printer 08-20-2009
20110222086IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus comprises: an image forming section that forms an image on a sheet; a density sensor that measures the image formed on the sheet and outputs a measured value corresponding to a density of the image; a conversion data storing section that stores plural conversion data showing relationship between the measured value outputted from the density sensor and the image density, for each sheet type and each screen for an image; a conversion data selection section that selects at least one conversion data from the plural conversion data stored in the conversion data storing section; and a density adjustment section that adjusts a density for an image formed by the image forming section based on a measured value acquired by measuring a prescribed image formed on a sheet and on the conversion data selected by the conversion data selection section.09-15-2011
20110222085Image processing apparatus and image processing method - An image processing apparatus includes a correcting unit that performs enlarging or reducing correction on an image to be processed by determining an arrangement of pixels that are to be added to or deleted from gradational image data of the image to be processed based on an angle at which the pixels are to be arranged with respect to a horizontal direction of the image to be processed or with respect to a vertical direction of the image to be processed, and a pixel array control unit that changes the angle at which the pixels are arranged based on a test image of the image data to be processed after being corrected by the correcting unit.09-15-2011
20110222083IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE PERFORMING COLOR CONVERSION AND PRODUCING SCALED IMAGE - An image processing device includes a color converting unit and a scaling unit. The color converting unit is configured to convert input image data to converted image data. The converted image data has a plurality of sets of converted pixel data. Each set of converted pixel data includes an achromatic color value and a plurality of chromatic color values. The achromatic color value indicates an amount of an achromatic color material. The achromatic color material produces an achromatic color. Each of the plurality of chromatic color values indicates an amount of one of a plurality of chromatic color materials. Each of chromatic color material produces a chromatic color. The achromatic color is produced by mixing at least one of the achromatic color material and the plurality of chromatic color materials. The scaling unit is configured to produce scaled image data based on the converted image data. The scaled image data includes a plurality of sets of scaled pixel data. Each set of scaled pixel data corresponds to at least one set of converted pixel data. The scaling unit produces each set of scaled pixel data based on the corresponding at least one set of converted pixel data.09-15-2011
20110222081Printing Three-Dimensional Objects Using Hybrid Format Data - Methods of how to build a 3D model with both surface features and internal structures are disclosed. 3D image data in a hybrid data format or other suitable data formats are first received as input and then broken down into layers of 2D data. The layers of 2D data hold various attribute information about the model, such as colors, shapes, durometer hardness, etc. The layers of data are printed on printing sheets that are specially formulated. Selected materials are also deposited on printed sheets as dictated by the 2D data. Each printed sheet is cut along the shape boundaries either before or after it has been bound to previously printed sheets. Finished sheets are then bound and processed to generate a 3D model with rich details.09-15-2011
20110222080METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR JOINTLY OPTIMIZING NODE LOCATIONS AND CORRESPONDING OUTPUT VALUES OF A COLOR LOOK-UP-TABLE (LUT) - This disclosure provides methods, systems and apparatus for jointly optimizing node locations and corresponding output value of a color look-up-table (LUT) associated with an imaging device. According to one exemplary method, initially a set of LUT node locations are generated by solving a first optimization problem and subsequently, a set of LUT node values are generated by solving a second optimization problem.09-15-2011
20110228300IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND PROGRAM STORING MEDIUM - An image processing method causes a computer to execute calculating a reference ink use amount considering a black level of image data of an initial image as a reference level; calculating a relation between a correction value of each black level and the ink use amount from a state of using no ink to the reference level; calculating a proper correction value of the black level corresponding to a target ink use amount input by a user in the relation between each black level and the ink use amount; and generating image data of a correction image representing the initial image by the proper correction value and displaying the correction image on a display.09-22-2011
20110228298IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a control unit configured to determine whether each of a plurality of pages where the print data is printed is likely to bring about tint variation; extract a page determined to be likely to bring about the tint variation, as a sample printing page that requires execution of sample printing to check tint on paper, and execute printing of the sample printing page and causes a print paper processing apparatus to output print product of the sample printing.09-22-2011
20090244564IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE EXTRACTING DESIRED REGION TO BE USED AS MODEL FOR IMAGE CORRECTION - An image processing device includes a first image inputting unit, a second image inputting unit, a first partial image extracting unit, a first characteristic quantity data determining unit, a second characteristic quantity data determining unit, and a correcting unit. The first image inputting unit inputs a first image. The second image inputting unit inputs a second image The first partial image extracting unit extracts a desired region of the first image as a first partial image. The first characteristic quantity data determining unit determines first characteristic quantity data based on the first partial image. The second characteristic quantity data determining unit determines second characteristic quantity data based on the second image. The correcting unit corrects the second image based on the first characteristic quantity data and the second characteristic quantity data.10-01-2009
20090213400IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a region determination unit detecting attributes of image data generated by a reading unit; an image modification unit generating attribute data based on the results of the determination performed by the region determination unit; an image conversion processing circuit performing resolution conversion processing on the image data of a pixel of interest; and an attribute conversion processing circuit performing resolution conversion processing on the attribute data of the pixel of interest. The attribute resolution converter employs attribute data identical to the attribute data before being subjected to the attribute resolution conversion processing as the attribute data for the pixel of interest following the attribute resolution conversion processing, and employs the attribute data after being subjected to the attribute resolution conversion processing as the attribute data for neighboring pixels to the right and left of the pixel of interest following the attribute resolution conversion processing.08-27-2009
20090213401IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus capable of accurately compensating an increase or decrease of a toner area coverage resulting from shifting that is performed to correct skew is provided. A color density of image data represented by a correction target pixel is corrected such that the increase or decrease in the toner area coverage on the correction target pixel is compensated excluding a toner area coverage on the correction target pixel covered by a toner image that would be formed based on a color density of image data to be represented by a neighboring pixel of the correction target pixel. This effectively reduces banding noise on an output of the image data and prevents degradation in image quality.08-27-2009
20090213394IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus includes an emitter which has a plurality of light emitting devices arranged in a sub-scan direction, and a former which forms an image on a photosensitive member by multi-passed scanning an identical region on the photosensitive member in a main scan direction using light beams output from the respective light emitting devices of the emitter. An input section inputs image data of an image to be formed by the image processing apparatus. A divider divides the input image data into image data for respective scans in the multi-passed scans using a mask pattern generated based on amounts of deviations from scan lines of the light beams output by the respective light emitting devices of the emitter. A supplier supplies the divided image data to the emitter in accordance with scans of the former.08-27-2009
20090213397Apparatus, system, and method of process control - An apparatus, system, and method for image processing are disclosed, each of which obtains a mark from image data, detects additional information in the mark, determines whether the mark is detected in the mark to generate a determination result, and controls processing performed by an image processing apparatus with respect to the image data based on the determination result.08-27-2009
20090213393IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - There are provided an image processing apparatus which corrects the curvature of a scanning line using image data in image formation, and a control method thereof. When reading out image data by burst transfer from a memory in the line direction of a scanning line on the basis of the read start address of the image data and the burst transfer length, the switching address in the line direction for switching a line of image data is set. The image processing apparatus generates, based on the switching address, the second read start address for reading out image data of the second line, so as to read out image data by burst transfer of at least the first line before line switching and the second line after line switching, in accordance with the set switching address. Image data is read out in accordance with an address generated by the address generator, to form an image in which the curvature of a scanning line is corrected.08-27-2009
20100165363Methods and systems for calibrating a source and destination pair - At least certain embodiments of the disclosures relate to methods and data processing systems for matching a source profile to a destination profile. In one embodiment, a method includes providing a destination test chart and a corresponding first source test chart with each test chart having color patches. The method includes adjusting the source profile to substantially match a known or an unknown destination profile in response to receiving an input for visually matching an adjustable white color patch of the first source test chart to a corresponding white color patch of the destination test chart. The method includes progressively generating a second source test chart having modified at least some and possibly all color patches compared to the first displayed test chart based on applying a first transformation to the source profile in response to visually matching the white color patch.07-01-2010
20090251714SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A WINDOW SHADE WITH A NATURAL MATERIAL PRINTED IMAGE COATING - A method and a system for producing a window shade having a real natural material printed image coated thereon. A real natural material is scanned and the data of the image is stored in a computer which generates an image of the scanned real natural material. That image is duplicated a plurality of times by the use of the computer and the images are assembled in a predetermined arrangement to produce a composite image which is then enhanced using photo-enhancing software. The enhanced composite image is then printed by the use of a colored ink printing machine on material to form the window shade. Preferably, but not exclusively, the material is constituted by slats of a louvered blind or a fabric of a roller blind.10-08-2009
20090244569Print data generating device, method to generate print data, and computer usable medium therefor - A print data generating apparatus to generate print data based on originally inputted image data is provided. The print data generating apparatus includes a transparentized color designating unit to designate a transparentized color, a color difference calculating unit to calculate a color difference between color scale values of a marked pixel and color scale values of the designated transparentized color, a data convertor unit to convert the image data into a colorant-enabled data, and an opacity-adjusted data generating unit to generate opacity-adjusted data, in which color scale values of the pixels in the colorant-enabled data are adjusted according to the color difference, when the color difference of the marked pixel is calculated to be smaller, the opacity-adjusted data generating unit adjusts the color scale values of the marked pixel to be closer to zero so that the color scale values of the marked pixel is adjusted to have lower opacity.10-01-2009
20090219553Printing medium conveying apparatus and printing medium conveying method - A printing medium conveying technique is disclosed for moving a printing medium in a sub scanning direction. The technique involves controlling the moving of the printing medium through feedback control using a speed profile. The speed profile includes an accelerating region, a constant speed region, a decelerating region, a constant low speed region, and a stopping operations region. The technique also involves switching the speed profile from the accelerating region to the constant speed region according to speed information; and switching the speed profile between the constant speed region, the decelerating region, the constant low speed region, and the stopping operations region according to the current distance from a target position.09-03-2009
20090219555INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a storing unit configured to store, in a storage device, print setting information including a hierarchical structure of a document and a print attribute associated with a hierarchical level of the document, and a setting unit configured to, when the print attribute in the print setting information stored in the storage device is applied to a selected document, compare a hierarchical structure of the selected document and the hierarchical structure of the print setting information and to set a print attribute to an appropriate hierarchical level of the selected document based on a comparison result and the print attribute of the print setting information.09-03-2009
20090244563Systems and methods for color conversion - Systems and methods are provided for dynamically converting first color data to second color data using a look-up table, wherein the first color data is a subset of a first color space, and the second color data is a subset of a second color space. In some embodiments, at least one first color value is input in the first color data. At least one look-up table entry may be calculated for the at least one first color value in the first color data, if the look-up table entry has not been previously calculated. The at least one calculated look-up table entry may be stored. At least one value in the second color data, which corresponds to the at least one first color value, can be computed based on the at least one first color value and the stored value of the at least one look-up table entry.10-01-2009
20090244562IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an image input device to convert image data into uncompressed data of CMYK, a gradation processing device to perform a gradation process on the uncompressed data to generate a halftone image, a rearrangement determination device to determine necessity of rearrangement of pixels of the halftone image, a selector to select an output destination based on a rearrangement necessity determination result, a rearrangement device to rearrange the pixels by using a threshold table used at a time of execution of the gradation process of the halftone image, and a coding device to output data obtained by coding data of the halftone image. According to the image processing device, coding efficiency can be improved more than in the related art while a harmful effect (reduction in code amount) due to the rearrangement process is suppressed.10-01-2009
20090244561METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMAGE REGISTRATION FOR IMAGE PROCESSING - A method and apparatus that evaluates an image registration for image processing is disclosed. The method may include outputting one or more test patterns to a user, receiving misregistration level input parameters from the user, calculating misregistration using the misregistration level input parameters from the user by adding a first edge of a page perceptibility threshold and a second edge of the page perceptibility threshold and dividing the result of the addition by two, determining if the calculated misregistration is acceptable, wherein if the calculated misregistration is not acceptable, making corrections to the image registration, otherwise using the image registration for image processing based on the calculated misregistration.10-01-2009
20090244560BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION IN A MULTI-FUNCTION COLOR SCANNING SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for background suppression in the image path. In one example embodiment, an image is scanned and RGB color values generated for each pixel. Each of the pixels is converted into a Lab color space to obtain luminance and chrominance values. A background luminance and a luminance variation are determined for the scanned image. For each pixel, a determination is made whether that pixel is a white pixel or a non-white pixel based. If the pixel is a white pixel, an adjustment chrominance value for that pixel is determined. The value of the chrominance adjustment is modulated as a function of a difference between the white pixel's luminance and the background luminance. The modulated chrominance adjustment is applied to the white pixel. Adjusted and non-adjusted pixels are stored in a memory. A printer controller converts the pixels to an output space.10-01-2009
20090244558IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus according to the invention includes: an input unit configured to input first document data including bitmap data; an image component dividing unit configured to divide the first document data into components and separate the bitmap data included in the first document data; a determining unit configured to determine, in accordance with attribute information of each bitmap data acquired by the division into components, whether the bitmap data is convertible into vector data or not; and a vectorizing unit configured to convert the bitmap data that is determined as being convertible into vector data, into vector data. With the image processing apparatus according to the invention, an output with high image quality can be provided at the time of enlarging or reducing a monitor output or print output of binary bitmap data or index bitmap data.10-01-2009
20090244559IMAGE RASTERIZING APPARATUS AND IMAGE RASTERIZING METHOD - An image rasterizing apparatus according to the invention includes: an input unit configured to input an image file or image file information including first bitmap images that are drawn in accordance with a command and have different image attributes; a bitmap image generating unit configured to create a second bitmap image at least from the first bitmap image; and an attribute signal generating unit configured to search attribute information held by the first bitmap image on the basis of the command, then decide a data format of the first bitmap image in accordance with the attribute information, and generate an attribute signal indicating the decided data format. With the image rasterizing apparatus according to the invention, different attribute signals can be outputted in accordance with image attributes, from an image file including bitmap data having different image attributes.10-01-2009
20120105880IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image data acquisition unit, a frequency distribution acquisition unit, and a color setting unit. The image data acquisition unit acquires image data representing a color image. The frequency distribution acquisition unit allocates a color of each pixel of the data as a class and acquires a frequency distribution representing an occurrence rate of the color based on the data acquired by the image data acquisition unit. The color setting unit sets a first color with the highest frequency distribution occurrence rate as a background color in the color image, sets a second color with an occurrence rate next in magnitude to the first color as a character color in the color image, and sets a color with an occurrence rate lower than that of the second color as a pattern color that is a color of a specific pattern in the color image.05-03-2012
20100265524IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store a plurality of device link profiles corresponding to a combination of color space information of an input device, a viewing condition, and a color conversion method. The image processing apparatus determines whether the stored device link profiles are to be used according to the set color conversion method. If it is determined that the device link profiles are to be used, the image processing apparatus selects one of the plurality of device link profiles according to the color space information of the input device.10-21-2010
20120105876COLOR PLANE REGISTRATION ERROR CORRECTION - A printing method and system include printing a first image on a first portion of a first page and determining a color plane registration (CPR) error using a second portion of the first page. A second image is modified based on the CPR error, and the second image is printed on a second page.05-03-2012
20100060911METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COLOR UNIFORMITY - Methods and apparatus for achieving color and luminance uniformity in color output devices. In one embodiment, measurements of luminance and chrominance are taken at various regions of the display surface for a range of color inputs. Using the collected data, a color volume is formed for each of the measured regions. This color volume comprises a set of all colors producible at the measured region. The color volumes for each of the measured regions are then used to generate a common color gamut, i.e., a volume of colors that are producible in each of the measured regions. A gamut mapping can then be performed for all or a portion of the positions on the display surface to a target color gamut. Input data for the gamut mapping process may be determined by conventional interpolative techniques.03-11-2010
20090316167IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM AND IMAGE FORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An image forming apparatus that executes an image forming process based on print data including an execution command of transparency processes to be executed, comprises: a first storage unit to be used when the transparency process is executed; and a control unit for controlling the first number of transparency processes to be executed when a storage capacity of the first storage unit is insufficient to execute the transparency processes to be executed, and causing a display unit to display a preview image to which the second number of executable transparency processes different from the first number has been executed to determine an image being an object for print output based on an instruction by an operator relating to which transparency process is executed.12-24-2009
20090316170IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus which makes it possible to prevent a third party from outputting secret information as an image without leaving any evidence. A printer section of the image processing apparatus receives first image data and attribute data. The printer section forms an image corresponding to the first image data on a sheet, and then forms an image of information of the attribute data on the sheet in a manner superimposed on the image. A controller of the image processing apparatus generates second image data from the attribute data, and performs control such that the first image data and the second image data are recorded as history information on a job processed by the image processing apparatus.12-24-2009
20090316168Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and image processing program - An image processing apparatus includes a specific image detection unit detecting an area including at least a part of a specific image in an input image, a state determination unit determining the state of the input image, a color gamut change unit changing a prescribed color gamut in a predetermined calorimetric system as a color gamut corresponding to the specific image in accordance with the determination result by the state determination unit, a pixel extraction unit extracting pixels, the color of which belongs to a color gamut after the change by the color gamut change unit, from among pixels in the area detected by the specific image detection unit, and a representative color calculation unit calculating a representative color of the specific image on the basis of the pixels extracted by the pixel extraction unit.12-24-2009
20090257073MINIMIZING VISUAL ARTIFACTS IN A BRICK-LAYER HALFTONE STRUCTURE - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for minimizing visual artifacts, such as ROS skew and laserbeam bow, in a brick-layer halftone structure. The present method involves determining a line pattern from ROS skew and laserbeam bow profiles which traverses through successive halftone cells displacing pixels along scanlines in the process direction. The amount of displacement is varied as a function of the cross-process location as determined by the line pattern. Pixels along scanlines are shifted in a direction defined by the error profiles. In each halftone cell within which the line pattern traverses, extra pixels (empty pixel spaces created in the halftone cell by the shifting operation) are filled with lost pixels (pixels bumped from the halftone cell during the shifting operation) such that overall density of the halftone cell is maintained. The lost pixels are buffered such that lost pixels are preserved.10-15-2009
20100149563IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINTING SUPPORT METHOD AND PRINTING SUPPORT PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus for printing image data of print subject after converting the image data to print image data dependent on an image forming device, the apparatus including a control section which converts the image data to first data in a color space independent from the image forming device by referring to a first conversion table, converts the print image data to second data in the color space by referring to a second conversion table, calculates a color difference specified by a difference between the first data and the second data, and causes a display section to display the calculated color difference.06-17-2010
20090244573COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - Colorimetric values for generating a color separation table, which are obtained by measuring a plurality of color patches included in a color chart, are input, and measurement values corresponding to the input plural measurement values other than supervised input measurement values are estimated using supervised measurement values. Then, color differences between the estimated measurement values and the input plural measurement values other than the supervised measurement values are calculated. Based on the color differences, it is determined whether printing of the plurality of color patches or measurement of the plurality of color patches has been performed correctly.10-01-2009
20080259370IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSOR, IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD FOR USE IN THE SAME, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is an image signal processor for carrying out conversion into an xvYCC signal by using a photograph film as a material, the image signal processor including: acquisition means for acquiring print film concentration data based on said photograph film; generation means for generating spectral data on an image on a screen previously presumed based on spectral concentration characteristics of colors of a positive film having an image projected on said screen, a spectral distribution of a projection light source, and the print film concentration data; arithmetical operation means for arithmetically operating an XYZ tri-stimulus value corresponding to the spectral data; and conversion means for converting the XYZ tri-stimulus value into the xvYCC signal.10-23-2008
20090262373METHOD OF CALCULATING CORRECTION VALUE AND LIQUID EJECTING APPARATUS - A method of calculating a correction value includes forming a correction pattern on a medium in a yellow color, acquiring blue color information by reading out the correction pattern, and calculating a correction value of the density of the yellow color based on the blue color information.10-22-2009
20100149566PRINT DATA GENERATING DEVICE - A print data generating device includes: (a) a display; (b) a print-image-region selector for selecting a print image region which is a region of an original-data-based image, such that the selected print image region corresponds to each of desired images; (c) a media size recognizer for recognizing a size of a print medium; (d) a print layout determiner for determining, based on a size of the print image region and the recognized size of the print medium, a print layout of the desired images that are to be printed onto the print medium, such that a number of the desired images printable onto the print medium is maximized in the determined print layout; and (e) a display controller for causing the display to display a print layout preview showing the desired images that are arranged according to the determined print layout. The print data generating device generates a print data which is used for printing, in conformity with the print layout preview, the desired images arranged according to the determined print layout, onto the print medium.06-17-2010
20100265527IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Color production with high chroma in a low lightness portion is realized by using an appropriate complementary color ink to a particular color ink reproducing the low lightness portion. More specially the device secondary color G-K is reproduced with ink of the pure color component composed of the color mixture of the particular color G ink and the basic color Y ink to tone the particular color G ink. In addition, as complementary color components, the particular color R ink and K ink are used. Thereby, the reproduction line is substantially linear from the device secondary color G point to the device K point. In color reproduction at the dark portion of the color on the G-K line, sufficient chroma can be obtained.10-21-2010
20100157334IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A plurality of types of images corrected based on lookup tables set in advance in association with a plurality of types of light sources are printed as a chart displayed in association with a plurality of types of light sources. Evaluations by the user under viewing light sources corresponding to the plurality of types of images in the outputted chart are quantified. Evaluation values of the plurality of types of light sources are calculated. The calculated evaluation values are used to specify a light source from the plurality of types of light sources. Image data is corrected based on a lookup table corresponding to the specified light source.06-24-2010
20100157337IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system comprising: a color conversion unit configured to perform color conversion from color data in a first color space into color data in a second color space by using a color profile; a correction unit configured to perform correction for the color data in the second color space by using correction data; a printing unit configured to print on a printing medium in accordance with the color data in the second color space that is corrected by the correction unit; a first changing unit configured to change the color profile; a second changing unit configured to change the correction data; and a selection unit configured to select, based on a color measurement result of a color chart for correcting a color of an image printed on the printing medium, one of processes including change of the color profile and change of the correction data.06-24-2010
20090316174TERMINAL APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS MAINTENANCE SYSTEM - A terminal apparatus that can identify contents of work conducted to repair an image forming apparatus with its power supply turned off. A terminal apparatus can communicate with the image forming apparatus. An obtaining unit obtains information related to an error occurred in the image forming apparatus. A display unit displays work required to cancel the error. An input unit causes a user to selectively input contents of work. A control unit stores the contents of work selectively inputted through the input unit in a storage unit when the terminal apparatus stops communicating with the image forming apparatus and transmits the contents of work stored in the storage unit to the image forming apparatus when the terminal apparatus starts communicating with the image forming apparatus.12-24-2009
20090316172IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus includes a color line sensor that converts an image of an original document into an electric signal at first resolution and a monochrome line sensor that converts the image of the original document into an electric signal at second resolution higher than the first resolution. The image reading apparatus further includes an image-quality improving circuit that calculates a correlation between first image data obtained by reading the image of the original document at the first resolution with the color line sensor and second image data obtained by reading the image of the original document at the second resolution with the monochrome line sensor and converts the first image data into third image data having resolution higher than the first resolution on the basis of the calculated correlation.12-24-2009
20090316171IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - Disclosed is an image forming system, in which the printer controller is capable of performing the re-RIP (Regeneration Raster Image Processing) in conformity with the revised page order accepted from the image forming apparatus. When determining that the re-RIP is necessary, the image forming apparatus transmits a regeneration request including revised page order information, changed from the original page order, to the printer controller. Receiving the regeneration request, the printer controller reapplies the rasterization processing to the print data while using the data stored in advance in the storage section, to regenerate the revised image data corresponding to the page information, and then, transmits the revised image data to the image forming apparatus. Receiving the revised image data regenerated in response to the regeneration request, from the printer controller, the image forming apparatus employs the revised image data for performing the image forming operation in regard to the print job.12-24-2009
20090316169Controller unit and control method performed by controller unit - A controller unit controls an image processing apparatus that includes a scanner unit that acquires image data by scanning an original. The controller unit includes a scanning characteristic correcting unit that converts the image data acquired by the scanner unit into normalized image data, an expanded I/F unit to which a controller image processing unit can be detachably attached to perform an image reducing operation on the normalized image data, and a basic image processing unit that, when the controller image processing unit is not attached to the expanded I/F unit, performs a basic image reducing operation on the normalized image data.12-24-2009
20090316166ORIGINAL READING DEVICE - An original reading device corrects line noise when performing original image reading by a sheet-through method, even if line noise appears due to a piece of debris simultaneously influencing all color sensors. Background plates (12-24-2009
20090316165APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLOR CONTROL OF CLEAR COATED IMAGES ON MEDIA - An apparatus (12-24-2009
20100014108IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention discloses an image processing method and an image processing apparatus which is capable of preventing wasteful consumption of toner and an increase in processing time when a page including information not desired by a user such as an advertisement on a Web page is printed. According to the image forming method of the present invention, the image forming method includes a mode for printing image data without change and a mode for simplifying and printing the image data or not printing the image data, and executes print processing according to a mode set by the user.01-21-2010
20120194832IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming system includes an image forming apparatus and an upper device connected to the image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus includes a first receiving unit for receiving a print mode including a cost priority mode; a first transmission unit for transmitting the print mode to the upper device; a second receiving unit for receiving a print instruction; a print control unit for printing the print data; a duplex print control unit for controlling a printing operation; and a fixing temperature control unit for controlling a fixing temperature. The upper device includes a first storage unit for storing a save setting; a third receiving unit for receiving image data; a second storage unit for storing the print mode; an arrangement print control unit for generating the print data; and a second transmission unit for transmitting the print instruction.08-02-2012
20100165366IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The quantity processing is executed to data distributed for each color. Binary data obtained by this quantization processing are selected only in regard to a color generating print quantity information. Filtering processing is executed to the binary data of the selected color to generate the print quantity information. In the quantization processing for a second plane, data found by converting the print quantity information generated in the first plane processing into a minus value are added to the multi-valued data. In the quantization processing in the second plane added, the value of the multi-valued data is made small and in the quantity, probability that the multi-valued data become binary data printing the dots is made small. That is, a ratio where dots in the first plane and dots in the second plane overlap and are formed can be made small.07-01-2010
20100149559SPECIALTY MEDIA CALIBRATION ENHANCEMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM - A system and method for enhancing media calibration and rendering to enable the use of multiple sets of calibration curves and intrapage when rendering to a multi-substrate media. A calibration target related to a specific multi-substrate media can be rendered. A number of calibration patches can then be measured with respect to each substrate region on the media. The calibration patches can be utilized to create a custom rendering profile for the multi-substrate media. A rendering job can be processed and a matching custom rendering profile defined in the multi-substrate calibration can then be applied to regions specified in the media definition.06-17-2010
20100149565PRINT PROCESSING SYSTEM, PRINT PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A print server checks a job ticket for a print job to be processed. When a method of printing set in the printing attributes of the job ticket is case binding, a first thickness of a bookblock is calculated using the paper type set in the printing attributes. The print server calculates a second thickness of a bookblock using the paper type after a change. The print server changes the paper type set in the job ticket when the difference between the first thickness and the second thickness is within a permissible range.06-17-2010
20100149564IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND DENSITY UNEVENNESS CORRECTION METHOD THEREIN - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus including: an image forming section to form an image on paper based on image data according to an image forming condition to output the image on the paper; a storage section to store a plurality of correction values corresponding to setting conditions of the image forming condition, the correction values used for correction of density unevenness in a main scanning direction of the image; a density correction section to perform correction of density of each pixel of the image data based on the correction value; and a control section to read out the correction value according to a set condition in the image forming condition from the storage section and to allow the density correction section to perform the correction of the density of each pixel of the image data based on the read out correction value.06-17-2010
20100149562IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes a user interface, and an image forming unit to perform an image forming job in a new image mode by combining two or more image modes when the two or more image modes are selected through the user interface. The image forming unit may include a controller to combine color lookup tables of the two or more selected image modes and to create a new color lookup table, and an engine unit to perform the image forming job in an image mode corresponding to the new color lookup table. Therefore, it is possible for the image forming apparatus to support various image modes.06-17-2010
20100149558USER DEFINED ASSOCIATIONS OF COLORS TO CARTRIDGES FOR COLOR PRINTERS - A printer status interface controller displays an interface at a client system with a first color from among a plurality of colors associated with a first print cartridge position associated, from among a plurality of print cartridge positions of a printer. The printer status interface controller receives a user selection within the interface to specify an association of a second color from among the plurality of colors with the first print cartridge position. Responsive to the user selection to associate the second color with the first print cartridge position, a printer color association controller adjusts a reference to the first color in a print document to print in the second color through a second print cartridge in a second print cartridge position from among the plurality of print cartridge positions.06-17-2010
20090122328IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND HOST APPARATUS THEREOF - An image processing method includes measuring a state of an image forming apparatus which is connected to a host apparatus to perform color and mono printings; selecting at least one of a plurality of color management system profiles by using the measured state of the image forming apparatus; and generating a printing data of a document based on the selected color management system profile.05-14-2009
20090122326IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When image data is obtained through a network from a document reading portion or a PC etc., a main control portion displays, through a display control portion, a document icon in a document icon area on a display portion. A user drags and drops the document icon on an output image operation area with a touch pen or the like, and the main control portion displays the specified document icon on the area. Moreover, when specification of a paper area, a position of a punch hole, a position of stapling, and the like is performed with the touch pen or the like, the main control portion determines whether or not setting is possible and outputs specified data to an image formation control portion and a post-process control portion.05-14-2009
20100177329METHOD FOR REDUCING REGISTRATION DEFECTS IN COLOR PRINTING - A method and system modify a rasterized digital image to reduce registration artifacts, the image having a black plane and a color plane by determining if a pixel is part of a connected black region and if the pixel is part of a connected color region. It is determined if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous. A dilation operation is performed on the color plane value of the pixel if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous.07-15-2010
20100177331IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus, which performs image formation by using various colorants, includes a bitmap data generation unit that generates bitmap data, in which each pixel has a gradation value of each color of the colorants, with respect to image formation objects, a label generation unit that generates label information of a relevant pixel for each pixel based on the bitmap data or label information of peripheral pixels of the relevant pixel, and a correction unit that corrects the bitmap data based on the label information. The image formation is performed based on the corrected bitmap data, and the label information includes information on a color of a pixel adjacent to a region to be corrected when the pixel exists in the region to be corrected, and includes information for identifying a color of the relevant pixel when the pixel does not exist in the region to be corrected.07-15-2010
20100177332METHOD OF ADAPTING A PRINTING PROCESS WHILE MAINTAINING BLACK BUILD-UP - A method of adapting color values, which have been produced for a first printing process to a second printing process, is performed so that the visual impressions of the colors in the two printing processes are identical. Starting from a first printing process adaptation U without maintaining the black build-up, which transforms the color values [C07-15-2010
20090091771METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING A DIGITAL COLOR IMAGING DEVICE THAT USES MULTI-HUE COLORANTS - Methods and apparatus are provided for calibrating a digital color imaging device to a printing press by determining a total colorant limit, per-channel colorant limits, and channel linearization tables using colorimetric and/or spectrophotometric techniques. In addition, for digital color imaging devices that use multi-hue colorants, methods and apparatus are provided for determining distribution functions for the multi-hue colorants as a function of input values.04-09-2009
20100165368Image processing device, image forming apparatus incorporating same, image processing method used in the image forming apparatus, and program product used in the image forming apparatus - An image processing device, which can be incorporated in an image forming apparatus and perform an image processing method, includes a first image sensor unit including multiple image sensor chips arranged in a line to read an image of a document by converting light incident from the document into electrical signals, a chroma calculation unit to calculate chroma data from an image signal constituted by the electrical signals of the image read by the first image sensor unit, and a chroma adjustment unit to adjust the chroma by using the chroma data calculated by the chroma calculation unit to perform, only on a low-chroma image signal, a conversion process for reducing the chroma to suppress color irregularities occurring at intervals corresponding to widths of the multiple image sensor chips of the first image sensor unit.07-01-2010
20100157332PRINTER AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - A printer of the present invention prohibits print-media replacement or operations of the printer, when executing a profile creation mode of creating profile data that is used for color conversion processing performed on image data that is to be printed by a print unit.06-24-2010
20100157330OPTIMIZED COLOR CONVERSION - Methods and systems herein provide for optimized color conversion. Such color conversion includes identifying color regions in the image data and identifying portions of the color regions that overlap. The color conversion also includes converting color values in the color regions to the color space of the output imaging device based on a plurality of numerical models. The color conversion further includes processing the overlapping portions of the color regions to remove abrupt transitions between the overlapping portions of the color regions. The numerical models may be generated based on human perception and a source of printer errors.06-24-2010
20100157339DATA PROCESSING DEVICE - A data processing device is used for a printing device including a printing unit for printing an image based on image data using color material contained in a cartridge. The cartridge is detachably mounted in the printing device and has a storage unit storing processing data. The data processing device includes an original image data acquiring unit, a processing data acquiring unit, a first processing unit, a second processing unit, and a supplying unit. The original image data acquiring unit is configured to acquire original image data. The processing data acquiring unit is configured to acquire the processing data from the storage unit. The first processing unit is configured to generate first image data using the original image data based on the acquired processing data if the processing data acquiring unit acquires processing data. The first image data is used for producing a first image by the printing unit. The second processing unit is configured to generate second image data using the original image data if the processing data acquiring unit does not acquire the processing data. The second image data is used for producing a second image by the printing unit. The second image has a density higher than a density of the first image. The supplying unit is configured to supply one of the first image data and the second image data to the printing unit.06-24-2010
20100002247IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - An image processor includes: a first storage; a rendering unit; a second storage; a creation unit; and a control unit that performs: a first control that makes the creation unit create sequentially variable images corresponding to respective records of variable data, and output the created variable images; and a second control that, in a case where variable image creating format data corresponding to format definition data conforming to the records embedded by the creation unit is not stored in the second storages makes the rendering unit render from the format definition data conforming to the records stored in the first storage to the variable image creating format data, and makes the creation unit output the variable image in which the recodes are embedded in the variable image creating format data rendered by the rendering unit separately from the output of the variable image by the first control.01-07-2010
20100002246Printing simulation method and apparatus, picture color tone controlling method and apparatus for printing press, and printing press - A printing simulation method and apparatus, a picture color tone controlling method and method for a printing press and a printing press are disclosed by which, before printing is carried out, the color tone can be confirmed readily so that a demand for a print color tone can be satisfied precisely while appearance of broke is suppressed. A printing characteristic of a printing press and data of a printing picture to be printed by the printing press are acquired, and an image of the printing picture obtained by simulating color by the printing press with the data of the printing picture converted using the printing characteristic of the printing press is displayed on a monitor screen. Then, while a sample of the printing picture is referred to, correction of the color state of the picture displayed on the monitor screen with respect to the density of the ink color upon printing is carried out so that the color tone of the picture displayed on the monitor screen approaches the color tone of the sample picture. A target density is set in response to the correction, and printing is carried out while the ink supplying state by an ink supplying apparatus for each color is controlled so that the actual density of the color of a result of printing approaches the target density value.01-07-2010
20100157340OBJECT EXTRACTION IN COLOUR COMPOUND DOCUMENTS - Disclosed is a computer implemented method of text extraction in colour compound documents. The method connects similarly coloured pixels of an image of a colour compound document into connected components (CCs); classifies each CC as either text or non-text; refines the text CC classification for each text CC using global colour context statistics; groups text CCs into text blocks; recovers misclassified non-text CCs into a nearby text block; and removes extraneous CCs from each text block using local colour context statistics to thereby provide the extracted text in the text blocks. Also disclosed is a computer implemented method of locating graphics objects in a colour compound document image. The method connects similarly coloured pixels of said image into connected components (CCs) and placing the CCs in an enclosure tree; classifies (06-24-2010
20100157336IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus sets one of a plurality of modes including a monochrome mode of forming a monochrome image, converts a multivalued luminance signal into signal values of color material amounts to be used to form the image and forms the image using color materials based on the signal values. The color materials used in the forming when the monochrome mode is set include an achromatic color material and at least two auxiliary color materials which have hues opposite to each other and a chroma larger than that of the achromatic color material.06-24-2010
20100157341IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus for supplying image data, to be formed by an image forming apparatus, to the image forming apparatus includes an obtaining unit for obtaining information on first environment light and second environment light different from the first environment light; a converting unit for converting data, defined by a color space independent of the image forming apparatus, of the image data into first image data defined by a color space dependent of the image forming apparatus depending on the first environment light and then for converting the first image data into second image data defined by a color space independent of the image forming apparatus depending on the second environment light; a discriminating unit for discriminating whether or not a color difference between the first image data and the second image data is a predetermined value or more in an area in which the first image data and the second image data correspond to each other; and a display controlling unit for controlling a display unit so that the image data is displayed on the display unit in an image area including an area in which the color difference is the predetermined value or more and including an area in which the color difference is less than the predetermined value.06-24-2010
20100157338IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A plurality of patch sets each including a patch formed by an achromatic ink and a patch formed by chromatic inks are formed by changing a combination ratio in first color conversion processing of executing color conversion of image data in correspondence with a first light source and second color conversion processing of executing color conversion of the image data in correspondence with a second light source. The information of a patch set selected by a user from the plurality of patch sets is acquired. The image data is color-converted by the first color conversion processing and the second color conversion processing corresponding to the combination ratio used to form the patch set selected by the user.06-24-2010
20100157335Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming System, and Head Device - An image forming apparatus includes: a plurality of controllers which controls a nozzle group forming an image on an image forming medium on the basis of image data; and a plurality of distribution units which is connected to one or more controllers and transmits the image data, which is used to control the nozzle group controlled by the controller, to the controller. A first distribution unit, which is the uppermost unit, to a second distribution unit, which is the lowermost unit, are connected such that upper and lower distribution units are connected to each other in a communicable way, and the first distribution unit is connected to an external apparatus in a communicable way.06-24-2010
20100157333PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - In an ink jet printing apparatus capable of performing a marginless printing, there is provided an ink jet printing apparatus and printing method of performing a dot count with accuracy. An ink jet printing apparatus includes a print medium edge position detecting device for detecting a position of at least any of a left edge, right edge, upper edge and lower edge of a print medium. Furthermore, it includes a replacing device for replacing an input data in a protruded region by a null data. Further, it includes a counting device for counting an ejecting dot number in a printing region after being replaced by a null data by using the replacing device.06-24-2010
20100182618IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing system includes an acquiring unit configured to acquire image data; a first determination unit configured to create histograms of colors in the acquired image data, and determine deemed background colors with the use of the histograms; a second determination unit configured to determine a background color based on the deemed background colors; a counting unit configured to count a number of pixels corresponding to character colors in the image data, wherein colors other than the background color are the character colors; and a deciding unit configured to obtain a ratio of the number of pixels corresponding to the character colors to a total number of pixels in the image data, and perform blank page determination on the image data by determining that the image data is blank when the ratio is less than a predetermined value.07-22-2010
20100182623IMAGE ENLARGEMENT METHOD, IMAGE ENLARGEMENT APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Virtual pixels not included in input image data are arranged before a first input pixel and after a last input pixel of an input pixel array, respectively. A position of a first output pixel is determined so that a difference between a position of the first input pixel and the position of the first output pixel equals a difference between a position of the last input pixel and a position of a last output pixel. Pixel data of an output pixel before the first input pixel is interpolated based on pixel data of the virtual pixel before the first input pixel and pixel data of the first input pixel. Pixel data of an output pixel after the last input pixel is interpolated based on pixel data of the virtual pixel arranged after the last input pixel and pixel data of the last input pixel.07-22-2010
20100165364COLOR CONVERSION OF IMAGE DATA - Methods and systems herein provide for the color conversion of image data. Such color conversion includes receiving the image data from an input imaging device and generating a CMYK to CIELab model for conversion of the image data to a color gamut of an output imaging device. From there, a table of CMYK color values and corresponding CIELab color values is generated based on the model. The color conversion then includes mapping the CIELab color values of the image data to a CIELab color gamut of the output imaging device such as a printer. The color conversion also includes comparing the mapped CIELab color values to the CIELab color values of the table to retrieve corresponding CMYK color values and processing the retrieved CMYK color values (e.g., via multidimensional optimization) to convert the CIELab color values of the image data to the CIELab color values of the output imaging device.07-01-2010
20100165365IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image recording apparatus including: a storing portion configured to store first image data based on which recording is performed on one of recording surfaces of a recording medium and second image data based on which the recording is performed on the other surface; a first density adjusting section configured to make an adjustment to a recording density for at least part of the first image data on the basis of an input of a user; a second density adjusting section configured to make an adjustment to a recording density for at least part of the second image data, the adjustment being reverse to the adjustment by the first density adjusting section; and a recording section configured to perform the recording on the basis of the first image data adjusted by the first density adjusting section and the second image data adjusted by the second density adjusting section.07-01-2010
20100165370LASER PRINT APPARATUS WITH TONER EXPLOSION COMPENSATION - A printing apparatus comprises a processor comprising registers, and a memory configured to store image data. The processor is configured to load portions of the image data into the registers and perform toner explosion compensation on the portions of the image data loaded in the registers, excluding image data loaded in boundary positions in the registers.07-01-2010
20100165367Printer Gradation Correction Method and Color Patch Image - A printer gradation correcting method, comprises the steps of: outputting a color patch image by a printer based on image data of a color patch image; measuring a gradation of the outputted color patch image by a color measuring device so as to obtain a gradation measurement value; and correcting a gradation characteristic of the printer based on the gradation measurement value. The color patch image includes a patch-shaped image having a uniform gradation of a predetermined gradation representative value and gradation fluctuation of a predetermined color component added in the patch-shaped image, and the added gradation fluctuation is structured such that a total of gradation fluctuation measured in a measurement region by the color measuring device becomes a predetermined value. The gradation characteristic of the printer is corrected based on the gradation representative value, the predetermined value of the total of gradation fluctuation, and the gradation measurement value.07-01-2010
20100188674ADDED IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND ADDED IMAGE GETTING-IN METHOD - According to one embodiment, an added image processing system includes a document storing portion configured to store a document file which is electronic information, an added image obtaining portion configured to obtain a difference in case comparing a document file stored in the document storing portion identified on the basis of a scanned image obtained by scanning a paper document with the scanned image as an added image, a corresponded text obtaining portion configured to obtain a text corresponding to the added image obtained by the added image obtaining portion, a text metadata obtaining portion configured to obtain text metadata of the corresponded text, an added image storing portion configured to store the corresponded text, the text metadata, and the added image in relation to each other, an added image getting-in portion, on the basis of the text metadata, configured to add the added image stored in the added image storing portion to a new document file, and a text metadata selecting portion configured to select an attribute considered in case adding the added image to the new document file by the added image getting-in portion.07-29-2010
20100188672GAMUT AIM AND GAMUT MAPPING METHOD FOR SPATIALLY VARYING COLOR LOOKUP TABLES - An image processing apparatus, program product, and method determine an achievable gamut achievable by the imaging engine or engines for all spatial locations of an output image, or all utilized print engines. A reference gamut is calculated which is any gamut containing the achievable gamut. A gamut mapping is used to map gamuts from the mean gamut to the achievable gamut, and a set of transformations is calculated for each of a set of input colors to a set of target colors selected from colors in the achievable gamut. Values for a received digital image are transformed for each image pixel or clusters of pixels based on the calculated set of transformations. Output images are generated based on the transformed values.07-29-2010
20090296116Print System, Program, and Printer - A print system, computer readable media, and printer are provided. The print system includes a printer and a computer. The printer includes a print unit that generates an image on a sheet from output data; a generation unit that generates correction data for correcting print data; and a transmission unit that transmits the correction data to the computer. The computer includes a correction unit that corrects the print data using the correction data transmitted from the transmission unit, thereby generating the output data; and an output unit that outputs the output data to the printer. The printer system also includes a wait state maintain unit that is configured to maintain a wait state so as not to start a printing of the output data corrected in accordance with the correction data generated during a period from a time at which generation of the correction data is commenced by the generation unit until a time at which the transmission unit transmits the correction data.12-03-2009
20100020341Image Processing Apparatus, Image Processing Method, Image Processing Program, and Image Printing Apparatus - An image processing apparatus including a specific image detection unit detecting an area including at least a part of a specific image in an input image, a difference acquisition unit acquiring a difference between brightness of the area detected by the specific image detection unit and brightness of a background area in the input image, a correction curve acquisition unit acquiring a correction curve for gradation correction on the basis of the difference, and a correction unit correcting the gradation value of a pixel, which belongs to a color gamut with a dark portion defined, from among pixels constituting the input image by using the correction curve.01-28-2010
20100259774IMAGE FORMING CONDITION SETTING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING CONDITION SETTING METHOD - An image forming printing condition setting device for setting an image forming condition displays setting candidates including combinations of plural types of setting conditions, generates a new setting candidate similar to a selected setting candidate if the setting candidate is selected from the displayed setting candidates, and displays the selected setting candidate and the generated new setting candidate similar to the selected setting candidate.10-14-2010
20100182616SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HALFTONE INDEPENDENT TEMPORAL COLOR DRIFT CORRECTION IN HI-ADDRESSABILITY XEROGRAPHIC PRINTERS - Disclosed are systems and methods for halftone independent temporal color drift correction, particularly for correction in hi-addressability xerographic printers07-22-2010
20100182619COLOR COMPENSATION APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A color compensation apparatus, a color compensation method, an image forming apparatus, and a computer readable recording medium are provided. The color compensation apparatus includes a color scheme analyzing unit to classify an input image into one or more objects and to compute average color values for each of the classified one or more objects, a storage unit to store a color table proposed for color compensation, and a color compensating unit to compensate the average color values computed for each of the classified one or more objects using colors of the stored color table which match the computed average color values.07-22-2010
20120033239Mechanism for Inserting Information Into a Bitmap - A method is disclosed. The method includes receiving a print job, rasterizing the print job to produce rasterized bitmap data, retrieving additional information to be encoded into the bitmap data and compressing the bitmap data using the additional information by performing a sequence of optimal and sub-optimal compression.02-09-2012
20100182625IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL METHOD - A technique that can perform appropriate image quality control processing corresponding to fluctuation in a printing environment is provided. An image forming apparatus that forms, on a sheet, a test pattern formed by a color obtained by mixing toners of plural colors, scans a test pattern image formed on the sheet with a color sensor, and performs predetermined image quality control processing on the basis of information scanned, the image forming apparatus including a media sensor that acquires information for discriminating a type of a sheet to be an object of image formation processing, a control-information acquiring unit that acquires, on the basis of the information acquired by the media sensor, information for control used in the image quality control processing, and a color sensor that is arranged further on a downstream side than a fixing device in a sheet conveying direction and scans the test pattern formed on the sheet.07-22-2010
20100182621IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - An image processing device includes a storing unit and a creating unit. The storing unit stores a single set of line dither matrices. The single set of line dither matrices includes a first line dither matrix for first color, a second line dither matrix for second color, and a third line dither matrix for third color. Each of the first line dither matrix, the second line dither matrix, and the third line dither matrix includes threshold values that are arranged to make halftone dots grow linearly and including a plurality of n×n sub-matrices. N is set to an integer greater than 1. The first dither matrix has a first screen angle. The second dither matrix has a second screen angle that is different from the first screen angle. The third dither matrix has a third screen angle that is different from the first screen angle and the second screen angle. The creating unit is configured to create binary image data based on input image data using the single set of line dither matrices. A difference between the first screen angle and the second screen angle is set to either one of (π/2−arctan(1/n)) radians and (π/2+arctan(1/n)) radians. A difference between the first screen angle and the third screen angle is set to either one of (π/2−arctan(1/n)) radians and (π/2+arctan(1/n)) radians.07-22-2010
20100182620Image processing device and image processing method - An image processing device connected to a display device and a printing device includes an image data acquiring module that acquires image data, a setting module that sets a print image quality adjustment condition, a print image data generating module that performs an image quality adjustment process on the acquired image data, and generates print image data, and a display image data generating module that generates display image data. The display image data generating module, when requested to display an image subjected to an image quality adjustment process, performs an image quality adjustment process on the acquired image data, and generates adjusted display image data, and when requested to display an image not subjected to an image quality adjustment process, generates unadjusted display image data, without image quality adjustment. A display control module displays an image subjected to the image quality adjustment process using the adjusted display image data.07-22-2010
20100182622Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method and Recording Medium - An image forming apparatus performs image formation using colorants of various colors. In relation to a target image, when a first region, formed using colorants of a black color and not using colorants of remaining colors is adjacent to a second region formed using the colorants of the remaining colors and not using the colorants of the black color, the first region is generated using the colorants including the remaining colors based on conversion information generated according to the remaining colors of the second region.07-22-2010
20100182624IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming method includes receiving a private print job with a password and related information, acquiring, as reception date and time, date and time, storing the password, the related information, and the reception date and time in a private print job data base, editing and displaying information related to the print job, selecting at least one private print job, and printing the selected private print job, wherein the editing and displaying information related to at least one private print job includes classifying, on the basis of job priority time, private print jobs into a new job group and an old job group, and changing display order to display jobs belonging to the new job group in order from one having the earliest reception date and time and subsequently display jobs belonging to the old job group in order from one having the latest reception date and time.07-22-2010
20100188673IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing method and apparatus RGB luminance data for target pixel P(n) and adjacent pixels P(n−1) and P(n+1) to one set of luminance data L(i) and two sets of color difference data Cr(i) and Cb(i). Intermediate values Crm(n) and Cbm(n) for the color difference data are calculated for the pixels P(n−1), P(n), P(n+1). A change in the luminance data in the vicinity of the target pixel P(n) is determined. When a predetermined condition is satisfied, the intermediate values replace color difference data Cr′(n) and Cb′(n) for the target pixel P(n). When the predetermined condition is not satisfied, weighted average values of the intermediate values and original color difference values Cr(n) and Cb(n) replace the color difference data for the target pixel P(n). Thereafter, the color difference data for the target pixel P(n) and the luminance data that are not changed are again converted in the RGB color space.07-29-2010
20100259772RECORDING SHEET SURFACE DETECTION APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus for detecting surface conditions of a recording sheet on which an image is formed, includes a light source configured to emit a first light beam and a second light beam, an image capture device configured to capture a first image of a surface of the recording sheet illuminated with the first light beam and a second image of the surface of the recording sheet illuminated with the second light beam. A first straight line including a ray in a center of the first light beam and a second straight line including a ray in a center of the second light beam intersect with each other, when each straight line is projected onto the surface of the recording sheet, and a detection device configured to detect information about the unevenness on the surface of the recording sheet based on the first image and the second image.10-14-2010
20100157329METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING AND PROCESSING DOCUMENT DATA WITH MEDIA-RELATED COLOR MANAGEMENT RESOURCES - In a method or device to generate or process a resource-based document data stream with which an output of at least one document on an output medium can be controlled, the document data stream is provided with resource reference data related to at least one color management resource, and medium reference data related to the output medium. The resource reference data and the medium reference data are logically connected with one another such that when the medium reference data changes because the output medium has changed, then the resource reference data is automatically changed to another color management resource.06-24-2010
20110235073METHOD FOR GRAY BALANCE CORRECTION OF A PRINTING PROCESS - In printing processes, even when a process calibration under predefined printing conditions is used, it is possible for deviations in the gray balance to occur. Attempts have been made to correct the deviations, for example by changing the layer thickness of the printing inks in the printing process, but that can lead to color deviations in other regions. A gray balance correction method with which wastage that regularly occurs can be reduced and an occurrence of undesired color fluctuations can be avoided, is achieved by using differences between black and chromatic gray areas in gray balance areas to replace the measured values from a first process calibration with corrected measured values and carrying out a new process calibration.09-29-2011
20090046309Inkjet Printer With Dual Page Memory And Page Expander - An inkjet printer including a body housing a print engine configured to transport and print upon print media. The print engine includes a memory buffer of sufficient size to enable printing of one compressed page whilst receiving another compressed page. Each compressed page includes compressed contone data and compressed bi-level data. The print engine is configured to expand each compressed page during printing. A retractable cover is pivotally mounted relative to the body and is able to be pivoted to form a guide which can guide print media to the print engine for printing.02-19-2009
20090046310MULTI-COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A multi-color image forming apparatus includes signal detecting units which are included in development units and detect horizontal synchronization signals, a correction unit to count pulse widths of the horizontal synchronization signals detected by the signal detecting units and correct timings of vertical offsets to be increased or decreased according to lengths of the pulse widths, and a video controller to output video data to scan multi-color images on surfaces of photosensitive drums according to the timings of the vertical offsets corrected by the correction unit. Even when any one of the laser scanning units and the development units is shifted from a reference position, the vertical offset is corrected such that the multi-color images printed on a recording medium are aligned in a vertical direction. Accordingly, preventing quality of the multi-color images from deteriorating is possible.02-19-2009
20100014106PAINT DEALING SYSTEM, PAINT DEALING METHOD, AND COMPUTER - A paint dealing system includes computers which are provided for a purchaser, a distributor, and an agency store and are connected to each other via a communication line, wherein the computer of the agency store includes a sample printing unit that prompts a printing apparatus to print a paint sample, and an information printing unit that prints identification information on the sample to identify the paint and the agency store, wherein the computer of the purchaser includes a purchasing unit that transmits the identification information printed on the sample to the computer of the distributor, and wherein the computer of the distributor includes a specification unit that specifies the paint and the agency store which prints the sample on the basis of the transmitted identification information, a charging unit that charges a cost of the specified paint to the purchaser, and a payment unit that pays a cost of printing the sample to the specified agency store.01-21-2010
20100214580METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED SOLID AREA AND HEAVY SHADOW UNIFORMITY IN PRINTED DOCUMENTS - A method for minimizing cross-process non-uniformities in solid and heavy shadow regions of printed documents is provided. The method includes marking with a marking engine an image on an image bearing surface moving in a process direction; generating profile data of the image by sensing an optical characteristic of the image in a cross-process direction; adjusting at least one control actuator of the marking engine so as to shift the characteristic of a subsequent marked image in the cross-process direction to at least a target value; and generating a spatially varying tone reproduction curve to smooth the characteristic of the subsequent marked image towards the target value.08-26-2010
20130215438IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A technology that enables accurate position specification on an image displayed on a screen to perform processing and correction of the image data is provided. When the image is printed on a sheet on which a dot pattern is printed, a reference point of the image on the display device is set and the reference point is printed in a visible mark together with the image. This mark is imaged with an imaging means, and calibration is performed in which position coordinates of the marks on the sheet and the reference points of the image are matched, thereby preventing variation in coordinates between designation made on the sheet with the imaging means and processing on the image.08-22-2013
20130215440Method And Apparatus For Calibrating And Profiling Colored Media Given An Inkset On A Printer Using White Ink And An Apparatus And Automatic Method For Color Separating And Printing On Colored Background Using White Ink - An embedded system for calibrating and profiling colored media using an inkset, white ink and an online or offline printing device for printing. The system includes an embedded apparatus capable of generating, adapting, and printing the targets required for calibrating and profiling. The printing involves generation of white ink data and suitable separations for printing inkset for the target to be printed on the colored media. A dual-acting device capable of acting as a plate making or film generating means for offline printing, and as a print controller for online printing may be used. The printing device may be selected from an offset printing device or a screen printing device when offline printing and/or an inkjet printer or a laser printer when online printing.08-22-2013
20100177330JOB-SPECIFIC PRINT DEFECT MANAGEMENT - A print defect management device that supports job-specific print defect management automatically assesses print job pages to determine the severity of image quality defects likely to occur on one or more selected printers. Views of identified troubled pages may be rendered to include approximations of color and image quality defects based on the original page image data, and each printer's color rendition data and defect data, thereby allowing troubled pages for one or more selected printers to be viewed prior to printing. Suggested changes may be automatically or manually applied. Once satisfied with the image quality of print job pages rendered for a specific printer, a user may submit the print job to the same printer, thereby assuring that the user's image quality expectations are met in the printed product. The device may support job-specific print defect management with both local and/or remote printers via LAN, WAN and/or Internet based connectivity.07-15-2010
20090296108COOPERATIVE NEIGHBOR PRINTING SYSTEM PROFILE METHODS AND SYSTEMS - This disclosure provides printing methods, apparatus, and systems to generate a multidimensional printer profile for a color printer. Specifically, the profile is generated by a method of selecting a recruiter set of nodes associated with a plurality of target color nodes and selecting a candidate set of nodes associated with a plurality of target color nodes. The candidate nodes and recruiting node cooperate to generate a printer profile.12-03-2009
20100225942COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion apparatus, for converting input image data into output image data that is to be output from a recording apparatus using a color material of five colors or more, the color conversion apparatus, includes a color conversion table that is used in performing color conversion of the input image data directly into the output image data; and a color conversion unit that, by making use of the color conversion table, performs color conversion of the input image data directly into the output image data.09-09-2010
20100225938IMAGE-PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD - An image-processing apparatus includes: a memory that stores a red range defining red in a color space; an acquiring unit that acquires original image data representing an original image including a first part whose color is the red defined by the red range and a second part whose color is a color other than the red; and a generating unit that generates modified image data representing a modified image in which a density of either the first part or the second part is reduced to a density smaller than a density of the original image represented by the acquired original image data.09-09-2010
20110102823IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus carries out a combining process in which a part of an original image is whitened and a target image to be combined is superimposed over the whitened part. The image processing apparatus receives a command to specify a color of an unnecessary region of the stamp image including the target image to be combined which region is not to be superimposed over the original image in the combining process. Then, the image processing apparatus receives a command to define a necessary region of a specified color region of the stamp image which necessary region should not be defined as the unnecessary region, the specified color region being constituted by pixels indicating the color specified by the command. Further, the image processing apparatus carries out the combining process, assuming that the unnecessary region is a region of the stamp image which region is obtained by excluding the necessary region from the specified color region and the target image to be combined is a region other than the unnecessary region in the stamp image.05-05-2011
20100238467Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image processing apparatus includes a color information generating unit that generates information of color values in input image data; an Index table generating unit that generates an Index table in which a first identification information according to a hash value is associated with a first predetermined number of color values; a drawing unit that generates a second identification information according to the hash value for each color value in the input image data and performs, when the second identification information is different from the first identification information associated with a color value in the Index table having a same value, drawing according to the color value, and when the second identification information is the same as the first identification information, drawing according to the first identification information; and a converting unit that converts an image drawn by the identification information into a color value.09-23-2010
20100238471IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDED WITH IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - In order to form an image without losing a moving image included in a structured document, an MFP, when forming an image, receives print data and a moving image from a PC, stores the moving image in association with second moving image identification information, embeds, in a still image included in the print data, the second moving image identification information for the stored moving image and positional information included in the print data, and forms the still image on a sheet of paper. When reading an image, the MFP 09-23-2010
20100220342IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - With this invention, color shifting correction is performed first based on shifting amount information indicating a shifting amount with respect to the scanning direction on an image carrier of each image forming unit, and halftone processing is then performed, thus suppressing generation of moiré due to the color shifting correction, and forming a high-quality image. To this end, an image forming engine has color shifting amount storage units C, M, Y, and K (black) which store actual shifting amounts with respect to ideal scan directions on image carriers C, M, Y, and K in image forming units C, M, Y, and K. Color shifting correction amount arithmetic units C, M, Y, and K calculate color shifting correction amounts for respective color components on the basis of the stored color shifting amounts. Color shifting correction units C, M, Y, and K perform color shifting correction by converting coordinates upon reading out image data from bitmap memories C, M, Y, and K on the basis of the calculated color shifting correction amounts, and then perform tone correction. Data after tone correction undergo halftone processing by halftone processors. C, M, Y, and K. PWM processors C, M, Y, and K generate PWM signals for scanning, and output them to exposure units C, M, Y, and K of the respective image forming units.09-02-2010
20100225937IMAGED PAGE WARP CORRECTION - A method of correcting warp on an imaged page includes generating projection profiles for pixels on the imaged page and determining a reference baseline based on the projection profiles; calculating a deviation away from the reference baseline for points along a boundary; and mapping the points along the boundary to the reference baseline.09-09-2010
20100214577ENCODING OF NON-INDEXED DATA FOR PRINTING USING INDEXED RGB - Machine-enabled methods of, and devices and systems for, encoding color bitmap data as indexed red-green-blue (RGB) data for printing and optional multi-functional peripheral (MFP) device raster image processor (RIP) bypass.08-26-2010
20100238463IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes: an image processing unit acquiring image data, performing image processing, and generating color image data for respective colors; plural toner image forming units each forming and developing an electrostatic latent image on the basis of the color image data, and forming a color toner image; and a toner image holding member moving while holding each color toner image. Each electrostatic latent image has pixel rows arranged in a slow scan direction, with pixels aligned in a fast scan direction. The image processing unit performs, on the color image data, image processing to add or delete the pixel rows for a position of the electrostatic latent image in the slow scan direction. The number of the pixel rows corresponds to the amount of change in a moving velocity of the toner image holding member when each color toner image formed at the position is held.09-23-2010
20100238466Heating device, heating method and image forming apparatus using the heating device - The heating device includes plural heaters to heat fixing members; a power supplying device to supply power to the plural heaters; and a controller. The controller determines heater activation priority order for the heaters every control cycle, and allows the power supplying device to supply power to one of the heaters according to the heater activation priority order. When the controller judges that it is necessary to activate two or more of the heaters in a control cycle, the controller allows the power supplying device to supply power to one of the heaters having the highest rank in the heater activation priority order among the two or more of the heaters. The controller changes the heater activation priority order by according the lowest rank to the heater activated in the last control cycle while maintaining the rank relationship among the others of the heaters.09-23-2010
20100214583IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE READING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus which performs a shading correction by using white reference data, includes an image sensor which transfers accumulated charge to a shift register by a shift pulse; a motor for moving a carriage; an encoder; and a shift pulse control unit, wherein in a white reference data acquisition process, the shift pulse control unit outputs a shift pulse which is a start timing of the charge accumulation corresponding to a predetermined reference color in a case in which an output result of the encoder is in a predetermined state, outputs a shift pulse which is a start timing of the charge accumulation corresponding to each color other than the predetermined reference color in a case in which a predetermined time for each color other than the predetermined reference color has elapsed from the start timing of the charge accumulation corresponding to the predetermined reference color as a reference.08-26-2010
20100225940DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PRINTING WITH CURABLE INK - A method for printing with curable ink is presented. The method comprises the steps of: generating an image wise pattern of spaced apart ink droplet locations for representing the image; and separating the pattern into at least first and second different interleaved portions, each portion comprising a plurality of droplet locations and the droplet locations of each interleaved portion being spaced apart from each other and spaced apart from the droplet locations of the remaining interleaved portions. In a first printing pass, ink droplets are deposited on the substrate at the drop locations of the first interleaved portion. Then, in a final printing pass, ink droplets are deposited on the substrate at the droplet locations of the second interleaved portion. The deposited ink droplets are then cured by exposing the deposited ink droplets to curing radiation in a first partial curing step between first and final printing passes and in a final curing step.09-09-2010
20100225936METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR USE IN INKJET PRINTING - Method, apparatus and computer-readable storage medium for use in performing a pre-print scan of a recording medium using a first sensor, wherein pre-print data is obtained from the pre-print scan, the pre-print data corresponding to an area of the recording medium upon which printing is to be performed; performing a post-print scan of the recording medium using a second sensor, wherein post-print data is obtained from the post-print scan, the post-print data corresponding to the area after printing was to have been performed thereon; and determining whether printing was successful using the pre-print data and the post-print data.09-09-2010
20100225943Rotor Optics Imaging Method and System with Variable Dose During Sweep - The technology disclosed relates to translating between a Cartesian grid and a curved scanning path that produces varying exposure doses as the scanning head traces the curved scanning path. It can be applied to writing to or reading from a workpiece. In particular, we teach use of varying exposure dose that compensates for the time it takes for the curved scan path to transit a straight axis. This simplifies either modulation of a modulator, from which data is projected onto the workpiece, or analysis of data collected by a detector, onto which partial images of the workpiece are projected.09-09-2010
20100225941IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - An image processing device acquires image data of set document sheets in a single acquiring operation, extracts from the image data document images respectively based on the document sheets, specifies a position of each document image defined on the image data, provides each document image with a first identification based on the specified positions of the document images, inputs data for creating ancillary images, provides each ancillary image based on the input data with a second identification, identifies an ancillary images as being associated with one of the document images, based on the first and second identifications, generates one or more pages of composite data, each page of the composite data containing one or more combinations each of which includes one of the document images and an ancillary image identified as being associated with the one of the document images, and outputs each page of the composite data.09-09-2010
20100225935Apparatus and method for dispensing color Merchandise - A methodology and apparatus provide the customers and other decision makers the ability to make decisions, such as purchase decisions and other selections, based solely on non-verbal and non-textual, non-symbolic or non-hieroglyphic prints on a substrate.09-09-2010
20120194833METHOD FOR DETERMINING COLOR CORRECTION PARAMETER FOR RECORDING APPARATUS - From a cost and productivity perspective, the recording and color-measurement of a test pattern to determine whether it is necessary to execute calibration places a heavy burden on a user. The present invention determines the need for processing to generate a color correction parameter without recording a test pattern. More specifically, the present invention determines whether it is necessary to execute color correction parameter generation processing based on an increase in a dot count since color correction parameter generation processing was previously executed, or a change in a ejection rate.08-02-2012
20120194831CONVERSION ARRAYS FOR PRINT IMAGE DATA TRANSFORMATION - Systems and methods for using conversion arrays to transform image in print jobs to different color depths. In one embodiment, the system stores a plurality of conversion arrays for converting images of print jobs encoded according to a page description language. The system receives a print job encoded according to the page description language, locates an image in the encoded print job, and identifies an existing color depth of the image, a pel color range, and a desired output color depth for the image. The system further selects a conversion array from the memory based on at least one of the existing color depth of the image, the pel color range, and the desired output color depth, and converts the image from the existing color depth of the image to the desired output color depth using the conversion array. The system further transmits the converted image for printing.08-02-2012
20110109923IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND PROGRAM-RECORDED STORAGE MEDIUM - A gradation correcting curve to correct a gradation of an input image is generated. Gradation correction based on the gradation correcting curve is made to a boundary pixel of a color reproduction space at the same saturation as that of a target lattice point and at a hue of the target lattice point. An equal saturation line is set by using the boundary pixel of the color reproduction space after the gradation correction. A saturation correction amount of the target lattice point is decided based on the gradation correcting curve and the equal saturation line.05-12-2011
20100231933DYNAMIC PRODUCTION BASED ON PERCEIVED PAGE VALUE - Document descriptions, typically written in a page description language, are automatically transformed down to the page level based on the perceived value of the content of each page. In normal production, documents, printers, and entire printing facilities typically have a set of predefined production parameters that govern the production and appearance of all documents. In enhanced operation, identification rules automatically generate perceived page values for each document page. The pages can be grouped into page subsets based on their perceived values. The Transformation directives can then be selectively invoked to alter the production parameters used for printing the pages within certain page subsets and thereby alter the final appearance, plex, media, or color space of the printed pages within those subsets.09-16-2010
20100238465IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes image forming sections that forms images of different colors, respectively, a correction image formation controlling section that forms correction images of the respective colors, a density sensor that detects a density of each of the correction images in synchronization with passage of each correction image on an image carrying body, a detecting section that detects a position and the density of each of the correction images, based on a binary signal of a density detection output of each of the correction images, a density correction controlling section that corrects and controls an image density of the color, based on the detected density of each of the correction images, and a color deviation correction controlling section that corrects and controls the color deviation, based on the detected position of each of the correction images.09-23-2010
20100238464IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes an interpreting unit that interprets an order of the logical arithmetic processing and a kind of a logical arithmetic processing; and a drawing unit that, in a case of drawing the image information as raster data, draws from an element of an upper-order side in order of the logical arithmetic processing interpreted by the interpreting unit with respect to an area that is interpreted to be processed by a simple overwrite processing for giving priority to an uppermost-order side element as the kind of the logical arithmetic processing, and draws using a calculation sequentially from an element of a lower-order side in order of the logical arithmetic processing interpreted by the interpreting unit with respect to an area that is interpreted to be processed by a logical arithmetic processing for using the calculation as to the overlapped elements as the kind of the logical arithmetic processing.09-23-2010
20100238462SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMAGE QUALITY ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSTICS - A system and method for diagnosing image quality of a printer device's output is provided. The method includes receiving by a processor, via a network from a remote node of the network, a service incident report. The incident report includes an indication of a type of the printer device the printer device being disposed along the network at a location remote from the processor. The method further includes accessing by the processor a storage device storing a collection of test patterns, selecting by the processor a test pattern from the collection of test patterns based on the type of the printer device, wherein the test pattern is configured as input that the printer device can receive and output corresponding printed output, and transmitting by the processor the selected test pattern for the selected test pattern to be provided as input to the printer device.09-23-2010
20100238470DOCUMENT IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND DOCUMENT IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A document image processing system is provided with an input portion to input a document image. An extraction portion extracts document elements of the document image from pixels of the inputted document image. A presumption portion presumes representative colors of the extracted document elements in a color space. A calculation portion calculated a plane to separate the presumed representative colors in the color space. A substitution portion substitutes colors of the pixels of each of the document elements existing in a region separated by the calculated plane in the color space with each of the representative colors existing in the same region.09-23-2010
20100238469Printing Apparatus and Recording Medium for Computer to Read - Print data for display in which an operation screen of a multifunction periphery is described in a page-description language is created and outputted to an external memory medium. Specifically, the print data for display includes a screen description section 09-23-2010
20100253954METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR TRANSFORMING DIGITAL COLOUR IMAGES - A general framework for adaptive gamut mapping is presented in which the image is first decomposed in two bands, one containing the local means, the other the local variations. Two spatial and color adaptive gamut mapping algorithms are introduced. Based on spatial color bilateral filtering, they take into account the color properties of the neighborhood of each pixel. Their goal is to preserve both the color values of the pixels and their relations between neighbors.10-07-2010
20100253953IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA AMOUNT REDUCING METHOD, AND DATA AMOUNT REDUCING PROGRAM EMBODIED ON COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - In order to reduce the data amount of image data while preventing degradation of image quality, an MFP includes an image data acquiring portion to acquire image data, a region extracting portion to extract regions having predetermined attributes from the image data, a selecting portion to select one of the extracted regions, a reduction portion to reduce the data amount of the image data by processing the selected region in a manner predetermined for the attribute of that region, and a comparing portion to compare the data amount of the image data after reduction of the data amount with a predetermined target value, in which the selecting portion selects the regions one by one until the comparing portion determines that the data amount of the image data is equal to or less than the target value.10-07-2010
20100231940IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a positioning unit that acquires a misalignment amount of a pixel in a main-scanning direction and a sub-scanning direction, the pixel as a reference pixel for zooming image data, and decides a position of a pixel as a correction target, based on the misalignment amount; a correcting unit that corrects the pixel; a zooming unit that controls the positioning unit and the correcting unit so as to repeatedly perform the positioning process and the correction process on a pixel line; a pattern recognition unit that performs pattern matching on a predetermined pattern and a predetermined pixel line; and a pixel position changing unit that shifts the decided pixel position in the sub-scanning direction, wherein the zooming unit performs the zooming process on the pixel line of the sub-scanning direction including the pixel that is located at shifted pixel position.09-16-2010
20100231932Document including data suitable for identification and verification - A document upon which a data sequence is placed, the data sequence comprising identification data (09-16-2010
20110058197COLOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A color information processing apparatus includes a mapping section for mapping a designated color that lies outside of the range of a gamut of a printing apparatus to the range of the gamut according to a plurality of mapping techniques, and a display device for simultaneously displaying the designated color and a plurality of colors mapped by the mapping section. For example, the display device simultaneously displays the designated color and colors mapped by the mapping section adjacent to each other.03-10-2011
20110058200Image processing apparatus and method - An image processing apparatus includes: an extractor to extract colors used in input data; a converter to convert signals of the extracted colors into intermediate color signals each including three color signal components including brightness; an evaluator to evaluate recognizabilities of the colors based on the intermediate color signals; a generator to generate additional image data to be added to data for ordinary image formation based on a result of the evaluation and the input data; and a color convertor to convert the input data into the data for ordinary image formation.03-10-2011
20110058199Printer driver, information processing apparatus, and program product storing printer driver therein - A printer driver adapting to a plurality of models of printers includes a function management unit that determines an available function based on function information including a constraint on a print setting, a print setting unit that generates a print setting screen based on a determination result from the function controlling unit, and a drawing unit that generates print data in response to a request to print drawing data. The function management unit determines whether a print setting value set for the drawing data conforms to the constraint, when the drawing unit responds to the request to print the drawing data. The drawing unit generates print data based on the determination result from the function management unit.03-10-2011
20110058198COLOR VALUE ACQUIRING METHOD, COLOR VALUE ACQUIRING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Color reproduction data of a print obtained by forming an image on a print medium corresponding to an input type thereof, and spectral data of a laminate film corresponding to an input type thereof are acquired. A reference color is determined based on color information of a designated color to be reproduced on a protective-film-covered print. Based on the acquired color reproduction data and the acquired spectral data, the determined reference color is converted into another reference color depending on the print without the laminate film thereon. A color value depending on a color patch that is selected as a color closest to the designated color, under a condition where the laminate film is not laminated, from a designated color adjusting color chart printed based on color values depending on the converted other reference color or colors close to the other reference color, is acquired.03-10-2011
20110058196IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM THEREOF - An image processing apparatus has a color chart condition setter for setting colorimetric values of a designated color as a reference color, and an image data generator for generating image data of pixel values calculated such that a plurality of color patches are arranged in a two-dimensional pattern on a print medium around the reference color set by the color chart condition setter, and color differences in an equal color space between adjacent ones of the color patches are represented by a substantially equal interval along a row or column of color patches.03-10-2011
20110058195COLOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A color information processing apparatus includes a color information processor for carrying out a plurality of steps of approximating or matching a color that actually is printed by a printing apparatus to a designated color, a result display controller for displaying a result of each of the steps each time that the steps are carried out, and a color history display controller for displaying a plurality of colors acquired in the steps as a history of changing designated colors.03-10-2011
20110058194IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus, a print control method, and a print control program are provided that are capable of printing after changing print setting by an easy operation for a application program in operating. Together with two windows of document creating programs which are operating, a gadget indicating calendar information and a print setting gadget are displayed as gadget programs in an area of the right side of a desktop screen of a PC. When a print setting button of the print setting gadget is selected, the print setting condition corresponding to the selected button and the application program in operating are stored, and when a print request is made from the application program, the setting value of a printer driver is changed for printing.03-10-2011
20110058193Printing Apparatus, Layout Adjustment Method, Program And Recording Medium - Disclosed is a printing apparatus including an image input unit, a first image narrowing unit, and gives a high weight for image data photographed during a time period in which the number of shots is large, a second image narrowing unit, and gives a high weight for image data photographed during a time period in which the number of shots is large, a weight synthesis unit, a layout decision unit, an image data extraction unit, an image assignment unit, an image color determination unit, and an additional information adjustment unit. The first image narrowing unit counts a group of a plurality of image data photographed at a predetermined time under a specific setting as one group including a number of shots, and calculates the number of shots for each predetermined time period based on the shooting date and time of the image data.03-10-2011
20110058192PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS - A print control apparatus is provided, which controls a printing apparatus that performs printing using a plurality of color inks including a white ink. The print control apparatus includes a toning white designation unit that acquires a characteristic color of a print medium and designates sets of density values and color specification values with respect to a toning white that is defined by a combination of the density value and the color specification value in a predetermined color specification system based on the characteristic color of the print medium; and a control unit that controls a first image forming unit forming a color image on a print region where the printing by the printing apparatus is performed and a second image forming unit forming a toning white image on the print region.03-10-2011
20110058189INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - According to an aspect of the invention, an information processing apparatus includes a process instruction receiving module, a storage module, and a process state output module. The storage module receives a process instruction from a user. The storage module stores the process instruction and language attribute information to associate with each other, the language attribute information designating a language for outputting a process state of the process instruction. The process state output module outputs information of the process state in the language designated by the language attribute information associated with the process instruction.03-10-2011
20110058188IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD COMBINING COMPRESSION AND WATERMARK TECHNIQUES - An image processing method combining compression and watermark techniques is provided. In the method, a block is taken as a unit, and two ordered dither arrays mutually conjugate are used to code an original image, so as to insert information of a watermark into the original image during the coding process. Accordingly, the method generates a compressed image gives consideration to the compression ratio, the image quality and the data safety. On the other hand, the method also provides a procedure to extract the watermark from the compressed image, in order to verify whether the compressed image has been modified illegally.03-10-2011
20110058186LEAST SQUARES BASED COHERENT MULTIPAGE ANALYSIS OF PRINTER BANDING FOR DIAGNOSTICS AND COMPENSATION - A method, system, and computer program product for estimating a banding profile in an image printing system is disclosed. The method includes obtaining image data across multiple measurement intervals by one or more sensors; combining the image data with timing information into a coherent signal by a processor; estimating periodic and aperiodic components of the coherent signal using least squares estimation by the processor, wherein the periodic component represents a banding profile; and wherein at least the periodic component is used to generate an output.03-10-2011
20120140251METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR READING AND REPLACING CONTROL AND/OR IDENTIFICATION DATA IN A PRINT IMAGE TO SUPPORT DOCUMENT TRACKING, FLOW CONTROL, AND SECURITY - According to aspects of the embodiments, there is provided methods of decomposing and modifying a bitmap image before it is rendered by an output device. Segments of a print image are determined by an aptly programmed processor. In a bitmap driver process, dimensions and location of an area on each print image is processed so as to form objects that can be deleted, modified, or replaced. The process allows for the addition of objects such as tracking or security and the processing of objects to interpret the data found, remove it, and possibly replace it with data based on what was read. These modified objects are embedded in the output bitmap image without increasing its size by reusing dimensions and location of selected areas of the print image.06-07-2012
20100253957PRINTING USING INKS OF PLURAL COLORS INCLUDING WHITE COLOR - Disclosed is a printing apparatus that performs printing by using inks of plural colors including a white color, which includes a first image forming unit that forms a first image, and a second image forming unit that forms a second image such that at least a part of the second image overlaps the first image. The second image forming unit forms at least a part of a section of the second image, which overlaps the first image, by using only a white ink, and forms at least a part of a section of the second image, which does not overlap the first image, by using inks of a white color and at least one color other than the white color.10-07-2010
20100253960SENSITIVITY MATRIX DETERMINATION VIA CHAIN RULE OF DIFFERENTIATION - What is provided are a novel system and method for generating a sensitivity matrix for adaptive color control in a color marking device. In one embodiment, a first and second color space is identified. A total of N intermediate components are identified. Component sensitivity matrices are calculated and a sensitivity matrix is generated using a chain rule of differentiation over each successive component sensitivity matrix. The present method facilitates calibration of dynamically varying color reproduction devices.10-07-2010
20100253955Recording Control Device, Recording System, and Recording Control Method - A recording control device can adjust the recording density without causing color shifting when recording images using chromatic and achromatic inks. A host computer 10-07-2010
20100253956IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD OF THE SAME - An image forming apparatus includes a controller section that executes image processing on data of an image to be outputted, and a printing execution unit that forms the image on a printing medium on the basis of the image-processed output data transferred from the controller section; the controller section including a color-material counting section that measures the quantities in which the respective color materials of the plurality of colors are consumed on the basis of the output data; and a determination section that acquires the measured values from the color-material counting section for each output unit, and determining that printing was conducted in color for the output unit when the measured values of the color materials other than the black color material have changed and that printing was conducted in monochrome for the output unit when the measured value of the black color material alone has changed.10-07-2010
20090086229Image Processing Device and Pixel Attribute Identification Method - The printer of the invention performs an area classification process to classify each pixel included in an input image read by a scanner as a pixel in an edge component area or a pixel in a halftone dot area, and performs a correction process with a spatial filter suitable for each area. The area classification process calculates a difference value between luminance values of two arbitrary pixels selected among peripheral pixels in a specific pixel range around each target pixel according to each of multiple differential patterns t, compares the calculated difference value with threshold values provided for each differential pattern t to compute multiple difference detection values ht(x) corresponding to the multiple differential patterns t, and gives weights to the computed difference detection values ht(x) to compute a comprehensive difference detection value H(x). The area classification process identifies whether the target pixel is a pixel in the edge component area or a pixel in the halftone dot area, based on the computed comprehensive difference detection value H(x). This arrangement enables high-speed identification of the attribute of each pixel included in an image by such simple operation, while enabling identification of pixel attribute with high accuracy.04-02-2009
20090116048IMAGE DATA CORRECTING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE IMAGE DATA CORRECTING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, IMAGE DATA CORRECTING METHOD AND PRINTING SYSTEM - An image data correcting apparatus includes: an image data obtaining section that obtains print image data representing a print image; an area designation receiving section that receives a designating operation to designate an area in the print image represented by the print image data; a density adjusting section that has an adjustment value designated through an operation for the printing density; a change estimating section that estimates a change in a print color in the printing system that is caused by the adjustment of the printing density with the use of the adjustment value; and a data correcting section that corrects the print image data to cancel the change estimated by the change estimating section in the area other than the designated region in the print image.05-07-2009
20090116043Image processing method, image processing device, and image processing program - An image processing method includes the steps of: obtaining image data formed by signals of a plurality of pixels expressing a color image; discriminating a photographic scene of an image from the image data; determining a gradation correction method based on a result of discriminating a photographic scene; determining a first gradation correction amount based on a result of discriminating a photographic scene; detecting a face area in an image of the image data and calculating a face detection reliability; determining a second gradation correction amount based on an average luminance of the face area; determining a third gradation correction amount by weighted averaging the first gradation correction amount and the second gradation correction amount based on the face detection reliability; and applying a gradation correction process to the image data by using the third gradation correction amount and the gradation method.05-07-2009
20090251715COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING CONDITION SETTING METHOD FOR COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Specification of a printing mode or medium is identified, and gray axis correction control is performed based on the identified printing mode or medium. Subsequently, determination is made regarding whether or not to predict a value equivalent to the results of the gray axis correction control, for a different printing mode or medium, based on the results. If certain conditions are satisfied, the results of prediction are taken as the results of the gray axis correction control for the different printing mode.10-08-2009
20090273799IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus is provided which associates specific folders, which are set for specific setting items, with a specific file, and performs operations on the specific file according to the settings of the specific folders. The image forming apparatus includes an associating unit that associates a file having setting on its own file with one of the specific folders, and a setting contents substituting unit that substitutes setting contents of the specific folder with setting contents of the own file.11-05-2009
20090323089IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - A compression process and apparatus includes: generating a background layer by extracting a text region from an input image and removing at least the text region from the input image; extracting a background region corresponding to a color characteristic from a background layer; recording coordinate values of the background region extracted; and section storing the background region in a form in accordance with the color characteristic of the background region extracted. Further, a data storage section stores a local background and a page background as information including the background color estimated and the coordinate values of the background region including the background color, each of which local background and page background are included in the background layer. This configuration makes it possible to improve a compression efficiency and image quality.12-31-2009
20090116050Image processing device - The present invention provides an image processing device which aims for appropriate settings and simplification of printing functions. In a print server, when a print job is received, an application name used in a client terminal is specified from a drawing command of the print job, and standard settings of printing functions provided for each application are read from database files. Thereafter, the standard settings and settings of printing functions of the print job are compared. When the settings are different, after carrying out a warning processing, setting of printing functions based on the standard settings is carried out, and image processing and printing processing based on the set printing functions are executed. In this way, while simplifying settings of printing functions in the client terminal, image processing and printing processing by appropriate printing functions are possible.05-07-2009
20090116049Apparatus and method for processing images and program fro the same - An image processing apparatus includes a storage section that can provide more than one storage area for storing print data for use in printing; a conversion section that converts image data to the print data; and a storage control section configured to, when printing multiple copies of multiple images, store print data that takes longer to convert in the storage section in accordance with conversion times taken to convert the individual pieces of print data.05-07-2009
20090116047REDUCTION OF PITCH ERRORS BETWEEN POINTS OF A PRINT IMAGE - In a method and printing device, a deviation from a predetermined desired pitch that occurs between at least two points of at least one print image in a print direction is reduced. In a printing step, the at least one print image is generated on a substrate with at least one print head of the printing device with a relative movement between the at least print head and the substrate. In a determination step preceding the printing step, an initial deviation from a desired pitch between the two points is determined first and correction information to reduce the deviation is determined from the determined initial deviation. In the printing step, control signals for the at least one print head are generated depending on the correction information to generate the at least one print image. A variable delay of at least one of the control signals is predetermined by the correction information.05-07-2009
20090116046IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes an image input unit configured to input image data, a calculation unit configured to calculate an application amount of a recording material to form an image on a recording paper according to the input image data, a conversion characteristics creation unit configured to create composite conversion characteristics based on gradation-prioritized conversion characteristics and tint-prioritized conversion characteristics according to the application amount, and a conversion unit configured to convert the image data according to the created conversion characteristics.05-07-2009
20090116045SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRIVER-BASED IMAGE MANIPULATION - The subject application is directed to a system and method for device-specific image manipulation. First, output device capability data corresponding to capabilities of available document output devices is stored in associated memory. Electronic document data having image data corresponding to a plurality of sub-images is then received. Device selection data is then received corresponding to a selected document output device. Capability data representing the output capabilities of the selected device is then retrieved. Image characteristic data is then determined and tested relative to the device output capability data. Selected sub-images are then merged into a single image and the image is classified in accordance with the image characteristic data. Resolution and colorant reduction are then determined in accordance with the testing output. The determined resolution and colorant reductions are then applied to the single image of the received electronic document data and output by the selected document output device.05-07-2009
20090040543DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In a document management system according to an embodiment of the present invention, in order to prevent a leakage of information, in a case where a copy of a document is transferred to a media, a deletion processing with respect to the document is disabled. Then, in a case where it is confirmed that document leakage is not performed from the media, the deletion processing with respect to the document from the media is canceled.02-12-2009
20090040542IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes: an update unit updating color space information indicating a color space by allowing rotational movement of a selected reference color, taking a line connecting a white color to a black color in the color space as a rotation axis, based on adjustment information indicating that hue of at least one reference color is adjusted, which is in a reference color group including plural reference colors of a RGB system and plural reference colors of a CMY system in the color space; and a correction unit correcting an input image signal based on the color space information.02-12-2009
20090116044SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING PRINT QUALITY - A method is provided for analyzing the colour quality of a press pull as compared to a contract proof. The contract proof is scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned proof image. The press pull is also scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned press pull image. The scanned images are simultaneously displayed on a video monitor, and, the displayed images are searched for any significant differences in colour. A method is also provided for printing colour products on a colour printing press in a print run associated with a contract proof. The contract proof is scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned proof image. A sample printed colour product from the press is also scanned to create image data including colour data representing a scanned press pull image. The scanned images are simultaneously displayed on a video monitor. The scanned images are aligned and linked. The colour data for each section of one image is automatically compared with the colour data for a linked corresponding section of the other image to determine whether any differences exceed a pre-determined threshold. A count indicative of the number of sections which are determined to exceed such threshold is maintained. It is determined whether the number of sections which exceed such threshold exceeds a pre-determined overall threshold to determine colour quality. If the overall threshold is not exceeded, the print run is continued. If the overall threshold is exceeded, the print run is temporarily stopped, the print variables are adjusted and the print run is resumed. The preceding steps are repeated from the remove sample step until the print run is complete. A system is provided for analyzing the colour quality of a press pull as compared to a contract proof comprising at least one scanner for scanning the contract proof and for scanning the press pull, an image comparator connected to the at least one scanner to receive the data for the scanned proof image and the scanned press pull image and a video monitor connected to the image comparator to receive the data for the scanned proof image and the scanned press pull image and to display the scanned images simultaneously.05-07-2009
20090040539IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FORMING IMAGE - Data concerning a transfer pattern of lamination transparent film is not externally sent and stored in a memory but generated by a random pattern generating module of a color controlling DSP 02-12-2009
20090244579IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - An image processing method comprises: a step of acquiring recording characteristic information of the recording elements; a step of obtaining inconsistent density correction information from the recording characteristic information acquired in the characteristic information acquiring step; a step of obtaining inconsistency corrected image data from the inconsistent density correction information and data of the input image; a step of generating inconsistency correction unfit image position information by detecting an inconsistency correction unfit image from data of the input image; a step of obtaining image data having an N number of tones from the inconsistency corrected image data; a step of judging whether non-correctable conditions arise according to the inconsistent density correction information and the inconsistency correction unfit image position information; and a step of alerting a user to an image anomaly according to judgment results given in the image anomaly judgment processing step.10-01-2009
20090073473PRINTING SYSTEM, IMAGE OPERATING SYSTEM, PRINTING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing system includes: a camera unit for performing an electro-optic conversion on an image from a subject, generating image data storable in a storage unit, and storing print instruction information as associated with the image data according to the capture information relating to the capture of the image; an image editing unit for performing image editing on the image data; an information rewriting unit for rewriting the print instruction information stored as associated with the image data corresponding to the contents of image editing by the image editing unit; and a printing unit for performing a printing process after performing a predetermined image processing on the image data corresponding to the print instruction information.03-19-2009
20090073474COLOR RESOLUTION METHOD AND VIDEO IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - In a case wherein a color separation table is prepared, color separation is provided, so that the density characteristic to be output is maintained, and the total colorant amount is not beyond the limit value of the total colorant amount. Further, the optimal color separation is performed while taking into account the colorant amount, and the colorant amount of a light color is adjusted in the entire color range to control granularity and consumption of the colorant amount. A color separation method comprising: a step of calculating the total colorant amount by employing a relationship between a total colorant amount limit value and a colorant amount, that includes a colorant amount for a colorant other than the dark colorant and the light colorant; a step of calculating a density; and a step of employing the total colorant amount and the density to calculate the colorant value signals.03-19-2009
20090073469COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A color image forming apparatus specifies print mode (media), forms a test image based on gradation levels of a plurality of colors according to the specified print mode (media), and detects the test image with a color sensor. The color image forming apparatus performs gray axis correction calculation based on detection result obtained by the color sensor.03-19-2009
20090073468IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a contour pixel extraction unit configured to extract a contour pixel component from a bit plane. The bit plane is a set of bits, the number of which is equal to the number of pixels, and each of which is 1 bit of a plurality of bits representing an intensity of each of pixels. Also provided is a connectedness detection unit configured to detect equivalent bits adjacent to each other in a window including a bit corresponding to a target pixel on the bit plane. Also provided is a filter unit configured to reduce an intensity of the target pixel by a reduction amount determined in accordance with the contour pixel component extracted by the contour pixel extraction unit and the equivalent bits adjacent to each other detected by the connectedness detection unit.03-19-2009
20090073470Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and recording medium - A preprocessing unit determines a feature of a brush pattern for each line of a background setting command to set a background, and selects a drawing processing method that enables a high speed drawing process from among a plurality of drawing processing methods based on the determined feature of the brush pattern. A post-processing unit performs a drawing process based on the drawing processing method selected by the preprocessing unit.03-19-2009
20090073471DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM FOR AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE, A MEDIA PROCESSING DEVICE, AND A CONTROL METHOD FOR A MEDIA PROCESSING DEVICE - The number of signal lines needed to communicate a plurality of data types and a plurality of data status levels is reduced and the system cost thereby reduced. A first function unit 03-19-2009
20090073465NATURAL LANGUAGE COLOR COMMUNICATION AND SYSTEM INTERFACE - A method and system for controlling color output includes receiving a document containing a color image, producing a first output copy of the document using a first color processing path, receiving at least one natural language request to adjust the color output of the device, adjusting the color output of the device, and producing a second output copy of the document. The method and system further includes presenting natural language descriptions of the effects of color processing paths with or without sample palettes to the user either to solicit a suggestion from the user or present the user with choices based upon the natural language request received.03-19-2009
20090073466IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, DATA PROCESSOR AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - The image forming system is provided with: a printer that superposes and transfers plural images formed by use of plural image forming materials to a medium; and a data processor that supplies data of the images to the printer. The data processor includes: a data generation unit that generates data of image components corresponding to the respective kinds of the image forming materials; a data forwarding unit that forwards the generated data to the printer; and an assigning unit that assigns the image components in accordance with the data amount of the forwarded data. The printer includes: an output controller that controls an image forming mechanism to form an image by use of the image forming materials; and a switch processing unit that transmits the data received from the data processor, to the output controller corresponding to the image components of the received data.03-19-2009
20090073464Selective Color Replacement - One embodiment is directed to a method that includes inspecting a frame of image data transmitted as a stream of pixels. At least one of the pixels in the stream is selected and the color of selected pixels is changed. The steps of inspecting, selecting, and changing the color of selected pixels may be performed as the data is transmitted. The frame may be transmitted for storing in a memory and the steps may be performed as the frame is stored in the memory. Alternatively, the frame may be transmitted from a memory and the steps may be performed as the frame is fetched from in the memory. The selected pixels may be pixels within a particular region of the frame or the selected pixels may have a particular color component value.03-19-2009
20090323092IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus has a calibration mode in which a calibration image is formed on a print medium to correct image forming conditions. The image forming apparatus detects print medium information to determine, on the basis of the print medium information, whether the print medium is a sheet recommended as a print medium for use in the calibration mode. The image forming apparatus sets calibration conditions corresponding to the determined recommended sheet. The image forming apparatus corrects the image forming conditions on the basis of the set calibration conditions.12-31-2009
20130128290IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ITS METHOD - An unnatural color change which occurs when combining trapping and spatial filter processing is suppressed. When image data is input, it is determined whether to perform trapping at the position of the pixel of interest of the input image data, and trapping is performed for the input image data. In addition, spatial filter processing is performed for the pixel of interest of the input data, an output of the trapping and that of the filter processing are weighted, and image data to be output is calculated.05-23-2013
20120033238METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHARACTERIZING PRINTER STEAKING - Methods and systems are presented for characterizing printer streaking using a basis selection algorithm to determine parameters set for a streak template that best approximate a density profile derived from a scanned printed test image, with wavelet decomposition used to expedite the searching for position and width parameters.02-09-2012
20090185207IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus comprises a signal generator generating a clock signal associated with image forming in a main-scanning direction, an image forming unit including a write unit performing the image forming in the main-scanning direction on a paper relatively moving in a sub-scanning direction, in synchronization with the clock signal generated at the signal generator, an image processor converting input image data into data for driving the write unit, a magnification setting unit setting a magnification of an image in the main-scanning direction associated with a position of the image in the sub-scanning direction, a controller controlling to generate the clock signal of a frequency corresponding to a relative position in the sub-scanning direction on the basis of the magnification set at the magnification setting unit when the write unit performs the image forming on the basis of the data for driving converted at the image processor.07-23-2009
20110032553COLOR MATERIAL AMOUNT DETERMINATION TABLE FORMING METHOD AND COLOR MATERIAL AMOUNT MEASUREMENT APPARATUS - A disclosed color material amount determination table forming method includes forming a pattern image by changing a control parameter controlling the adhered amount of plural color materials so that the adhered amounts of the respective color materials are changed in the pattern image, measuring reflectance characteristics in a visible wavelength region and an infrared wavelength region of the pattern image; calculating the color value of the pattern image; calculating the adhered amounts of the respective color materials in the pattern image, and forming the color material amount determination table in which the color value of the multi-colored image is associated with the respective adhered amounts of the color materials.02-10-2011
20110032551SYSTEM, METHOD AND SOFTWARE FOR REDUCING PRINTER COLORANT USAGE - A system, method, and printer controller software for reducing printer colorant usage by using printer controller software which controls the deposition by the printer of the printer colorant on the printable medium in response to selected print image quality and printer colorant reduction criteria, as well as identifying printer colorant deposition characteristics of the printable medium, identifying characteristics of the printer, and identifying characteristics of the printer colorant.02-10-2011
20110032548IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a storing unit that stores an image fanning information including an image type information indicative of a type of an image for each image, an index value to be a decision source related to a suppression in a consumption of a recording material, and a print setting information; a discriminating unit that discriminates a type of an image to be an image forming target; a calculating unit that calculates the index value; and a selecting unit that selects any of the image forming information which is stored in the storing unit and takes top priority based on a result of the discrimination obtained by the discriminating unit and a result of the calculation obtained by the calculating unit.02-10-2011
20110032549IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a storage unit that stores image formation information in which print setting information is associated with an index useful in deciding to suppress consumption of a recording material; and an execution unit that executes a process of displaying one or more pieces of the image formation information stored in the storage unit on a display unit in association with print data to be printed.02-10-2011
20110032544Optimal patch code design via device characterization - A method for optimally using color patch codes or color barcodes for transmitting machine-readable information, via device characterization, is disclosed to comprise characterizing a printing device and optionally a sensing device for identifying a number of recognizably spaced printer output colors; deriving a code book, by relating the printer output colors and their corresponding input values to information elements; and using the code book for encoding and decoding the information to be transmitted. The recognizably spaced printer output colors are in terms of a color space relevant to a color patch code or color barcode sensing device, and are related to the corresponding marking device input values.02-10-2011
20090147289IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus which is capable of eliminating influence of in-plane variation contained in secondary-color patches, which is caused by devices, in performing gradation correction. A first toner pattern having a uniform density (of gray) and a second toner pattern having gradation (of gray and black) are formed in a direction orthogonal to a direction of driving an image bearing member. Gradation correction data for converting an input image signal associated with the toner of black is formed, based on density information on the second toner pattern formed by the two toners, and density information on the second toner pattern formed by the toner of gray.06-11-2009
20090147280IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming method to perform a printing for a plurality of sheets of paper, comprising: expressing any one region in a first color, the one region being one of a predetermined number of regions which are provided at an end part of each sheet of the plurality of sheets of paper and are continuous in an extending direction of the end part of the sheets; expressing the other regions except the one region in a second color; and printing an additional image in which the one region expressed in the first color is shifted sequentially in the extending direction of the end part of the sheets, in an order of the printing of each sheet of paper.06-11-2009
20080309957Image forming apparatus and image forming method - Information controlling image processing or image forming performed on image data of a document is embedded into the image data as control data. When the control data is detected in the image data, the control data is analyzed to determine specific image processing or image forming to be performed on each page of the image data.12-18-2008
20110235070DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The data processing apparatus according to the present invention has the image data preparation unit that prepares various kinds of image data deriving from document data depending on various purposes of the document data; and the image synthesis instructing unit that instructs images to be synthesized based on the image data comprising a plurality of page portions on one sheet of paper for at least one kind of image data prepared by the image data preparation unit from various kinds of document data.09-29-2011
20090109457PRINTING METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PRINTING INSTRUCTION TO PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing method for performing printing of paper having a user entry field, which is a region into which a user performs writing after printing is performed, includes setting a transparent recording material setting for the user entry field; and causing a printing unit to perform recording, by using a transparent recording material, for the user entry field for which the transparent recording material setting has been set.04-30-2009
20090109454SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY PRINTING COLOR CONTENT OF A PAGE WITH A REDUCED COLOR GAMUT - A system and method for selectively printing color content of a page with a reduced color gamut. The system includes a detection module, a printing mode module, and a conversion module. The detection module is configured to detect a color object in the page and the printing mode module exists in at least one mode. The conversion module can selectively convert the detected color object to a converted reduced-colorant object in accordance with the existence of the at least one mode of the printing mode module.04-30-2009
20090109452COLOR CONVERSION TABLE GENERATION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE GENERATION METHOD - A color conversion table generation apparatus includes black-maintenance-provisional-output generating means for generating provisional CMYK values, black-maintenance-degree evaluating means for calculating an index indicating a degree of black maintenance and evaluating a degree of black maintenance on the basis of a result of the calculation, black-maintenance-CMY searching means for fixing a K value of the provisional CMYK values which satisfy predetermined constraints concerning the index and searching for other CMY values, and recording means for recording CMYK values calculated by combining CMY values searched and obtained by the black-maintenance-CMY searching means and the K value fixed during the search in the black maintenance color conversion table. According to the color conversion table generation apparatus, it is possible to more easily generate an optimum black maintenance color conversion table desired by a user than conventional apparatus.04-30-2009
20100220341COLOR REPRODUCTION EVALUATION APPARATUS AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - An evaluation apparatus includes an image reproduction section, which obtains a reproduction image by reproducing an original image with a plurality of color elements visually mixed for defining colors, and which obtains a plurality of reproduction images respectively corresponding to twelve types of color element groups having different types of color elements and/or different numbers of color elements from one another. The apparatus also includes a calculation section which calculates a level of a difference between colors of each of the plurality of reproduction images and colors of the original image; and a display section which displays the level of the difference calculated by the difference calculation section.09-02-2010
20110069336Method Of Identifying A Target Simplex - A method and system identify a target simplex (T03-24-2011
20090109459Processing Print Jobs - Methods for processing print jobs include flagging, or not, to-be-printed objects having PDL-specified math or logic functions requiring hard processing operations, such as two or more inputs. The math or logic functions preferably reside in ink attributes of display list objects corresponding to the to-be-printed objects. To-be-printed pages of the print job become divided into bands. Bands with to-be-printed objects therein have band display lists constructed in the event the to-be-printed objects become flagged. On a band-by-band basis, if bands have band display lists flagged with hard processing operations, contone bands become constructed. The contone bands result from color information blending between overlapping pixels of to-be-printed objects or an object and a contone page. A contone page includes color information of the to-be-printed page in a first color space. To-be-printed objects are rendered in a second color space in device specific page(s) of memory.04-30-2009
20090109458Image Processing Apparatus and Application Executing Method - An image processing apparatus includes an input part to input data which is a target of an image processing, an output part to output a result of the image processing, a first filter to control an input process of data from the input part depending on the input part, and a second filter to control an output of data to the output part depending on the output part. A marking type information which is to be added to a predetermined image is specified with respect to the second filter, a marking image is created based on the marking type information, and the marking image is synthesized with respect to an image which is output from the output service. The second filter instructs output of an image with respect to the output service. An application is formed by connecting the first filter and the second filter.04-30-2009
20090109456Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method, and Computer Readable Medium Recording a Printing Data Generation Program - An image forming apparatus that uses a plurality of colorants for image formation and performs the image formation based on bitmap data in which each pixel has a gradation value of each color of the colorants, includes: a correction unit which executes a correction processing of correcting gradation values with respect to the bitmap data of a correction object region, from among objects of the image formation, that is a region of a single color and adjacent to a pixel composed of another color that does not include the single color, wherein the correction processing is not performed on a region, from among the correction object region, that is adjacent to a white pixel.04-30-2009
20110109925CORRECTION UNIT FOR COLOR MEASUREMENT UNIT MOUNTED IN PRINTING APPARATUS AND CORRECTION LUT FOR COLOR MEASUREMENT UNIT - In creating a correction LUT that includes, as its data, correction values each equivalent to a difference between a color-measurement value measured by a spectroreflectometer as a reference color measurement unit and a color-measurement value measured by a spectroreflectometer as a correction-target color measurement unit, the correction LUT includes, as its argument elements, a wavelength, reflectance, a change in reflectivity relative to wavelength, obtains the correction values based on the color measurement results of color patches each corresponding to a predetermined color, and estimates a correction value at a grid point lacking the correction value based on the color measurement results.05-12-2011
20110109927IMAGE PROCESSING CONTROLLER AND PRINTING APPARATUS - An image processing controller for performing screen processing for tone reduction of input image data, which has a tone value in N05-12-2011
20110109926COMMODITY SALES DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - According to one embodiment, a commodity sales data processing apparatus includes a printing unit, an input unit, a printing-data creating unit, a correcting unit, and a printing control unit. The printing unit prints a receipt. The input unit receives input of information concerning a commodity. The printing-data creating unit creates, on the basis of information concerning commodities input via the input unit, printing data for causing the printing unit to print a receipt including detail information of a transaction. The correcting unit corrects the printing data such that the length of the receipt printed by the printing unit on the basis of the printing data is reduced. The printing control unit causes the printing unit to print a receipt based on one of the printing data created by the printing-data creating unit and the printing data corrected by the correcting unit.05-12-2011
20110109922PRINT CONTROL TERMINAL, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A print control terminal including a user interface to receive a setting of a print command and print options of a document, a screen selection unit to select a halftone screen to be applied to the document, a transparency multiple number selection unit to select a transparency multiple number to correspond to the selected halftone screen, a print data generation unit to generate print data of the document according to the selected transparency multiple number, and a communication interface to transmit the generated print data and the print options to the image forming apparatus. A transparency multiple number is changed according to the characteristics of a halftone screen to improve quality of an output image.05-12-2011
20110109924LASER FIXING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A fixing device includes: a laser radiating section for radiating laser light to a sheet so that a toner image on the sheet is fixed to the sheet, an optical sensor, and a smoke detecting section. The optical sensor includes a light radiating section for radiating light with a predetermined wavelength and a light receiving section for receiving the light with a predetermined wavelength so as to output a signal corresponding to a received amount of the light with a predetermined wavelength. The light radiating section and the light receiving section are positioned in such a manner that the light radiating section and the light receiving section face each other with a light path of the laser light therebetween, and light radiated from the light radiating section crosses the light path of the laser light and then reaches the light receiving section. The smoke detecting section detects smoke in the fixing device based on the signal. Thus, the laser fixing device can detect smoke with high accuracy.05-12-2011
20110109921PHOTORECEPTOR MOTION QUALITY ESTIMATION USING MULTIPLE SAMPLING INTERVALS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining printer component velocity variations by analyzing multiple page test patterns. A test pattern, such as ladder chart targets, is produced that extends across multiple pages. Corresponding page sync signals are recorded and used to maintain phase coherence when analyzing scanned images associated with the multiple pages. An algorithm determines the ladder rung positions and the average photoreceptor velocity between each ladder rung on each scanned image for each page. Interpolation is used for proper phase alignment of the velocity data that spans multiple pages. The long assembly of phase coherent velocity data is then analyzed in one embodiment to determine its frequency content and to estimate the photoreceptor motion quality error sources. Based upon these estimated error sources, a trouble condition or pending maintenance problem with the printer is able to be indentified.05-12-2011
20100296112METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND DEVICE FOR THE CREATION AND PROCESSING OF DOCUMENT DATA COMPRISING INDEXED COLOR MANAGEMENT RESOURCES - In a method, program, or device to generate or process a document data stream that comprises data relating to color management resources wherein processing of color-related data of the document data stream can be controlled, associating at least one indexed color management resource with the document data stream wherein with the management resource color-related data of the document data stream can be associated with multiple predetermined color palettes. Within a color palette, an index value is respectively associated with multiple color. Respective values regarding the index colors are stored in the color management resource. The values are associated with corresponding proportions of color tones to reproduce the respective indexed color. The color palettes are compared between the system that generates the document data and an output system that outputs the document data, the document data stream is structured.11-25-2010
20090185202METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SELECTING PRINTING MATERIALS - Methods and systems for selecting printing materials are disclosed. One or more performance criteria and a print job may be received. At least one performance criterion may be used to measure a capability for a plurality of sets of printing materials. A computing device may evaluate the print job with respect to the one or more performance criteria in order to produce evaluation information. A first set of printing materials may be selected from the plurality of sets of printing materials based on the evaluation information. An indication of the first set of printing materials may be provided.07-23-2009
20080212118DYNAMIC IMAGE DITHERING - Systems, apparatuses, and methods for dynamic image dithering for a printing device are described herein. Embodiments may include an image processing module to process a source image file to provide a dithered image file with print data for each of a plurality of image locations. Printing substance may be deposited and the image processing module may provide the dithered image file with additional print data based at least in part on the deposited printing substance. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.09-04-2008
20100296113IMAGE OUTPUT DEVICE AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image output device includes: an image output unit that prints inputted printing data; an acquiring unit that acquires printing data that is not normally printed by the image output unit; a processing condition storage unit that stores processing conditions for each of predetermined data types; an alternative printing data generating unit that identifies portions corresponding to the data types within the printing data acquired by the acquiring unit, generates alternative printing data obtained by processing the printing data of the identified portions according to the processing conditions of the identified portions, which are stored in the processing condition storage unit, and inputs the generated alternative printing data to the image output unit; and a fault data output control unit that outputs, as fault data, the alternative printing data that is not normally printed by the image output unit.11-25-2010
20100296111Device and Method for the Representation of Body Colours - The invention relates to a device for representing surface colors for simulating print results through a screen, comprising at least one light source and a projection surface. According to the invention the base colors are generated from white light through filters from surface colors and the mixed colors are generated through subtractive color mixing, preferably through reflexive color filters. Through the method for representing surface colors for simulating print results the capability is created to represent surface colors at different locations and at different times identically.11-25-2010
20100296110Image processing system and method thereof for processing an image data - A processing system includes a setting module for capturing Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data of a foreground and selecting one from the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data in order to set gray values of remaining three of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data as “0”; a coupler module for capturing the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data of the background and combining the Cyan data of the foreground and background into a Cyan data group, the Magenta data of the foreground and background into a Magenta data group, the Yellow data of the foreground and background into a Yellow data group and the K data of the foreground and background into a K data group; and a print module for printing, out the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and K data groups one above another in an overlapping manner.11-25-2010
20100296114NETWORK IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINTING THEREOF - A network image forming apparatus connectable to at least one host apparatus and a method of controlling printing thereof, including receiving a user defined color table generated using at least one host apparatus, and storing the received user defined color table in the network image forming apparatus such that the received user defined color table can be shared by more than one host apparatus connected to the network image forming apparatus, and performing a printing job using the stored user defined color table.11-25-2010
20100296115IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - Provided is an image processing apparatus that improves the accuracy in ACS determination without needing a mechanism to detect an original document size, a user input of an original document size, or pre-scanning of an original document, and a control method therefor. To accomplish this, the image processing apparatus specifies, when reading an original document, the size of the original document, based on the timings at which the leading edge and the trailing edge of the original document that is conveyed were detected. Furthermore, the image processing apparatus determines whether image data read from the original document is a color image or a monochrome image, for each size of a plurality of standard-size printing medium, and selects, from among the determination results, a determination result obtained by performing determination using the standard-size printing medium size that is similar to the specified size of the original document.11-25-2010
20100302564IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes a reception unit which receives an electronic document, a generation unit which generates a display list containing edge information indicating the outline of an object contained in the received electronic document, fill information for controlling whether to fill in the inside of the outline of the object, and control information for controlling image formation of each page that forms the electronic document, an edge position extraction unit which obtains the intersections of the object and the line based on the edge information, and extracts the positions of the edges of the object on the line, and a setting unit which sets, based on the data amount of extracted edges and the data amount of edges in the page that is predicted by analyzing the control information, a threshold for controlling extraction of the edges to fall within a predetermined data amount.12-02-2010
20090153889METHOD OF PREVENTING A REGISTRATION ERROR WHILE PRINTING - A method of preventing a registration error while printing at least one printing image, wherein, in order to control or adjust the correct length of the printing image, the start and/or the distance of the printing image lines of the printing image are controlled by determining the ratio of the number of rotary encoder signals of a transport web counted during a specific time interval to the number of rotary encoder signals of a cylinder of a printing and by taking into account a change of this ratio as a correction, said ratio being a function of a printing sheet located in a printing nip between the transport web and the printing unit, is characterized in that a changed printing material situation occurring in said printing nip between the transport web and the printing unit is used to achieve registration accuracy immediately.06-18-2009
20100302568IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - Disclosed is an image processing system, comprising: an image processing apparatus to output image data based on an input of a print job; and an image forming apparatus to form an image based on the image data, wherein the image processing apparatus comprises a first control section to output color adjustment data so as to perform a gamma adjustment for the image data, and wherein the image forming apparatus comprises an adjustment section to perform the gamma adjustment for the image data based on the input color adjustment data.12-02-2010
20100321712Image forming apparatus, color conversion control method, recording medium, and information processing apparatus having printer driver - An image forming apparatus is disclosed that performs a color conversion process in accordance with a color conversion setting set by an information processing apparatus that generates print data. The image forming apparatus includes a determination unit determining whether a valid color conversion setting has been performed by the information processing apparatus based on received print data; and a control unit controlling the color conversion process to be performed by the image forming apparatus based on a result determined by the determination unit.12-23-2010
20130135631PRINTER, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING PRINT QUALITY - A printer, a system and a method for monitoring print quality are provided. In this method, during a printout process of a document, the document is scanned at the same time, and scan information is obtained after the printout process is completed. Original information relating to the document is compared against the scan information to determine whether a data loss occurs. An abnormal print message is displayed to warn the user when there is a data loss or the data loss is occurred; otherwise, a normal print message is displayed.05-30-2013
20130135632IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A plurality of preview images in case of color printing performed to an area selected by a user and monochrome printing performed to an area not selected by the user are generated based on a plurality of parameters, and then the generated preview images are displayed. Further, preview images in case of color printing performed to a specific area and monochrome printing performed to another area are generated respectively to a plurality of patterns, and then the generated preview images are displayed.05-30-2013
20130135635IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a first image output device and a second image output device outputting first and second output data from the original image data, a color component mapping device generating color component mapping data containing correspondences between a first or second output image data obtained by capturing the output data with an input device and the original image data, a color tone conversion parameter fixing device generating color tone conversion parameters from pixels in the first output image data and in the original image data, the pixel in the original image data when output as the second output image data having a pixel value equal to the value of the pixel in the first output image data, and a color tone conversion device using the conversion parameters.05-30-2013
20130135636PRINTING APPARATUS AND MEASUREMENT APPARATUS - During a drying period for a sheet on which a color image for colorimetric measurement has been printed, or during a colorimetric measurement period, printing of a normal image for a different sheet can be concurrently performed. A printing apparatus includes: a printing unit, for printing an image on a sheet that is conveyed along a first path; a second path, to which the sheet can be moved from the first path, and along which the sheet printed by the printing unit is retained; and a colorimetric measurement unit, for performing colorimetric measurement of the color image printed on the sheet. While the sheet received in the second path is held before colorimetric measurement is performed, or while colorimetric measurement is performed by the colorimetric measurement unit, the first path can be employed to permit the printing unit to print an image on a different sheet.05-30-2013
20130135637IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME, IMAGE READING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes: a line noise detection section for detecting line noise pixels included in input image data; a segmentation process section for determining a pixel in a text region; and a line noise removal process section for (i) determining a replacement-target line noise pixel by excepting, from the line noise pixels, the pixel in the text region and a pixel within a first distance from the pixel in the text region and (ii) replacing the replacement-target line noise pixel with another pixel other than the line noise pixels, which another pixel is included in the input image data.05-30-2013
20130135638PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR PRINTING SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A system in which when a setting of a certain sheet storing unit of a group of sheet storing units is changed, and the changed setting of the certain sheet storing unit is different from settings of other sheet storing units within the same group as the certain sheet storing unit, a user is notified accordingly, or the changed setting is set to the other sheet storing units.05-30-2013
20130135639IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE DETERMINING MOSQUITO NOISE - In an image processing device, the processor performs: (a) setting, as target pixel data, each set of pixel data; (b) selecting, from among the plurality of sets of pixel data, a plurality of first sets of pixel data corresponding to a plurality of first pixels positioned within a prescribed range of the image; (c) determining whether the plurality of first sets of pixel data represents a white background; (d) determining whether a variation in color difference components among the plurality of first sets of pixel data satisfies a prescribed condition; and (e) determining that target pixel data includes mosquito noise when the plurality of first sets of pixel data represents the white background and when the variation in the color difference component among the plurality of first sets of pixel data satisfies the prescribed condition. The prescribed range includes a pixel corresponding to the target pixel data.05-30-2013
20110128560IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes an acquisition unit, a determination unit, and a thinning unit. The acquisition unit may acquire color information concerning color of an image having an attribute of at least one of character or line drawing. The determination unit may determine a thinning ratio for thinning data of non-edge portions of the image according to the color information acquired by the acquisition unit. The thinning unit may thin data of the non-edge portions according to the thinning ratio determined by the determination unit. The thinning ratio determined by the determination unit when the color information indicates a color other than black is lower than the thinning ratio determined when the color information indicates black.06-02-2011
20110128558SELECTING BLENDED REGIONS OF COLOR SPACE - A method for adjusting the color of an image is provided. The image includes a plurality of pixels. The method includes receiving a natural language command to adjust a selected color of at least a portion of the image; determining a selection value for a pixel of interest by comparing a location of a color of the pixel of interest within a color space to a plurality of planes defining a multi-dimensional boundary of a portion of the color space corresponding to the selected color; and adjusting, based on the natural language command, the selected color of the pixel or the pixels of at least the portion of the image determined to be within the portion of the color space corresponding to the selected color. The selection value is representative of whether the pixel of interest lies within the portion of the color space corresponding to the selected color.06-02-2011
20100321711IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - This invention provides an image forming apparatus, control method therefor, and program for executing efficient image formation while ensuring user friendliness. To accomplish this, the image forming apparatus according to this invention permits changing an image forming condition during execution of an operation of forming an image while conveying a plurality of sheets each on which the image is to be formed at the first interval, and restricts changing the image forming condition during execution of the operation of forming an image while conveying the plurality of sheets at the second interval shorter than the first interval.12-23-2010
20100302563Image Forming Apparatus and Image Forming System - An image forming apparatus having an accepting unit; a printing unit, which performs a high-speed double-sided print processing operation to print an image on a second recoding medium during a period between when a first side of a first recording medium is printed and when a second side of the first recording medium is printed; an adjustment unit, which performs an image quality adjustment; a determination unit that determines whether adjustment execution conditions will be fulfilled during performance of the high-speed double-sided print processing operation before the high-speed double-sided print processing operation is initiated; and a control unit, which controls the adjustment unit to perform the image quality adjustment before initiation of the high-speed double-sided print process operation, when the determination unit determines that the adjustment execution conditions will be fulfilled.12-02-2010
20100321710SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COLOR SPACE CONVERSION OF COLOR SPACE VALUES WHICH LIE OUTSIDE OF A TRADITIONAL COLOR SPACE BOUNDARY - The subject application is directed to a system and method for color space conversion. Image data is received comprised of a plurality of pixels having a value encoded in a first multidimensional color space. Each of the pixels encoded in the first color space is converted to a corresponding pixel encoded in a second multidimensional color space, the conversion further including transforming each of the pixels based upon a function of the pixel values in the first color space having component values defining a fractional relationship having a numerator portion and a denominator portion, with each portion including at least one of the component values. A value of each denominator portion is converted relative to a threshold value and the pixels encoded in the first color space are converted to the second color space with an alternative quantity selectively substituted for each denominator portion in accordance with the comparison.12-23-2010
20100315662Printing apparatus and printing method - A receiving unit 12-16-2010
20100321709AUTOMATED AUDIT SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD - A system, apparatus and method are provided to automate an audit of an information technology (IT) system.12-23-2010
20100321708PRINTING OF CODING PATTERNS - A method is designed for printing on regular digital printers of a coding pattern consisting of code symbols. In the method, a character-based representation of the coding pattern is obtained, wherein the code symbols are represented by characters according to a character definition set. A definition identifier is generated to identify the character definition set. The definition identifier is specific to the morphology of the coding pattern or to the printing job. Finally, a print module is caused to print the coding pattern based on the character-based representation, the character definition set and the definition identifier.12-23-2010
20100315661INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A method for controlling an information processing apparatus is provided, which can easily perform not only print setting but also installation of a printer driver during creation of a hot folder. The hot folder can be easily created by automatically installing the printer driver and setting the printer driver based on an operation of copying a template of a hot folder to a PC.12-16-2010
20110032555PRINTER - A printer includes an input unit, a cell-size changing unit, a print data creating unit, and a printing unit. The input unit receives table data describing a table including a plurality of cells. Each of the plurality of cells has a size. The cell-size changing unit is configured to be capable of changing the size of a cell that is associated with a formula. The print data creating unit creates print data for printing a cell-size changed table that includes the size changed cell in a predetermined part of a recording sheet such that the formula fits entirely within the size changed cell, if the cell-size changing unit changes the size of the cell. The printing unit prints the cell-size changed table based on the print data in the predetermined part of the recording sheet.02-10-2011
20090066980IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - The numbers of pixels of respective colors of image data are detected. In monochrome printing, a print invalid area with first variable width corresponding to the number of black pixels among the detected numbers of pixels of the respective colors is set in a top portion of the image data. In color printing, a print invalid area with second variable width corresponding to a sum of the detected numbers of pixels of the respective colors in the top portion of the image data.03-12-2009
20090066978METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED SPACE FILLING INTERPOLATION - Document processing systems and methods are presented for transforming color image data from an input color space to output color space using space filling interpolation to mitigate loss of color information at the corners of color gamuts. An initial interpolation of the input color space pixel values for each pixel is performed to compute initial output color space pixel values, and these are converted into luminance-chrominance color space pixel values. An adjustment value λ is then computed according to the luminance-chrominance color space pixel values, and final output color space pixel values are computed according to the initial output color space pixel values and the adjustment value λ.03-12-2009
20090066982IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The image forming apparatus includes image forming parts, a developing device and a cleaner to clean at least the intermediate transfer material or the transfer device, wherein at the image forming operation starting time, in each image forming part, after starting the charging, the application of the developing bias is started before the top end of the charging portion of the image bearing member surface reaches a developing area in which the image bearing member and the developer bearing member are set against each other, and from among the areas on the image bearing member in which the charging is not yet performed in each image forming part, in case each area having passed the developing area when the developing bias is applied is brought into contact with the intermediate transfer member, the contact area with each area in the intermediate transfer member is controlled without superposing on the intermediate transfer member.03-12-2009
20090066979IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus for generating image data of a page divided into small areas continuously in a predetermined direction and forming an image based on the image data, includes a detection unit configured to detect a continuous range of the image data having the same image contents in the page, the page including at least one continuous range, a specifying unit configured to specify image data of interest in the continuous range of the image data detected by the detection unit, and a first determination unit configured to determine based on the image data of interest whether the page is a blank sheet.03-12-2009
20110109928PRODUCTION OF TEST PRINTS - In order to improve a method for producing test prints such that the same results in reproducible test prints in a narrow deviation spectrum at high accuracy with the highest possible print flexibility, the invention provides a method for the production of test prints (proofs) of print data intended for printing on an industrial printing machine on a digital printer, wherein the print data is converted from a color space for any given industrial printing machine into digital proof print data in a color space for any given digital printer, as a function of a given state based on conversion tables, wherein the given state comprises parameters, such as paper type, ink, printing mode, and wherein conversion data is determined and considered during the printing process for a calibration file for the printer based on data compatible with the color space, by means of printing a test image, measuring the same, and comparing the same to a typical printer target image, wherein parameters dependent on a measuring device utilized during the measuring of the test image are considered during the determination of the correction data.05-12-2011
20110019211SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALTERING DOCUMENT OUTPUT PROPERTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALTERING INTERCEPTED PRINT STREAM DATA - The subject application is directed to a system and method altering document output properties in accordance with altering intercepted print stream data. Print stream data is received from an associated data processing device, with the print stream including data corresponding to at least one electronic document and associated processing instruction data. Data representing a preselected data string is stored in a data storage, with the data string corresponding to a document processing command. The data string is stored associatively with secondary document processing instruction data. The received print stream data is compared to the preselected data string, and a coincidence between the print stream data and the preselected data string is detected from the comparison. The secondary document processing operation is inserted into the print stream based upon a detected coincidence. A document processing operation is completed on the document inclusive of the secondary document processing operation in accordance with an inserted secondary document processing instruction.01-27-2011
20110019212BLACK POINT COMPENSATION IN A TIPP ARCHITECTURE - A method for calibrating an image printing system that includes a plurality of parallel printers, where each of the printers has a minimum luminance value. The method includes determining a minimum luminance value profile for the plurality of printers in the image printing system based on the minimum luminance values of each of the printers in the image printing system, determining a black point compensation function based on the determined minimum luminance value profile, adjusting luminance values for input image data using the determined black point compensation function, and rendering, with the parallel printers, images on substrates based on the input image data with adjusted luminance levels.01-27-2011
20110019213Toner saving method, toner saving system, and image forming apparatus - An image forming apparatus is provided. The present image forming apparatus includes a communication interface unit to receive a printing job, a parsing unit to parse the received printing job, a rendering unit to perform rendering by adding a hole to a random coordinate in a text character from the parsed printing job, and a printing engine unit to output the rendered image.01-27-2011
20110032546SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTIMATING THE COLOR OF COATED PRINTS - A method for estimating the color of a coated print includes: measuring the color of an uncoated print with a color measuring device; and estimating the color of the print when coated by a coating process based on the uncoated color measurement using a function that correlates uncoated color measurements and coated color measurements; and adjusting at least one parameter of the printing process based on the coated color estimation. The correlating function may be derived by measuring the color of a plurality of uncoated color patches; measuring the color of the plurality of patches after the patches have been coated by the coating process; and correlating the color of the coated patches with the uncoated patches based on the coated and uncoated color patch measurements.02-10-2011
20110032545CONTROLLING PROCESS COLOR IN A COLOR ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for controlling process color in a color adjustment system in an image marking device. A control parameter, such as a gain matrix, forms a basis of an adaptive closed-loop controller. A sensitivity matrix is used to calculate the gain matrix. This permits complex color adjustments at a customer location. The present system and method is well suited for long production runs because, as the system moves (or drifts) away from nominal, the color control system will learn the changes in the system (e.g., new input-output sensitivity) with print, measure, and prediction processes, operating on the test patches, and effectively adapt to these changes by re-computing the feedback controller gains and revising the current actuator values to follow desired target color values. The present system and method can also be used for adjusting or developing a CMYK recipe in color management LUTs.02-10-2011
20110128559PRINTING DEVICE THAT EXECUTES CALIBRATION AT FREQUENCY SUITED TO USER DEMAND - A printing device including a printing unit that prints an image with print agent, a calibration unit that executes a calibration process, a specifying unit that specifies a usage amount of the print agent, and a control unit that controls the calibration unit to execute the calibration process at a lower frequency when the specifying unit specifies a lower amount as the usage amount. The calibration process is for printing a mark with the print unit, detecting the mark, and calculating a calculation value based on a detection result.06-02-2011
20110032547PRINT IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM AND METHOD FOR FORMING PRINT IMAGE - A print image forming apparatus includes: an obtaining unit that obtains a document having at least one page; a color information generating unit that generates color information from an identifier allocated to and associated with the obtained document according to a predetermined rule; and a forming unit that forms an image to be output, in which the identifier represented by a color which is in accordance with the generated color information is added to the document.02-10-2011
20110128561IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - When the number (M) of passes is smaller than a threshold value, a first processing mode is selected. In the first processing mode, multivalued image data is divided into pieces of multivalued data corresponding to passes and a common multivalued data for a plurality of passes, the pieces of multivalued data are individually binarized to generate pieces of binary data corresponding to the passes, and the common multivalued data is binarized to generate common binary data for these passes. On the other hand, when the number (M) of passes is equal to or larger than the threshold value, a second processing mode is selected. In the second processing mode, multivalued image data is binarized and the binary data is divided into pieces of binary data corresponding to passes with a mask.06-02-2011
20110043839IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - When one or both of color conversion data for chromatic colors and color conversion data for achromatic colors are rewritten, attribute information of the color conversion data for chromatic colors or the color conversion data for achromatic colors is updated and this attribute information is displayed on a display.02-24-2011
20080246979Method for determining parameters relevant to the print quality of a printed product - The invention provides a method for determining parameters relevant to the print quality of a printed product. A macroscopic photogram of a measuring field of the printed product is recorded using a camera having a macro lens. An actual value of a parameter relevant to the print quality is determined from the macroscopic photogram. The actual value is compared to a nominal value of the parameter relevant to the print quality. Whether the measuring field is printed with adequate quality is determined based on the comparison of the actual valve with the nominal value of the parameter relevant to the print quality.10-09-2008
20110043833ENHANCED IMAGING WITH ADJUSTED IMAGE SWATH WIDTHS - A method for forming an image comprising a first halftone image having a first screen angle and a second halftone image having a second screen angle. A recording head forms a plurality of image swaths. Each swath is merged with another swath at a merge line. A row of cells in the first halftone image is selected and a first sub-scan pitch of the cells in the row cells is determined. A first sub-scan spacing between two adjacent merge lines in the first group of swaths is equal to an integer multiple of a first sub-scan pitch. A row of cells in the second halftone image is selected and a second sub-scan pitch of the second cells in the row of second unit cells is determined. The recording head is reconfigured by disabling at least one of the recording channels forms the second halftone image.02-24-2011
20110043837IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CALIBRATION METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to an embodiment, in an image forming apparatus and a calibration method for an image forming apparatus, whether a sheet is housed in a sheet cassette or not is determined, and when it is determined that no sheet is housed, a display to instruct manual paper feed is shown on a control panel.02-24-2011
20110043834Color conversion system and color conversion processing method - For color conversion of image data in a L*a*b* color space, a color conversion system includes a color conversion processor to implement a first color conversion for color conversion of data positions of an image data in a reference-color representing first region covering a constant hue line at a prescribed hue angle on an a*b* plane, and a second color conversion for color conversion of data positions of the image data in a second region set outside the first region within an angular range smaller in hue angle than the prescribed hue angle on the a*b* plane, the prescribed hue angle being set up in an angular region of 0 degree or more and 90 degree or less relative to an a* axis, the color conversion processor being adapted to implement mutually different color conversion processes for the first color conversion and the second color conversion.02-24-2011
20110116115IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - There are provided an image processing method and an image processor which realize the processing of restricting image degradations such as “dot delay”, “banding” and “wind ripple” with a simpler circuit construction. Therefore, after the regular quantization processing is performed, in a pixel in a prohibition position the processing of limiting a predetermined quantized value to change into another quantized value is performed corresponding to the obtained quantized value and the position information of the pixel of interest. By doing this, even in the low level of the density value, it is possible to realize at a low cost the construction in which dots having different sizes are mixed for printing.05-19-2011
20110043835IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a spot color area detection unit, an erasing determination unit and a drawing control unit. The spot color area detection unit detects a spot color area in image information. The erasing determination unit determines, based on designation regarding drawing of the spot color area, as to whether or not a non-spot color area overlapping the spot color area is to be erased. The drawing control unit outputs an instruction of erasing the spot color area and determines a drawing range of the non-spot color area based on a determination result of the erasing determination unit.02-24-2011
20110116113IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE CAPABLE OF SAVING INK CONSUMPTION - An image processing device includes an acquiring unit, a rendering unit, and a mode determination unit. The acquiring unit acquires an input data including a character in a first size. The rendering unit renders an output image based on the input data. The mode determination unit determines whether or not a prescribed mode in which a consumption of printing material is reduced while printing the output image is designated. If the mode determination unit determines that the prescribed mode is designated, the rendering unit renders the output image of the character in a second size smaller than the first size.05-19-2011
20110116110SHOW-THROUGH MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INKS ON MEDIA - Systems and methods of measuring an amount of show-through in a printed document are disclosed. The systems and methods include an imaging device that scans a back side of the printed document and scans a front side of the printed document with a blank document disposed thereon. The imaging device produces bitmaps related to the scans and calculates bit depths associated with the bitmaps. A difference array is calculated based on the differences between the bitmaps of the back side and front side scans, and the average value and standard deviation of the difference array is calculated. The amount of show-through of the document is measured based on a formula with the calculated average and standard deviation.05-19-2011
20110116114IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMATION METHOD FOR PERFORMING COLOR DEVIATION CORRECTION - A problem in conventional electrical color deviation correction is that an awkward step is generated at a border where a pixel is offset by one-pixel-basis correction. Although such a step can be cancelled by less-than-one-pixel-basis correction, this smoothing process in turn generates unevenness in density. To solve these problems, in electrical color deviation correction, a draw command is analyzed to specify a draw position for color deviation correction for each of draw objects. Then, the object is drawn at the specified draw position, and an offset for color deviation correction is performed on an object basis.05-19-2011
20090033968PRINTER WITH FOLDABLE PROTECTIVE COVER AND PRINT MEDIA FEED MECHANISM - A printer includes a hollow body. The body houses an ink ejection printhead coupled to circuitry. In addition, the body bears a user interface. A foldable cover is pivotally mounted to the body to protectively cover the user interface. A print media feed mechanism includes a single motor driving rollers. The feed mechanism is configured to both grip an endmost sheet of print media from a print media stack and feed print media past the ink ejection printhead during printing. The operation of the feed mechanism is conditional upon the driven direction of the motor.02-05-2009
20090033966COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion apparatus is for converting an input point defined in a three-dimensional first color space into an output point defined in a three-dimensional second color space. The color conversion apparatus includes: a position identifying unit; a first conversion unit; a second conversion unit; and an output point identifying unit. The position identifying unit identifies a two-dimensional position for the input point, the two-dimensional position being defined on a specific plane passing through a first white point, a first black point and the input point, the first white point and the first black point being defined in the first color space. The first conversion unit converts the input point into an intermediate point that is defined in a device-independent color space. The second conversion unit converts the intermediate point into a temporary output point that is defined in the three-dimensional second color space. The output point identifying unit identifies, in the second color space, an output point, whose position defined on a plane that passes through a second white point, a second black point and the temporary output point corresponds to the two-dimensional position identified by the position identifying unit, the second white point and the second black point being defined in the second color space.02-05-2009
20090033965Print Control Device and Recording Medium Containing Printer Driver - A print control device is capable of processing print job data having a first file format and print job data having a second file format which is different from the first file format. The print control device includes a judging unit configured to judge whether the print data has the first file format or second file format, a converting unit configured to convert the print data having the first file format to the print data having the second file format, an adjusting unit configured to apply a print area adjustment to the print job data converted by the converting unit only when the judging unit judges that the print job data has the first file format, and a data processing unit configured to apply a data processing to the print job data having the second file format.02-05-2009
20090033964IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPURTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An average value calculating section calculates, for respective color components, an average value of pixel values within a pixel block, to define the calculated average values as a pixel value of a pixel of interest. A histogram generating section obtains, for respective pixels of interest, a maximum value of the average values among the color components and a maximum difference in the average values among the color components, and generates histograms respectively for the maximum value and the maximum difference in which histograms a number of pixels for a density bin is considered as a frequency-of-occurrence value. A determination section obtains numbers of density bins that correspond to a frequency-of-occurrence value greater than or equal to a predetermined frequency-of-occurrence value in the histograms, and determines that data of image is of a blank page image when both of the numbers of density bins are a bin threshold or less.02-05-2009
20090033961IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND CPU-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A device CMYKW 8-bit signal supplied to an image output device is controlled so that the total amount of color materials per unit area will not exceed an upper limit therefor. Until a provisional total amount of color materials reaches a value 765, a device CMYKW 8-bit signal is output with the white color material being kept at a maximum gradation level 255. When the provisional total amount is in the range between the values 765 and 1020, the amount of the white color material is reduced from the maximum gradation level to 0 to keep the total amount be the value 765. When the provisional total amount is in the range between the values 1020 and 1275, a UCR process is performed while the amount of the white color material is kept at 0. Consequently, the total amount is kept 765 of 300% or lower all the time.02-05-2009
20090033957CALIBRATION CHART CONFIGURATION SYSTEM02-05-2009
20090033956IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND CPU-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - When a color image is formed on a transparent sheet with a white color material as background color material and C, M, Y, K color materials as process color materials and has colors determined by the total amount of the color materials that are applied per unit area, image formation failures such as ink drooping and ink fixation failures are prevented from occurring. Of four colors or more including white represented by a CMYKW 1-bit pixel signal, the three colors C, M, Y (gray) are replaced with the color K. After the replacement, for three or more of C, M, Y, K, no white color ink is applied since the transparent sheet is opaque without the white color ink. This control process is effective to reduce the number of applications, i.e., the total amount of inks applied, thereby preventing image formation failures such as ink drooping from occurring.02-05-2009
20110116116RECORDING MEDIUM, COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE CREATING METHOD - Disclosed is a recording medium recording a program for a computer to perform the following functions of: creating first corresponding information to show color value corresponding to a combination of values of black and three basic colors when a plurality of color patches are each output; creating second corresponding information to correspond the combination of values of black and three basic colors to a virtual basic color axis coordinate; creating third corresponding information to show color value corresponding to the virtual basic color axis coordinate; and obtaining virtual basic color axis coordinate corresponding to the color value, obtaining a combination of values of black and three basic colors corresponding to the obtained virtual basic color axis coordinate, and storing the obtained combination of values of black and three basic colors as a combination of values of black and three basic colors corresponding to the color value.05-19-2011
20100149567Image forming apparatus and image forming method - An image forming apparatus has: a recording head for forming an image on a recording medium; a color correction processing device which performs a color correction processing with respect to an input image data; an image output controller which controls the recording head according to the image data after performing the color correction processing in such a manner that the image corresponding to the image data is formed on the recording medium; a patch forming controller which controls the recording head so as to form a patch for colorimetry on the recording medium; a memory device for storing an output condition for forming the image, and measured results of the patch for colorimetry formed under the output condition; and a correction data change device which changes a correction data used for the color correction processing performed by the color correction processing device, when difference between the measured results of the patch for colorimetry that are obtained by forming the patch for colorimetry and performing colorimetry of that formed patch before starting of a printing job or during performing the printing job and the measured results of the patch for colorimetry that are stored in the memory device exceeds a predetermined acceptable range.06-17-2010
20110075165IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes a plurality of intermediate data generating sections that analyzes distributed data of document data described in a page description language, and generates intermediate data; and a plurality of drawing data generating sections that acquires the intermediate data from the plurality of intermediate data generating sections and generates drawing data including information of pixels of a print image based on the acquired intermediate data. The plurality of intermediate data generating sections generates the intermediate data by pages of the document data. The plurality of drawing data generating sections corresponds to a plurality of different basic colors and generates the drawing data for the corresponding basic colors.03-31-2011
20130155429IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus of the present invention determines whether or not electronic information on a displayed image on a portable display terminal set on a platen can be received from outside of the image forming apparatus, and generating converted data for printing by receiving said electronic information and converting it into a printable format when it is determined that the electronic information can be received (S06-20-2013
20110080600IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image processor includes: a receiving unit that receives an input of image data in a first color space; a first color conversion unit that performs color conversion of the image data received by the receiving unit to image data formed of a first combination of color components in a second color space; a second color conversion unit that performs color conversion of the image data received by the receiving unit to image data formed of a second combination of color components in the second color space, the second combination being different from the first combination; and an image generating unit that generates an image based on at least the image data generated by the first and second color conversion units. Each of the first and second combinations includes a smaller number of color components than the number of color materials to be used in formation of an image.04-07-2011
20130155430IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR MEASURING LINE WIDTH OF LINES - A line width is derived based on the number of black pixels counted in an area set so that in a case where a first line width is finer than a second line width, the area for the lines having a first line width is set larger than for the lines having a second line width.06-20-2013
20130155431IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus to effectively reduce power consumption of an image forming apparatus in a sleep mode by reducing current consumed in an operating panel microcomputer by operating parts by constituting the parts so that a power voltage is continually supplied to the parts to indicate that the image forming apparatus is in a power-on state while stopping the operation of the operating panel microcomputer of an operating panel part in a sleep mode.06-20-2013
20110085190METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS AND DIGITAL PRINTING SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are provided for receiving a PDL File that describes a print job, processing the PDL commands in the file, identifying print settings and printer factors that may affect the entire print job, and reporting such print settings and printer factors. Methods and apparatus are also provided for receiving a PDL File that describes a print job, processing the PDL commands in the file, identifying any objects in the print job that have associated predetermined attributes, and reporting the print objects that have any such predetermined attributes.04-14-2011
20110211204IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - The first processor element (PE) interprets a display list, generates pieces of edge information of objects contained in one line, sorts the pieces of edge information for each line, and transfers the level data containing link information linking to width information of between the edges of the objects, the pieces of edge information and overlapping information of the objects. When the level data corresponding to the pixel count in the sub-scanning direction is stored in a memory, a DMAC controls the readout order of the level data to read out the level data from the memory and transfers the readout level data to the second processor.09-01-2011
20100027038IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A determining unit determines a color of a character. A color converting unit converts a chromatic color having a predetermined hue into the predetermined color and a chromatic color having a hue other than the predetermined hue and an achromatic color into a black color. A processing unit processes either one of a color character and a black character determined by the determining unit such that the color character having the chromatic color converted into the black color is relatively noticeable to the black character.02-04-2010
20090323091RENDERING CONTROL DEVICE, RENDERING DEVICE AND PROGRAM FOR RENDERING CONTROL - A rendering control device capable of creating a rendering of a visible image perceived from a rendered visible image that best matches visual expectations of a rendering person as compared with its original image is provided.12-31-2009
20110122426SPECTRAL GAMUT MAPPING BY CONSTRAINED SUBDIVISION OF GAMUT - Color management in which a spectral gamut is determined for spectral gamut mapping by constructing subdivisions of a set of samples spanning the spectral gamut. The samples are designated by specifying device values and are subdivided based on their lightness, chroma and hue under a reference illuminant such that the number of samples in each subdivision is limited by a predetermined number. A color value to be spectrally gamut mapped is accepted, and converted into a colorimetric value under the reference illuminant. The converted colorimetric value includes a lightness, a chroma and a hue. Subdivisions within a tolerance of the converted colorimetric value are identified using its lightness, chroma and hue. Samples within the identified subdivisions are searched to find a sample that matches acceptably to the color value relative to an objective function.05-26-2011
20110242563IMAGE COMBINING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - An image combining apparatus and a control method for an image combining apparatus that allows a user to write a handwritten image on a writing sheet while confirming the positional relationship between the handwritten image and a photograph to be combined. When a writing sheet having a handwriting area in which a user writes the handwritten image to be combined with a photograph is printed, a reference image generated on the basis of the photograph is printed in the handwriting area.10-06-2011
20110242560Image Forming Apparatus, Image Forming Method, and Computer-Readable Recording Medium Storing Print Restriction Program Code - An image forming apparatus includes a print processing unit and a printing ratio determination unit. The print processing unit is configured to obtain a printing ratio of document data at a time of print execution of the document data, and associate printing ratio data indicating the obtained printing ratio with the document data. The printing ratio determination unit is configured to identify the printing ratio of the document data from the printing ratio data associated with the document data and determine whether or not the identified printing ratio satisfies a specified condition.10-06-2011
20090073472IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image forming apparatus which is capable of correctly and accurately detecting a sheet leading edge position and carrying out image formation in appropriate image write timing. a detection device is disposed at a reference position upstream from the transfer position and detects the recording medium being conveyed. A determining device determines image write timing for forming the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum based on a difference in position between a leading edge position of the recording medium detected by the detection device and the reference position. The detection device respectively include a plurality of light detecting pixels disposed in a recording medium conveying direction, and the leading edge position of the recording medium detected by the respective light detecting pixels.03-19-2009
20110242559PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND PRINTING CONTROL PROGRAM - A printing apparatus includes an extracting section configured to extract first and second images from an original document such that the first and second images partially overlap at an overlapping portion, and a control section configured to execute printing onto a first medium based on the first image using a layout in which at least a portion of the overlapping portion of the first image extends beyond a first edge of the first medium and a margin is formed between a second edge and an image edge of the first image, and to execute printing onto a second medium based on the second image using a layout in which at least a portion of the overlapping portion of the second image extends beyond a first edge of the second medium and a margin is formed between a second edge and an image edge of the second image.10-06-2011
20110242558IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus acquires information indicating each of a plurality of profiles, selects one profile based on the pieces of information, and transmits, to an information processing apparatus, identification information for identifying the selected profile. The image forming apparatus receives, from the information processing apparatus, an image reading instruction complying with a setting for reading an image, included in the profile identified based on the identification information. The image forming apparatus determines whether a setting indicated by the received instruction and a setting for reading the image, included in one selected profile correspond to each other. When it is determined that the settings do not correspond to each other, the image forming apparatus reads the image to generate image data in accordance with the setting for reading the image, included in one selected profile.10-06-2011
20110242556COLOR PROCESSING METHOD AND COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS - A gloss characteristic measurement unit obtains measurement values regarding the gloss characteristic of a plurality of patches formed based on patch data in which the amount of clear color material is changed with respect to an output value from a color separation table for color materials. A color separation table generation unit selects one measurement value for each color or gray level indicated by the patch data, and generates, based on the selected measurement value and the color separation table for color materials, a color separation table in a case where the color materials and the clear color material are used.10-06-2011
20110128562COLOR DESIGNATION CONTROL DEVICE, COLOR DESIGNATION CONTROL METHOD, AND MEDIUM STORING COLOR DESIGNATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A color designation control device includes: an image acquisition section that acquires a color image; and a display control section that displays a user interface screen, which includes at least a preview image of the acquired color image and a hue scale representing a change in hue, on a predetermined display while accepting designation of a position or a region within the preview image, acquiring a hue at the designated position or in the designated region from the preview image, and adding a specific indication for a range within the hue scale corresponding to the acquired hue.06-02-2011
20090219554METHOD OF GENERATING PRINTING COLOR PROFILES FOR COLOR MANAGED REPRODUCTION OF COLOR PRINTS WITH TRANSPARENT LAYER - The invention relates to a method of generating a printing color profile for printing a printing image with a digital color printing machine, in particular a multi-color printing machine, preferably an electrophotographically operating printing machine. A transparent layer on top of a multi colorant printed image is taken into consideration during the generation of the printing color profile such that a differential clear printing color profile for the clear material effect is determined, said clear printing color profile being added, as needed, to the printing ink color profile of the remaining printing colors for defined substrate classes and specific clear material and coverage levels.09-03-2009
20100238468IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When edge smoothing is applied to a portion where trapping was applied, the two processes are applied to a small region, thus causing image deterioration. Hence, the invention is configured to exclusively set trapping and edge smoothing execution conditions. Then, even when application of both trapping and edge smoothing processes to an entire image is selected, one of these processes is applied to each individual pixel or region. Alternatively, an execution completion flag may be set for one of these processes, and the other process may be executed with reference to that flag.09-23-2010
20110075171PRINTING APPARATUS AND CALIBRATION METHOD - A printing apparatus is adapted to form a printed image by forming ink dots based on an ink amount specified for each of a plurality of pixels forming image data. The determination unit is configured to analyze the image data and to determine at least one color patch to be printed based on a result of the analysis. The patch printing unit is configured to print the color patch. The color measurement unit is configured to perform color measurement on the color patch to obtain a color value indicated in the color patch. The correction data creation unit is configured to create correction data using the color value obtained by the color measurement unit. The printing unit is configured to form the ink dots based on the ink amount that has been corrected based on the correction data.03-31-2011
20090323093IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image signal processing apparatus including a first tone correcting section for generating a first image signal by performing a space-variant tone conversion process for a digitalized image signal from a CCD and an A/D converting section, a second tone correcting section for generating a second image signal by performing a space-invariant tone correction process for the digitalized image signal from the CCD and the A/D converting section, and a synthesizing section for setting a synthesis rate R12-31-2009
20090323090IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes a function selection unit configured to acquire an operation function of the image forming apparatus by selection of a user, a first distortion detection and correction unit configured to detect and correct distortion of an input image by a first method when a first operation function is selected, a second distortion detection and correction unit configured to detect and correct the distortion of the input image by a second method different from the first method when a second operation function is selected, and an image output unit configured to output the input image of which the distortion is corrected.12-31-2009
20110242557PRINT JOB MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, PRINT JOB MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND PRINT JOB MANAGEMENT METHOD - A print job management system according to an embodiment has a transmission unit, a time calculation unit, and a list display unit. The transmission unit transmits a print job. The time calculation unit acquires the print job transmitted from the transmission unit and calculates a processing completion time taken for each of a plurality of image forming apparatuses to complete a process for the print job for each of the image forming apparatuses. The list display unit acquires the process completion time for each of the image forming apparatuses calculated by the time calculation unit and displays information regarding the processing completion time for each of the image forming apparatuses as a list.10-06-2011
20110242555IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OR PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus includes an input unit configured to input a plurality of page data; a rendering unit configured to convert each of the plurality of page data into rendering data; a supply unit configured to supply the plurality of rendering data to a printing apparatus; an acquisition unit configured to acquire, for each of the plurality of rendering data, delay time from an end of printing of a last page to an end of conversion of rendering data used for next printing; and a scheduling unit configured to delay supply timing of rendering data converted first by the rendering unit among the plurality of page data based on the delay time of the plurality of rendering data.10-06-2011
20110211207LIQUID DROPLET DISCHARGING APPARATUS - The liquid droplet discharging apparatus includes a first workpiece stage and a second workpiece stage, an inspection stage arranged between the first workpiece stage and the second workpiece stage, an image recognizing section configured to execute image recognition with respect to a result of an inspection discharge of a liquid from a liquid droplet discharging head onto the inspection stage, and a stage moving mechanism configured to selectively move the first workpiece stage between the image formation area and a first workpiece exchange area, to selectively move the second workpiece stage between the image formation area and a second workpiece exchange area, and to selectively move the inspection stage between an inspection area and the image formation area. The inspection area is disposed between the image formation area and the first workpiece exchange area.09-01-2011
20110211205LIQUID EJECTION DEVICE HAVING IMAGE DATA PROCESSING UNIT - An image data processing device processes image data. The image data processing device includes an image data storing unit, a correction data producing unit, and an image density value addition unit. The image density value is either a first density value that is greater than or equal to a prescribed value or a second density value that is less than the prescribed value. The ink droplet is ejected on the first subject pixel whereas the ink droplet is unejected on the second subject pixel. The correction data producing unit produces correction data including a plurality of correction density values. The image density value addition unit adds the correction density value to the second density value of the corresponding pixel. The correction data producing unit produces a first correction density value and a second correction density value as the correction density value.09-01-2011
20110085189IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Provided is an image processor and image processing method that are capable of suppressing both density unevenness and graininess that occur due to deviation of the printing position of dots that are printed by a plurality of relative movements (or a plurality of printing element groups). In order to accomplish this, the dot overlap rate of an image characteristic in which density unevenness stands out is made higher than the dot overlap rate of an image characteristic in which other defects stand out more than the density unevenness. By doing so, it is possible to suitably adjust the dot overlap rate according to an image characteristic, and to output an image having no density unevenness or graininess.04-14-2011
20110085188IMAGE FORMATION DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMATION METHOD - An image formation device includes an image reading unit, a control unit, and a displaying unit. The image reading unit reads a document according to a scan parameter to obtain an image data having a first data size. The control unit controls changing the first data size to the second data size due to change of the scan parameter, and calculates the second data size based on the changed scan parameter. The displaying unit displays the second data size and a preview of image based on the second data size.04-14-2011
20110085186Image forming apparatus and de-skew method thereof - A de-skew method of an image forming apparatus is provided which includes reading an image on a print medium fed through an automatic document feeder (ADF); detecting a leading edge of the print medium and calculating a skew angle of the read image; comparing the calculated skew angle to a first threshold and determining whether to perform a de-skew operation; and setting skew compensation levels based on the calculated skew angle and performing different de-skew operations according to the set skew compensation levels to output a de-skewed image when the absolute value of the calculated skew angle is equal to or greater than the first threshold.04-14-2011
20110242561IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus 10-06-2011
20100188677METHOD OF PRINTING ON A PRODUCT - A method of conveying a printed product on a conveying device toward a printer for printing. The thickness of the printed product is monitored, and the height of the printer is adjusted based on the thickness of the printed product. Indicia is printed on the printed product with the printer.07-29-2010
20100188676INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS, INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method for distributing information includes acquiring information indicating a condition for an applicable setting value to be set to a program from an image forming apparatus, verifying whether a setting value of the program satisfies a range of an applicable setting value to be set to the program based on the acquired information, and distributing, if the setting value satisfies the condition, the setting value to the image forming apparatus.07-29-2010
20100188671Weighted Sheet Inspection - An image processing system for use in a sheet-fed offset printing press inspects image data in a variable manner. and provides remediation in the event of a malfunction in order to reduce misprints, thus reducing waste and associated cost inefficiency.07-29-2010
20100014103IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, HOST APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR PRINTING OUT WEB PAGE THEREWITH - An image forming apparatus capable of printing out a web page displayed on an host apparatus. An image forming apparatus includes a sheet-supplying cassette to store a printable medium thereon, an input key to input a command for printing out the web page, an interface to transmit the command for printing out the web page to the host apparatus, and receive print data converted to fit onto the printable medium stored on the sheet-supplying cassette from the host apparatus if the input key is selected, and an image forming unit to print out the received print data on the printable medium. Therefore, a user can conveniently prints the web page.01-21-2010
20110242562SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING COLOR MANAGEMENT OF COLOR SPACES IN ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS - A system and method is provided for improving color management of DeviceN color spaces in an electronic document. In one embodiment of the present invention, the system includes a memory device for storing a plurality of ICC profiles, and a rendering application operating on a computer, wherein each ICC profile includes a plurality of colorant names and an order in which they are laid down during a reproduction process. The rendering application is configured to render a document having at least one DeviceN color space so that it can be accurately displayed on a color display. The rendering application is further configured to identify a names array in a color definition of the DeviceN color space of the electronic document, compare the names array to the ICC profiles (or colorant names included therein) stored in the memory device to identify an ICC profile from the plurality of profiles, and (iii) use the identified ICC profile to map the DeviceN color space into control values for the color display.10-06-2011
20100027035DYNAMIC ADJUSTABLE CUSTOM COLOR PRINTER AND CUSTOM COLOR IMAGES - An electrographic printer and related method for providing a custom color including printing custom color on a receiver using a multicolor printer including at least one color module capable of printing at least one color image separation of a first color toner on an imaging member by collecting a first color toner from an imaging member, mixing the first color toner with one or more second color toners in a custom color module to produce a blended custom color toner comprising a mixture of at least the first color toner and a second color toner to produce a custom color image separation. Then printing the custom color image separation by transferring the image to a receiver and fusing the image on the receiver.02-04-2010
20090323086IMAGE RENDERING PRIOR TO MEDIA TYPE DETECTION - A method for selectively sequencing the rendering of an image for a print system includes determining a status field indicator for media type used in the print system; and pre-rendering an image according to the status field indicator, when the status field indicator includes a recognized media type. Additionally, the method identifies media type of a sheet of recording media that the image will be printed upon before rendering the image, when the status field indicator is absent of any recognized media type.12-31-2009
20100060914IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS TO HAVE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND PROCESSING METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus to have a processing apparatus includes a plurality of main developing apparatuses to form an image on a printing medium, an auxiliary developing apparatus to form an image on the printing medium using at least one developer different from developers used in the plurality of main developing apparatuses, a processing apparatus to perform a processing operation at the printing medium, and a control portion to control the main developing apparatuses and the auxiliary developing apparatus to form the images on the printing medium and to control the processing apparatus to form a printing medium processing region at which the processing operation is performed. The control portion estimates a size or area the printing medium processing region according to a processing condition, and does not control the auxiliary developing apparatus to form the image on at least some region of the estimated size or area of the printing medium processing region.03-11-2010
20100039658METHOD FOR PRINTING ONTO COLOURED SUBSTRATES - A method for printing an electronic image comprising a plurality of pixels onto a substrate using a computer-assisted image processing system, said method comprising the step of using alpha channel information in combination with substrate color information to calculate the transparency level that needs to be applied to each pixel.02-18-2010
20100039657CLUSTER-BASED PRINTER MODEL FOR TONE REPRODUCTION CURVE ESTIMATION - What is disclosed is a system and method for efficiently and accurately estimating the complete TRC for a color marking device equipped with a multi-center cluster halftone screen which has a similar halftone tiling geometry and a similar growth specified by a corresponding single-center cluster halftone screen. The present method introduces a cluster-based printer model which establishes a relationship between a color output of a single-center cluster halftone screen and a color output of a multi-center cluster halftone screen. The present cluster-based printer model determines the complete TRC for the multi-center cluster halftone screen using the measurements for the single-center cluster halftone screen. Results of halftone dot linearization with different printing devices demonstrates that high accuracy can be achieved using the reduced measurements from the single-center cluster halftone screen. The present method finds its uses in characterization processes for a wide variety of color marking devices known in the arts,02-18-2010
20100053650Image Processing Device, Image Processing Method, And Image Processing Program - An image processing device, an image processing method, and an image processing program stored on a computer-readable medium can select a color conversion table based on an image deposition level and are not dependent upon the media setting specifying the print medium. A host computer 03-04-2010
20100053645METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA AND RECORDING MEDIA RECORDED WITH PROGRAM REALIZING THE SAME - Disclosed are a method for processing data and a recording media recorded with a program realizing the same. The method for processing bitmap data for driving an inkjet head in which nozzle rows are spaced from one another in a scan direction, each of the nozzle rows consisting of a plurality of nozzles disposed on the same straight line, the method including: converting a distance by which a second nozzle row is spaced from a first nozzle row in the scan direction into a pixel count of the bitmap data; and compensating the bitmap data for driving the second nozzle row by as much as the pixel count.03-04-2010
20100060912PRINTING SYSTEM AND SECURE DOCUMENT PRINTING METHOD - A printing system can include an output unit to print printing data using main developers including a cyan (C) developer, a yellow (Y) developer, a magenta (M) developer, a black (K) developer, and a supplementary developer, a detection unit to detect whether a security mark is present in the printing data, and a control unit to control the output unit to print the security mark using the supplementary developer if the detection unit detects the security mark in the printing data.03-11-2010
20100067025IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, TERMINAL DEVICE, GRADATION CHARACTERISTIC MEASURING METHOD, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM AND GRADATION CHARACTERISTIC MEASUREMENT SHEET - A terminal device includes: a colorimetry unit that performs colorimetry on color values of respective measurement regions on a gradation characteristic measurement sheet where the plural measurement regions are formed in different densities; and a determination unit that determines identification information to identify the gradation characteristic measurement sheet based on a result of colorimetry of identification information measurement regions arranged to identify the gradation characteristic measurement sheet in a result of colorimetry by the colorimetry unit.03-18-2010
20120243008SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SPECIFYING COLOR TOLERANCE INTENT AND IMPLEMENTATION AS PART OF A DIGITAL PRINT WORKFLOW - Systems and methods are provided for enabling submission of color accuracy requirements with the submission of a print job. More specifically, a print job analysis system may be configured to receive a print job request having a color accuracy requirement level directly from a customer (or from an operator on behalf of the customer). In addition, the print job analysis system may also be configured to determine an appropriate color accuracy requirement level for the print job request if no color accuracy requirement level is directly provided with the print job request. Furthermore, the print job analysis system may also be configured to provide an analysis of recommended color accuracy requirement levels to the customer and/or the operator if they are unsure of an appropriate color accuracy requirement level to be used for the particular print job.09-27-2012
20120243012IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image is divided into first a second regions on the basis of inputted image data, and a comparison is made between the gradation values of pixels in the first region and threshold values corresponding to the pixels of the first region of a dither mask. The results of the comparison are referenced to determine whether or not dots are formed in the pixels of the first region. Errors are calculated based on the results of determining the first boundary pixels, which are in the first region near the boundary between the first region second regions. Some of the errors are distributed as diffusion errors to pixels in the second region near the boundary. The diffusion errors distributed from the first boundary pixels are added, and it is determined whether or not dots are formed by the error diffusion method in the pixels of the second region.09-27-2012
20120243010IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus is provided which performs a process on data stored in advance in accordance with operation by a verified user. The apparatus includes a user authentication portion for performing user authentication on a second user in a state where a first user is verified and logs in the image forming apparatus, an access control portion for, in a login state where both the first user and the second user are verified, giving a permission to perform a process on user data to which one of the first user and the second user determined based on a login order is granted access, and an operation control portion for, in the login state, accepting operation that relates to the user data and falls within at least one of an operation permission given in advance to the first user and an operation permission given in advance to the second user.09-27-2012
20100053643METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING - Aspects of the disclosure provide a printing method that can utilize a lightly pigmented toner along with a darkly pigmented toner to improve the image quality. The method can include receiving a dataset corresponding to a printing of a printing system using a darkly pigmented toner. The printing system may have an undesirable optical density printing range for the darkly pigmented toner. Further, the method can include converting the dataset to a first dataset corresponding to a first printing of the printing system using the darkly pigmented toner, and a second dataset corresponding to a second printing of the printing system using a lightly pigmented toner. The first dataset can avoid the undesirable optical density printing range for the darkly pigmented toner, and a combination of the first printing and the second printing providing a substantially same printed optical density corresponding to the received dataset.03-04-2010
20100053654IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus comprises an image data generating unit configured to convert a tone of an input value which indicates a density of a pixel by using a predetermined dither matrix and generate image data. The image forming apparatus further comprises a drive source and a gear configured to transmit a drive force from the drive source to an image carrier. The dither matrix includes a plurality of sub-matrixes arranged in a predetermined rule and a dot in each of the plurality of the sub-matrixes grows from a corresponding original point. The image forming apparatus satisfies a relation of (1) a≧0.24 mm and b/a<0.78, or (2) a<0.24 mm and b/a>1.2, where “a” is a travel distance of a printing medium per tooth of the gear in a secondary scanning direction orthogonal to the primary scanning direction, and “b” is a component in the secondary scanning direction of a distance between the original point of the dot derived from a first sub-matrix and the original point of the dot derived from a second sub-matrix.03-04-2010
20100053648IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus not having a spot color printing function and connected a network cannot print out a proper image from image data which is already processed for spot color and stored in an image forming apparatus having a spot color printing function. When the image data subjected to the spot color process is stored in the image forming apparatus having the spot color printing function, difference information is stored together with the image data subjected to the spot color process. In order to print the data by a four-color output type of image forming apparatus not having the spot color printing function, the data is restored into four-color image data on the basis of the difference information, and the four-color image data is transmitted to the image forming apparatus not having the spot color printing function.03-04-2010
20100053655ERROR DIFFUSION-BASED IMAGE PROCESSING - In an embodiment, a method includes receiving values of a first pixel and a second pixel of an image at an input processor element of an image signal processor and distributing fractional parts of a number of values from surrounding pixels to the first pixel and the second pixel non-serially using first and second accelerator units, respectively, of the image signal processor. The method further includes assigning output values to the first pixel and the second pixel based on the values of the first pixel and the second pixel and the fractional parts of the number of values from the surrounding pixels using an output processor element of the image signal processor and outputting the output values to an output device that has a color range that is less than a color range of the image using the output processor element.03-04-2010
20100053651Image Processing Device and Image Processing Method - Provided is an image processing device which executes a color conversion process of converting a color space of received image data into a color space of an output device for outputting image data, the image processing device including: input/standard color conversion information generated with respect to a plurality of input color spaces of the received image data, for converting the input color spaces into a standard color image which does not depend on the output device; and a control unit generating input/output color conversion information for converting the input color spaces into an output color space from standard/output color conversion information for converting the standard color space into the output color space which is the color space of the output device and the input/standard color conversion information, and executing the color conversion process using the input/output color conversion information.03-04-2010
20100053647COLORIMETRIC METHOD, COLORIMETRIC APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A first color patch printed on a first printing material and a second color patch printed on a second printing material, which match each other in appearance in a desired environment, are acquired. The calorimetric values of a color patch to be measured which is printed on the first printing material are corrected using the calorimetric values of the first and second color patches and a spectrophotometric calorimeter for obtaining calorimetric values in a desired environment, thereby generating effective calorimetric values.03-04-2010
20100053646IMAGE DENSITY CONTROL DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image density control device includes: a light irradiation unit that irradiates an irradiation light of a wave-length, in which reflectance of a second color layer is higher than reflectance of a first color layer, onto an image which is a laminated layer image formed by an image forming unit on an image carrier and formed out of the first color layer and the second color layer laminated on the first color layer; a detection unit that detects a quantity of a reflection light reflected on the laminated layer image irradiated by the irradiation light from the light irradiation unit; and a control unit that controls density of the image according to the quantity of the reflection light detected by the detection unit.03-04-2010
20100053644System and method for printing user documentation - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with printing user documentation are described. One example method includes receiving a print request and determining if the print request is for printing a user guide. If the request is for printing a user guide, then the method may retrieve an updated version of the user guide. The print request may be modified by adding the updated version to the print request. The user guide is printed using the updated version.03-04-2010
20100053649Image-Forming Device - An image-forming device includes an image-forming unit, a sensor, a calculating unit, and an extracting unit. The image-forming unit forms a plurality of marks on an object. The sensor detects a light reflected on the object, the reflected light including a plurality of waveforms. The calculating unit calculates a first value of each waveform in a predetermined evaluation index, a second value of a basic waveform corresponding to an ideal mark in the predetermined evaluation index, and a matching rate of each waveform with the basic waveform based on both each first value and the second value. The extracting unit extracts, from the plurality of waveforms, waveforms whose matching rates satisfy a predetermined condition.03-04-2010
20110249281IMAGE PROCESSOR - A converting unit executes a color conversion process for image data according to a normal profile when a determining unit determines that a prescribed setting is not set for the image data. The converting unit executes the color conversion process for the image data according to a colorant-saving profile configured such that an amount of colorant to be used in the colorant-saving profile is smaller than that in the normal profile when the determining unit determines that the prescribed setting is set for the image data. One of a plurality of input color values of the image data is converted to one of the plurality of output color values according to the colorant-saving profile in the color conversion process. The one of the plurality of input color values has a first hue. The one of the plurality of output color values has a second hue different from the first hue.10-13-2011
20110176156APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A MONOCHROME IMAGE - A method to configure an apparatus to apply a plurality of mono colorization filters to a low resolution version of a color image. A contrast value is determined for each application of the mono colorization filters. The mono colorization filter achieving the highest contrast value is applied to a high resolution version of the color image to produce a high contrast monochrome image. The high contrast monochrome image is then printed by the apparatus.07-21-2011
20110176155IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention relates to an image processing apparatus which performs density tone correction with high accuracy while reducing the burden on the user. The image processing apparatus prints an evaluation image in which a plurality of color patches and a plurality of reference patches are placed on the same main scanning line, measures density of the printed evaluation image, performs density irregularity correction in a main scanning direction using densities of the measured reference patches, and performs density tone correction using densities of the measured color patches. Results of the density irregularity correction are reflected in the density tone correction.07-21-2011
20110176151METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING AND USING CUSTOMIZED SAMPLE RENDERING JOB - A system and method for configuring a customized sample job for monitoring print quality and increasing proofing flexibility. A sample job comprising one or more pages can be created in association with print programming attributes utilizing a document creation application. The sample job can be raster image processed with respect to a user specified job setting and stored in an electronic memory component (e.g., DFE component, computer memory, Flash memory, USB memory, etc) as a custom sample job. The custom sample job can be then selected with respect to a primary rendering job in order to render a sample page based on a predefined frequency interval (e.g., after every N sheets) to a sample tray. The frequency interval associated with the custom sample job production can be predefined on a job-by-job and/or global basis by a user.07-21-2011
20110176153METHOD OF GENERATING A COLOR PROFILE, AN IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE FOR GENERATING THE COLOR PROFILE, AND A COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING A CONTROL PROGRAM OF THE IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - The method in the present invention of generating a color profile for converting color values in a device-independent first color space to color values in a device-dependent second color space for the purpose of color adjustment of an output device comprises the steps of executing the mapping of the extra-gamut color value located outside the gamut of the output device among the color values in the first color space (S07-21-2011
20100067026METHOD OF AND SYSTEM FOR PREDICTING PRINT COLORS - A method and a system for predicting print colors are provided. A profile generator determines standard density spectral reflectances of a color chart printed under standard density conditions, first changed density spectral reflectances of a color chart printed with only the density of one of colors C, M, Y, K being changed by a given amount, and second changed density spectral reflectances of a color chart printed with the densities of the colors C, M, Y, K being changed by the same amount. The profile generator generates a print predicting profile for obtaining desired target densities, using the standard density spectral reflectances, the differences between the standard density spectral reflectances and the first changed density spectral reflectances, and corrective coefficients for obtaining the second changed density spectral reflectances, and predicts highly accurately colors of the print where the density of a desired color is changed, using the print predicting profile.03-18-2010
20100067028APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR FORMING IMAGES - An image forming apparatus includes plural input filter sections controlling different types of input-processing performed by corresponding input devices to produce respective input image data sets each having a different input format, plural output filter sections controlling different types of output-processing performed by corresponding output devices that receive respective output image data sets each having a different output format, and an image processing section being made sharable by any given one of the input filter sections and any given one of the output filter sections, and converting an image data set from an input format of the one of the input filter sections to an output format of the one of the output filter sections.03-18-2010
20100067027IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus and an image processing method are provided which are capable of selecting an image to be printed in a user's intended color. The image processing apparatus of the present invention includes: a selecting condition setting unit configured to prepare an image selecting condition depending on set output color in printing; a selection DB specifying unit configured to specify a group of images for image selection based on the image selecting condition; and further an image selecting unit configured to select an image from the specified group of images based on the image selecting condition.03-18-2010
20110176157PRINT INFORMATION MANAGING APPARATUS, PRINT INFORMATION MANAGING METHOD, PRINT INFORMATION MANAGING SYSTEM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM WITH PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN - Color values in an overlapping area, in which at least two of a plurality of acquired gamuts overlap each other, are associated with common information (ID numbers), which is common to prints for producing the at least two gamuts. Print information of the prints is encoded into target color values. Management patches including the encoded target color values are added to the prints.07-21-2011
20100134814PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND PRINTER - A print control apparatus comprising: a first receiving unit that receives, from a printer, support language information indicating whether a particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a judging unit that judges, by referring to the support language information received by the first receiving unit, whether the particular kind of language which is supported by the print control apparatus is supported by the printer; a transmitting unit that transmits, to the printer, a specification information acquisition command for acquiring specification information relating to a specification supported by the printer if the judging unit judges that the particular kind of language is supported by the printer; a second receiving unit that receives the specification information which is transmitted from the printer in response to the specification information acquisition command; and a controller that performs processing according to the specification information received by the second receiving unit.06-03-2010
20100134812IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When there is a copy inhibiting dot pattern in an image, an image destruction processing unit performs image destruction processing to image data, and a storage processing unit stores in a storage unit the image data after the image destruction processing. An RGB/CMY conversion processing unit converts the image data into CMY image data C06-03-2010
20100134809GAMMA CORRECTION METHOD FOR ERROR DIFFUSION - An image processing system includes a printing device having a printing resolution, and a processor. The processor is configured to receive input image data comprising an input tone, and to dither the input image data at a halftone resolution, wherein the halftone resolution is less than the printing resolution of the printing device. The processor is further configured to perform multi-thresholding of the image data to identify a multi-pixel output tone level, and to generate output image data comprising the multi-pixel output tone level. The output image data is printed at the printing resolution. The multi-thresholding of the image data may further include an error diffusion algorithm providing gamma correction of the input tone.06-03-2010
20100134811PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE AND PRINTING CONTROL SYSTEM HAVING THE PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE - A printing control device includes a texture control unit that acquires texture control data, which is used for controlling the texture of a printing surface of a printing material printed by a printing apparatus, based on texture information data that represents the texture of the printing surface of the printing material.06-03-2010
20100134810INFORMATION CONVERSION METHOD,INFORMATION CONVERSON APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION CONVERSION PROGRAM - Reproduction can be adjusted according to the degree of achromatopsia and the color distribution of an image, and color reproduction approximate to the vision of normal persons is provided to achromates. Different textures are added to respective regions (similar and hardly indistinguishable regions) which have different colors but conduce to similar result of light-reception by a light receiving device according to the differences of the original colors. The textures include a pattern of angle, hatching, or contrast each different according to the difference of the original color.06-03-2010
20100128293DOCUMENT PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - According to this invention, bookbinding data containing pages created by respective applications can be constructed regardless of the type of application. Even when one or more desired pages contained in bookbinding data are selected, image editing is designated, but a non-image page exists in the selected pages, the non-image page can be excluded from editing targets, and the process can shift to image editing. For this purpose, when a plurality of pages are selected and image editing is designated, whether each selected page is an editable image page is determined. An editable page is temporarily stored. After all the selected pages are determined, an image editing application is activated to edit stored editable image pages.05-27-2010
20100128291Authenticated Facsimile Transmission From Mobile Devices - A fax document can be either uploaded to a fax server in a vPBX network or generated dynamically. For dynamic generation, pre-configured templates can be stored either on a mobile device or on a fax server. A user can use a mobile device connected to a vPBX network as a controlling device to direct generation of faxes on a fax server. The generation of faxes can be customized based on a geographic location of the mobile device. The generated fax can be downloaded onto a mobile device. The user can digitally sign the fax using a touch-screen input device on the mobile device. The digitally signed fax can be transmitted to a destination device.05-27-2010
20100321713IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An object of an input print job is discriminated, and color conversion processing is applied to the object of the print job based on the discrimination result and information which is set in correspondence with the print job and is used to designate color conversion processing. When the object is a transparent object, the color conversion processing is executed on a rendering color space, and when the object is a gradation object, the color conversion processing is executed on a device color space.12-23-2010
20100208280Method for Printing A Substrate - A method for printing on a substrate, wherein the substrate is printed upon with a plate-based printing process, i.e., an offset printing process, and with a plateless printing process, i.e., an inkjet printing process, inline with the plate-based printing process. In accordance with the invention, the printing resolution of the plateless printing process is determined depending on a printing speed of the plate-based printing process.08-19-2010
20100208281Method for Actuating an Inkjet Printing Device - The invention is directed to a method for controlling an inkjet printing device working according to the continuous inkjet principle so that a print image to be printed by the inkjet printing device can be positioned on a substrate. The inkjet printing device supplies ink droplets at a determined droplet generating frequency, and the position of the substrate to be imprinted relative to the inkjet printing device is monitored by means of a sensor, in particular by means of an encoder, in order to generate an actuating signal for the inkjet printing device. According to the invention, the absolute position of the substrate is monitored by means of the sensor, and when the sensor detects the start of a substrate zone to be imprinted with a relatively high printing quality, the actuating signal of the inkjet printing device for the subsequent substrate zone to be imprinted with the relatively high printing quality is coupled with the droplet generating frequency, and when the sensor detects the end of a substrate zone to be imprinted with the relatively high printing quality, the actuating signal of the inkjet printing device for the subsequent substrate zone which is not to be imprinted or is to be imprinted with a relatively low printing quality is coupled with the sensor signal.08-19-2010
20100208279IMAGE-PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE-READING DEVICE, AND IMAGE-FORMING DEVICE - An image-processing device includes: a first detection unit that based on a predetermined color component, detects a first pixel value that satisfies a predetermined first base color condition from among the pixel values of pixels included in image data which is to be processed; a pixel determination unit that determines pixels with the first pixel value detected by the first detection unit; a second detection unit that, based on color components other than the predetermined color component, detects a second pixel value that satisfies a predetermined second base color condition from among the pixel values of the pixels determined by the pixel determination unit; and a base color determination unit that determines pixel portions with both the second pixel value detected by the second detection unit and the first pixel value as a base color of an image represented by the image data.08-19-2010
20110075168IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An apparatus includes a conveyance unit configured to convey a document, a first detection unit configured to detect a first deviation amount of the conveyed document by a leading edge of the document, a first correction unit configured to correct deviation of the conveyed document if the first deviation amount is larger than a predetermined value, an input unit configured to read the document the corrected deviation and to input image data, a second detection unit configured to detect a second deviation amount of the conveyed document by a trailing edge of the document, and a second correction unit configured to correct deviation of the document included in the input image data if the second deviation amount is larger than a predetermined value.03-31-2011
20110075166PREVIEW OF A DOCUMENT WITH PRINTABLE COMPONENTS AT A PRINTING DEVICE BASED ON ITS PRINTING CAPABILITY - An apparatus, method, system and medium are described that support functionality to receive document(s) to be printed at a printing device, and enable editing the document(s) prior to printing. Modifications to the document(s) may be generated based on the user edits, and a print preview of the modified documents may be displayed and may enable further edits. In some embodiments, the print preview may be provided to the user on a display that is part of the printing device. In some embodiments, the print preview may be provided to the user through a UI presented on a client device. Display of the modified document(s) may be a rasterized image of the modified document(s), generated based on capabilities of a selected printing device. In some embodiments, modifications may be made to an intermediate version of the document(s), and that intermediate version may be cached.03-31-2011
20100238461Profile Selection Mechanism - A printing system includes a print system to print data received at the printing system, a color image recording device to measure one or more control patches from the data printed at the print system and a control unit to compare measurement data from the control patches to data from available International Color Consortium (ICC) profiles to select an appropriate ICC profile corresponding the control patches.09-23-2010
20110080602Optimizing To-Be Printed Objects During Print Job Processing - Methods for processing print jobs in rendering devices include representing multiple to-be-printed objects with fewer such objects before processing of the objects occurs. In this manner, processing and memory requirements are optimized. Examples include utilizing a single raster operation function of one object for an entirety of objects; using fewer raster operation functions than originally required for the entirety of objects; creating a no processing (NOP) situation; and effectively creating a mask. Other aspects include modifying raster operation functions of one or more objects to have fewer variables than originally specified by the print job. Printers having stored or accessible computer executable instructions for performing the steps are also disclosed as are host devices that may direct or control the printer to perform the same.04-07-2011
20110069333COLOR SELECTING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - Image data used for printing a designated color adjusting color chart having color patches with a printing machine are generated, color values and positions of the color patches being associated with each other. A patch selection image simulating the positions of the color patches on the color chart is displayed. Coordinates corresponding to the position of a color that has been selected as a color that is closest to the designated color from the color patches of the color chart, are indicated on the displayed patch selection image. Color values of the color that is closest to the designated color are calculated based on the color values and positions that are associated with each other and the indicated coordinates.03-24-2011
20110069332COLOR SELECTING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - It is determined whether an entered designated color is a color within a gamut of a printing machine or not. If the designated color is judged as being not a color within the gamut, then the designated color is mapped to converted colors within the gamut according to a plurality of gamut mapping processes. One of the gamut mapping processes which corresponds to one of the converted colors is selected. If the designated color is judged as being a color within the gamut, the designated color is set as a reference color. If the designated color is judged as being not a color within the gamut, then the selected one of the converted colors is set as the reference color.03-24-2011
20110069331IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM - An apparatus for converting a monochrome image into a color image includes a selection portion that select, for a plurality of attributes, individual colorization methods from among a plurality of colorization methods that are defined individually such that the plurality of colorization methods correspond to at least one attribute among the plurality of attributes relating to the plurality of regions, a processing portion that colorizes the monochrome image to produce a colorized image by applying the individual colorization methods selected by the selection portion, and a determination portion that determines whether or not the colorized image satisfies a setting condition. In this apparatus, when the determination portion determines that the setting condition is not satisfied, the selection portion changes a combination of the colorization methods such that at least one among the plurality of colorization methods applied to the plurality of regions is changed. The processing portion performs re-colorization on a region having an attribute for which the selection of the colorization method is changed among colorization methods included in the combination.03-24-2011
20110069329IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes an image output unit that outputs an image to a continuous paper; a generator that generates an image based on a print instruction by executing drawing processing; a determining unit that determines an image layout to output a plurality of images on the continuous paper in parallel based on at least two print instructions; and a combining unit that combines the plurality of images generated by the generator on the basis of the image layout determined by the determining unit; a controller that controls the image output unit so that the plurality of images combined by the combining unit is output to the continuous paper.03-24-2011
20090027706Printing apparatus, and method and program for controlling the printing device - A printing apparatus having a displaying portion, a display controlling unit, and a print controlling unit.01-29-2009
20090027704Tint Block Image Generation Program, Tint Block Image Generation Device, and Tint Block Image Generation Method - A computer readable storage medium stores a tint block image generation program for generating tint block image data for forming, on a print medium, a tint block image including a latent image portion which is reproduced by copying, and a background portion of which copy output density drops. The program has a latent image portion generation step of generating data of a plurality of first dots in the latent image portion based on a dot clustered screen; and a background portion generation step of generating data of a plurality of second dots and data of a plurality of third dots dispersed among the second dots and having a size smaller than the second dots. And the first dots in the latent image portion and the second dots in the background portion are arranged at positions on common displacement vectors in an area of the tint block image.01-29-2009
20090027703IMAGE FORMING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - An image forming device having a plurality of developing units is provided. The image forming device includes a control unit to determine whether to perform an auto color registration (ACR) with respect to one or more of the plurality of developing units, and a print engine unit to perform an ACR of the determined developing units.01-29-2009
20090027702IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus in which a visualized background pattern image data in which a latent image is visualized is generated, the generated visualized background pattern image data and an image data of a job are synthesized to generate a visualized background pattern synthesizing image data, and a visualized background pattern synthesizing image in which the latent image is visualized is formed based on the generated visualized background pattern synthesizing image data, to output the visualized background pattern synthesizing image on a printing sheet, at the time of a confirmation printing. Thus, a user can easily confirm the state of an invisible background pattern synthesizing image after reproduction with eyes, before the outputting of the set number of copies to be output.01-29-2009
20090027701METHODS, APPARATUS, AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE FOR IMPROVED PROCESSING OF EMBEDDED ICC PROFILES - Methods, systems, and articles of manufacture to enhance automation of conversion and/or persistent storage of color management information embedded within an associated, received data object. Features and aspects hereof provide that color management information embedded within an identified data object (e.g., an image data object) is converted to an appropriate form useful within the printing environment and persistently stored for re-use in conjunction with presentation of received data objects in a print job. For example, an ICC profile embedded within a received image data object may be converted to an AFP color management resource (a color conversion CMR and/or zero or more link CMRs) and persistently stored in an object library for re-use in presentation of print jobs. The conversion and persistent storage of such color management information may be substantially automated as a step in the installation of the underlying data object.01-29-2009
20120120423IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including a plurality of photoreceptors; a plurality of developing devices for forming toner patterns on the plurality of photoreceptors; an intermediate transfer medium for receiving the toner patterns transferred from the plurality of photoreceptors; a controller for controlling the plurality of developing devices to form first toner patterns that are lines extending in a main-scanning direction and second toner patterns that are lines slanting from the main-scanning direction on the plurality of photoreceptors such that the first toner pattern and the second toner pattern transferred from the same photoreceptor will be arranged on the intermediate transfer medium at an interval in a sub-scanning direction of a circumferential length of the photoreceptor from which the first toner pattern and the second tone pattern are transferred; and a sensor for detecting the toner patterns transferred onto the intermediate transfer medium.05-17-2012
20120120426PROCESS FOR GENERATING IMAGES WITH REALISTIC MODIFICATIONS - A method for generating an output image with realistic individual text inserts via software loaded on a computer is provided. The method comprises the steps of (1) providing a base image in a commercial graphical format with at least one position frame defined within the base image; the position frame defines an area within the base image where a text insert is insertable; (2) providing software loaded on the computer which transforms a low resolution image into a high resolution image; (3) defining a vector path within the position frame; (4) arranging the text insert along the vector path; (5) composing the text insert wherein the such step comprises the steps of (i) selecting individual elements, (ii) sizing the individual elements as a function of the vector path, (iii) assembling the elements into letters, and (iv) assembling the letters along the vector path to compose the text insert; and (6) entering text of the text insert via a user interface.05-17-2012
20120120425PRINTING SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDENCE RELATIONSHIP INFORMATION CREATION METHOD - A printing system includes a first unit that obtains a rendering command specifying a combination of at least a thickness and a color of a line; a second unit that converts the rendering command into a converted rendering command by converting the combination specified in the rendering command so that an average darkness of a result of printing the line matches a desired average darkness of a result of printing the line using a target printer; a third unit that generates image data including the rendered line based on the converted rendering command; and a printing unit that executes printing based on the image data.05-17-2012
20120120424COLOR CONVERSION METHOD, COLOR CONVERSION APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - A color conversion method that converts a spot color into a combination of a plurality of output-color values corresponding to output colors generated by an image forming apparatus, the method including: acquiring a name of the spot color; a category of the spot color, the category being one of a plurality of categories into which spot colors are classified; and an input-color value of the spot color; for each spot color; selecting a color conversion table corresponding to the acquired category out of a plurality of color conversion tables stored beforehand in a storage unit for the respective categories, each of the color conversion tables indicating a correspondence relationship between the input-color value and the combination of the output-color values; and converting the acquired input-color value into the combination of the output-color values based upon the selected color conversion table.05-17-2012
20120120421INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing apparatus connected to an image forming apparatus includes: a size detecting unit that detects a size of each page of a document to be printed; an orientation detecting unit that detects orientation of each page of the document; a receiving unit that receives a setting of post processing that is to be performed on a printed sheet on which the document is printed; a determining unit that determines whether pages of different sizes, both having one side of the same length and other sides of different lengths, are detected in the document; a rotation control unit that, when the determining unit determines that the pages of the different sizes have been detected, rotates pages so that sides of the same length are aligned on the basis of the setting of the post processing; and an output unit that outputs the document with the pages rotated.05-17-2012
20120120420IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming system includes: a plurality of image forming apparatus each having a storage section; a density conversion data registering section obtaining density conversion data composed of a combination of a voltage value and a density value as colorimetry results of a color sensor and an external colorimeter, respectively, and storing the data into the storage section of the apparatus which forms a density correcting chart to be used for the colorimetry; a paper setting section storing a tray paper profile or a paper profile into a paper setting storage section, with the profiles correlated with at least one piece of the data obtained by the density conversion data registering section; and a correction controlling section making the plurality of image forming apparatus perform printer γ correction based on the data correlated with the paper profile or the tray paper profile at a time of the image formation.05-17-2012
20120120419IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND TONE CORRECTION METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus which forms an image on paper, the image forming apparatus including: an image forming section which forms the image on the paper; a correcting section which corrects tone of the image formed by the image forming section; and a control section which manages forming the image on a predetermined number of sheets of paper as print output of one unit, and which allows the correcting section to correct tone each time print output of the predetermined number of units is complete.05-17-2012
20110075170IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING SAME - When an image forming apparatus sequentially reads the document images of a plurality of pages, forms images on sheets and outputs the sheets (aggregation mode and similar), the image forming apparatus compares, for partial data of the data for a plurality of pages generated by a reading device, coded partial data after first image processing with coded partial data after second image processing. If the coded partial data after first image processing is smaller, the coded data for the plurality of pages after first image processing is caused to be stored in a compressed data storage portion. Then, a first coding/decoding portion is caused to read the stored data, a second image processing portion and similar are caused to perform processing of the data, and a printer is caused to form images on sheets and output the sheets.03-31-2011
20110075169PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus includes: an input unit configured to input images of a plurality of pages; and a printing unit configured to execute, if the images of the plurality of pages include a color page image, printing on a plurality of sheets based on the images of the plurality of pages by solely sheets for color printing even in a case where the images of the plurality of pages include a monochrome page image.03-31-2011
20110075167IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus comprising an image forming unit that forms an image based on a processing batch, a measurement unit, which interrupts the processing batch to form a density pattern by controlling the image forming unit, and which obtains density adjustment data by measuring the density pattern, and an adjustment unit that adjusts the density of the image based on the density adjustment data. When the measurement unit performs a density measurement before formation of a first color page of a processing batch, which includes monochrome and color pages, the adjustment unit adjusts the density of each color page using new density adjustment data obtained through the density measurement performed before the formation of the first color page, and the adjustment unit adjusts the density of each monochrome page using old density adjustment data obtained before the density measurement performed before the formation of the first color page.03-31-2011
20110075164SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCED PRINTING OF ONLINE CONTENT - Methods disclosed permit the printing of online content in a manner that optimally uses printer capability. A method for printing web page content can comprise: receiving a print request for a first print data associated with the web page at a printer, wherein the print request includes the web-page URL; generating a request for a second print data, wherein the request for the second print data is based on the web-page URL, and the second print data is associated with the first print data; and printing according to the second print data received in response to the request. For example, for online maps, the first print data can be low resolution map data while the second print data can be higher resolution map data. For online images, the first print data can be RGB image data while the second print data can be CMYK image data.03-31-2011
20120147394IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An apparatus comprises: a first conversion unit configured to convert a first signal value serving as an output signal of each of a plurality of color materials into a value indicating an amount of each of the plurality of color materials; a control unit configured to control the value indicating the amount of each of the plurality of color materials based on a limit value for a total amount of the plurality of color materials for each pixel; and a second conversion unit configured to convert the value indicating the amount of each of the plurality of color materials that is controlled, into a second signal value serving as a corresponding output value, wherein when the total amount of the plurality of color materials based on the first signal value is not larger than the limit value in a pixel of interest, the control unit outputs the first signal value.06-14-2012
20110069330IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A determination is performed as to whether a media setting contained in settings information of an input print job is a standard media setting for which a standard medium is to be used or a custom media setting for which a custom medium different from the standard medium is to be used. Then, in a case where the media setting is determined to be a custom media setting, the media setting is converted to a setting of a medium that can be printed by another image forming apparatus, and the converted media setting is stored.03-24-2011
20110069328SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING A DATA-BEARING IMAGE - A system for creating a data-bearing image can include a reference image generator configured to apply a clustered-dot halftone screen to a continuous-tone image. The resulting reference halftone image includes carrier cells in which a pixel cluster can be shifted to at least two shift positions in the carrier cell. The system also includes a payload encoder configured to segment the data payload and encode data segments into one of the carrier cells by shifting the cluster to one of the shift positions. The system also includes an output device configured to output the resulting data-bearing halftone image.03-24-2011
20120200867IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR SAME, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - An image processing device includes: a storage part configured to store a correlation between a pre-deformation color and a post-deformation color that reflects a color variation accompanying a deformation of a medium, with respect to a degree of deformation of the medium; an acquisition part configured to acquire degree-of-deformation information and color information for each region of a deformed object; and a determination part configured to determine a color of the image based on the degree-of-deformation information, the color information, and the correlation, so that the post-deformation color of each region of the deformed object approximates the color information.08-09-2012
20120200871INFORMATION STORAGE DEVICE, REMOVABLE DEVICE, DEVELOPER CONTAINER, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An information storage device installed in a removable device configured to be removably installed in an image forming apparatus body, includes: an information storage unit that stores information communicated between the image forming apparatus body and the removable device; a terminal that comes in contact with a body side terminal; and a substrate that holds the information storage unit and the terminal and includes a hole configured to be engaged with a protruding section installed in the image forming apparatus body. The terminal includes a plurality of terminals each including one of a plurality of metallic plates arranged in a transverse direction thereof. An earth terminal, which comes in contact with a body side earth terminal formed in the protruding section, is formed in the hole. The hole is disposed at a position sandwiched between two metallic plates among the plurality of metallic plates.08-09-2012
20120200869Color Document Printing System - The different illustrative embodiments provide a method and apparatus for managing a set of colors in a document. A plurality of respective costs are identified. Each respective cost is associated with printing the document using a respective combination of a plurality of combinations of the set of colors. An amount of contrast for a first respective combination is identified using a contrast matrix. A determination is made as to whether the amount of contrast for the first respective combination and an associated respective cost meet a set of criteria. Responsive to a determination that the set of criteria is met, the document is printed using the first respective combination.08-09-2012
20120200868IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT METHOD - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus including: an image forming section which forms an image on paper; a plurality of image reading sections each of which reads the image formed on the paper, and is connectable to the image forming apparatus; a storage section which stores connection information on a connection state between each of the image reading sections and the image forming apparatus; and a control section which selects a test image reading section from among the image reading sections based on the connection information, makes the selected test image reading section read a test image formed by the image forming section, and performs image quality adjustment based on the read test image.08-09-2012
20120200866PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A printing apparatus includes a generation unit configured to identify a print area of a sheet on which a copy material is provided based on a print job, and, regarding the print area, generate image data subjected to other image processing which is other than image processing to be applied to the entire print job and in which an usage amount of a color material applied to the print area is not smaller than a defined value, and a forming unit configured to form an image in the print area by applying the color material according to the image data.08-09-2012
20120200865INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a check unit, an acquisition unit, a first determination unit, and an output unit. The check unit checks a processing status of a printing apparatus. The acquisition unit acquires exception processing information including a content of exception processing from the printing apparatus in response to the processing status checked by the check unit being in execution of the exception processing. The first determination unit determines a check operation to be added to a physical job ticket according to the exception processing content included in the exception processing information acquired by the acquisition unit. The output unit outputs the physical job ticket including the check operation determined by the first determination unit.08-09-2012
20120200864GENERATING AN UNAMBIGUOUS DEFINITION OF DESIGNER INTENDED COLORS IN A DOCUMENT CREATION APPLICATION - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for determining and capturing the designer intended colors in an image so that the printer has an accurate color rendition target. The present method operates by capturing the monitor RGB values together with the monitor profile to get a representation of the intended image in a device-independent color space like L*a*b*. The teachings hereof work for vector graphics as well as raster images. Advantageously, this invention solves a real problem currently existing, for example, in the packaging print market, wherein colors produced from multiple spot colors with their overlays and blends are not well color managed.08-09-2012
20110058187AUGMENTED REALITY DYNAMIC PLOTS - In one embodiment, a special paper plot (referred to herein as a dynamic plot) for which corresponding metadata is maintained is printed. A mobile appliance obtains corresponding metadata for the dynamic plot. A camera of the mobile appliance computes an image of the dynamic plot. A position of the camera of the mobile appliance with respect to the dynamic plot is calculated from the image of the dynamic plot. Using the calculated position, information or icons are overlaid at particular locations in the image captured by the camera of the dynamic plot. The image captured by the camera of the dynamic with the overlaid information or icons is then displayed on a display screen of the mobile appliance. A user may add annotations beyond what is printed on the dynamic plot. This information may subsequently be shared with other users involved in the project.03-10-2011
20110026053ADAPTIVE ILLUMINATION INDEPENDENT MATCHING OF OUT OF GAMUT SPOT COLORS USING VARIOUS GAMUT MAPPING TECHNIQUES - A methodology is disclosed to achieve adaptive illumination independent matching of out-of-gamut spot colors. In one embodiment, the methodology includes an iterative process to determine a variety device specific recipes for out-of-gamut spot colors across different illumination spectra and gamut mapping techniques, and then automatically choosing and/or recommending the optimal recipe and gamut mapping technique that provides the lowest color dispersion across a variety of illuminants under consideration.02-03-2011
20110026056IMAGE FORMING DEVICE AND POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD IN AN IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - The present invention provides an image forming device that reduces power consumption by setting the color image recording units to low power consumption mode during monochrome image recording, and a power consumption control method in an image forming device. Furthermore, this image forming device has a monochrome image recording unit and color image recording units, and is an image forming device capable of setting the monochrome image recording unit and color image recording units to low power consumption mode, and has a switching unit for switching between monochrome image recording and color image recording, and a control unit that sets the color image recording units to low power consumption mode during monochrome image recording and continues to set the color image recording units to low power consumption mode while this monochrome image recording continues.02-03-2011
20110149316PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - According to the present invention, patch data is printed in such a manner that the length of a low-optical-density patch is small and the length of a high-optical-density patch is large. In addition, the measurement is performed by a sensor that measures at a constant scanning speed. Therefore, SN of a dark patch having a high optical density is improved, and a patch chart can be measured in a short time.06-23-2011
20110043838IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - When recording is performed in a pixel region by M (M is an integer equal to or larger than 2) passes with N (N is an integer equal to or larger than 2) recording element groups, density variation due to a deviation between recording positions of dots that are recorded by different passes is suppressed while a load of data processing is decreased.02-24-2011
20110043840IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - A problem that setting (setting the kind of a paper or a printout method) for achieving the print effect (gloss effect or matte effect) at a maximum is very complicated and therefore, a manual setting thereof by a user is very difficult. When image data which a user desires to print and a desire for a print effect to transparent form image data are input, the paper type, conversion of the transparent form image data and a printout method for realizing the print effect are automatically set and printed out.02-24-2011
20110249283PRINTING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD, JOB PROCESSING METHOD, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - When authentication data input before execution of print processing based on a secure print job is authenticated, a copy is printed based on the secure print job (S10-13-2011
20110026057PRINTING SYSTEM WITH INPUT ROLLER AND MOVABLE MEDIA ENGAGEMENT OUTPUT - A printing system with a print zone where droplets of ink print onto media, a drive roller configured to translate the media into the print zone and a movable media engagement assembly for vacuum engagement of one side of the media to draw the media away from the print zone.02-03-2011
20110026052METHOD FOR CHARACTERIZING THE COLOR RESPONSE OF AN IMAGING DEVICE - A method for characterizing the color response of an imaging device, the method includes reproducing a color on the imaging device based on a set of device color coordinates; measuring spectral values for the reproduced color with a spectral measurement device controlled by a digital processing system; calculating a first set of tristimulus values from the spectral values; defining a set of human observer color matching functions, the set of human observer color matching functions being functions of the first set of tristimulus values of the reproduced color; calculating a second set of tristimulus values from the spectral values using the defined set of human observer color matching functions; and associating the reproduced device color coordinate with the second set of tristimulus values.02-03-2011
20110026051DIGITAL IMAGE BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT USING RANGE INFORMATION - A method for adjusting the brightness of objects in a digital image using range information that includes distances of pixels in the scene from a reference location, the method comprising: generating a cluster map based at least upon an analysis of the range information and the digital image, the cluster map grouping pixels of the digital image by their distances from the reference location; detecting a plurality of objects in the digital image based at least upon an analysis of the cluster map and the digital image; determining a brightness adjustment amount for each object; and applying the brightness adjustment amounts to the detected objects to form a modified digital image with adjusted brightnesses.02-03-2011
20110026054METHOD FOR PRINTING ELECTRONIC BOOK VIA ELECTRONIC BOOK READER - A method is used to print an electronic book via an electronic book reader which stores a note file related to the electronic book. The method includes following steps. Firstly, a printing module of the electronic book reader sets printing parameters for printing the electronic book. Then, check whether the parameter comprises a choice of printing note. If the parameter comprises the choice of printing note, integrate the note file in the electronic book. The electronic book reader transmits the electronic book and the printing parameters to a printer. The printer prints the electronic book according to the printing parameters.02-03-2011
20110026050Laser Printing Process Using Light Controlled Wettability - A light controlled laser imaging method includes exposing a surface layer of an imaging member substrate to a first expose source to render the surface layer uniformly hydrophilic, wherein the surface layer comprises a compound having reversible light controlled wettability whereby the surface layer is reversibly hydrophilic and hydrophobic; exposing the surface layer to a second expose source in an image-wise fashion to render image areas of the surface layer hydrophobic; exposing the surface layer to a polar liquid wherein the polar liquid attracts to non-image hydrophilic areas; exposing the surface layer to a hydrophobic liquid colorant wherein the hydrophobic liquid colorant attracts to hydrophobic image areas; contacting the surface layer with an image receiving substrate to transfer the image thereto; fixing the image; and optionally, treating the surface layer to remove residual hydrophobic liquid colorant.02-03-2011
20110026058PRINTING SYSTEM WITH ADJUSTABLE AEROSOL COLLECTION - A printing system that has a drive roller for feeding different sizes of media along a media path, an inkjet printhead assembly for printing the media and an ink aerosol collection system for removing ink aerosol from areas adjacent the media path. The ink aerosol collection system is configured to remove aerosol at a greater rate in response to an increase in the media size.02-03-2011
20110026055IMAGE FORMATION APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image formation apparatus includes storage, an image formation unit, an attribute change acceptance unit, and an image converter. The storage stores image data of multiple pages of document. The image formation unit reads the image data from the storage, and forms an image of the read image data on a recording medium. The attribute change acceptance unit accepts a change in attribute information for forming images of continued pages of document on a recording medium. The image converter converts the image data stored in the storage, based on contents of the attribute information accepted by the attribute change acceptance unit.02-03-2011
20110211208IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In order to form a high-quality image, upon execution of multi-pass printing using a printing head with a plurality of nozzles, an image processing apparatus calculates, using a scan duty setting unit (09-01-2011
20130163012IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE OUTPUT SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM - Color gamuts of output images based on image output methods of plural image output apparatuses and output media are stored. Plural sets of color reference data for associating a color gamut of the image output request apparatus with color gamuts of output images of the image output apparatuses are stored. It is determined whether an output of image data from the image output request apparatus by one of the image output apparatuses is possible. When it is not possible, another one of the image output apparatuses is determined. A preview image and image data for outputting are generated corresponding to the determined one of the image output apparatuses based on the image data, the profile information of the determined one of the image output apparatuses and the color reference data.06-27-2013
20110211209IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL AMOUNT OF TONER IN TRAP - The present invention provides an image-forming apparatus capable of reducing the amount of toner at a position at which the trapping is carried out. The apparatus has an image-deformation processing unit where input image data is processed to deform the image shape or the trapping or overprinting is carried out on the respective color plates. The apparatus determines whether or not the trapping should be carried out to the target pixels on the boundary between color plates in the adjacent different objects, determines the color plate having the trap color, obtains the amount of toner of the trap color, determines based on the amount of toner of the trap color and the target pixels whether or not the total amount of toner of the trap exceeds the limit value, and reduces the total amount of toner if the total amount of toner of the trap exceeds the limit value.09-01-2011
20110211206Print Data Generating Device and Non-Transitory Recording Medium - A print data generating device comprises a retrieving unit, a bar code data generating unit, and a print data generating unit. The retrieving unit is configured to retrieve image data of an original image. The bar code data generating unit is configured to generate, based on the image data of the original image, data of at least one bar code that stores the original image. The print data generating unit is configured to generate, based on the image data of the original image and the data of the at least one bar code, print data of a print image that includes the at least one bar code arranged on one page and the original image arranged on one or more pages.09-01-2011
20110037991IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - There is provided an image forming apparatus including: a sensitivity calculating unit; a first correction amount calculating unit that calculates, for each of the different density values of the color material, correction amounts for correcting density nonuniformity with respect to each recording element in regard to each of the color signals on the basis of reading data; and a second correction amount calculating unit that calculates, for each of the different density values of the color material, correction amounts of the density values of the color material on the basis of the correction amounts of the color signals for each of the different density values of the color material, with respect to the recording elements, and on the basis of the sensitivities of each of the color signals in regard to each recording element.02-17-2011
20100302566INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus includes a subset staple setting unit configured to divide one print data into a plurality of subsets and to set a stapling position for each subset, a page layout setting unit configured to set a page layout of the print data, and an adjustment unit configured to adjust, if the page layout is changed when a setting of the stapling position for each subset is specified, the setting.12-02-2010
20100302561IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus includes a determination unit determining whether an amount of colorant remaining in a container is equal to or greater than a threshold value and a control unit causing a print unit selectively to perform plural double-side printing methods in which at least one of the number of one-side printed sheets N and the number of opposite-side printed sheets M is different. When the determination unit makes a negative determination, the control unit performs a negative selection process of selecting a double-side printing method satisfying at least one condition of a condition that the number of one-side printed sheets N is smaller than that when the determination unit makes an affirmative determination and a condition that the number of opposite-side printed sheets M is greater than that when the determination unit makes the affirmative determination.12-02-2010
20100296116Multi-Module Device including a Printer Module - A multi-module device having first and second modules is disclosed. The first and second modules communicate through a serial bus. The first module has a memory for storing image data in a RGB format and a processing unit for converting the image data from the RGB format to a L*a*b* format, before outputting image data in the L*a*b* format through the serial bus. The second module receives the image data in the L*a*b* format, converts the image data to a CMY format and prints the image data in the CMY format.11-25-2010
20100259776IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus capable of executing an operation mode setting by a minimum operation. The image forming apparatus is connected to an external storage apparatus. An obtaining unit obtains information indicating resolution or a color mode on image data stored in the connected external storage apparatus. A setting unit sets the operation mode including resolution or a color mode when an image forming job is executed in the image forming apparatus based on the information obtained by the obtaining unit. A generating unit generates an image file including an image parameter and image data according to the operation mode set by the setting unit. A writing unit writes the image file generated by the generating unit in the external storage apparatus.10-14-2010
20100259775IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND MEMORY PRODUCT - A trapping determination process section calculates edge intensities in a main scanning direction and a sub scanning direction of each pixel by using differential filters for each color plane. The trapping determination process section determines, for at least two color planes, whether there is a pixel where the absolute values of the edge intensities are equal to or greater than a threshold and the edge intensities take positive and negative values, respectively. When such a pixel exists, the trapping determination process section calculates color differences between this pixel and the average values of the pixel values in an increment direction region and a decrement direction region, and determines a direction in which the color difference is smaller to be a similar color direction. The trapping determination process section determines, on the basis of the similar color direction, whether or not to perform a trapping process, and performs the trapping process.10-14-2010
20100259773IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A system includes a receiving unit configured to receive an operation input concerning an imposition setting, a generation unit configured to generate a first image in which images from a plurality of pages are virtually imposed in one page based on the imposition setting, and an output unit configured to output the first image regardless of a pre-set imposition setting restriction.10-14-2010
20100245871METHOD OF CORRECTING PIXEL DATA AND FLUID EJECTING APPARATUS - A method for correcting pixel data and a fluid ejecting apparatus and are disclosed. The method for correcting pixel data in the fluid ejecting apparatus which relatively moves a nozzle array having nozzles for ejecting a fluid onto a medium and arranged in parallel in a predetermined direction, and the medium in a direction intersecting the predetermined direction, onto which the fluid is ejected from the nozzle array based on pixel data of the first number of gradations, while the nozzle array and the medium are relatively moved in the intersecting direction, the method includes converting original pixel data of the first number of gradations into pixel data of the second number of gradations higher than the first number of gradations; correcting the pixel data of the second number of gradations, of which the number of gradations is converted, by a correction value set for every pixel line data which is the plurality of pixel data lined up in a direction corresponding to the intersecting direction on the pixel data; and converting the pixel data of the second number of gradations which is corrected by the correction value into the pixel data of the first number of gradations.09-30-2010
20080231876IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus has a display to display color images and a storage to store color image data. A first preview controller causes the display to display a color preview image based on stored color image data. A character-area extractor extracts a character area from the stored color image data and a color-designation acceptor accepts a designated color newly set in the extracted character area. A second preview controller changes a color of the extracted character area extracted in the preview image to the accepted designated color, and causes a display of the changed preview image. A decision-instruction acceptor accepts an instruction to set the designated color. A color-change processor responds to the accepted instruction by the decision-instruction acceptor to change information representing a color of the stored color image data to allow the color of the extracted character area to be changed to the accepted designated color.09-25-2008
20080231873INK SET AND METHOD FOR MAKING THE SAME - One embodiment of an ink set includes a light gray ink, a medium gray ink, and a black ink. Each of the inks in the ink set includes a carboxylic polymer. The light gray ink has a carboxylic polymer load equal to or greater than about 3 wt %. The medium gray ink has a carboxylic polymer load ranging from about 1 wt % to about 3 wt %. The black ink has a carboxylic polymer load ranging from about 0.5 wt % to about 2 wt %. Another embodiment of an ink set includes at least one of a light cyan, a light magenta, or a light gray ink having a carboxylic polymer load equal to or greater than about 3 wt %, and an other ink selected from a black ink or a colored ink.09-25-2008
20110249282Image processing apparatus, computer program product, and preview image displaying method - An image processing apparatus includes a system control unit, and a display control unit. The system control unit judges whether a setting item that is newly selected on a preview image is mutually exclusive with a setting item that has already been selected on the preview image. The display control unit displays, when the setting items are mutually exclusive with each other, an area corresponding to the setting item newly selected differently from other areas. The display control unit also displays, when the area is selected, why the setting item newly selected cannot be set.10-13-2011
20100097623IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING PROGRAM - A printer not optically correcting bends and inclinations of scanning lines needs to execute such control as to electrically correct them. However, a conventional correction method has a problem that this correction causes an image defect such as an image streak or an uneven concentration in a specific area. A correction method of the present invention, when an input image has only one color, executes only correction by a second correction component which corrects distortions in a main scanning direction without executing correction by a first correction component which corrects bends and inclinations in a sub-scanning direction, and when an input image has two or more colors, executes both of correction by the first correction component and correction by the second correction component. This control can reduce the frequency of occurrence of an image defect.04-22-2010
20100097622GAMUT MAPPING BASED ON NUMERICAL AND PERCEPTUAL MODELS - Methods and systems herein provide for color conversion. Such color conversion includes gamut mapping by determining a color gamut of an imaging device and receiving color data having color values external to the color gamut of the imaging device. The gamut mapping proceeds by determining a color region external to the color gamut and mapping the color values within the color region to the color gamut. Thereafter, the area of the color region is increased and the color values within the increased color region are mapped to the color gamut.04-22-2010
20090323087Systems and Methods for Document Redaction - Systems and methods consistent with disclosed embodiments provide for a method for redacting documents comprising associating at least one redaction template with a document, wherein the redaction template includes information identifying at least one section of a document to be redacted. The document can be printed using the redaction template, wherein information in the redaction template is used to redact sections of the document prior to printing the document on a print medium. In some embodiments, the redaction template, and the document associated with the redaction template may be separate files. The method can be invoked using document processing software, and/or a printer driver, and user interfaces associated with document processing software may be used to create the redaction template, which can be stored as a document layer. Redactions stored in the template may also be associated with a security level.12-31-2009
20100085588Method and installation for printing different blanks on a printed sheet - A method for printing combined jobs having different blanks on a printed sheet includes obtaining area coverage values or inking zone presetting values for printing presses, with which the blanks are printed, from image data of the printed sheet. The area coverage values from an earlier job are compared with those from a subsequent job, in which the number, the configuration or the type of at least one blank differs from the corresponding value from the earlier job. The configuration of the blanks on the sheet is changed if the difference in the area coverages exceeds predefined values. An installation for carrying out the method is also provided.04-08-2010
20100014105PROCESSING IMAGE DATA - A method of processing image data according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: setting a permissible pitch range for a distance between adjacent ink blots; arranging image data for the line pattern in an x-y coordinate system; selecting a first base point corresponding to one side of the image data for the line pattern; selecting a first determination point from the first base point, in which the first determination point is parallel to and separated from one side of the image data for the line pattern; determining whether a distance between the first base point and the first determination point is within the permissible pitch range; and storing a coordinate as print data if the distance between the first base point and the first determination point is within the permissible pitch range, in which the coordinate is located at a shortest distance from the first determination point.01-21-2010
20110157611METHOD FOR GENERATING PERSONALIZED DOCUMENTS - A computer implemented method of producing personalized documents comprising the steps of inputting handwritten alphanumeric characters which are then mapped into at least one set of text characters. A textural document is entered into the computer and is transcribed into a set of text characters corresponding to the input handwritten alphanumeric characters. The document can be printed and will contain text in the handwriting of the person whose alphanumeric characters were used as input.06-30-2011
20090323088IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An object of the present invention is to provide an image processing apparatus that switches a detecting function to be used in accordance with a state of a printing apparatus when different devices respectively have similar detection functions.12-31-2009
20090296110IMAGE INDEXED RENDERING OF IMAGES FOR TUNING IMAGES FROM SINGLE OR MULTIPLE PRINT ENGINES - A system and method for rendering an image provide for segmenting the image into a plurality of segments based on image content and, for each identified segment, identifying a rendering profile from a set of rendering profiles. The rendering profile may include a look up table for converting pixels from a first color space, such as a device independent color space, e.g., RGB, to second color space, such as a device dependent color space, e.g., CMYK. The identified rendering profile is applied to the respective segment and the segments to which the profiles have been applied are combined into a print job for rendering on print media by an associated color output device or otherwise output. The system allows different segments in the image to be processed through different rendering profiles most suited to the objects that the segments contain.12-03-2009
20080246980METHOD FOR GENERATING BASIC TEMPLATE UTILIZED TO FORM SCREENING MASK - Disclosed is a method for generating a basic template utilized to form a screening mask. The method includes adjusting lines per inch or minimum pattern (such as cluster size or density) of a testing template, printing the adjusted testing template by an outputting device, determining if the gray level of the printing result matches a specific gray level, and continuously adjusting the setting of the lines per inch or the minimum pattern when it does not match the specific gray level, otherwise selecting the adjusted testing template as a basic template. The basic template is optimized according to the printing ability of the outputting device, so the printing performance of the outputting device when using the screening mask formed from the basic template can also be optimized, and the minimum color points can be printed faithfully thereby avoiding dropping of the carbon powder.10-09-2008
20080246983PRINTED PHOTOGRAPH WITH HIGH CAPACITY ENCODED AUDIO - A data structure is printed on a photograph using infra-red ink. The data structure includes a two dimensional array of data blocks. Each adjacent pair of data blocks is separated by a gap and each of the data blocks has a data region holding encoded data. Each data region is confined by clock-marks and borders to facilitate location of the data region and recovery of data from within the data region.10-09-2008
20080246981COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention is to provide an image processing system and the method thereof capable of maintaining gradient characteristics near a black point of an output image, when performing color matching in a color printer, even if a source profile has a lower minimum lightness value of output color gamut. In the present invention, when a condition is matched by comparing the minimum lightness points of the source profile and output color gamut, a correction color conversion table is generated by correcting the minimum lightness point of the output color gamut to a correction target value set in advance. Color conversion is performed for an input image using the correction color conversion table.10-09-2008
20090213398PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - A printing apparatus includes: a tag information reading/writing unit which reads information from an IC tag attached to or embedded in a predetermined location of a print medium and writes information to the IC tag through wireless communication with the IC tag and which reads layout information, which defines at least a location of a printable area on the print medium, from the IC tag; a record data inputting unit which inputs record data representing contents recorded on the print medium; and a printing control unit which performs a printing process on the print medium on the basis of print target data in which a print location of the contents represented by the record data is determined on the basis of the layout information and which updates the layout information on the basis of information directly or indirectly representing a printed area in the print medium subjected to the printing process and allows the tag information reading/writing unit to write the layout information subjected to the updating process to the IC tag.08-27-2009
20090213395PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A PRINT CONTROL PROGRAM - There are provided a get unit that gets a document name of print data; a first determination unit that determines whether or not the obtained document name includes a predefined character string; a first deletion unit that deletes the character string from the document name to create a new document name when it is determined that the document name includes the predefined character string; a second determination unit that determines whether or not the number of characters in the document name exceeds a predefined maximum number of displayable characters; and a second deletion unit that deletes the number of exceeding characters from a head of the document name to create a new document name when it is determined that the number of characters in the document name exceeds the predefined maximum number of displayable characters.08-27-2009
20090201516Gradation converting device, image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program - An image processing apparatus includes: a filter-coefficient storing unit that stores filter coefficients respectively associated with spatial frequencies, which are the numbers of strips displayed per unit angle with respect to an angle of field of a display apparatus; a viewing-condition determining unit that determines, as viewing conditions, a viewing distance between a viewer and the display apparatus and pixel density of the display apparatus; a filter-coefficient setting unit that sets a filter coefficient selected on the basis of a spatial frequency calculated from the viewing conditions among the stored filter coefficients; and a gradation modulating unit including a quantizing unit that quantizes a pixel value in a predetermined coordinate position in an image signal and outputs the pixel value as a quantized pixel value in the predetermined coordinate position, the gradation modulating unit gradation-modulating the image signal by multiply-accumulating a set filter coefficient with respect to quantization errors caused by the quantizing unit to feedback the quantization errors to an input side of the quantizing unit.08-13-2009
20090190147Image forming apparatus, print control method, and computer-readable recording medium storing print control program - An image forming apparatus and a print control method prevents a disadvantageous effect to a user due to print failure, before an image forming operation is started. The image forming apparatus includes an interface for connecting an external storage device to the image forming apparatus. Data stored in the external storage device is read via the interface and printed by the image forming apparatus. A memory usage at the time of printing the data is calculated based on a parameter obtained from various information about the data. The calculated memory usage and a memory capacity that is available in the image forming apparatus during printing are compared. An image forming operation for printing the data is controlled depending on a comparison result.07-30-2009
20090190146Image forming apparatus having blank sheet ejection preventing function and blank sheet ejection preventing method - An image forming apparatus for printing out one or more pages in an electronic file having color information in the form of at least one of character information and image information, includes an information acquiring unit configured to acquire at least one of the character information and the image information from the electronic file; and a blank page determining unit configured to determine whether a page in the electronic file is a blank page based on the color information of at least one of the character information and the image information acquired by the information acquiring unit. A page that is determined as being a blank page by the blank page determining unit is cancelled from being printed out.07-30-2009
20090190145PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM AND COMPUTER-DATA SIGNAL - A print control apparatus includes a print request receiving unit and a print control unit. The print request receiving unit receives a print request, including print target information, to a print apparatus. If a condition is satisfied under which print target information should have information regarding security added thereto for printing, the print control unit adds the information regarding security to the print target information and causes the print apparatus to print the print target information to which the information regarding security is added. If the condition is not satisfied, the print control apparatus stores the print target information included in the print request in a storage unit, and when an operation receiving unit provided in the print apparatus is operated to instruct to print the stored print target information, the print control apparatus causes the print apparatus to print the stored print target information.07-30-2009
20090168087IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus and an image forming method are provided which can produce an image with high robustness that can keep image impairments from becoming noticeable even when there are printing characteristic variations over a range of positions of the print elements, as in the case of an end deflection phenomenon. This is realized by distributing multilevel grayscale values of individual pixels according to distribution coefficients determined for the individual print elements that print the pixels, allocating the distributed grayscale values to the associated planes, and binarizing the allocated grayscale values in each plane. With this process, the grayscale value distribution factors in each scan of multipass printing can be determined according to the positions of individual print elements on the print head.07-02-2009
20090147285IMAGE JOINING APPARATUS - Joint images are end portions of respective read images and are portions to be joined together. The joint images are stored with a compression ratio lower than that with which the read images are stored. Then, the read images are joined together at relative positions determined on the basis of the joint images.06-11-2009
20090128838Image Processing Device, Image Processing Method, and Image Processing Program - An image processing device and image processing method maintain hue and prevent a drop in print quality while also reducing consumption of recording materials. For example, a host computer 05-21-2009
20090128840Apparatus, method, signal and computer program product configured to provide output image adjustment of an image file - An apparatus, method, signal and computer program product is provided to generate an image file that can correctly reproduce image data at a predetermined output device. The image file includes an image data storage area that stores image data, and a control information storage area stores output control information. The image data is stored in JPEG format for example, and output control information is stored in TIFF format. The output device control information is information set so as to be able to obtain an optimal image output results according to a paired-combination of the input device and output device, taking into consideration their respective image processing characteristics.05-21-2009
20080291480Image-based color printer fractal gamut extensions achieved with process set point adjustment - A color management system is provided for enabling imaging of selected colors called spot colors by dynamically adjusting the normal printer gamut to achieve a color gamut extension. Developed toner mass may be increased or decreased by changing ROS laser intensity. Such adjustment can occur on a pixel-by-pixel basis for within page and within sections of the image gamut extension.11-27-2008
20110176154IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In a recording apparatus in which resolution of a main scan and resolution of a subscan differ, a print character is preferably reproduced. An image processing apparatus for controlling the recording apparatus in which the subscan resolution is lower than the main scan resolution has: a character direction discriminating unit for discriminating a direction of a character included in image data; an image rotating unit for rotating the image data so that a horizontal line in the character decided by the character direction discriminating unit is scanned by the main scan of the recording apparatus; and a control unit for allowing the recording apparatus to record the image data rotated by the image rotating unit.07-21-2011
20110176152Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer program, and recording medium - An optimal interval obtaining sheet is output, and the density thereon is measured using a color meter. A layout determining unit determines an optimal interval at which patches are to be arranged on a sheet including a plurality of patches having the same color and the same gradation based on the measurement.07-21-2011
20100033743IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT MEDIA TRANSPORT DEVICE, AND IMAGE QUALITY DETERMINING METHOD - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit, an image sensor unit, an image data obtaining unit, and an image quality determiner unit to determine quality of an image on a print sheet after fusing based on input image data and output image data as a result of detection by the image sensor unit. According to a result of the determination, a print sheet containing an image determined as a non-normal image is discharged to a first paper tray while that containing an image determined as a normal image is discharged to a second paper tray.02-11-2010
20110255101GAMUT MAPPING USING HUE-PRESERVING COLOR SPACE - A method for applying gamut mapping to an input digital image having an associated input color gamut, to produce an output digital image having an associated output color gamut, which includes: defining a gamut mapping color transform which embodies the operations of transforming input color values from the input color space to linear RGB color values for a linear RGB color space, wherein the linear RGB color space has desirable hue preserving characteristics; transforming the linear RGB color values to determine nonlinear RGB color values; applying a 3×3 matrix transformation to the nonlinear RGB values to an opponent color space; applying a gamut mapping function to map opponent color values within the input color gamut to produce modified opponent color values within the output color gamut; and transforming the modified opponent color values to produce the output color values in the output color space.10-20-2011
20110255104IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - An advantage of the invention is to provide an image processing apparatus and a medium therefor, which enable shortening of processing time necessary for performing the whole color conversion in the case where only one of LUTs used for the color conversion can be stored in a storage means having a high access rate. In the image processing apparatus, for image data including a plurality of pixels and being a target for a color conversion, when performing the color conversion of the image data, a value of a counter for pictures, which indicates a predicted total number of references to an LUT for pictures, and a value of a counter for texts, which indicates a predicted total number of references to an LUT for texts, are derived.10-20-2011
20110255102FIFO METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR ELECTRONICALLY REGISTERING IMAGE DATA - Disclosed are FIFO type methods, systems and apparatus for electronically registering image data relative to a raster or other marking device. According to an exemplary method, a FIFO type data queuing configuration is provided, where the length of data memory segments associated with the FIFO are selected to correspond to the number of raster lines from the most upstream point of the physical raster to the point where the given pixel column intersects the physical raster.10-20-2011
20120229824PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - Based on an input profile which regulates a corresponding relationship between an input gradation value of a device-dependent color space depending on a first printing apparatus and a gradation value of a device-independent color space, and an output profile which regulates a corresponding relationship between a gradation value of a device-independent color space and an input gradation value of a device-independent color space depending on a second printing apparatus, the colors of each pixel of a case, where the gradation values of each pixel shown by reference image data are input gradation values of the device-dependent color space depending on the first printing apparatus, are specified by the input gradation value of the device-dependent color space depending on the second printing apparatus, and the output gradation value is specified by converting the specified input gradation value based on the color conversion table of the second printing apparatus.09-13-2012
20110164266COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a locating unit, and an extracting unit. The locating unit locates characteristic points based on the measurement points on a target plane. The extracting unit extracts at least three vertices of a color gamut from among the characteristic points. The at least three vertices satisfy the conditions that a first point, which is any one of the at least three vertices, is located within a reference distance from a second point adjacent to the first point from among the at least three vertices, and that all cross products that are calculated by a vector from the first point to the second point and vectors from the first point to any characteristic points that are located within the reference distance from the first point have the same sign.07-07-2011
20080252914IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT, GRADATION CONVERTING METHOD, AND PRINTING APPARATUS - An input gradation converting circuit has a gradation conversion table in which M-bit intermediate gradation data are correlated with each of N-bit input gradation data, and is operable to convert each of the input gradation data into the M-bit intermediate gradation data by using the gradation conversion table and output the converted M-bit intermediate gradation data. A diffusion gradation converting circuit is operable to convert each of the intermediate gradation data outputted from the input gradation converting circuit into N-bit output gradation data and output the converted N-bit output gradation data. The diffusion gradation converting circuit acquires a uniform random number Rnd in the range of −SFT/2 to SFT/2 and outputs [X+Rnd+0.5] as the output gradation data for each of the intermediate gradation data in which X obtained by dividing a value of the intermediate gradation data by 210-16-2008
20100277753COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH A COLOR CONVERSION SETTING PROGRAM, A COLOR CONVERSION SETTING METHOD, A COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORED WITH A COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND A COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A computer readable recording medium stored with a color conversion setting program, the program causes a computer to execute a process comprising: (a) generating a plurality of profile sets respectively associated with paper types, each of the profile sets being to be used for applying at least one kind of color conversion profile having conversion data for converting colors to a color conversion process depending on the particular paper type used for printing; (b) generating color setting information containing the plurality of profile sets respectively associated with paper types to be used during the color conversion process for each job; and (c) executing a control process for registering the color setting information generated in the step (b) to a storage unit, from which the color setting information is read out during the color conversion process.11-04-2010
20080204782IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE READING METHOD - An image reading apparatus is provided which includes a contact image sensor comprised of a plurality of sensor chips arranged in series, an analog image processor for processing an analog image signal from the contact image sensor, a unit for conducting black shading correction for each pixel and a unit for conducting white shading correction for each pixel. The image reading apparatus further includes a unit for digitally monitoring a black offset value corresponding to each chip with respect to the signal that has been processed by the analog image processor and a unit for adding and subtracting a black offset variation amount for each chip in the previous stage of the unit for conducting black shading correction for each pixel, and corrects black offset based on an instruction of a control unit.08-28-2008
20080204778IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus which can verify whether or not an image has been able to be correctly read and easily correct an image which has not been able to be correctly read. The image processing apparatus has a reading section 08-28-2008
20080204772METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A PRINT ORDER - A printing system allows a print buyer to submit an electronic print order. The system analyzes the print order to determine whether a print configuration dictated by the print order can accurately reproduce all of the colors of the associated printing content. The system provides the print buyer with information to determine whether a different print configuration that improves color accuracy has an acceptable production impact for the print order.08-28-2008
20080204775IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing apparatus, a first conversion unit converts, on the basis of an input device profile, input data into first device-independent data expressed by a color space that is independent of an apparatus. A storage unit stores plural conversion profiles for converting using a color appearance model in the color space that is independent of the apparatus in correspondence with plural device characteristics that are dependent on apparatuses. A selection unit selects a conversion profile corresponding to characteristics of the input device, characteristics of an output device, observation conditions of the input data and the output data. A second conversion unit converts, on basis of the selected conversion profile, the first device-independent data into second device-independent data. A third conversion unit converts the second device-independent data into the output data on the basis of an output device profile.08-28-2008
20080204780Image forming apparatus, printer driver, program and recording medium - According to an image forming apparatus of the present invention, when a user with the intention of having a processing completed in a short time inputs execution of an image forming job involving the intention, this operation information is acquired by an operation information acquisition section. In response to that, an invalidation determining section determines to invalidate processing for maintenance, based on the operation information. Responding to that, an invalidation control section invalidates the processing for maintenance on image forming during execution of the image forming job regardless of predetermined rules. By this means, the processing for maintenance on image forming cannot be executed during the image forming job in the case of a user with the intention of having a processing completed in a short time.08-28-2008
20080204777IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT AND PRINTER CONTROLLER EQUIPPED WITH THE SAME - An image processing circuit divides input image data having gradation values for each pixel into cells formed from a plurality of pixels and performs screen processing on a per-cell basis, to thus convert the input image data into output image data. The image processing circuit includes: a cell screen processing circuit, configured to extract from the input image data a cell in a predetermined shape, to determine a position of centroid of a gradation value in the cell from input gradation values of respective pixels constituting the cell, and to perform screen processing for deciding output gradation values of the respective pixels; an output raster buffer, configured to store the output gradation values of the respective pixels; a raster buffer write controller, configured to perform processing for writing the output gradation values of the respective pixels into the output raster buffer; and a raster buffer read controller, configured to perform processing for reading and outputting the output gradation values of the respective pixels written into the output raster buffer.08-28-2008
20080204779IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing device for converting a color tone of an image includes: an input unit to which an image is input; a designation unit that designates precision of color conversion performed on the input image; a color conversion table that stores output color data after color conversion of color data, which is determined according to the designated precision and may be included in the image, in an address space determined according to the precision; an address specifying unit that specifies an address referring to the color conversion table on the basis of a first portion, which is determined according to the precision, of color data expressing the input image; a color converting unit that converts the color data included in the input image into output color data by referring to the specified address of the color conversion table; a parameter specifying unit that specifies a parameter for interpolating a color, which is expressed by the output color data, on the basis of a second portion other than the first portion of the color data included in the input image; and an interpolation unit that interpolates a color, which is expressed by the converted output color data, on the basis of the specified parameter.08-28-2008
20080204774Print controlling program, print controlling apparatus, image forming apparatus and print controlling method - There is described a print controlling apparatus that acquires print data, which are described in the PDL and include objects having image attributes being different from each other, and converts the print data to raster data. When converting the print data to the raster data, the apparatus creates attribute data, in which an image processing attribute indicating a kind of image processing to be applied to each of pixels represented by the raster data is recorded, for every pixel included in the pixels, and then, applies an image processing based on the attribute data to the raster data. The attribute data designates one of image processing attributes that include a plurality of image processing attributes determined according to kinds of the image attributes of the objects and a specific image processing attribute determined corresponding to another image attribute being different from every one of the image attributes of the objects.08-28-2008
20080204776Printer and Control Method for the Same - A printer that writes print data to the print buffer and runs the paper feed and printing process while receiving image data from a host computer desirably balances the speed of the paper feed and printing process and the speed of the conversion process to enable continuous printing so that white stripes do not appear in the printout. A print process run command and conversion format information specifying the conversion format for converting color block data in a print buffer 08-28-2008
20110164264Linking an Object to a Position on a Surface - A method of generating an association between a software object and a position on a surface is disclosed. The method starts by sensing, by a sensing device placed on the position on the surface coded data at the position on the surface. The coded data at the position on the surface encodes an identity of the surface and the position of the coded data relative to the surface. The sensing device then generates indicating data using the sensed coded data. The indicating data is indicative of the identity of the surface and the position of the sensed coded data relative to the surface. Upon receiving the indicating data from the sensing device by a computer system, the computer system identifies, using the indicating data, the identity of the surface and the position of the sensed coded data relative to the surface. The computer system also identifies the software object, and then generates an association between the identity of the surface, the position of the sensed coded data relative to the surface, and the software object.07-07-2011
20110164263METHOD OF APPLYING MAKEUP AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING SUCH A METHOD - A method of making up the skin or the lips, the method including measuring at least one optical characteristic at least one location of the skin or the lips; and automatically forming on the skin or lips a deposit that has an optical characteristic that varies and that corresponds substantially at said location, to the measured optical characteristic.07-07-2011
20110164262IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In an image processing for printing a monochrome image, color deviation can be suppressed to print a favorable monochrome image. Specifically, the printing of a monochrome image is performed by using black ink in all of a color reproduction region (color gamut) including a gray axis and regions other than the gray axis. This avoids the use of C, M, and Y for the expression of the monochrome image to suppress the color deviation due to slight imbalance among amounts of three colors of inks.07-07-2011
20110051161Digital Image Tone Adjustment - Image tone adjustment systems and methods are disclosed. The system of the present invention includes an input to accept an input image. A curve generator is also disclosed that is used to generate a tone reproduction curve including a contrast stretch of the input image, a white stretch of the input image and a black stretch of the input image. Backlit correction is also applied by the tone adjustment corrector to thereby generate a tone adjusted image.03-03-2011
20110051160INFORMATION UPDATING APPARATUS, IMAGE HISTORY INSPECTION APPARATUS, INFORMATION UPDATING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information updating apparatus compares resolution information and color information acquired from received image data with resolution information and color information acquired from an external apparatus, and, if an amount of information of the resolution information and color information acquired from the received image data is larger than an amount of information of the resolution information and color information acquired from the external apparatus, replaces image feature amount data stored in the external apparatus with image feature amount data acquired from the received image data and replaces text data stored in the external apparatus with text data extracted from the received image data.03-03-2011
20110051159Image Processing Device and Computer Readable Medium - A color space converting section of an image processing device waits to output when acquiring partial data including gray prior to partial data including a chromatic color. After starting to wait, when acquiring partial data including a chromatic color, the converting section outputs multi-color converted data as the converted data expressing gray by a combination of densities of the multiple colors with respect to the partial data its output has been waited. While, when the acquisition of the image data was completed without acquiring any partial data including a chromatic color, the converting section outputs a single black color converted data as the converted data expressing gray by a density of a single color black with respect to the partial data its output has been waited. When acquiring partial data including a chromatic color, then the converting section converts partial data acquired thereafter into the multi-color converted data.03-03-2011
20110051158IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus that prints and edits a document includes a user identification portion, a print management portion that records print management information indicating a user who performs abort operation of printing, an edit management portion that records edit management information, a determination portion that determines, based on the print management information, whether or not the user is a print suspended operator who has performed the abort operation previously, a page extraction portion that, when the print suspended operator performs reprinting operation for giving instructions to print the document that has been updated, extracts pages of the document which were printed successfully when printing of the document was suspended and have been updated thereafter, and a print controller that controls the image forming apparatus such that the image forming apparatus prints at least unprinted pages of the document and the pages extracted by the page extraction portion.03-03-2011
20110051157CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE SCANNING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE SCANNING APPARATUS - A control device including an image enlarging unit that creates enlarged image data of image data by repeatedly using a line in the image data; and a control unit that reads, from a storing unit in which the image data is stored, the image data and outputs, to the image enlarging unit, the image data for each line, the output being performed at time intervals corresponding to the number of times the line is used in accordance with an enlargement ratio of the image data to the enlarged image data.03-03-2011
20110051156IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - According to an aspect of the invention, an image processing apparatus includes a first calculating unit, a second calculating unit, and a control unit. The first calculating unit calculates, for each print subject image, consumptions of recording materials when the print subject image is printed based on image data of the print subject image, a first value of a first element and a second value of a second element. The second calculating unit calculates a first consumption variation range of the recording materials that corresponds to a first adjustment range of the first element and a second consumption variation range of the recording materials that corresponds to a first adjustment range of the second element. The control unit controls a display device so that the display device displays the first adjustment range and the first variation range and displays the second adjustment range and the second variation range.03-03-2011
20110051155PRINTING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus includes: a printing unit which prints an image on a recording medium; a controller which causes the printing unit to execute print processing on the basis of a print request; a measurement unit which executes an image measurement processing using the image printed by the printing unit; a correction unit which corrects the image to be printed by the printing unit on the basis of the result of the image measurement processing; and a detector which detects occurrence of a measurement executable error which stops print processing performed on the recording medium by the printing unit and which can causes the measurement unit to execute the image measurement processing, wherein when the detector detects the measurement executable error during the print processing, the controller controls the printing unit to stop processing the print processing and controls the measurement unit to execute the image measurement processing.03-03-2011
20110051154METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING DARKENING OF IMAGE DATA - A method and system for controlling the darkness level of image data to assist in output matching between dissimilar rendering devices. Image source information from a source file can be interpreted by a rendering decomposer in order to generate halftone source image data. The decomposition of the image can be repeated in response to a request by an operator for an additional darkening level via a user input file. The additional layers can be shifted in an opposing direction and then a clockwise direction from the original position until the additional darkening level is attained. The required darkening level can be stored in a storage unit or memory so that the required darkening level can be later triggered by a source document name to employ the same darkening approach. The darkening level can be selected from an array of darkening levels to assist in output matching without major modifications to the utilized rendering device(s).03-03-2011
20110051153Hard Imaging Devices, Print Devices, And Hard Imaging Methods - Hard imaging devices, print devices, and hard imaging methods are described. According to one arrangement, a hard imaging device includes a media transport system configured to move media along a media path and a print device adjacent to the media path. The print device may include an image forming device configured to eject a plurality of droplets of a liquid marking agent in a direction towards the media moving along the media path to form hard images using the media, wherein the ejection of the droplets of the liquid marking agent from the image forming device creates puddles of the liquid marking agent on the image forming device and a puddle removal system configured to remove the puddles of the liquid marking agent from the image forming device.03-03-2011
20110069334PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - A printing apparatus includes an obtaining unit, a printing unit and a consideration request unit. The obtaining unit is configured and arranged to obtain image data of an object and target spectral characteristics information relating to the object. The printing unit is configured and arranged to print an image of the object according to the image data, and to print at least one color patch using the target spectral characteristics information while the color patch is associated with the image. The consideration request unit is configured and arranged to transmit a consideration request for printing of the image based on a comparison result between the target spectral characteristics information and spectral characteristics information obtained by color measurement of the color patch that was printed03-24-2011
20110134448Image forming apparatus and image forming method thereof - An image forming apparatus includes an input part for receiving image data; an image processor for image-processing the input image data; an output part for outputting data processed at the image processor; and a controller for controlling the image processor to process the image using one of a plurality of image processing modes having a toner consumption lower than a toner density to use when the toner density to use for outputting the input image data exceeds a preset reference density. The plurality of the image processing modes includes a boundary image processing mode which outputs only boundaries of objects in the image data. Thus, the toner used for the image forming can be saved.06-09-2011
20110134449COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A color value of output color reproduced based on an output signal value corresponding to an input color value of a grid point in an input color space, which is obtained by sampling a range of the output signal value, are estimated. An evaluation value that evaluates tonality between a color value estimated in correspondence with an input color value of a grid point of interest in the input color space and color values estimated in correspondence with input color values of grid points adjacent to the grid point of interest is calculated. When the input color value of the grid point of interest, whose evaluation value is less than a predetermined threshold value, is obtained, an output signal value corresponding to that input signal value is set in the grid point of interest.06-09-2011
20110134447METHOD TO RETRIEVE A GAMUT MAPPING STRATEGY - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for retrieving a gamut mapping for a color device. A ray-based model is derived from a system estimation of either a seed profile or a seed device. The model is hard coded inside a run-time ICC profile creation algorithm. The runtime profile generation code can be optimized for a variety of gamut mapping scenarios. The generated profile is provided to an imaging system wherein out-of-gamut colors are mapped to the color gamut of the host device. The present method provides an accurate way to reproduce colors of images by retrieving the gamut mapping from profiles or from the color device that use destination profiles for rendering images.06-09-2011
20100253952METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIRMING ATTRIBUTES OF MEDIA LOADED IN A MEDIA TRAY IN AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for confirming attributes of media loaded in a media tray in an image production device is disclosed. The method may include determining which media tray of one or more media trays is being loaded with media using one or more media tray sensors, displaying a graphical representation of the media tray being loaded to a user on a user interface, prompting the user to enter and confirm attributes of the media being loaded into the media tray through the user interface, determining if confirmation has been received from the user interface, wherein if it is determined that the confirmation has been received from the user interface, storing the confirmed attributes for the determined media tray in a memory, and processing print jobs using the stored media tray attributes.10-07-2010
20110255105IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - The invention provides an image processing apparatus comprising: forming means for forming a patch based on patch data on a medium; temperature measuring means for measuring the temperature of a white paper portion of a medium to obtain a white paper temperature; colorimetry means for obtaining a colorimetric value by measuring the color of the patch formed on the medium; estimation means for estimating a colorimetry temperature, which is the temperature of the patch at the time when the colorimetry means measures its color, based on the patch data and the white paper temperature; and correction means for correcting the colorimetric value based on the estimated colorimetry temperature.10-20-2011
20120147399PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD - The invention provides a printing control apparatus having a function for performing preview displaying prior to printing document data outputted by an application program. The apparatus comprises: a generator for generating a preview image based on the document data in accordance with a print setting; and a preview display controller for displaying, together with the preview image, a user interface which displays an option in a predetermined item of a print setting within a scope corresponding to a current print setting, when the predetermined item of the print setting corresponding to the preview image is to be changed. The printing control apparatus enables printing of the document data in accordance with the print setting changed through the user interface.06-14-2012
20120147391METHOD FOR DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION OF REFINEMENT PATCHES FOR COLOR PRINTER CHARACTERIZATION - A method generates a set of color patches that can be used to characterize a color printer. An accurate reference printer model is selected. A base set of calibration patches is printed and measured. The measurements are used to generate a model that can be used to predict the color produced by the reference printer for any combination of its colorants. The base set of patches is supplemented by a set of patches chosen to reduce the maximum color error produced by using the model compared to the predictions of a reference printer model. The supplemented set of patches is used to generate a more accurate model of the printer. The supplemented set of patches is used to recalibrate other instances of the printer.06-14-2012
20110096344Printing System - Method of computing a convex hull in a predetermined color space, comprising determining a print attribute value range pertaining to a reference print attribute value, selecting base NP (Neugebauer Primary) area coverages, comprising area coverages of single NPs and combined NPs, having print attribute values in the print attribute value range, printing and measuring patches corresponding to the base NP area coverages, computing linear combinations of the base NP area coverages, and assigning one of the base NP area coverage or the linear combination of base NP area coverages to the corresponding color, depending on which is closest to the reference print attribute value.04-28-2011
20110096343IDENTIFYING A COLOR PROFILE FOR AN ILLUMINANT - A method includes collecting, within a printer body, ambient light entering the printer body. Characteristics of the collected ambient light are measured. A color profile based on the measured characteristics is identified. The identified color profile is provided for use in forming a color image on a medium.04-28-2011
20110096342METHOD FOR PRINTING AN IMAGE - A method for printing an image, the method includes the steps of defining a media support surface; advancing a print medium onto the support surface; emitting light from a first side of the print medium toward the defined surface; moving a sensor on a second side of the print medium along a scan direction; monitoring the position of the sensor as it moves along the scan direction; sensing the light on the second side of the print medium which is opposite the first side as the light passes through the print medium to a sensor; providing memory for storing patterns representing particular media types; providing a processor for comparing signals from the sensor to patterns stored in the memory in order to identify media type; identifying the print medium type; selecting a print mode based on the identified print medium type; processing an image according to the selected print mode; and printing the image on the print medium.04-28-2011
20110075173PROFILE GENERATING APPARATUS, PROFILE GENERATING METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM WITH PROFILE GENERATING PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN, AND PRINTING SYSTEM - A group of spectral data of print mediums and a group of laminating film spectral data are stored, which correspond to a plurality of colors on a color chart. The type of print medium and the type of laminating film are entered. From the group of spectral data of print mediums and the group of laminating film spectral data, spectral data corresponding to the entered type of print medium are entered as first spectral data, and spectral data corresponding to the entered type of laminating film are entered as second spectral data. Colorimetric value data of the colors are calculated using the first spectral data and the second spectral data.03-31-2011
20110075174IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The image processing apparatus executes quantization processing of second multi-valued image data that corresponds to a second relative movement of a plurality of relative movements based on first multi-valued image data that corresponds to a first relative movement of the plurality of relative movements, and executes quantization processing of the first multi-valued image data based on the second multi-valued image data. This makes it possible to output a high-quality image having excellent robustness and reduced graininess by controlling the overlap rate of dots that are printed by the first relative movement and the dots that are printed by the second relative movement.03-31-2011
20110080601IMAGE ARRANGEMENT SUPPORTING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE ARRANGEMENT SUPPORTING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image arrangement supporting device includes: a detection unit that detects a state in which plural images associated with drawing attributions different from each other are arranged on one virtual medium; and an output unit that outputs information indicating that at least one of the plural images is not formed on one real medium with a drawing attribution associated with the at least one of the plural images, in accordance with detection of the state by the detection unit.04-07-2011
20100110461Systems and Methods for Proof/Press Substrate Difference Adjustments - Embodiments of the present invention provide systems and methods for adjusting for differences between a proof substrate and the ultimate substrate on which an illustration or other image is to be printed. Embodiments are particularly useful for any print process on an opaque substrate where a proof representing the expected result is provided that has a different substrate color or value from that being used in the print process.05-06-2010
20100110459IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus includes: a forming unit that includes an image forming function for forming an image; a restricting unit that restricts usage of the image forming function based on presence or absence of usage authorization for the image forming function of the forming unit; an adjusting unit that executes an image quality adjusting process to improve a quality of the image formed by the forming unit; and a control unit that inhibits the adjusting unit from executing the image quality adjusting process in accordance with presence or absence of restriction of the usage of the image forming function by the restricting unit.05-06-2010
20100110460IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image forming unit; a communication unit configured to receive image data and an instruction; a nonvolatile memory configured to store color correction data; a color correction data generating unit configured to generate a new color correction data and update the color correction data stored in the nonvolatile memory with the new color correction data; and a control unit. When the instruction contains a first instruction which instructs performing the printing operation without updating the color correction data, the control unit corrects a gradation of an image contained in the image data using existing color correction data stored in the nonvolatile memory. When the instruction does not contain the first instruction and also when a given condition is satisfied, the control unit causes the color correction data generating unit to generate the new color correction data and update the color correction data with the new color correction data, and corrects the gradation of the image contained in the image data using the new color correction data. When the instruction does not contain the first instruction and also when the given condition is not satisfied, the control unit corrects the gradation of the image contained in the image data using the existing color correction data stored in the nonvolatile memory.05-06-2010
20100079777INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus sets, on an image to be printed, the print position of attribute information of the image. The information processing apparatus displays, on a display device, the print preview screen of the image to be printed in which an image forming the attribute information is arranged at the set print position. When a region corresponding to the attribute information on the print preview screen displayed on the display device is selected, the information processing apparatus enlarges and displays the attribute information.04-01-2010
20100214578METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF APPLIANCE ECONOMICS AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT - A method and system for determining appliance economics and environmental impacts of appliances comprising the steps of electronically reading an appliance identifier of an appliance using a portable, hand-held communication device, inputting an installation location of the appliance into the communication device, transmitting the appliance identifier and the installation location of the appliance to a data processing center containing current energy cost data and externalities data for the installation location, and transmitting at least one of said appliance economics and said appliance environmental impact for the appliance to the communication device.08-26-2010
20100214582Color Reproduction Method, Data Processing Apparatus and Program - A color reproduction meth a color printing apparatus which reproduces a color by a combination of a black plate and a plurality of chromatic color materials, which calculates color control values including a quantity addition of the black plate to a first color reproduced by only a combination of the chromatic color materials to reproduce a second color which is reproduced by adding the black plate to the first color, includes: calculating, based on a color profile of the color printing apparatus, a characteristic data representing characteristic changes of a brightness and a color saturation of a representative color caused by adding the black plate to the representative color, wherein the representative color is reproduced by only any one of the chromatic color materials or a combination of the chromatic color materials; and calculating the color control value based on the characteristic data.08-26-2010
20100214581IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes; a chart data forming unit that forms density correcting chart data to be printed, in which reference density patterns and adjusting density patterns are arranged so that a connection angle, and the adjusting density patterns have different densities in the respective patterns; a printing unit that prints a density correcting chart in which the reference density patterns and the adjusting density patterns are arranged adjacent to each other in respective patters; a receiving unit that receives an input of a density adjusting value of a desired pattern, on the basis of comparison of density between the reference density patterns and the adjusting density patterns which has been obtained from visual observation of a user on the printed density correcting chart; and a tone correcting unit that conducts tone correction of the desired pattern.08-26-2010
20100214579MAPPING AN OUT-OF-GAMUT COLOR TO A SURFACE OF A COLOR GAMUT - What is disclosed is a system and method for mapping an out-of-gamut spot color to a surface boundary of a target color gamut of a color marking device in a color management system. The present method accurately detects the intersection of a point at the boundary surface of a ray traced between the out-of-gamut color and color point along a neutral axis of the target gamut. The ability to map an out-of-gamut color accurately to the gamut surface provides many advantages as one skilled in the art would appreciate. Various embodiments are provided.08-26-2010
20100245861IMAGE-PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE-FORMING DEVICE, IMAGE-PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image-processing device includes: a memory that stores a color range within a color space; an acquisition unit that acquires image data; and a generating unit that generates image data in which an image represented by the image data acquired by the acquisition unit has been subjected to an operation to change a color of an image area of the image having a color falling within the color range into black, and an operation to add a black image beside the image area.09-30-2010
20080218778Image Forming System, Image Forming Apparatus and Density Correction Method - An image forming system, image forming apparatus, and method of correcting image density are provided. The system includes a forming unit that forms an image; an acquisition unit that acquires factor information corresponding to a factor which is capable of causing variations in density of the image; a first determination unit that determines a number of marks in accordance with the factor information; a control unit that provides the forming unit with, as the image data, data pertaining to a pattern comprising a plurality of density marks which are different from each other in density and which are equal in number to the number of marks; a detection unit that detects a density of the image formed on the target by the forming unit in relation to the pattern; and a correction unit that corrects the density of the image in accordance with a result of the detection.09-11-2008
20100149561INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM AND COMPUTER DATA SIGNAL - An information processing apparatus includes a receiving unit, a search unit, a determination unit, a conversion unit and an output unit. The receiving unit receives a command for forming an image. The search unit searches for color designation information that designates specific color information and is included in the received command. The determination unit determines a type of the color information designated by the color designation information found by the search. The conversion unit converts the color designation information into information conforming to a common expression rule, based on a conversion rule that is set for each type of the color information. The output unit outputs the information obtained by the converting.06-17-2010
20100195123Image communication apparatus, image communication system, and control program for image communication - An image communication apparatus that includes an image-data receiving unit that receives image data, a storing unit that stores therein the image data received by the image-data receiving unit, and an output unit that outputs the image data stored in the storing unit, the image communication apparatus includes a scanning unit that scans the image data output by the output unit; a difference extracting unit that extracts a difference between the image data scanned by the scanning unit and the image data stored in the storing unit; a difference determining unit that determines whether the difference extracted by the difference extracting unit satisfies a predetermined condition based on condition information obtained together with the image data; and a control unit that controls so that a message is transmitted to a transmission source of the image data based on a result determined by the difference determining unit.08-05-2010
20100195126IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROGRAM, RECORDING MEDIUM, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - In the case where a sheet on which a transparent toner image is to be formed has high glossiness, when the transparent toner image is formed in an area in which a user wishes to partly increase the glossiness, the glossiness in the area in which the user wishes to increase the glossiness is lowered. For that reason, a print as desired by the user cannot be obtained by fixing the transparent toner image in an area corresponding to the area in which the user wishes to increase the glossiness.08-05-2010
20100195125IMAGE CONVERSION DEVICE, IMAGE CONVERSION METHOD, AND CONVERSION PROGRAM - Conversion data D from an original color space into a new color space is set to D=A·B08-05-2010
20100195128IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image formation controller judges whether or not a tint block has been detected by a tint block processor upon judging that an automatic color determination mode is set in a multi functional peripheral. The image formation controller causes an image forming section to perform a monochromatic image forming operation if the tint block is a chromatic tint block when the tint block was detected by the tint block processor. On the other hand, the image formation controller causes the image forming section to perform an image forming operation corresponding to a determination result by an ACS processor when no tint block was detected and when the tint block was determined to be a monochromatic tint block.08-05-2010
20100195122METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BUILDING PAINTED THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS - Embodiments of the invention are directed to a method for printing a painted three-dimensional object. Each layer of the object is printed so that only the external circumference of the layer contains colored material. The building material used may be transparent, and a white colored material may be used as a barrier between the building material and the colored material.08-05-2010
20100195124METHOD FOR THE CREATION OF A TEMPLATE - In a method or system to generate a template, the template is defined by content and layout information. Job chaperone data are associated with the template to control subsequent document processing processes.08-05-2010
20090257074RECORDING MATERIAL MOVING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - A recording material moving device comprises: a position adjuster that moves a recording material in a direction which is parallel to a recording surface of the recording material and orthogonal to a transporting direction, in an upstream side of a recording position along the transport direction of the recording material; a reference position specifying unit that specifies a reference position; a determination unit that determines whether a range of a predetermined width centered on the reference position exceeds a movable range of the recording material within which the recording material can be moved by the position adjuster; and a controller that causes, if the determination unit determines that the movable range is not exceeded, the position adjuster to sequentially move the recording material within the movable range of the predetermined width centered on the reference position each time a condition for moving the recording material is satisfied.10-15-2009
20110261377INFORMATION-PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION-PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM CONTAINING PROGRAMS - Defect-free printing is achieved by previewing on a display prior to printing, device functions and print specifications. Preview of double-sided faces is concurrently provided when double-sided printing is specified. Display is performed by generation of data which allows print preview that reflects consideration of device information and document data. Data is generated for perspective-reverse-face preview when page-specification information is set for double-sided faces.10-27-2011
20110261375Image Forming Apparatus, Non-Transitory Computer-Readable Recording Medium Having an Image Forming Program Recorded Thereon, and Image Forming Method - An image forming apparatus includes an additional image creating unit, a composite image creating unit, and a printing unit. The additional image creating unit is configured to create an additional image by using information associated with externally acquired software data if the externally acquired software data comprises specific software data. The composite image creating unit is configured to create a composite image in which the additional image and an image of an original are composited. The printing unit is configured to print the composite image.10-27-2011
20110261374Image processing system, image processing apparatus and judgment apparatus - A judgment apparatus 10-27-2011
20110149314PRINTING CONTROL TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF PRINTING XML PAPER SPECIFICATION (XPS) FILE - A printing control terminal device includes a user interface to receive a command to print an XPS file on an XPS viewer, an analyzing unit to analyze at least one of a print ticket, a core property, and a digital signature included in the XPS file, and to distinguish a first setting information to be applied to a printing job and a second setting information not to be applied to a printing job, a conversion unit to convert at least one of the print ticket, the core property, and the digital signature corresponding to the second distinguished setting information to be applied to the printing job, a driver to generate print data using the second converted setting information and the first setting information, and a communication interface to transmit the generated print data to the image forming apparatus.06-23-2011
20110149318APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR PROCESSING AN IMAGE - An image processing apparatus includes a comparison unit, a change unit, and a printing unit to perform variable printing in a form of a composite of a master page and a variable page. The comparison unit compares a color of the master page and a color of the variable page near a boundary line between the master page and the boundary page. In a case where the master page and the variable page are similar in color near the boundary line, the change unit changes the master page to another master page with a color that is not similar to the color of the variable page. The printing unit prints the another master page and the variable page in a composite form.06-23-2011
20110149317METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING PRINTING OF GRAPHICAL INFORMATION - A method for controlling printing of graphical information in combination with a coding pattern, wherein the graphical information and the coding pattern are to be printed with separate inks, the coding pattern being printed using a black ink corresponding to a K component of a CMYK colour space and the graphical information being printed using colour inks corresponding to the CMY components, comprises: receiving a representation of the graphical information in RGB colour space, the representation comprising a set of elements making up the graphical information, each element comprising R, G and B component values together representing the colour of the element; and transforming the representation of the graphical information, said transformation mapping the R, G and B component values onto a range of values which is outside a domain where said black ink will be mixed by a printer into said colour inks during printing of the graphical information.06-23-2011
20110149315PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A control method for controlling a printing apparatus configured to print image data and capable of conveying a printed sheet to a postprocessing apparatus configured to trim the printed sheet identifies and manages a region to be cut off by trimming and another region not to be cut off by the trimming and allows a user to easily edit an image included in the region to be cut off by the trimming. The control method includes displaying the image data, editing the displayed image data, obtaining information about a trimming position at which the postprocessing apparatus trims the sheet, and executing control for permitting editing of a first region, which is a region to be cut off by the postprocessing apparatus according to the obtained information and for restricting editing of a second region not to be cut off by trimming by the postprocessing apparatus.06-23-2011
20110149311COLOR INCONSTANCY GUIDE FOR SPOT COLOR PRINT APPLICATIONS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for generating a color inconstancy guide for use in spot color print applications. In a manner more fully disclosed herein, color inconstancy values are calculated for selected spot colors of interest using a color inconstancy metric. A color inconstancy guide is generated from the calculated color inconstancy values and their respective spot colors. Thereafter, when a user desires to render a job in a particular spot color, the associated color inconstancy value for that color can be obtained from the guide. In various embodiments, recommendations in the form of a suggested printer to use, a media type, a halftone screen, and other meaningful assistance can be provided for spot color selection that are less sensitive to varying illuminations for a given print/copy job. The present color inconstancy guide provides meaningful extensions in color quality and color reproduction in print/copy job environments.06-23-2011
20110149310METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRINTING ON CUSTOM MEDIA USING AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for generating a custom media template for printing by an image production device is disclosed and may include receiving a request to generate a custom print preview template, initiating a scan of the custom print preview template document, receiving the scanned custom print preview template, and storing the scanned custom print preview template. A method and apparatus for printing on custom media is also disclosed and may include receiving a request to print a print job, determining whether custom media is required, determining if a request for a print preview has been received, prompting the user to select one of the custom media templates from one or more custom media templates; receiving a custom media template selection presenting the document image on the selected custom media template in a print preview image, determining whether the print job is to be processed, and printing the print job.06-23-2011
20110149307SELECTION OF SAMPLES FOR SPANNING A SPECTRAL GAMUT - Determining a spectral gamut of a device by designating a spanning set of samples which span the spectral gamut. A first crude spanning set of samples is established by specifying one or more corresponding device values in a device color space. The first crude spanning set is refined by processing a plurality of new samples in a predetermined order. The processing includes, for each new sample, determining if the new sample differs in an objective function value by more than a predetermined threshold from all samples in the first crude spanning set and adding the new sample to the first crude spanning set if the new sample differs in the objective function value by more than the predetermined threshold. The resulting first crude spanning set is designated as the spanning set of samples.06-23-2011
20110164265COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a locating unit, and an extracting unit. The locating unit locates characteristic points based on the measurement points on a target plane. The extracting unit extracts at least three vertices of a color gamut from among the characteristic points. The at least three vertices satisfy the conditions that a first point, which is any one of the at least three vertices, is located within a reference distance from a second point adjacent to the first point from among the at least three vertices, and that all cross products that are calculated by a vector from the first point to the second point and vectors from the first point to any characteristic points that are located within the reference distance from the first point have the same sign.07-07-2011
20100118319IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming system includes: an image forming apparatus; a first recording member; a second recording member storage; and a control unit that, when the image forming apparatus firstly forms an image on a first recording member and secondly forms an image on a second recording member, executes a first control in which the discharge of the second recording member from the second recording member storage is carried out before the discharge of the first recording member from the first recording member storage, and a second control in which the discharge of the second recording member from the second recording member storage is carried out after the discharge of the first recording member from the first recording member storage, the control unit selecting any one of the first and second controls according to the number of the first recording members stored in the first recording member storage.05-13-2010
20110188060METHOD FOR PREPARING A PROFILE OF A PRINTING SPEED OF A PRINTING MACHINE - For an efficient management of the printing speed in a printing machine, a method has been provided for preparing a profile of a printing speed of a printing machine for printing a plurality of sheets, wherein a print job defining the printing of a plurality of sheets is accepted and analyzed in view of a printing speed for each individual sheet. Subsequently, before printing the sheets of the print job, a profile of the printing speed is prepared for each individual sheet as a function of the printing speed and of the change-over times between different printing speeds of the printing machine. It is also possible to determine the printing speed of the sheet with the lowest printing speed within the print job and, subsequently, adjust a profile of the printing speed for the entire print job to a constant printing speed that corresponds to the lowest printing speed within the print job, with the profile being adjusted before the sheets of this print job are being printed.08-04-2011
20110188059IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A specific color detecting section 08-04-2011
20110188058INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Data specified by a distributor can be printed in an arrangement similar to that of the display state corresponding to the layout which is viewed by a person, to whom a printed matter is distributed, on the screen of his/her device in use. By specifying a user, i.e., the distribution destination for the printed matter, an information processing system can print the output data for a portlet application in accordance with the layout on the portal screen displayed by the user. In the portal server 08-04-2011
20090174887Printer, printer control program, printer control method, image processing device, image processing program, image processing method, and storage medium storing the program therein - The printer includes a print head having nozzles that are arranged in a plurality of lines and that form dots by discharging ink onto a medium used for printing. The printer prints out an image on the medium by one scanning operation using the print head. The printer includes a printing image data acquisition device, an N-level processing device, a dot forming information generating device, a print position information modification device, and a printing device.07-09-2009
20100027037Image Processing Controller and Image Processing Apparatus - An image processing controller inputs image data representing a tone for each pixel into a processing unit via a bus that offers a predetermined transfer speed. A first substituting section renders a given number of low order bits in a tone value of the image data redundant and includes information on the number of bits rendered redundant in the image data. A compressing section compresses image data subjected to the redundancy processing. A decompressing section decompresses compressed image data acquired from a storing section via the bus when the amount of stored compressed image data reaches a predetermined amount. A second substituting section obtains the information on the number of bits rendered redundant included in the decompressed image data and replaces these bits with non-redundant data.02-04-2010
20100027040PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR USE IN THOSE APPARATUSES - A printer driver in a host computer (PC/WS) instructs an image input/output apparatus to perform clear toner printing in which color-toner data printed by using a plurality of color toners and clear-toner data printed by using a clear toner are printed in a superimposed relation. Upon accepting an instruction for a test print of the clear toner printing, the printer driver defines a first color and a second color, which differ from each other and which are discernible relative to colors designated in the color-toner data, and issues a printing instruction to the image input/output apparatus such that a portion designated in the clear-toner data where the clear toner is coated by the clear toner printing is printed in the first color, and a portion designated in the clear-toner data where the clear toner is not coated by the clear toner printing is printed in the second color.02-04-2010
20100027036IMAGE FORMING DEVICE - An image forming device includes an image forming unit, a test image forming unit, a measuring unit, a color density correction data creating unit, a color order setting unit, a performing unit, a print image data acquiring unit, a to-be-used color determination unit, a first determining unit, and an print image forming unit. The image forming unit is configured to form an image based on image data by using at least one of a plurality of colors of developer. The test image forming unit is configured to control the image forming unit to form a test image based on test image data. The measuring unit is configured to measure density of the test image. The color density correction data creating unit is configured to create the color density correction data based on the measured density. The color order setting unit sets a color order. The performing unit performs a color density correction data creating process to create color density correction data for the plurality of colors in the color order, by controlling the test image forming unit, the measuring unit, and the color density correction data creating unit. The print image data acquiring unit is configured so as to be capable of acquiring print image data while the performing unit is presently performing a color density correction data creating process for a current color that is one of the plurality of colors. The to-be-used color determination unit determines, based on the print image data, a to-be-used color among the plurality of colors of developer, the to-be-used color being a color that should be used for forming a print image based on the print image data by the image forming unit. The first determining unit determines whether or not the performing unit has already performed the color density correction data creating process for the to-be-used color. The print image forming unit controls the image forming unit to form the print image based on the print image data by using the color density correction data corresponding to the to-be-used color, when the first determining unit determines that the performing unit has already performed the color density correction data creating process for the to-be-used color.02-04-2010
20100020342IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT INSTRUCTION APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Disclosed an image forming apparatus to perform image forming processing based on a print job, which image forming apparatus including: a storage section to store obverse side information indicating an attribute specific to an obverse side of a sheet and reverse side information indicating an attribute specific to a reverse side of the sheet; and a control section to perform image forming processing on the obverse side of the sheet in an image forming condition according to the obverse side information stored in the storage section, and to perform image forming processing on the reverse side of the sheet in an image forming condition according to the reverse side information stored in the storage section, when image forming processing is performed on both sides of the sheet based on the print job.01-28-2010
20100020340METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VISUAL CALIBRATION OF PRINTERS - A method and system for improving visual calibration of a printing device is disclosed. A Pan-Dimensional Mechanism can be utilized for calibrating the printing device so that a gamma curve can be created once for each halftone. A grey calibration and a color calibration can be implemented under different light sources utilizing a comb pattern and a snowflake pattern for displaying color display parameters. A delta in value can be determined between composite greys associated with different light sources which can be added to an internal calibration value associated with a particular light source for color calibration. Such an approach can be implemented utilizing a touch screen front panel with various display methods for user interactions in order to set the color display parameters.01-28-2010
20100020339MINIMIZING DOT GRAININESS IN DOT-ON-DOT PRINTING DEVICES - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for minimizing dot visibility in color marking devices capable of dot-on-dot printing. The present method achieves minimum dot visibility for a given dispersed-dot screen by performing a CMYK to CMYKRGB conversion which uses less visible dots as much as possible before more visible dots are introduced. The output color dot coverages are calculated sequentially to minimize the coverage of more visible dots in a decreasing order of brightness. Resulting images have noticeably reduced halftone graininess, particularly in the mid to darker tone areas. The present method is also computationally efficient.01-28-2010
20100020338PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus determines the resolution of bitmap copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data included in transmitted print data, and decides whether to print the bitmap copy-forgery-inhibited pattern image data onto a sheet based on the determination result.01-28-2010
20120147395IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet interval, serving as the distance between conveyed recording materials, is properly controlled based on a kind of a recording material and any one of a printing ratio, an adhesion amount of toner, and the presence or absence of graphic data, thus allowing printing at throughput suitable for, for example, the kind of the recording material and the printing ratio without changing an image forming condition such that image quality does not vary.06-14-2012
20120147398COLOR ERASING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE COLOR ERASING APPARATUS - A color erasing apparatus includes a conveyance member to convey a sheet on which an image is formed of a color erasable coloring material, a color erasing part to erase a color of the coloring material of the image formed on the sheet conveyed by the conveyance member, a control part that counts the processed number of sheets images of which are color-erased by the color erasing part and determines whether the processed number of sheets exceeds a previously set threshold, and a notification interface to output a signal for notifying that, cleaning of the color erasing part is required if the processed number of sheets exceeds the threshold.06-14-2012
20120147397Image Checking Device, Printing System, Image Checking Method, And Computer Program Product. - An image checking device checks a printed image printed out on a printing medium. The image checking device includes a data acquiring unit that acquires checking-image data, original reference image data input to an image forming device, and, from an attribute-information storage unit of the image forming device, attribute information about a printing medium; a correction-parameter storage unit that stores therein a correction parameter corresponding to the attribute information; an image generating unit that reads, from the correction-parameter storage unit, a correction parameter corresponding to the attribute information, corrects the original reference image data by using the correction parameter, and generates corrected reference image data; and an image checking unit that compares the checking-image data with the corrected reference image data by using a pre-set value to determine the degree of matching between the checking-image data and the corrected reference image data, thereby performing image checking on the printed image.06-14-2012
20120147396IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image forming apparatus includes a printer engine, a storage unit, a print data interpreting unit, and a print control unit. The print data interpreting unit interprets print data and identifies both a first job type and a second job type. The first job type specifies any one of a special print job using special toner and a normal job using normal toner, and the second job type specifies a print function to be used. The print control unit makes a decision to permit or prohibit accumulation of print data in view of security based on the first job type and the second job type, accumulates the print data in the storage unit when the decision to permit the accumulation of the print data is made, and prohibits the accumulation of the print data when the decision to prohibits the accumulation of the print data is made.06-14-2012
20110085187IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND AUTO COLOR REGISTRATION METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and an auto color registration method thereof. The automatic color registration method of the image forming apparatus, the method includes transferring a plurality of first patterns synchronized with a phase of an image receptor, detecting the transferred first patterns, and performing an automatic color registration (ACR) by controlling a driving speed of the image receptor based on the detected first pattern. With this, the apparatus and method controls a driving speed of an image receptor by using a pattern synchronized with a phase of the image receptor and improves accuracy of the ACR.04-14-2011
20090059253COLOR GAMUT DATA CREATING DEVICE - A color gamut data creating device includes a target plane determining unit. The measurement points are defined in a color space. The color space has an achromatic axis and an axis perpendicular to the achromatic axis. The target plane determining unit further determines a plurality of target planes. Each target plane has a fixed hue angle and including the chromatic axis. A difference between a maximum saturation at a hue angle of each target plane and a maximum saturation at a hue angle of another target plane that is adjacent to the each target plane is lower than a prescribed value. The locating unit that projects, on each target plane, those measurement points that are within a prescribed range relative to the subject target plane. The color gamut creating unit creates color gamut data indicative of a distribution range of the measurement points projected on each target plane.03-05-2009
20100123910COLOR CONVERSIONS IN THE REAL DOMAIN - Methods and systems herein provide for color conversion in the real domain from an input color space to an output color space using a color conversion table that includes color values defined in the output color space corresponding to color values in the input color space, a table of scaling factors, and a conversion engine operable to group the real domain image data into blocks of pixels. The conversion engine, for each block of pixels, converts a color value in the block of pixels from the input color space to the output color space according to the color conversion table, computes differences between the color value and color values of pixels in the block, scales the computed differences according to the table of scaling factors, and adds the scaled differences to the converted color values to convert the pixel color values to the output color space.05-20-2010
20100177328METHOD FOR REDUCING REGISTRATION DEFECTS IN COLOR PRINTING - A method and system modify a rasterized digital image to reduce registration artifacts, the image having a black plane and a color plane by determining if a pixel is part of a connected black region and if the pixel is part of a connected color region. It is determined if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous. A dilation operation is performed on the color plane value of the pixel if the pixel is part of a connected black region and a connected color region that are contiguous.07-15-2010
20090027707PEN-SHAPED MODULAR CAMERA ASSEMBLY HAVING A SERIAL BUS INTERFACE - Provided is a pen-shaped modular camera assembly having a plurality of modules each with at least one connector to link the modules together. The assembly includes a camera module having an image sensor for capturing an image in an RGB (red, green, blue) color space, as well as a central processing module arranged in communication with the camera module. The central processing module has a central processor that includes a RISC processor core and a memory for storing operating instructions to operate the camera module and image data for manipulation by the processor core. The assembly also includes a serial bus interface for communicating with the camera module, the printer module and the dispenser module.01-29-2009
20100165369IMAGE CROPPING SYSTEM AND METHOD - Electronic document design systems and methods allowing a user engaged in customizing an electronic product to re-crop product images in a manner that is compatible with the product layout. Upon selection of an image area in the product design, the user can choose to re-crop the image currently displayed in the image area or to select and crop a different image to be used in the selected image area. A cropping indicator that can be resized and repositioned is provided to the user. The cropping indicator is automatically sized to have and retain the same height to width ratio as the selected image area. Upon completion of any resizing or repositioning operation, the selected image area of the electronic product is updated to reflect the cropping changes made by the user.07-01-2010
20120147400IMAGE PROCESS SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESS METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESS PROGRAM - An image process system applies a specific process to image data inputted via an input device and outputs the image data, to which the specific process has been applied, to an output device. The system includes: an input information acquisition portion that acquires information about the input device through which the image data is inputted; an output information acquisition portion that acquires information about the output device to which the image data inputted via the input device is to be outputted; a process execution portion that executes the specific process to the image data inputted via the input device on the basis of the information acquired by the input information acquisition portion and the output information acquisition portion; and a data output portion that outputs the image data, to which the specific process has been applied in the process execution portion, to the output device.06-14-2012
20120038939COLOR CORRECTION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR CORRECTION PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, each color correction processing apparatus includes an input portion, a storing portion and a correction portion. The input portion inputs each image signal value corresponding to each color component for each recording head block in order to record a color image by a plurality of recording head blocks. The storing portion records reference color deviation amount data that shows a plurality of reference color deviation amounts corresponding to a plurality of reference color points for each recording head block. The correction portion corrects each image signal value on the basis of the reference color deviation amount data. Furthermore, the correction portion corrects a correction target image signal value corresponding to non-reference color points shifted from the reference color points by the interpolation on the basis of the reference color deviation amount data.02-16-2012
20110116111IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING SAME - Disclosed is an image forming apparatus and method of controlling same for forming an image on a print medium using a non-transparent recording agent and a transparent recording agent. If the gloss level of an image to be formed is designated, the image is formed upon deciding whether or not image formation using the transparent recording agent is to be carried out, this decision being made based upon the designated gloss level and stored type information of the print medium used in image formation.05-19-2011
20110116112IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM AND MEMORY MEDIUM FOR EXECUTING IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus characterized by including; an area sensor unit that reads from an original document image a plurality of frames of image data having a shift of less than one pixel, an output resolution acquisition unit that obtains an output image resolution at which resolution the original document image read by the area sensor unit is output, an acquisition frame number control unit that controls a number of frames read by the area sensor unit according to a result of the output resolution acquisition unit, a correction unit that corrects an inclination of the frames of image data controlled by the acquisition frame number control unit, and a high resolution conversion unit that performs an interpolation processing using the plurality of frames of image data whose inclination is corrected by the correction unit to obtain image data in a resolution higher than a resolution during reading.05-19-2011
20090015850Rapid loading of interleaved RGB data into SSE registers - Rapid loading of chromatically interleaved RGB data into SSE registers as chromatically segregated RGB data for print processing is achieved through a loading algorithm that relies on a reduced number of memory references. An exemplary method comprises the steps of loading into SSE registers a first instance of data of a first and a second color from interleaved RGB data two bytes at a time, creating in SSE registers a second instance of the data of the first and second colors, removing from SSE registers one instance of the data of the second color, packing into one SSE register one instance of the data of the first color, removing from SSE registers one instance of the data of the first color and packing into one SSE register one instance of the data of the second color.01-15-2009
20120307268AUTOMATIC GENERATION OF PRINT DATA FOR PRINT JOBS BASED ON AVAILABLE MEDIA ATTRIBUTES - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that performs a print job. During operation, the system obtains one or more available media attributes, including a media size, a border size, and/or a media type, from a printer associated with the print job. Next, the system provides the available media attributes to an application and uses the application to automatically generate and format print data for the print job based on the available media attributes. Finally, the system sends the print job to the printer, where the print job is executed using the printer.12-06-2012
20120307273IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A generation unit is configured to generate a plurality of pieces of chromatic color material data, for each color positioned at a surface of a dark portion in a color gamut that can be reproduced using a black color material and the plurality of chromatic color materials, in such a way as to set a number of specific colors of the plurality of chromatic color materials whose dots are arranged exclusively with dots of other chromatic color materials on a recording medium to be equal to or less than one color.12-06-2012
20120307269IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE DRAWING PROCESSING METHOD, SOFTWARE PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a drawing process controller and a hardware processor useable for drawing processes. In a first drawing process, print data including main image data input-able to the image forming apparatus is processed to convert the main image data to output-able data of the image forming apparatus based on an image drawing command. The hardware processor conducts a second drawing process for pre-set image data settable to the image forming apparatus and expressed in an output-able data format output-able by the image forming apparatus, based on an image drawing command, to prepare the pre-set image data as output-able data of the image forming apparatus, and further combines the main image data expressed as the output-able data and the pre-set image expressed as the output-able data as an output image.12-06-2012
20120307266THREE COLOR NEUTRAL AXIS CONTROL IN A PRINTING DEVICE - A color printing method includes converting source color data to intermediate color data represented in a device independent color space using a first multidimensional gamut mapping of the first device dependent color space to the device independent color space. The device independent color space has a neutral color component. The method further includes converting the intermediate color data to destination color data represented in a second device dependent color space using a second multidimensional gamut mapping of the device independent color space to the second device dependent color space. The second device dependent color space has three primary color components and a virtual black color component defined by substantially equal tonal values of the three primary color components. The second multidimensional gamut mapping includes a mapping from the neutral color component of the device independent color space to the virtual black color component of the second device dependent color space.12-06-2012
20120307264PROVIDING A PROFILE TO EMULATE A COLOR MAP - A profile combines at least the following: a color map between device-dependent color spaces, a first output profile that characterizes a mapping between a color space of a first output device being emulated and a device-independent color space, and a second output profile that characterizes a mapping between a color space of a second output device and the device-independent color space.12-06-2012
20120307270IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR CONVERSION TABLE GENERATING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a plurality of color conversion tables for color-separation-limited printing. Using a color conversion table for color-separation-limited printing, a piece of input color information corresponding to chromatic color within a specified applying hue range for a specified specific color is converted into a piece of output color information corresponding to color having hue of the specific color, and a piece of the input color information corresponding to color outside of the applying hue range is converted into a piece of the output color information corresponding to gray color. Each of the color conversion tables for color-separation-limited printing is configured such that color values corresponding to saturation and lightness of the output color information are reduced at least in gradation from a maximum saturation part to a low-lightness part.12-06-2012
20120307267CAPABILITY-BASED CONFIGURATION OF PRINT JOBS - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that performs a print job. During operation, the system obtains a printing context for the print job, including a content type associated with the print job and a regional setting. The regional setting may be associated with the application, an operating system, and/or a device associated with the print job. Next, the system obtains a set of capabilities associated with a printer. The system then automatically sets one or more job options for the print job based on the printing context and the set of capabilities, wherein the one or more job options include a media size and a border size. Finally, the system sends the print job to the printer, where the print job is executed using the printer.12-06-2012
20120307265Presentation-Based Quality Determination - A solution for evaluating a printing configuration for an electronic document in which one or more presentation attributes of a physical reproduction (e.g., a printed copy) of the electronic document are considered. A perceived quality of the physical reproduction of the electronic document can be determined using a set of properties of the electronic document and the one or more presentation attributes. The perceived quality can be utilized in various ways as part of a printing process.12-06-2012
20110075163SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF COLOR CONVERSION WITH GRAY VALUES - Methods and systems herein provide for the color conversion of image data with various levels of gray values, such as text. Such color conversion includes generating a CMYK conversion model by defining a gray region in the perceptual color space of the image data to convert the gray values of the gray region to a range of K values during CMYK color conversion of the image data and segmenting chroma values in a color lookup table that maps perceptual color values to CMYK color values. Lightness values in the color lookup table are adjusted using a perceptual model (e.g., a Heimholtz-Kohlrausch Effect model) based on the segmented chroma values to substantially maintain a lightness relationship between the gray values of the image data and the remaining color values of the image data. The image data is the converted to a CMYK color space using the generated CMYK conversion model.03-31-2011
20110149313REFERENCE COLOR DIFFERENCE QUANTITY GUIDE FOR SPOT COLOR APPLICATIONS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for generating a reference color difference quantity guide for spot color print applications. RCDQ values are determined for spot colors obtained from a library of spot colors. A reference color difference quantity guide is created from the spot colors and their respective RCDQ values in a manner more fully disclosed herein. Thereafter, when a user desires to render a job in a particular spot color, the associated RCDQ value for that spot color can be obtained from the reference color difference quantity guide. In various embodiments, recommendations in the form of a suggested printer to use, a media type, a halftone screen, and other meaningful assistance can be provided for selection of spot colors for a given print/copy job that are less sensitive to varying illuminations. The present RCDQ guide provides meaningful extensions in color reproduction in diverse print/copy job environments.06-23-2011
20110149312SPECTRAL MATCHING GUIDE FOR SPOT COLOR PRINT APPLICATIONS - What is disclosed is a novel system and method for generating a spectral matching guide for spot color print applications. Spectral matching values are determined for spot colors obtained from a library of spot colors. A spectral matching guide is created from the spot colors and their respective spectral matching values in a manner more fully disclosed herein. Thereafter, when a user desires to render a job in a particular spot color, the associated spectral matching value for that spot color can be obtained from the spectral matching guide. In other embodiments, recommendations in the form of a suggested printer to use, a media type, a halftone screen, and other meaningful assistance can be provided for selection of spot colors for a given print/copy job that are less sensitive to varying illuminations. The present spectral matching guide provides meaningful extensions in spectral color reproduction in print/copy job environments.06-23-2011
20110149309MEMORY EFFICIENT ELECTRONIC REGISTRATION METHOD THAT COMPENSATES IMAGE CONTENT AND PREVENTS HALFTONE MOIRE - Systems and methods are described that facilitate compensating for slow scan direction displacement (e.g., skew and/or bow) defects in a raster line using slow-scan electronic registration. Input image data is buffered at low-resolution (e.g., 600 spi or the like). Displacement compensation is performed as the low-resolution contone image data is converted to high-resolution (e.g., 2400 spi or the like), and a displaced (e.g., staggered) halftoning threshold array is indexed to account for detected displacement. Displacement compensation is again performed during conversion of the high-resolution contone image data to high-resolution binary image data that is used to generate an output image.06-23-2011
20110304867IMAGING FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus for forming images at a plurality of resolution levels including at least one low resolution level and one high resolution level includes a photoconductor, onto which a beam size is set for the low resolution level; and an adjustment unit to conduct an exposure time-based density adjustment using a plurality of half-tone patterns prepared by changing an exposure time per pixel at a timing when a resolution level shifts from the low resolution level to the high resolution level and before actually shifting to an image forming operation executed at the high resolution level.12-15-2011
20110304869METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING PRINTING JOB BY ADJUSTING COLOR INFORMATION - A method and apparatus to perform a printing job by adjusting color information include updating a predetermined color conversion table stored in an image forming device by inputting color adjustment information from a user, and performing the printing job using the updated color conversion table. Accordingly, the printing job is performed by adjusting color information regardless of whether an emulator of the image forming device supports a color adjustment function, increasing the efficiency of the printing operation. Additionally, when printing jobs are performed by repeatedly adjusting color information using the same color adjustment information, since the color information is converted using the same color conversion table as the color conversion table is updated using the color adjustment information, a waste of time for the color conversion is reduced. Furthermore, a function of the emulator does not have to be changed to perform a printing job, even if a function of an image forming device driver is changed to add a color adjustment function to the image forming device.12-15-2011
20110304868INKJET PRINTER, INKJET HEAD, AND PRINTING METHOD - To appropriately suppress an impact of an air resistance encountered by ink droplets discharged from nozzles of an inkjet head.12-15-2011
20110304865PRINTING CALIBRATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND PRINTING CALIBRATION PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, a printing calibration processing apparatus includes: a gradation-characteristic-data generating section configured to read images of a printed surface and a rear surface of a test chart output by an image forming section and generate gradation characteristic data of the surfaces; a gradation-correction-date creating section configured to determine a correction value of maximum gradation on the basis of gradation characteristics of the surfaces; a color-material-amount-conversion-data creating section configured to determine a maximum of a color material on the basis of the correction value of the maximum gradation; a color-material-amount-limitation processing section configured to perform, concerning image data for printing, limitation processing for setting the maximum of the color material as an upper limit of a color material use amount; and a gradation correcting section configured to apply gradation correction to the image data subjected to the limitation processing using the gradation correction data.12-15-2011
20110304863Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer program product - An image forming apparatus outputs a proof chart in response to an instruction for calibration execution from a user and then a color measuring unit measures the colors of patches on the proof chart. A profile management unit selects, from entries in a base profile DB, a base profile in an entry that has color reproduction characteristics that are closest to the color measurement values of the patches and generates a sheet correction TRC that has an approximation to the color measurement values of the patches when the selected base profile is used. The selected base profile is used as a color conversion parameter in a color management module, and the generated sheet correction TRC is used as a tone correction parameter in a sheet-corresponding correcting unit.12-15-2011
20110304862